Abstract collection

Bioelectromagnetics Society
Annual Meeting, June 9-14, 1996.
Victoria, British Columbia, Canada.

NOTICE: The data and conclusions presented in

these abstracts from the Eighteenth Annual
Scientific Meeting may not present completed
work nor were they formally peer-reviewed for
technical content.

Individuals wishing to reference or quote from

these abstracts in whole or part should obtain the
author's permission. Abstracts were optically
scanned and then edited for entry into this
compilation. But since the process is not perfect,
errors may have been introduced, for which we
apologize.
 SESSION B-1: DOSIMETRY 1 - WIRELESS
COMMUNICATION
CO-CHAIRS: James Lin and Bruce McLeod

B-1-1
ANTENNAS FOR CELLULAR TELEPHONES WITH REDUCED POWER DEPOSITION IN THE
BODY OF THE USER. M.G. Douglas*, M. Okoniewski* and S.S. Stuchly. Department of Electrical &
Computer Engineering, University of Victoria, Victoria, British Columbia V8W 3P6, Canada.

The design of antennas for personal communication devices (such as hand-held cellular telephones) is
complicated by two facts: the antenna is in close proximity to the user's body during operation, and the user
may be moving while using the device. As a result of the close proximity of the user, a significant amount of
the radiated power is absorbed in the user's body. The absorbed power, measured in terms of its specific
absorption rate (SAR), may be harmful to the user, and it certainly results in degraded signal quality.
Movement of the user during operation of the device results in fluctuations in signal strength known as
multipath fading. Planar diversity antennas can be designed which minimize the SAR of radiated energy in
the body and mitigate multipath fading. They can also be made small and rugged, with sufficient gain and
bandwidth for good signal quality.
OBJECTIVE: The objective of this investigation is to study how the presence of the user affects the
performance of a microstrip antenna and the SAR in the user's body. A microstrip diversity antenna is chosen
for this study that has been built and tested experimentally. Numerical analysis is used here to compute SAR
in the user's head and hand and to study how the antenna efficiency and radiation pattern are affected by the
proximity of the user. Two versions of the antenna are compared, and a monopole antenna is included for
reference.
METHOD: An FDTD method was chosen because of its ability to analyze objects of complex geometries.
Modeled is a cellular telephone and its antenna held next to a human head by a hand. The cellular telephone
is represented by a metal box with plastic casing. The head (derived from MRI images) is modeled as a
complex volume of lossy dielectric material consisting of bone, brain matter, cerebral spinal fluid, muscle, fat
and skin. The hand is simply modeled as muscle and bone. In all cases, the distance between the head and
the antenna is 2 cm, and the hand is grasping the bottom one-third of the cellular phone. The two microstrip
antennas form a dual patch antenna (with air substrate) and a smaller version that avoids contact with the
hand (substrate dielectric constant = 5). All antennas operate at frequencies near 900 Mhz.
RESULTS: Calculated SAR (W/kg for 1 W of radiated power) and antenna efficiency (percentage of
radiated power that is not absorbed in the body) are tabulated below. Average SAR in the table was
averaged over one gram of tissue.

Antenna Head only Head and Hand

SAR SAR (peak) Efficiency SAR (avg) SAR Efficiency
(avg) (peak)
Monopole 1.33 1.93 72.2 1.76 2.81 69.3
Larger patch 0.85 1.38 79.7 3.59 4.99 71.4
Smaller patch 0.87 1.25 80.6 3.12 4.27 74.8

CONCLUSIONS: Microstrip antennas that minimize SAR in the user's body can be designed. When only
the head is considered, computed results indicate that peak and average SAR are significantly less for the two
patch antennas than for the monopole antenna. However, when the hand is included, peak and average SAR
are much higher for the patch antennas. The SAR is highest for the larger patch due to the fact that the hand
covers part of it. Some improvement in SAR can be achieved by using a smaller patch. Further
improvements are possible with additional modifications to the patch configuration.
 B-1-2
EXPOSURE SETUP TO TEST THE EFFECTS ON THE CNS OF WIRELESS
COMMUNICATIONS SYSTEMS. M. Burkhardt*, Y. Spinelli* and N. Kuster. Swiss Federal Institute of
Technology (ETH), CH-8092 Zurich, Switzerland.

INTRODUCTION: New exposure setups are needed to test the effects on the CNS of handheld mobile
communications devices. The requirements are as follows: 1) ease of use; 2) induction of well defined fields
in the brain tissue; 3) low whole-body absorption and low stress levels in the trial animals; 4) exposure levels
and exposure signal characteristics which are as close as possible to the signal produced during an average
phone conversation.
OBJECTIVES: The objective of this study was to evaluate a setup for rats which satisfies the above
requirements. This included a detailed dosimetric analysis of the SAR distribution, whole-body average and
brain average SAR and the variations caused by movements of the animals.
EXPOSURE SETUP: The evaluation revealed that the setup originally developed by Q. Balzano satisfies
requirements 1, 2 and 3. It consists of a carrousel-like arrangement in which ten animals are radially grouped
around a sleeved dipole antenna. Because of the high output power required, a high frequency screening
chamber was necessary to prevent interference of local commercial base stations. The GSM signal (DTX
mode) was generated by an actual phone connected to a GSM-RF test set, which simulated the base station.
The telephone conversation was simulated by repeatedly playing a recorded drama.
METHODS OF DOSIMETRY: The dosimetry was performed by experimental and numerical means.
Fiberoptical temperature probes with a spatial resolution of better than 1 mm2 and a sensitivity of
approximately 1 mK/s were used to perform the experimental dosimetry on a rat cadaver, whereby the
locations were assessed using magnetic resonance images (MRI). The numerical dosimetry was performed
using the simulation tool MAFIA, which is based on the Finite-Integration-Technique (FIT). The rat model
was created by discretizing MRI scans. The resulting model consisted of 300,000 voxels with the dimensions
1.5 x 1 x 1 mm3.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION: A large set of experimental data was collected at specified points inside
the rat cadaver to obtain a discrete SAR distribution. Additional measurements were taken to assess the
effect of movements, as well as the uncertainties of measurements, including thermal conduction rates, noise
levels, possible nonthermal detection and the effects of tissue aging.
Based on the MR-images, different rat models of varying internal anatomical complexity were numerically
studied. The results show that the whole-body average SAR is hardly altered by drastic anatomical
simplifications but does depend on the position, size and shape of the rat. On the other hand, the induced
field distribution in the brain, as well as the brain-average SAR, strongly depend on the modeling of the skull
and the close vicinity of the brain. The assessment of uncertainties included the effect of the exposure setup
on the absorption, the sensitivity of tissue parameters, shape, the size of the rat and the chosen discretization.
The brain average absorption is 0.4 mW/g ±20% per 1 W antenna input power. The variation due to
movement is ±10%. The ratio of spatial peak SAR in the brain and the whole-body average SAR is greater
than 10. The SAR distribution is qualitatively similar to that of a human using a handheld mobile phone. The
setup has proven to be practical in use and does not cause any detectable stress in the trial animals. The only
shortcoming of the exposure setup is the relatively poor ratio of brain average SAR to whole-body
absorption of approximately 2.

B-1-3
DIELECTRIC MEASUREMENT OF TISSUES IN THE MAMMALIAN HEAD AT CELLULAR
TELEPHONE FREQUENCIES. C.C. Davis1, G.A. Katona*1, L.S. Taylor1 and E.C. Elson2. 1Electrical
Engineering Department, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742, USA. 2Walter Reed Army
Institute of Research, Washington, District of Columbia 20307-5100, USA.
To model the deposition of radio-frequency (RF) energy in the head from a cellular telephone several groups
have been performing detailed electromagnetic field calculations of models of the human head. These
calculations subdivide the head into small volume elements (voxels) to each of which a tissue classification is
given and corresponding dielectric data included for each voxel. However, the calculations are only as
reliable as the dielectric data that is included in the model. Some models classify as many as 27 different
kinds of tissue. Many of these tissues have unknown dielectric properties, while for others there is still some
disagreement in the literature. Recently, Gabriel has reported some new measurements of relevant tissues. It
is the aim of the present study to provide parallel confirmation of accepted dielectric values and give new
values for tissues that have not been previously measured. The measurement procedure that we use involves
the open-probe technique, in which a flat-ended coaxial probe is inserted into the tissue and the complex
reflection coefficient at the end of the probe measured with an automated network analyzer. The probe is
calibrated, and network errors minimized, by a calibration procedure that uses a short circuit, open probe in
air, and a standard liquid. For most reliable measurements the calibration liquid should have dielectric
properties somewhat similar to the sample being measured. We use the calibration liquids 0.1M saline and
methanol. At the RF frequencies of cellular telephone interest, which are below 2GHz, errors are small. We
have not, to date, attempted to make measurements on live animals. It is very important when tissue samples
are measured that they are: (1) used as close as possible to the time of death, (2) be physiologically similar to
human tissue, (3) be maintained in as moist a state as is possible consistent with the fluid content in the live
animal, and (4) measurements should be made at physiological temperature, or reliably extrapolated. We use
pigs' heads as our measurement model. The heads are obtained and measurements begun within one hour of
death. We make measurements on outside tissue: skin, cornea, ear cartilage, with minimal disturbance of the
head. For measurements on the brain we remove a bone segment from the head and insert the probe to
different depths. Bone samples are removed from the skull for measurement. So far we have measured the
following tissues: skin, cartilage, cornea, sclera, aqueous humor, cortical bone, grey brain matter, and
meningeal tissue. Results for the last of these are shown in Figure (1). In general the parameters of interest
are the real part of the dielectric constant and the conductivity. There is a general correlation between these
values for a given tissue and the tissue water content. Bone, in particular, changes its dielectric properties
dramatically as it dries out. We are in the process of measuring additional tissue types and refining our
measurements.
This work is supported by a contract from Wireless Technology Research, LLC.

Frequency (MHz)
 Frequency (MHz)

B-1-4
DIELECTRIC MEASUREMENTS OF BRAIN TISSUES IN THE FREQUENCY RANGE
BETWEEN 45 MHz AND 26.5 GHz. J.-Z. Bao1, S.-T. Lu1, W.D. Hurt2, M.E. Belt*1, D.D. Cox*1 and P.J.
Henry*1. 1McKesson BioServices and US Army Medical Research Detachment, Brooks Air Force Base,
Texas 78235, USA. 2Armstrong Laboratory, Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235, USA.

The lack of sufficient data for dielectric properties of tissues at super high frequencies has presented an
obstacle for computer simulations of electromagnetic energy deposition in human bodies. Most of the
existing data on dielectric properties of tissues are at a few discrete frequency bands or scattered frequency
points and in frequencies below 5 Ghz. It is vitally important to establish a reliable data base in a wide
frequency range for studies of the interaction between electromagnetic wave and biological bodies, especially
for pulse situations.
OBJECTIVE: In this paper, we present in vitro dielectric measurements and complex nonlinear analysis of
rat brain tissues in the frequency range between 45 MHz and 26.5 GHz, at room and body temperatures,
using the open-ended coaxial probe technique with a computer-controlled HP8510B network analyzer.
METHOD: Male Wistar-Kyoto rats were used as tissue donors. They were euthanized by CO2 inhalation
until death. The brain and about .5 cm of the spinal cord were dissected free of skull and dura matter of the
menages. Cerebral cortex was used to represent the gray matter and medulla oblongata to represent the
white matter. The specimens were washed with and immersed in .9% saline. The surface of the specimens
was adjusted in good and tight contact with the flat open-end of the semirigid coaxial probe, which is 2.2 mm
in diameter and about 15 cm in length. The measurements at room temperature were done within 40 minutes
and those at body temperature within 60 minutes, respectively, after death of the animal. The temperature
was controlled by a constant temperature circulator. The whole frequency range was swept on a logarithmic
scale over 201 frequency points. Each sweep took less than 1 minute. The measured complex reflection
coefficient (ρm) was converted to the complex relative dielectric constant (ε = ε' - jε'', where j = −1 with

A 1ρ m − A 2
ε= , (1)
A3 − ρm

where the complex coefficients A1, A2, and A3 were determined with three reference measurements: an open,
a short, and standard saline.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION: The measured spectra (ε' and σ) are shown in Figure 1. σ is defined as σ =
ωε0ε'', where ε0 is the dielectric constant in vacuum, and ω is the angular frequency. Each of the spectra
presents two major dispersions, which are commonly referred as ß- and γ-dispersion, although only the high
frequency tail of the ß-dispersion is covered in this frequency range. The ß-dispersion, centered in the radio-
frequency range, is largely due to the occurrence of Maxwell-Wagner effects at the interface between the cell
membrane and the aqueous phase. The γ-dispersion, centered in the microwave frequency range, is attributed
to the relaxation of water molecules in the aqueous phase or bound to macromolecules. To analyze these
two major dispersions, we are applying two Havriliar-Negami (HN) functions:

∆ε i σ0
ε(ω) = ε h + ∑ [1 + ( jωτ ) αi ßi
]
+
jωε 0
, (2)
i =1,2 i

where εh is the high frequency limit of the dielectric constant, ∆εi is the dielectric decrement of the dispersion,
τi is a relaxation time, αi and ßi are exponents, and σ0 is the dc conductivity. The HN function becomes the
Cole-Cole function when ßi = 1, the Cole-Davidson function when αi = 1, and Debye function when αi = ßi =
1. The parameters of Equation 2 and their confidence limits are determined by means of a complex nonlinear
least squares fit, which fits the real and imaginary parts simultaneously to ensure a complete fit:

r N r r
S( P) = ∑{W k[εm (ω k ,P) − εe (ω k )] + W k [εm (ω k , P ) − εe (ω k )] } ,
r r r 2 i i i 2
(3)
k=1

where N is the number of frequency points, εe is the experimental data, εm is the dispersion model given byr
Eq. (2), superscript r and i denote the real and imaginary parts, respectively, W is a weighting factor, and P
represents the set of real parameters in the model. The best-fit values of these parameters are evaluated by
minimizing S using the Levenberg-Marguardt algorithm. Gray and white matters show distinct dielectric
properties in this frequency range, in which ε' and σ of gray matter constantly gives a higher value than those
of white matter. The temperature dependence of e' and σ spectra shows the crossing feature: e' presents a
negative temperature change rate at low and high frequency ranges of this spectra and a positive one in the
middle range while σ displays a positive change rate in the low frequency range and a negative one in high
frequency range.

Figure 1: Dielectric spectra of cerebral cortex (mostly gray matter) at 24 °C (a) and 37 °C (b), and medulla
oblongate (mostly white matter) at 25 °C (c) and 37 °C (d).
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT: This work is supported by the U.S. Army Medical Research and Materiel
Command under contract DAMD17-94-C-4069 awarded to McKesson BioServices. The views, opinions
and/or findings contained in this report are those of the authors and should not be construed as an official
Department of Army position, policy or decision unless so designated by other documentation. In
conducting research using animals, the investigators adhered to the "Guide for the Care and Use of
Laboratory Animals" (NIH Publication No. 86-23, revised 1985) and the institutional policies of Walter Reed
Army Institute of Research and U.S. Air Force Medical Operation Agency. JZB wishes to thank Prof. C. C.
Davis for the data acquisition software.
REFERENCES:
[1] J.-Z. Bao, C.C. Davis, and M.L. Swicord, "Microwave dielectric measurements of erythrocyte
suspensions", Biophysical Journal, 66:2173-2180, 1994.
[2] J.-Z. Bao, M.L. Swicord, and C.C. Davis "Microwave dielectric characterization of binary mixtures of
water, methanol, and ethanol", Journal of Chemical Physics, 104:4441-4450, 1996.

B-1-5
DOSIMETRY OF GSM HAND-HELD TERMINALS WITH MULTI-LAYER HEAD MODELS. C.
Grangeat and O. Berta*. Alcatel Alsthom Recherche, 91460 Marcoussis, France.

According to present standards, the dosimetry of hand-held telephones refers to the absorption of
radiofrequency waves by the human body. Dosimetric assessments depend on a great variety of
approximations related to the complex anatomy and electromagnetic properties of the head, as well as the
characteristics and the position of the terminal under test. Measurement procedures are currently used with
homogeneous phantoms representing the user [1]. Then, equivalent simplification of the shape of the
phantom shell is expected for consistency with this approximation. On the other hand, complex numerical
phantoms with 2mm precision have been derived from MRI scans and implemented in FDTD simulations [2].
But similar accuracy of the evaluation of electromagnetic properties of tissues and the validation of the
terminal model is required. An alternative method has been proposed in [3]. It takes advantage of both
measurement and simulation approaches. Homogeneous model of the head with simple shape has been
chosen. Full experimental validation of the simulation model is assumed within 1 dB. Then, detailed analysis
of the power absorbed by the head can be derived by simulation.
OBJECTIVE: Current research activities deal with the coherence of approximations used for the dosimetry
of hand-held phones. The objective of this presentation is to investigate the interest of higher complexity of
the model. Since most of the power is absorbed at the surface of the head, multiqayer phantoms have been
studied. Two types of hand-held terminals have been chosen for this analysis.
METHOD: The reference configuration of dosimetry [3]-[4] is a homogeneous phantom of spherical shape
(90mm radius) cut by vertical side planes (150 mm width). Hand-held phones with two types of antenna
(quarter-wave monopole and helix) have been chosen. The terminal is installed against one side plane, so
that the ear piece is facing the ear, and tilted vertically in a realistic position of use. Experimental validation
of the model is realized at 900 MHz according to the method described in [3]. Then, numerical
investigations have been made using phantoms with the same external shape and three additional internal
layers of 5 mm width representing skin, skull, cerebrospinal fluid (CSF) and brain. In certain regions, the
width of either the skull or the CSF may be neglected. These cases have been represented by 2 layer head
models. Different physical properties of biological tissues have been published. The influence of the
dispersion of these parameters have been checked. References used for the present study are given in Table
1. To cope with the density of tissues, 10 g (resp. 1 g) averaging of local SAR has been done with a 10cm3
(resp. 0.9cm3) cube without bone in and a 8cm3 (resp. 0.7 cm3) cube with bone inside. Then, 16 multi-layer
head models have been analyzed. For each terminal, SAR reference value represents the SAR averaged over
10g (resp. 1 g) with the homogeneous head model. Local SAR values in decibels (dB) represent 10 times the
logarithm to base 10 of the ratio of local SAR in the considered configuration and the reference value.
RESULTS: For both terminal types, low sensitivity of antenna matching to the layer configuration of the
head model has been found. Maximum power absorption occurs at the same spot, near the surface of the
head, but is localized either in the skin or in the CSF layer. The deviation with the homogeneous head
depends on the type of terminal: 1.3 dB with helix antenna and 1.6 dB with whip antenna (cf. fig. 1). The
homogeneous model gives the worst case of local SAR averaged over 10 g. The slightest differences have
been found with 2 layer models including skin and CSF. Similar results have been obtained with local SAR
averaged over 1 g. Then, 1 dB accuracy of dosimetric assessments is enough to keep consistent with the
approximation made by homogeneous phantoms. Variations of local SAR averaged over each 5 mm slice of
the 10 g cube of maximum SAR have been evaluated. Typical SAR results with the helix type antenna are
displayed in fig. 2. Excess SAR may rise up to 3 dB from reference level in the first 3 slices, but SAR values
are lower than the reference in the 4th slice.
[1] K. Meyer and N. Kuster, "Results of dosimetric assessments performed with various GSM devices", 17th
Annual Meeting of the BEMS, Boston, 1995.
[2] O. P. Gandhi et al., "Electromagnetic absorption in the human head for mobile telephones at 835 and
1900 MHz", International Symposium on EMC, Rome, 1994.
[3] C. Grangeat et al., "Comprehensive procedure of dosimetry for the characterization of RF radiation of
hand-held terminals", 17th Annual Meeting of the BEMS, Boston, 1995.
[4] C. Grangeat et al., "Simplified configuration for the dosimetry of GSM hand-held terminals", 3rd
Congress of the EBEA, Nancy, 1996.

Tissue / Reference Density Relative Conductivity Loss tangent

(g.cm-3) permittivity (S.m-1)
Skin / S1 1.1 48 0.9 0.37
Skin / S2 1.1 41 0.7 0.34
Skin / S3 1.1 35 0.6 0.34
Bone / B1 1.8 17 0.2 0.23
Bone / B2 1.8 8 0.1 0.25
Cerebrospinal Fluid / CF 1.1 72 2.1 0.58
Brain / Br 1 40 0.8 0.40
Homogeneous or brain / H 1 50 1.1 0.44

Table 1: Physical properties of tissue equivalent materials at 900 MHz, derived from [C. Gabriel, to be
published by NRPB, 1996] and [P.J. Dimbylow, Phys. Med. Biol. 39 (1994)].

Fig. 1: Maximum local SAR over 10 g relative to reference value (homogeneous head model) for various
multi-layer phantom and terminal models.
Fig. 2: SAR averaged over each 5 mm slice of the 10 g cube relative to reference value (SAR over 10 g with
homogeneous head model) for helix antenna.
 SESSION B-2: RF & MOBILE PHONE BIOEFFECTS
CO-CHAIRS: George Carlo and Stephen Cleary

B-2-1
837 MHz DIGITAL CELLULAR TELEPHONE RF FIELDS AND INDUCED ORNITHINE
DECARBOXYLASE ACTIVITY IN C3H10T1/2 CELLS. C.D. Cain, D.L. Thomas, M. Ghaffari and
W.R. Adey. J.L. Pettis Memorial Veterans Administration Medical Center, Loma Linda, California 92357,
USA.

OBJECTIVES: Ornithine decarboxylase (ODC), the rate limiting step in polyamine biosynthesis is sensitive
to a wide variety of extracellular signals including electromagnetic fields ranging from extremely low
frequency magnetic (ELF) fields to amplitude-modulated radiofrequency (RF) fields. We have tested the
hypothesis that exposures to RF fields using a form of digital modulation, Time Division Multiple Access
(TDMA), influences the induced ornithine decarboxylase activity of C3H/10T1/2 fibroblasts.
METHODS: Cells were exposed in 60-mm petri dishes in 5 ml of medium. TDMA RF exposures were
carried out in 4 identical TEM transmission line chambers (Model CC-110s, Instruments for Industry,
Ronkokoma, NY) with the dishes placed flat on the septum such that the electric vector was normal to the
dish. The 836.55 MHz RF field was supplied by a prototype TDMA transmitter (Motorola Corp.) and linear
amplifier. The TDMA protocol required a carrier that was on 6.67 ms out of a 20 ms frame for a 33% duty
cycle. Each resulting carrier burst was further modulated utilizing D/4 QPSK modulation. The packet
frequency was 50/sec. Power densities used were 0.84, and 8.4 mW/cm2 with the carrier on. Calculations
yielded average SAR values of 0.77 and 7.7 µW/cm3 (0.78 and 7.8 uW/g). None of the TDMA RF field
exposure power densities produced a detectable rise in temperature, < 0.002 °C. NAPCO 4300 twin
incubator was composed of two vertically stacked incubators. Each incubator housed 2 TEM chambers and
all comparisons of ODC activities were between TEM chambers housed in the same incubator. C3H/10T1/2
fibroblasts were grown in basal BME medium with 10% FBS in 60-mm petri dishes (seeded at 5000
cells/dish) for 7 days. At 80-90% confluence, medium was changed to basal BME medium with bovine
serum albumin (BSA), 1.0 mg/ml. Dishes were then put into the 4 TEM chambers and the TDMA RF
exposure schedule was 20 min on / 20 min off. RESULTS: At 2, 3 and 4 h after change-of-medium, cells
were assayed for ODC activity. TDMA RF exposure at 8.40 mW/cm2 did not affect the ODC activity
response at 2 h after change-of-medium. However at 3 and 4 h after change-of-medium, TDMA RF
exposure inhibited the ODC activity response by 50%. At the lower power density of 0.84 mW/cm2, TDMA
RF exposure did not affect the ODC activity response at any of the time points, 2, 3 and 4 h after change-of-
medium. Since the higher power density inhibited ODC activity in C3H/10T1/2 cells, we also exposed C6
glioma cells at 8.40 mW/cm2 under similar cell culture conditions. In C6 glioma cells, TDMA RF exposure
did not affect the induced ODC activity by change-of-medium. To assure the inhibition of ODC activity was
attributable to TDMA RF exposure, 3 sham/sham experiments were performed. Based on these results, the
influence on ODC activity is due to TDMA RF exposure and not an artifact of the TDMA RF exposure
regime or ODC assay protocol.
SUMMARY: This report supports the idea that TDMA RF exposure at athermal levels perturbs the signal
transduction leading to induced ODC activity. The ELF component of the TDMA RF field is 50 packets/sec
and the reports in the literature of field effects on ODC activity all include an ELF signal whether the fields
were simple ELF magnetic fields or ELF amplitude-modulated RF fields. Furthermore, the TDMA RF field-
affected ODC activity may not be related to RNA/DNA synthesis since exposures were performed under
serum-free conditions.
Supported by Motorola Corp. and US DOE, Office of Energy Management, Contract No DE-AI01-
95EE34020).
 B-2-2
ELF MAGNETIC NOISE FIELDS INHIBIT THE EFFECT OF CELLULAR PHONE RADIATION
ON THE ACTIVITY OF ORNITHINE DECARBOXYLASE. T.A. Litovitz1, M. Penafiel1, J.M. Mullins2
and D. Krause2. 1Department of Physics and 2Department of Biology, Catholic University of America,
Washington, District of Columbia 20064, USA.

Because of their widespread use, considerable interest exists in the study of possible bioeffects of radiation
from cellular phones. Most cellular phones used in North America operate in the 800 to 900 MHz range
using two primary modulation schemes referred to in broad terms as analog and digital modulation.
Recognizing that modulation could be an important parameter, we have studied the role of modulation and
coherence in the induction of bioeffects by 835 MHZ RF fields whose power density was approximately 1
2
mW/cm . All studies used a Crawford placed in an incubator. The investigations utilized the activity of ODC
in L929 murine cells in culture as the biological marker. We investigated the effect of various types of
modulation including, 60 Hz AM, 60 Hz FM, and 50 Hz square wave modulation (SQM), as well as CW
microwaves. We found considerable differences in the magnitude of the induced ODC activity amongst the
various exposure conditions. CW and FM fields induced no changes in ODC activity. However, all the AM
fields induced significant changes in ODC activity. These results were consistent with the assumption that
the cell demodulates an amplitude modulated RF signal and then responds to the ELF demodulated
component.
We then exposed our cell cultures to microwave fields emitted from analog and digital cellular phones of the
type commonly used in North America. The analog phone was operated under the AMPS (Advanced Mobile
Phone System) standard which employs a form of frequency modulation. The digital phone was operated
under the DAMPS (Digital AMPS) standard which uses a type of modulation referred to as "time division
multiple access", or TDMA. Transmission of the digital phone signal was implemented in burst mode, as is
usually done in practice. The burst rate was 50 Hz. Consistent with the results outlined above the analog
phone FM signal caused no effects, and the digital phone AM signal caused a significant increase in ODC
activity. These results were also in agreement with the concept that a demodulated ELF component is crucial
for inducing athermal bioeffects.
We then hypothesized that the demodulated ELF stimulus should have the same coherence requirements for
inducing biological effects as normal ELF fields have. To test this hypothesis we superimposed an incoherent
ELF noise field on cell cultures which had been set up for microwave exposure. This was done using
Helmholtz coils placed outside the Crawford cell. In this manner the cells could be simultaneously exposed
to both a microwave field and an ELF field of band limited noise (30-100 Hz). Just as with our previously
reported ELF experiments we found that the superposition of an incoherent ELF field could completely block
the bioeffects of an AM microwave field. Of particular interest was the burst modulated digital phone field
for which (for our exposure configuration) the ELF noise amplitude necessary to completely block any
induced bioeffects was of the order of 5 µT for a field at an SAR of 2.5 W/Kg. We wish to emphasize that
for other sample geometries, for instance in vivo exposure of large animals, the noise field amplitude needed
would decrease considerably.
Our earlier ELF studies have shown that temporal coherence (or constancy) is an important variable in
determining the magnitude of a bio-response. It appears that this coherence requirement is also necessary in
connection with RF induced bioeffects.
We thank EMX Corp. and the Catholic University of America Research fund for their support.

B-2-3
MEASUREMENT OF DNA DAMAGE BY THE ALKALINE COMET ASSAY AFTER IN VITRO
EXPOSURE TO 835 MHz ELECTROMAGNETIC RADIATION. R.S. Malyapa*, E.W. Ahern*, C.H.
Cheng*, W.D. Wright* and J.L. Roti Roti. Radiation Oncology Center, Washington University School of
Medicine, St. Louis, Missouri 63108, USA.
The objective of this study was to determine whether exposure of cultured mammalian cells to
radiofrequency radiation (RFR) causes DNA damage detectable by the alkaline comet assay. The alkaline
comet assay (single cell gel electrophoresis) at pH ≅ 12, reportedly the most sensitive method to assay DNA
single strand breaks (ssb) in individual cells, was used to measure ssb after in vitro RFR irradiation. C3H
10T1/2 mouse fibroblasts were used in this study. The cells were irradiated with 835 MHz (frequency
modulated, FMCW, or code domain multiple access, CDMA) continuous waves in specially designed radial
transmission lines (RTL) that provided uniform absorption. SAR was calculated to be 0.8 W/kg for the 835
MHz radiations. Every experimental protocol included a sham exposure in a RTL and in certain instances
additional controls were used from cultures growing in an incubator. Temperatures in the RTLs were
monitored in real time and were maintained at 37 °C ±0.2 °C. Irradiations were carried out for 2, 4, or 24
hours. Cells were subjected to single cell gel electrophoresis, stained with propidium iodide, and viewed
under a fluorescence microscope. The images were digitized and analyzed using a PC-based image analysis
system. The "comet moment" and "comet length" were determined as described by Kent et al (Int. J. Radiat.
Biol. 67: 655-660, 1995). No significant differences were observed between the test group and the controls.
 C3H 10T1/2 Cells - 835 MHz Exposure
(2 h Exposure) (4 h Exposure) (24 h Exposure)
Groups Comet Comet Comet Comet Comet Comet
Moment Length µm Moment Length µm Moment Length µm
Incubator 3.92±0.98 81.28±9.43 3.59±1.08 87.38±22.2 4.48±1.46 79.92±16.5
Sham 4.11±1.04 74.58±10.68 3.89±1.40 81.12±12.83 5.31±2.14 68.27±12.9
FMCW 3.86±1.23 79.96±11.34 4.17±1.20 79.07±12.79 5.15±0.72 64.72±8.52
CDMA 3.88±1.20 67.88±11.8 4.18±2.10 73.30±15.40 4.03±1.50 62.70±8.60

(This work was supported by a contract from Motorola Corporation.)

B-2-4
INTERACTION MECHANISMS OF DIGITAL AND ANALOG CELLULAR TELEPHONES
WITH IMPLANTABLE PACEMAKERS. V. Barbaro*, P. Bartolini*, A. Donato* and C. Militello*.
Biomedical Engineering Laboratory of the Istituto Superiore di Sanità, Rome, Italy.

Several investigations (Barbaro et al., PACE, 1995; Hayes, PACE, 1995; Carrillo, PACE, 1995; Joyner,
BEMS Abstract Book, 1995) have shown that cellular telephones may alter pacemaker functions; The goal of
this study is to investigate how the electromagnetic field radiated by both digital (GSM) and analog (TACS)
cellular telephones interacts with implantable pacemakers. Two experimental procedures were followed on
two pacemaker models which had previously been found to be affected by electromagnetic interference from
TACS and GSM cellular telephones as previously observed in vitro (Barbaro et al. BEMS Abstract Book,
1995). To monitor the signal beyond the pacemaker input stages, the titanium case of each pacemaker was
unsealed and a wire was soldered at the output of the sensing amplifier; a little hole was made on the case to
let the wire out and then each pacemaker was sealed again.
In the first experiment, the antenna of a cellular telephone (DynatacTM) working with the digital GSM
standard (a sinusoidal signal in the 900 MHz range, pulse modulated at 217 Hz) was removed and
reconnected to the cellular telephone with a directional coupler (0.5 and 18 GHz). The output of the
directional coupler was connected with a microwave wire to the pacemaker connectors in the epoxy header.
In this way the electromagnetic field emitted by the GSM cellular telephones was directly injected into the
pacemaker.
The GSM cellular telephone was controlled by an artificial base station (Rhode & Schwarz, mod. CMD 52)
which allows us to control the phone power from a few mW to the maximum available power (2 w). Initially
the pacemaker was programmed at its minimum sensing threshold and the effects of the emitted
electromagnetic field during the ringing, listening and talking phases were observed by an oscilloscope
(Tektronix mod. TDS-684A, 1 GHz digital real time) at the output of the pacemaker input stage. The trial
was repeated varying the pacemaker sensing threshold and phone power. The second experiment was carried
out with the second modified pacemaker. The TACS signal (a continuous sinusoidal wave in the range of the
900 MHz) was simulated by a signal generator (Rhode & Schwarz, mod. SMY 02) and directly injected into
the pacemaker connectors. The amplitude of the signal was varied during the trials and the effects were
observed at the output of the pacemaker input stage. Our results show that if the electromagnetic field
emitted by the cellular telephone reached the input stage of the pacemaker with an amplitude high enough to
saturate them, the electronic circuits work non linearly and detected the envelope of the emitted signal. In
particular, the GSM signal at the output of the pacemaker input stage was demodulated and only the low
frequency components during the telephone operative phase were visible on the oscilloscope. These
components were then band-pass filtered and induced pacemaker malfunctioning. Since the input stage of
the pacemaker is AC coupled, no effect was induced by the simulated TACS signal. In the second
experiment, at the output of the pacemaker input stage, the 900 MHz continuous wave induced an offset
depending on the amplitude of the injected signal. This offset shifted up or down (with respect to the
pacemaker sensing threshold) all the signals detected by the pacemaker, which caused pacemaker sensitising
or desensitising. In conclusion we found that the observed effects are due to a non linear behaviour of the
pacemaker input stage, and the demodulation of the interfering signal is strongly related to the level of the
emitted electromagnetic field.
 B-2-5
EFFECTS ON HUMAN OF MICROWAVES EMITTED BY GSM-TYPE MOBILE TELEPHONES:
CHRONOBIOLOGICAL RHYTHM OF ACTH. R. de Seze1, V. Albertin*1, R. Rouzier-Panis*2, P.
Fabbro-Peray*3, Y. Touitou*4 and T. Miro*1. 1Laboratoire de Biophysique Médicale, Faculté de Médecine,
30900 Nimes, France. 2CAP-Pav D-5, 30000 Nimes, France. 3Départment d’Information Médicale-CHU,
30029 Nimes, France. 4Biochimie Médicale, Pitié-Salpétrière, 75013 Paris, France.

INTRODUCTION: Exposure to low-level radiofrequency electromagnetic fields has shown biological

effects both in vitro and in vivo in animal experiments. It is important to know if these effects are of concern
in the everyday life of people. This experiment explores the effects of listening to a GSM phone on endocrine
hormones in healthy male volunteers. Samplings have now been completed and results on the main stress
hormone ACTH are presented.
MATERIAL AND METHODS: Twenty men, 20 to 32 years old, used GSM cellular telephones 2 hours
per day, 5 days per week, for 4 weeks, at a maximal peak power of 2 watts, corresponding to a peak SAR in
the temporal region of the brain of about 0.1 W/kg. Field parameters were: carrier frequency: 900 MHz,
modulated impulse frequency: 217 Hz, duty cycle 1/8. To detect any change in the circadian rhythm of
epiphyseal and hypothalamo-hypophyseal systems, the following hormones are being assayed: Melatonin,
TSH, GH (STH), Prolactin, ACTH, Cortisol. Blood samples were collected hourly from 10 p.m. to 10 am.
and every 3 hours from 10 a.m. to 10 p.m., i.e. 17 assays per day. Studied parameters are: the maximum of
the serum rate, the time of this maximum, the parameters of the cosinor model: basic line (mesor), circadian
peak amplitude, the time of this maximum (acrophase). Samplings were performed under moderate red light
below 10 luxes. Four cycles were performed: the first one before the beginning of the listening period, the
next one at the middle of the listening period, the third one at the end of the listening period and the last one
15 days later to evaluate the reversibility of any potential effect. The attention of the volunteers was
sustained by TV projection of cinematographic movies. The audio signal was given by the "audio" output of
the television set and distributed to four receiver telephones. Each volunteer called one of the receiving
telephones from his own GSM, and could then hear the movie sound track. Volunteers must have a stable
life rhythm, particularly without night or shift working. Good health of volunteers was assessed by a doctor
of our department. Some exclusion criteria were: stressful work, usual exposure to electromagnetic fields,
GSM phone user, ENT, endocrine or neuro psychiatric disease, unusual sleep pattern, recent transcontinental
flight
RESULTS: As the statistical distribution of the values is not normal, the non-parametric Friedmann test was
performed. With the reservations arising from spontaneous individual variations of the ACTH peak value of
about 30% and a sampling interval of 1 hour, no significant change has been observed for the parameters
determined in this experiment. No detectable change in the chronobiological rhythm of the important stress
indicator ACTH was detected in the conditions of the protocol. As ACTH is very sensitive to multiple
environmental factors, there is a wide dispersion of the peak values. The parameters for other hormones and
especially melatonin should show less dispersion and be more sensitive to a determined factor like GSM-
microwaves.
This work was supported by Motorola Inc.
 SESSION B-3: DOSIMETRY 2
CO-CHAIRS: C.K. Chou and Indira Nair

B-3-1
SUITABILITY OF TEM CELLS FOR IN VITRO EXPERIMENTS AT WIRELESS
COMMUNICATIONS FREQUENCIES. K. Pokovic*, M. Burkhardt*, M. Gnos*, T. Schmid* and N.
Kuster. Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH), CH-8092 Zurich, Switzerland.

Crawford TEM-cells are easy-to-use, self-contained setups with which far field conditions can be generated
in a larger area of the cell center and for a wide frequency range. However, they are only suited as exposure
systems for in vitro experiments if the Petri dishes containing the cell cultures do not cause significant field
disturbances, i.e., do not generate standing waves or higher modes. A previous study has shown that E-
polarization (i.e., E-field normal to the bottom of a synthetic Petri dish) has two major advantages compared
to H- and S-polarization, namely: 1) negligible field disturbances and 2) homogeneous field distributions in
planes parallel to the Petri dish.
OBJECTIVES: The objectives of this study were: 1) to derive the parameters which determine the SAR
distribution; 2) to determine the most suitable Petri dish (most homogeneous exposure of the cells by minimal
reflections); 3) to assess the ratio between induced SAR and the input power.
METHODS: To ensure a high degree of reliability, the dosimetry was performed by a fourfold approach.
The basic assessment was performed using a Finite-Difference-Time-Domain (FDTD) code. The suitability
of the applied technique and of the modelling was validated by a second independent numerical technique
(3D MMP code) and by an experimental approach. In addition, the results were cross checked by analytical
considerations.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION: Three different standard dishes were studied in detail: the 60 mm Petri
dish filled with 5/10/20 ml of medium; the 100 mm Petri dish filled with 10 ml of medium and the 48-well
titer plate with each well filled with 0.5 ml. The dishes were exposed to an incident plane wave at 835 MHz.
Since the Petri dishes are small compared to the wavelength, the energy coupling can be separated into two
interaction mechanisms: capacitive and inductive coupling. In case of a thin layer (i.e., kh << 1, h << d; k is
the wave number inside the medium, h the thickness of the layer and d the diameter of the dish), it has been
shown that the SAR distribution can be well approximated by:
σ µwz 2 1
SAR(z) = |E inc | (( ) +
2
2)
ρ Z0 |ε k |
where z is the axis normal to the Petri dish and the center of the Petri dish is at z = 0; εk = εr - jσ/(ε0w), Z0 =
377Ω and Einc incident electric field.
Because of the inefficient capacitive coupling due to the usual high permittivity of the medium, the inductive
coupling is dominant even for the thin medium layers. This results in a highly non-uniform SAR distribution
in the planes normal to the bottom. However, highly homogeneous exposure is obtained for a monolayer of
cells aligned on the bottom of a dish. In general, the larger the ratio diameter to thickness, the greatest the
homogenity. Our study showed that, for the evaluation, the cells close to the side walls should not be
considered. For example, the 60 mm dish filled with 5ml medium results in a deviation from homogenity of
less than 4-8%. However, the thinner the layer, the less efficient the power couples with the dish. In the
above mentioned example, the SAR level was only 2.6 µW/g per 1 mW/cm2 incident power. More detailed
results will be given in the presentation. In conclusion, TEM-cells are well suited to study biological
responses of cell cultures caused by low-level exposure at wireless communications frequencies.

B-3-2
DEVELOPMENT OF A RAT HEAD EXPOSURE SYSTEM FOR SIMULATING HUMANS
EXPOSED TO CELLULAR TELEPHONE RF FIELDS. C.K. Chou1, K.W. Chan*1, J.A. McDougall*1
and A.W. Guy2. 1Department of Radiation Research, City of Hope Medical Center, Duarte, California
91010, USA. 2Wireless Technology Research, Washington, District of Columbia 20036, USA.

A research program intended to answer the concern of health effects produced by microwave energy radiated
from a hand-held cellular telephone is being conducted by the Wireless Technology Research, L.L.C. Most
of the biological effect studies conducted in the past four decades were acute whole body exposure. Few
involved only exposure to the head region. None of the studies simulated human exposure to cellular
telephone fields. The results of these previous studies are irrelevant to the questions raised concerning
cellular telephone safety. An appropriate animal exposure system is required for meaningful investigations
that are relevant to in vivo biological research.
OBJECTIVE: Develop an animal exposure system for biological studies on the effects of humans exposed
to radio frequency fields of cellular telephones.
METHODS: Before designing an RF exposure system, experimental parameters must be determined.
Biological choices include animal species, size, sex, and age. The rat has been chosen to be the animal
model. Strain and sex are to be determined by the biologists. Since these are head exposure investigations,
the animal head size is the primary determining factor for microwave energy absorption. During growth the
rat head size changes considerably. Frequency, modulation, energy absorption level, and distribution are
obvious engineering endpoints. Modulation and exposure time can be controlled at the power generator. As
for the frequency, scaling was used as in the past for whole body exposure. The frequency was scaled up to
make the wavelengths in small laboratory animals equivalent to that in humans. Scaling is invalid if the effect
is proven to be frequency dependent. However, for cellular telephone exposure at 800-900 MHz in the
human head, it is not necessary to scale the frequency as in whole body exposure. As long as the SAR level
and distribution patterns are similar, the same frequency can be used. The cellular telephone transmitting
frequency 837 MHz was chosen in this design. It is impossible to match the SAR patterns in human and rat
brains. The head and brain shapes, and the proportions of brain and muscle are different. Only
approximations can be achieved. The Finite-Difference Time-Domain (FDTD) method was used to calculate
SAR with an ellipsoidal model of a rat while models based on CT images of rat are developed. Dipole and
loop antennas were evaluated. Thermographic techniques were used to verify the patterns.
RESULTS: Dipole antennas are inefficient and produce undesirable SAR distribution in the ellipsoidal
phantom. The coupling is mostly due to the electric field. Various loop dimensions were tested.
Appropriate SAR patterns are achievable when the loops were properly oriented. Loops primarily provide
magnetic field coupling which is similar to the cellular telephone coupling as shown in human models.
Thermographic tests on prototype loops show similar patterns as predicted by FDTD calculations. However,
loop loss was excessive due to impedance mismatch. The dielectric properties of the circuit board on which
the loop is mounted also influences the impedance. Both transmission line and tuned circuit methods are
being tested to match the impedance. Since cellular telephones, 0.6 W maximum output, are considered for
feeding the antennas during the biological studies, maximum power transfer is critical.
CONCLUSION: The FDTD method has been used to calculate SAR patterns in ellipsoids. Loop antennas
can generate reasonable SAR patterns. Whether to restrain or unrestrain the animals is being discussed. The
final product will be a duplicable system to expose a large population of animals to cellular telephone
frequency fields.

B-3-3
MODELING HUMAN EXPOSURE TO LOW FREQUENCY ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC
FIELDS WITH FDTD. J. De Moerloose* and M.A. Stuchly. Department of Electrical & Computer
Engineering, University of Victoria, Victoria, British Columbia V8W 3P6, Canada.

The finite difference time domain (FDTD) method has primarily been used for studying structures whose
dimensions are within 1 to 2 orders of the wavelength. For frequencies at the lower end of the spectrum
other methods are available that effectively can take into account the quasi-static approximation. However
there has been interest in use of the FDTD as methods such as the finite element method (FEM) or the finite
difference method (FDM) suffer from the lack of adequate free space boundary conditions, which are
necessary for solving the E-field problem. Since the interior and exterior problem can be solved
independently, a hybrid method is sometimes used. The FDTD has been previously used to compute fields at
60 Hz, but the actual computation has been done at 10 MHz (Gandhi, Bioelectrom., Suppl. 1, 1992).
OBJECTIVE: The objective of this work is to explore the use of the FDTD with the quasi-static
approximation for low frequency modeling and to evaluate its advantages and limitations. The FDTD is
selected because it can handle very complicated structures and recently has been extended with a new type of
boundary condition (Berenger's Perfectly Matched Layer which under certain conditions remains valid at
ELF).
METHOD: Applying FDTD at ELF frequencies leads to prohibitively large simulation times because of the
stability criterion. Since we are explicitly assuming a steady state quasi-static condition, the method
described is restricted to cases where the characteristic wavelength and skin depth are much larger than the
size of the structure under consideration. For human exposure to power line fields, this explicitly means that
our results at 60 Hz can be linearly scaled up to 100 kHz without introducing an appreciable error. In the
steady state quasi-static case, we can take advantage of the fact that the phase of the fields is known, fields
exterior to conductors all have the same phase as the incident field. Interior fields are proportional to the
time derivative of the incident field and are thus in quadrature with the incident field. If we use a ramp
function for the incident field, all fields will eventually have a linear (exterior) or constant (interior) behavior.
One way to look at this is to see a ramp function as the start of a sinusoid with an infinitely long period. The
amplitude of the fields can then be directly determined from their rate of change (exterior) or their actual
values (interior). To obtain a solution, it is therefore sufficient to register all field values on two subsequent
timesteps after the transient response has decayed.
RESULTS and DISCUSSION: As an excitation we introduce two plane waves traveling in opposite
directions. When both waves have the same amplitude, phase and polarization, the electric fields add up
while the magnetic fields cancel out. This leads to a uniform E-field excitation. On the other hand, when
both waves have the same amplitudes and polarization but opposite phases, the magnetic fields interfere
positively while the electric fields cancel out. This gives a uniform H-field excitation. Both cases arc
considered separately. The importance of using the correct absorbing boundary conditions needs to be
emphasized. Standard Mur 2nd order conditions are designed to absorb fields that are propagating towards
the boundary in a near normal angle. Therefore, they are not suited to absorb waves with a localized or
evanescent nature. Berenger's PML-layer can be applied successfully to low frequency evanescent waves as
long as simulation times are kept sufficiently short. A first verification of the viability of our method is
obtained by examining a double layered conducting sphere. A staircased sphere with a diameter of 1 m is
placed in the middle of a 66 x 66 x 66 cubical domain. The sphere consists of a spherical interior with
conductivity of 0:2 S/m and diameter 0.5 m, surrounded by a 0.25 m thick layer with conductivity of 0.1 S/m.
The algorithm converges sufficiently after 1000 timesteps, and the results are in agreement with analytical
solutions. Computations are performed for a CT/MRI derived model of the human body with a resolution of
6 mm for a vertical electric field and 3 orientations of the magnetic field.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS: This work was sponsored by the NSERC/BCHydro/TransAlta Industrial
Research Chair.

B-3-4
CALCULATION OF ELECTRIC FIELDS AND CURRENTS INDUCED IN A MILLIMETER
RESOLUTION HUMAN MODEL AT 60 Hz USING THE FDTD METHOD WITH A NOVEL
TIME-TO-FREQUENCY-DOMAIN CONVERSION. C.M. Furse* and O.P. Gandhi. Department of
Electrical Engineering, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112, USA.

The finite-difference time-domain (FDTD) method has previously been used to calculate induced currents in
anatomically based models of the human body at frequencies ranging from 20 to 915 MHz and resolutions
down to 1.31 cm [1], and also for 60 Hz with a resolution of 1.31 cm [2]. Calculations at power frequencies
and higher resolutions have been precluded by the huge number of steps which would be needed to run these
simulations in the traditional way. A new method based on solving two equations in two unknowns was used
to overcome this problem and calculate the induced currents in an MRI-based 6-mm-resolution model of the
human at 60 Hz. The 1.974 x 1.974 x 3 mm MRI-based human model has been previously described [3].
This model is too large to be run on readily available computer resources, so the voxels were combined to
create a 6-mm-resolution model of the body. The FDTD simulation was run with a frontally incident,
vertically polarized electric field of 10 kV/m with an assumed magnetic field of 26.53 A/m (33.33 µT)
polarized from arm to arm of the model. The simulation was run at an elevated quasi-static frequency of 10
MHz with the results being scaled back to 60 Hz. Total vertical currents passing through the body are shown
in Fig. 1 and are in good agreement with Deno [4]. The peak localized current densities for each of the
cross-sectional layers are shown in Fig. 2. It is clear that the torso regions have peak values above the
recommended 10 mA/m2 limit [5]. To be certain that these peak current densities are not a numerical artifact
on the external layer of the body, detailed examination was made of the layers of peak current densities. It
was found that these peak current densities are, indeed, deep within the body. An exception to this is the
current in the region containing the lower arms and hands, which hang at rest next to the body. In these
regions, the peak current densities are in the arms and hands themselves.
[1] O.P. Gandhi et al., Health Physics 63, 281-290, 1992.
[2] O.P. Gandhi, J. Y. Chen, Bioelectromagnetics Supplement 1, 43-60, 1992.
[3] O.P. Gandhi, Radio Science 30, 161-177, 1995.
[4] D.W. Deno, IEEE Transactions on Power Apparatus Systems 96, 1517-1527, 1977.
[5] S.G. Allen et al., Physica Medica VII, 77-89, 1991.

Fig. 1. Total vertical currents passing Fig. 2. Peak current density in

through the body. each layer of the body.

SESSION B-4: BIOPHYSICAL MECHANISMS 1

CO-CHAIRS: Paul Gailey and Arthur Pilla

B-4-1
LIMITS ON THE BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF VERY WEAK MAGNETIC FIELDS THROUGH
EFFECTS ON RADICAL REFORMATION. R.K. Adair. Department of Physics, Yale University, New
Haven, Connecticut 06520-8121, USA.

Small magnetic fields affect the recombination of radical pairs (RP) such as those which play an important
role in biology. That recombination generally takes place when the valence electrons in the two radicals are
in a singlet state and that alignment can be disturbed by differential precession of the electrons caused by an
external magnetic field. We examine models of such reactions that are sufficiently general to cover real
situations and sufficiently simple to allow detailed analyses so as to place limits on the magnitude of external
fields that can modify RP recombination rates and thus generate significant chemical and biological effects.
In particular, we examine the effects of small powerline frequency modifications of recombination
probabilities on relaxation oscillators of the kind that generate the homeopathic constraints on intra-cellular
calcium concentrations and pH levels.
We proceeded by constructing a Hamiltonian for the precession of the valence electron attached to a radical
a of the form:
H a = hω a (σ rad ⋅σ e ) + h(ωe ⋅σ e ) + h(ω rad ⋅σ rad )

where ωrad is the spin of the radical core and σe the electron spin, ωrad and ωe are the precession frequencies
for the electron and the radical, and ωa is the hyperfine splitting frequency for the radical. The Hamiltonian
was then solved for a simple but sufficiently rich system of two radicals, a and b, and the evolution of the
two-electron spin states of the RP was followed through time allowing the identification of the character of
the time evolution of RP systems that might affect biology.
The scale of recombination modifications is set by the precession of free electrons, in a weak magnetic field,
over the RP cage containment time. For a canonical field of B = 50 µT and a long containment time, τd = 10
nanoseconds, that phase, φ = (B e /me) τd ~ 0.09 radians. The effect of the field on the recombination
probability can be expected to be proportional to sin2 φ and, hence, to B2 and to td2. Moreover, the field will
affect the transition probability only if it induces a differential precession of the two electrons through a
component of the external field in quadrature with the hyperfine internal fields generated by the magnetic
moments of nuclei making up the radicals. Numerical calculations suggest that in realistic situations, 50 µT
magnetic fields will not be expected to change radical recombination rates by factors greater than 10-2.. And
the small value of τd insures that the basic effects will be independent of frequency up 10 MHz. Moreover,
on the cellular scale, the effects of 60 Hz 5 µ external fields on relaxation oscillator amplitudes would seem
to be masked by shot-noise.
In general we conclude that the limits, which apply to chemical effects induced by low frequency and
constant fields, indicate that magnetic fields weaker than the earth's field cannot affect biology significantly
through effects on RP recombination.

B-4-2
MAGNETIC PARAMETRIC RESONANCE IN BIOSYSTEMS: EXPERIMENTAL
VERIFICATION OF THE THEORETICAL PREDICTIONS WITH THE USE OF
REGENERATING PLANARIA AS A TEST-SYSTEM. V.V. Lednev1, L.K. Srebnitskaya 1, E.N.
Ilyasova1, Z.F. Rogdestvenskaya 1, A.A. Klimov1 and Kh.P. Tiras2. 1Institute of Theoretical and Experimental
Biophysics, Russian Academy of Sciences, 2Institute of Cell Biophysics, Russian Academy of Sciences,
Poushino, Moscow Region 142292, Russia.

OBJECTIVES: As we have shown (1) weak combined magnetic fields (CMF), tuned to the parametric
resonance for Ca2+, substantially increases the rate of regeneration of the amputated head portion in the
planaria Dugesia tigrina. In particular, CMF affects proliferation of the pool of undifferentiated cells
(neoblasts) located just under the wound (blastema region). The number of dividing neoblasts per 100 cells
(mitotic index, MI, %) can be measured accurately providing a test system to verify quantitative predictions
of the magnetic parametric resonance (MPR) model in biosystems first suggested and further developed by
one of us (2,3,4).
MATERIALS AND METHODS: The species of planaria used, the methods of rearing them, the technique
employed to determine the MI and the exposure system have been described in the accompanying abstract by
Tiras et al. In the work reported here, the measurements of the MI in "experimental" and "control" animals
were performed after 24 hours of regeneration.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION:
1. In regenerating planaria exposed to the CMF tuned for Ca2+-resonance, BDC = 10.4 µT, fAC = 8.0Hz, the
MI increased. The experimental MI-values, obtained at BAC (peak) / BDC = 0.0; 0.8; 1.8; 2.7 and 3.6 is well
fit (in the limits of the experimental error) by the squared Bessel function, J12 (BAC/BDC), as is predicted by
MPR-theory. The maximum increase of MI by 47 ±5 % was observed at BAC/BDC = 1.8.
2. In regenerating planaria exposed to the CMF tuned for Mg2+-resonance (BDC = 20.9 µT, fAC = 26.4Hz), the
value of MI also significantly increases. The set of the experimental points, obtained at BAC/BDC = 0.0; 0.6;
1.0; 1.8; 2.6; 3.1 and 3.8 is also well fit (in the limits of the experimental data) by the squared Bessel function
J12 (BAC/BDC) as predicted by MPR-theory. The maximum increase of MI by 37 ±6% was observed at a
BAC/BDC ratio of 1.8.
3. Also at a BAC/BDC ratio of 1.8, the half width at half-maximum in the dependence of the MI on the
frequency of the alternating component of the CMF were found to be 1.6Hz and 2.6Hz for Ca2+ and Mg2+
respectively. This provides an estimate for the dissociation constant (k=2pλ) for Ca2+ and Mg2+ of 10.0 and
16.5Hz respectively.
4. In the planaria exposed to the CMF tuned for the K+ resonance (BDC = 10.4 µT, fAC = 4.0Hz) the MI-value
was decreased by about 20 ±5% at BAC/BDC =2.6, while at BAC/BDC =0.5; 1.0; 1.3 and 1.8 there were no
statistically significant changes in the MI-value comparative to "control". These data can be explained
qualitatively by taking into account that the effect of CMF is contributed by its concurrent interaction with
Ca2+, Mg2+ and K+ and, that K+ can replace Ca2+ and Mg2+ in the binding sites, but can not activate the
enzymatic activity of the Ca2+- Mg2+-dependent enzymes.
5. In planaria exposed to only a near-zero static magnetic field (0 ±0.1 µT), the MI-value was found to
increase by 45 ±7%. Further, the MI-values decreased as the static field was increased and approached the
"control" value of BDC = 10 µT. This effect, which is predicted by the MPR-theory, confirms an earlier
observation by Markov et al (5).
CONCLUSION: We found a remarkably good fit between the main predictions of the MPR-theory with
regard to Ca2+, Mg2+ and K+ ions and our experimental results on regenerating planaria.
REFERENCES:
1. see an accompanying abstract by Tiras et al
2. Lednev VV Bioelectromagnetics 1991, v12, p71
3. Lednev VV Biofizika 1996, v41, #1, (in Russian)
4. see an accompanying abstract by Lednev VV.
5. Markow et al, Bioelectrochem. Bioenerg. v30, p119
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS:
The assistance of Dr. FS Prato and Mr. J Parr in the preparation of this abstract is gratefully acknowledged.
This research was supported by RFFI, grant N 95-04-11739.

B-4-3
RESPONSE OF PC-12 CELLS TO ALTERNATE AC/DC MAGNETIC FIELD ORIENTATIONS.
J.P. Blanchard1, C.F. Blackman2, D.E. House2 and S.G. Benane2. 1Bechtel Corporation Research and
Development, San Francisco, California 94119, USA. 2National Health and Environmental Effects Research
Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711, USA.

OBJECTIVE: Previous tests demonstrated the critical role of each of the following variables within the IPR
model: Bac, Bdc, fac, and q/m. In all of these tests, the Bdc was constrained to be parallel to Bac. The work
reported here examines the importance of the relative orientation between Bac and Bdc.
METHODS: We used an assay of neurite outgrowth (NO) from NGF-stimulated, primed PC-12 cells to
explore the effects of 23 hours of exposure to magnetic fields. Using a 45 Hz ac magnetic field over the flux
density range of 132 - 344 mGrms (the range predicted by the IPR model to produce the maximal reduction
in NO when in parallel with a dc field of 366 mG to give resonance conditions for Mg/Mn and H), we tested
the following Bdc values:
(1) 366 mG parallel/< 2 mG perpendicular to Bac,
(2) < 2 mG parallel/366 mG perpendicular to Bac,
(3) 366 mG parallel/366 mG perpendicular to Bac, and
 (4) 366 mG parallel/160 mG perpendicular to Bac.
RESULTS: The experimental results showed the expected U-shaped inhibitory response function when the
dc field (366 mG) was parallel to the ac field, with the perpendicular dc field < 2 mG. When the dc field
orientation was reversed (parallel < 2 mG, perpendicular 366 mG) the cell response showed an enhanced
neurite outgrowth in the middle of the ac flux density range. Additional tests confirmed a statistically
significant enhancement in neurite outgrowth at 202 mG rms. Other tests conducted with different
combinations of parallel and perpendicular dc flux densities showed that when the perpendicular dc field was
present, it dominated the cell response function in an intensity-dependent manner.
DISCUSSION: The differences seen in cell responses suggest a distinction in interaction models depending
on the relative orientation of the ac and dc fields. Relative orientation of ac and dc fields is critically
important and may provide a means of tuning the degree of response seen from a particular combination of
fields] see Blackman et al., Bioelectromagnetics, 11:159-167, 1990]. Researchers considering epidemiology
results have also suggested that such orientation differences may be a key factor in the discrepancies between
some reported results (e.g., Blackman & Most, Bioelectromagnetics 14:413-431, 1990; Bowman et al.,
Bioelectromagnetics 16: 48-59, 1994; Liboff & McLeod, Bioelectromagnetics 16: 227-230, 1995). These
results suggest that in all ELF EMF tests, regardless of the system being studied, control of the relative
orientation between the ac (typically applied) and dc (typically ambient geomagnetic field) is essential,
particularly to facilitate independent replication studies, to document exposure-response relationships, and to
aid in further understanding of mechanisms of interaction.
Authors supported by EPA (CFB, SGB, DEH) and by DOE (CFB, SGB), IAG# DE-AI01-89CE34024 and
DE-AI01-94CE34007. JPB supported by Bechtel Corp. This abstract does not reflect either EPA or
Bechtel Corporation policy.

B-4-4
ELF MAGNETIC FIELDS INCREASE OPIOID-INDUCED ANALGAESIA IN THE LAND SNAIL
CONSISTENT WITH THE PREDICTIONS OF THE PARAMETRIC RESONANCE MODEL
(PRM) FOR K+. M. Kavaliers*, F.S. Prato and A. Thomas*. Bioelectromagnetics Western, Faculty of
Dentistry, University of Western Ontario and Lawson Research Institute, Department of Nuclear Medicine &
Magnetic Resonance, St. Joseph’s Health Centre, London, Ontario N6A 4L6, Canada.

We have shown in the past that the attenuation of opioid-induced analgaesia in the land snail, Cepaea
nemoralis, is consistent with the PRM of Lednev for the Ca2+ resonance (1). More recently, we have also
shown that the enhancement of opioid-induced analgaesia, as predicted by the PRM for the Ca2+ ion, also
occurs (2). Since it is known that the K+ ion is important for transmembrane cellular communication, we
investigated the congruency between the PRM predictions for the K+ resonance and experimental results. Of
particular interest was the possibility that magnetic field exposure for the first K+ resonance might enhance
opioid-induced analgaesia. An examination of the PRM equations indicates that since the mass charge ratio
of K+ is close to twice (within 3%) that of Ca2+, the first subharmonic of Ca2+ (i.e. n=2) will interfere with the
first harmonic (i.e. n= 1) of K+. Further, since it would be unlikely that the scaling of the biological effect
would be identical for these two ions, it is not currently possible to predict the magnitude of the outcome
using the PRM. Consequently, we selected the following magnetic field exposure conditions: static magnetic
field (BDC) of 76.1 µT (K+ resonance for n= 1 and f=30Hz) and 30Hz magnetic field peak amplitudes (BAC)
of 0µT (SHAM, ambient 60Hz of <0.2µT rms), 38.1µT (E0.5, BAC/BDC=0.5, J1(0.5)|K+=0.24, J2(1.0)|
Ca2+=0.1150); 114.2µT (E1.5, BAC/BDC=l.5, J1(1.5)|K+=0.5220, J2(3.0)| Ca2+ =0.4862); 190.3µT (E2.5,
BAC/BDC =2.5, J1(2.5)|K+ =0.4971, J2(5.0)| Ca2+ =0.0460); 213.1µT (E2.8, BAC/BDC=2.8, J1(2.8)|K+=0.4097,
J2(5.6)| Ca2+ = -0.1464). (Note that the true value for J1(BAC/BDC) for Ca2+ is unknown since for Ca2+
resonance, the BDc value is 78.1µT and not 76.1µT.) Basal nociceptive sensitivity of each snail was initially
measured as the latency in seconds for a snail to remain on a heated (40 ±0.2 °C) surface prior to displaying
discomfort or aversion by lifting its front foot. The snails were then injected with 1µg of a specific
enkephalinase inhibitor (1µg SCH34826 in 1.0 µl saline vehicle) which increases endogenous met- and leu-
enkephalin activity. Immediately after injection, the snails were placed in groups of 12 into translucent plastic
containers and exposed for 15 min in the centre of three orthogonal square Helmholtz coils. The snails were
divided into 5 exposure groups; SHAM (n=45), E0.5 (n=23), E1.5 (n=23), E2.5 (n=46) and E2.8 (n=24). After
the completion of the exposure, the snails' nociceptive sensitivity was again measured. The individual
measuring the response latencies of the snails was blind to the magnetic field exposure conditions. The
change in response latency caused by the 60Hz exposures, expressed as a percentage of the latency of sham-
exposed snails, were: E0.5 =-17.2 ±4.82, E1.5 =-1.88 ±5.02, E2.5 =-26.00 ±4.06, E2.8 =-27.02 ±4.19. Analysis
of variance with Tukey HSD post hoc testing (p < 0.05) indicated that all exposures resulted in a significant
increase in latency, i.e. significant analgaesia enhancement, except for the E1.5 exposure. This suggests that
exposure at the K+ resonance produces an effect as predicted by the PRM. In further experiments, it was
shown that the exposure conditions associated with the E2.5 group could, by itself, increase response latency,
indicative of the induction of analgaesia. Moreover, this effect was eliminated by treatment with a specific K+
channel antagonist, glibenclamide. These results provide further support for the PRM and indicate that ELF
magnetic field exposure can have both facilatory and inhibitory effects. As well, it demonstrates that ELF
magnetic field exposure can induce analgaesia, as well as modify it, effects which may be important for
therapeutic purposes.
1. Prato FS, Carson JJL, Ossenkopp K-P, Kavaliers M (1995): FASEB J 9:807-814
2. Prato FS, Kavaliers M, Carson JJL (1995): 17th Ann Mtg Bioelectromagnetics Soc, p82
SCH34826 was provided by Schering-Plough Research. This work was supported in part by the Medical and
Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Councils of Canada.

B-4-5
EXTREMELY LOW FREQUENCY (ELF) MAGNETIC FIELDS HAVE FREQUENCY-
DEPENDENT EFFECTS CONSISTENT WITH A PARAMETRIC RESONANCE MODEL (PRM)
IN BOTH THE PRESENCE AND ABSENCE OF LIGHT. F.S. Prato and M. Kavaliers*.
Bioelectromagnetics Western, Faculty of Dentistry, University of Western Ontario and Lawson Research
Institute, Department of Nuclear Medicine & Magnetic Resonance, St. Joseph’s Health Centre, London,
Ontario N6A 4L6, Canada.

We have previously shown that ELF magnetic fields attenuate opioid-induced pain inhibition or analgesia.
Investigations of the detection mechanism, through manipulation of both static (BDC) and ELF (BAC)
magnetic field exposure conditions, suggest that the mechanism follows a PRM rather than one dependent on
either induced electric currents or magnetite detection effects and are unlikely to be consistent with a radical
pair recombination mechanism (1,2). Further, we have shown that if exposures are carried out in the absence
of light ("dark-exposed"), the magnetic field effect is reduced (3). Here we address the question as to
whether this remnant effect in the absence of light increases or decreases as the magnetic field exposure
frequencies and amplitude are increased or decreased when parametric resonance conditions are matched for
the different frequencies. If the effect is independent of frequency in both the presence and absence of light,
then the PRM would be supported. However, if this is not the case, then the effects observed in the absence
of light may be associated with another mechanism, e.g. induced electric currents. We have previously shown
at 60Hz that a maximal attenuation of opioid-induced analgaesia (as predicted by the Lednev model for the
first calcium resonance) occurs when snails are exposed to a DC field (BDC) of 78±1µT and an AC field (BAC)
with a peak amplitude of 141±1µT (4). This theory also predicts the conditions for a maximal effect at 30Hz
(BDC=39.1µT; BAC=70.5µT peak) and 120Hz (BDC=156.2µT; BAC=282µT peak). For each frequency, four
groups of snails were used: sham light (S30L, S60L, S120L), sham dark (S30D, S60D, S120D), exposed
light (E30L, E60L, E120L) and exposed dark (E30D, E60D, E120D). This resulted in a total of 12 groups
of between 33 and 35 snails (total = 517). Sham exposures were to the BDC only with the BAC field reduced
to ambient values (<0.2µT rms). Basal nociceptive sensitivity of each snail was initially measured as the
latency in seconds for a snail to remain on a heated (40±0.2°C) surface prior to displaying aversion by lifting
its front foot. The snails were then injected with a specific enkephalinase inhibitor (2µg SCH34826 in 2.0µl
saline vehicle) which increases endogenous enkephalin activity. Immediately after injection, the snails were
placed into plastic containers and exposed in either the presence (light) or absence (dark) of light for 15 min
in the centre of three orthogonal square Helmholtz coils. After the completion of the exposure, the snails'
nociceptive sensitivity was again measured. All testing was done in the same laboratory light conditions for
both the "dark" exposed and "light" exposed snails. The snail tester was blind to the magnetic field exposure
conditions but was aware of the light exposure conditions. The reduction in latency as a percentage of
respective sham values (±SE) is given below. Statistical analysis indicated that there was no effect of
frequency on either the light-exposed or dark-exposed snails. As expected, there was an overall effect of
exposure with a significant dependence on the presence or absence of light. It is clear from the results that
the attenuation of opioid-induced analgaesia is independent of frequency. Since the frequency amplitude
product varied by a factor of 16 between 30 and 120Hz exposures and this product is proportional to any
induced currents, it is unlikely that either the effect seen in light- or dark-exposure is related to an induced
current mechanism. Rather, Lednev's PRM remains the primary candidate for both the light-dependent and
light-independent mechanism. However, this model must now be expanded to incorporate the differential
magnetic field sensitivity observed in the presence and absence of light.

E30L E60L E120L E30D E60D E120D

36.1±4.1 38.7±3.8 38.9±4.3 24.5±5.1 26.4±4.1 25.7±3.7

I. Prato FS, Carson JJL, Ossenkopp K-P, Kavaliers M (1995): FASEB J 9:807-814
II. Prato FS, Kavaliers M, Carson JJL (1995): accepted for publication in Bioelectromagnetics
III. Prato FS, Kavaliers M, Carson JJL (1995): 17th Ann Mtg Bioelectromagnetics Soc, p82
IV. Lednev VV (1991): Bioelectromagnetics 12:71-75
SCH34826 was provided by Schering-Plough Research. This work was supported in part by the Medical and
Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Councils of Canada.

SESSION B-5: BIOPHYSICAL MECHANISMS 2

CO-CHAIRS: Charles Polk and Carl Blackman

B-5-1
RADICAL PAIR MECHANISM AND LOW-FREQUENCY RESONANCES: MODEL BASED ON
COMBINED SELF-ORGANIZED MACROSCOPIC AND MICROSCOPIC MECHANISMS. J.
Walleczek and C. Eichwald. Bioelectromagnetics Laboratory, Department of Radiation Oncology-AO38,
Stanford University School of Medicine, Stanford, California 94305-5124, USA.

It is well-established that the physico-chemical principles which underlie the radical pair mechanism (RPM)
rule out the possibility of nonlinear, resonance-like responses ("frequency windows") to an applied low-
frequency AC magnetic field (MF). As we have recently suggested [1], however, this and other weaknesses
that are normally thought to limit the validity of the RPM as a biological MF interaction mechanism apply
only when the RPM is evaluated outside the biological context: For example, we have proposed that any
biological activity that depends on the periodic generation of spin-correlated radical pairs (RPs) may not only
depend on the intensity but the specific frequency of an applied low-frequency AC MF as well [1].
OBJECTIVE: Our motivation for this work was to show the theoretical feasibility of this proposal by
performing a computer simulation study that integrates the RPM with self-organized macroscopic
biodynamics. In principle, our model is capable of accounting for bioelectromagnetic phenomena which
depend
on:
(1) the field frequency - in a nonlinear, resonance-like fashion (" frequency windows ").
(2) the field amplitude - in a nonlinear, resonance-like fashion (" amplitude windows ").
(3) the combination of appropriate static (DC) and time-varying (AC) fields.
(4) the biodynamical state (i.e., the intemal dynamical state) of the field-exposed system.
(5) the system's capacity for high-gain amplification of initially small (0.1 - 3%) either kT-limited or kT-
nonlimited microphysical field effects.
(6) the system's capacity to stabilize and maintain field effects in the presence of relatively large incoherent
(noise) perturbations.
METHOD: The construction of the model and the strategy for the simulation study have been described in
detail in an earlier presentation [1]. Briefly, the model is based upon the RPM in conjunction with nonlinear
mechanisms such as autocatalysis, positive or negative feedback or delay effects in cell biochemical reactions
maintained far from equilibrium, including bistable excitable states, self-sustained coherent oscillations and
chaotic oscillations.
RESULTS: In agreement with our prior proposal [1], the results confirm that low-frequency AC MF
interactions with RP recombination steps that are effectively linked with self-organized biochemical dynamics
may induce frequency-dependent, resonance-like biological responses. Further, EMF response patterns
showing all the above dependencies (1-6) are demonstrated by our simulation results. In addition, selected
examples that demonstrate a strict DC MF-dependence of some low-frequency AC MF resonant responses
will be shown. An experimental strategy for testing the model predictions with peroxidase enzymes in vitro
will also be described.
SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS: Our results predict the possibility of biological MF responses of the
types described above (1-6) subject to the following three assumptions: (i) An effective MF interaction site
must of course exist in the exposed biological system such as the RPM, initial perturbations via the RPM
need only be on the order of 0.5-1%. (ii) Self-organized macroscopic biodynamical states in the exposed
system that are effectively linked with MF-sensitive RP recombination steps must exist. (iii) An MF-induced
change in self-organized biodynamical behavior must be able to translate into a change in biological function
("response mechanism"). The evidence for or against the validity of these assumptions will be briefly
discussed. The feasibility of a different approach to the question of AC/DC MF effects via the RPM is being
explored by C.Polk [3].
Work supported by the Fetzer Institute.
[1] Walleczek, J. (1995) In: Electromagnetic Fields: Biological Interactions and Mechanisms (Blank, M.,
Ed.) Advances in Chemistry No. 250, American Chemical Society, Washington DC, pp.395-420.
[2] Walleczek, J., Eichwald, C. (1995) Annu. Rev. Research on Biological Effects of Electric and Magnetic
Fields, Palm Springs, Nov. 12-16, #A-24, p.24-25.
[3] Polk, C. (1995) Annu. Rev. Research on Biological Effects of Electric and Magnetic Fields, Palm
Springs, Nov. 12-16, #P-23, p.77-78.

B-5-2
MAGNETOKINETIC EFFECTS ON RADICAL PAIRS: A PARADIGM FOR MAGNETIC FIELD
INTERACTIONS WITH BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS. C. Eichwald and J. Walleczek.
Bioelectromagnetics Laboratory, Department of Radiation Oncology-AO38, Stanford University School of
Medicine, Stanford, California 94305-5124, USA.

OBJECTIVE: Magnetic field (MF) modulation of the recombination kinetics of spin-correlated radical pairs
that are formed as intermediates in (bio-)chemical reactions is known as the radical pair mechanism (RPM).
This mechanism is well-established in magnetochemistry [1] and offers a great potential as a mechanism for
bioelectromagnetic interactions, too [2]. An overview of the physical principles underlying the RPM is given
and a concept for an implementation of the RPM into bioelectromagnetics research is discussed.
METHODS: The concept is based upon a MF-sensitive enzyme system that is part of a cellular signaling
pathway [3]. A prototypic model of an enzyme reaction cycle including an intermediate radical pair-state is
investigated. The reaction rate is calculated as a function of the MF-dependent recombination probability of
the radical pair. The latter is determined by using the exponential model of radical pair recombination
statistics [1]. Model simulations allow for a comparison with recent experimental findings on MF-effects on
B12 ethanolamine ammonia lyase activity [4]. RESULTS: Calculations show that the occurrence of
significant MF-effects depends on specific relations between the rate constants of the enzyme reaction cycle.
The effect size is determined by the ratio of radical pair-lifetime and the rate of MF-sensitive intersystem
crossing between the singlet - and triplet - states induced by the hyperfine interaction - and the Ag -
mechanisms. Furthermore, results show that while radical pair-recombination probability is changed by at
most a few per cent in the presence of the MF, the effect on the reaction rate is considerably larger and is
determined by an "amplification factor" that depends on the kinetic parameters of the enzyme reaction cycle
and on the ratio between the rate constants for radical pair-recombination and radical pair-lifetime. Model
simulations qualitatively reproduce the experimentally observed MF-dependence of B12 ethanolamine
ammonia lyase activity (reduction in Vmax/KM at low flux densities and increases at high flux densities, [4]).
DISCUSSION: The calculations demonstrate that the enzyme reaction provides a basis for amplifying small
initial changes in radical pair-recombination probability (the amplification factor is estimated to be in the
range 1...100). This behavior results from the combination of MF-dependent spin kinetics, which is on the
nanosecond time-scale, and chemical kinetics of the enzymatic processes, which are several orders of
magnitude slower. The simulations show that it is neither sufficient nor meaningful to discuss the RPM in
biolelectromagnetics by restricting to MF-effects on radical pair-recombination probability only. In contrary,
the biological contexts has to be taken into account. The signaling pathway, of which the MF-sensitive
enzyme is a part, provides the basis for transducing and further amplifying initial changes in enzyme activity
via non-linear, self-organized mechanisms [2,5]. Such changes may finally result in a macroscopic magnetic
field effect on the biological system such as altered calcium influx.
[1] Steiner UE, Ulrich T (1989) Chem Rev 89: 51-147.
[2] Walleczek J (1995) In: Electromagnetic Fields: Biological Interactions and Mechanisms, M. Blank
(editor). Advances in Chemistry 250, pp 395-420.
[3] Eichwald C, Walleczek J, submitted to Bioelectromagnetics.
[4] Harkins TT, Grissom CB (1994) Science 263: 958-960.
[5] Eichwald C, Kaiser F (1995) Bioelectromagnetics 16: 75-85.

B-5-3
CAN WEAK ELF FIELDS AFFECT CELLS DIRECTLY? REVISING THERMAL NOISE LIMITS
WITH IMPROVED MODELS OF THE CELL. P.C. Gailey. Electric and Magnetic Fields Research
Program, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37831-6070, USA.

Much of the controversy over the existence of weak field effects on biological systems has centered around
signal-to-noise calculations in which field-induced membrane potentials are compared to thermal electrical
noise at the cell membrane. Early reports in this area (Adair, 1991) were based on a spherical shell model of
the cell membrane. In this report, three new models of elongated cells (such as muscle and nerve cells) and
cells connected by gap junctions are presented (Gailey, 1996). These include a prolate spheroidal shell
model, a new continuous formulation of the leaky cable model which allows calculations for closely-packed
cells, and a numerical impedance method-equivalent circuit model. It is shown that membrane potentials
induced in elongated cells and cells connected by gap junctions are substantially higher than predicted by the
spherical shell model, especially when the cells are closely packed in biological tissues. Using these new
microdosimetric models, along with whole-body ELF dosimetric data (Xi et al, 1995), and appropriate
methods for calculating thermal noise in elongated cells, it is shown that 60 Hz magnetic fields below 100
mG are capable of inducing membrane potentials which exceed thermal electrical noise. When voltage-gated
ion channels are assumed to be the field sensing element, the lack of noise correlation between different
channels (Gailey, 1994a,b) results in even lower signal-to-noise ratios and lower magnetic field thresholds for
possible effects. A more important limit in this case is random channel gating which produces fluctuations
that are predicted to be significantly higher than those produced by thermal electrical noise. These results
demonstrate that thermal electrical noise at the cell membrane is not sufficient to exclude the possibility of
relatively weak magnetic field effects even when time averaging processes are not considered. Instead, it is
necessary to define both a putative field sensor and the relevant sources of noise before conclusions can be
reached about the field threshold for effects. Studies are underway to test the modeling results described in
this report using spontaneously beating cardiac myocytes exposed to electric fields.
Supported by a Laboratory Directed Research and Development grant from Oak Ridge National Laboratory
and the Office of Energy Management, U.S. Department of Energy.
Adair RK (1991): Constraints on biological effects of weak extremely-low-frequency electromagnetic fields.
Phys Rev A 43:1039-1048.
Gailey PC (1994a): Spatial coherence of thermal electrical noise at the gap junction interface, Biophys J
66(2): A259.
Gailey PC (1994b): Thermal electrical noise is not coherent across multichannel gap junctions. Sixteenth
Annual Meeting of the Bioelectromagnetics Society, Copenhagen, Denmark, June, 1994.
Gailey PC (1996): Comparison of Voltage Signals Induced by Power Frequency Fields to Thermal Electrical
Noise at the Cell Membrane. University Microfilms, Ann Arbor, Mi.
Xi W, Stuchly MA, Gandhi OP (1994): Induced electric currents in models of man and rodents from 60 Hz
magnetic fields. IEEE Trans Biomed Eng 41: 1018-1023.

B-5-4
DIRECTION CHANGE OF HIGH FREQUENCY (I.R.) ION OSCILLATOR IN RESPONSE TO
STATIC AND ELF MAGNETIC FIELDS. C. Polk and S.-H. Wu*. Department of Electrical &
Computer Engineering, University of Rhode Island, Kingston, Rhode Island 02881, USA.

In recent years several investigators have reported that effects of alternating magnetic fields of the order of
100 µT on animal behavior (Thomas, Schrot and Liboff, Bioelectromagnetics 7: 1986) or on cell
development (Liboffet al., J. Biochemistry 8: 1987; Yost and Liburdy, FEBS Letters 296: 1992; Blackman et
al. Bioelectromagnetics 15: 1994) depend on the presence and magnitude of a parallel directed static
magnetic field. A weak (< 200 µT) static magnetic field alone has also been shown to affect the
phosphorylation of myosin light chain by Ca2+ calmodulin-dependent kinase in solution (Markov et al. in
"Charge and Field Effects in Biosystems" - Allen, Clearly, Schillady, eds. Boston: Birkhauser: 1992). One
explanation of these effects, originally proposed by Lednev (Bioelectromagnetics 12, 1991) involves the
Zeeman splitting of ionic I.R. vibration levels which is said to affect the binding of Ca2+ ions (and possibly
also of some other ions) within proteins such as calmodulin; this in turn would influence the reaction rate of
Ca2+ dependent biochemical reactions. In response to objections that an ion as heavy as Ca2+ is not likely to
radiate strongly (Adair, Bioelectromagnetics 13: 1992), Lednev remarked that the amplitude of the radiated
field is also related to the direction of vibration of a particular oscillator (Lednev in "On the Nature of
Electromangetic Field Interactions with Biological Systems" - Austin TX: R.G. Landes Co: 1994).
OBJECTIVE: To obtain a quantitative indication of how the direction of vibration of an electrically charged
particle is affected by static and time varying magnetic fields when the frequency of the latter is by many
orders of magnitude smaller than the oscillation frequency.
MATHEMATICAL DEVELOPMENT: The ordinary Zeeman effect can be explained in terms of classical
electrodynamics (see for example Haken and Wolf "Atomic and Quantum Physics", Springer-Verlag, Berlin:
1984). Furthermore, the correspondence principle of physics implies that quantum and classical physics
descriptions of particle motion approach one another when the energy change considered in a particular
process is small compared with the total energy of the particle. This condition is certainly satisfied in the
process considered here and the analysis using only classical mechanics and electrodynamics should thus be
sufficient. We consider a charged particle oscillating at some radian frequency ω (in the infrared range) along
a linear path located in the x-y plane. Initially we assume no damping by collisions or radiation and for ease
of analysis we assume that x and y components of displacement are equal. The equations of motion are then
xÝ+ ω2x = 0 and yÝ
Ý Ý + ω2y= 0 where Ý Ý indicate second derivatives with respect to time and ω2= k/m
xÝ and yÝ
with k = elastic constant and m = particle mass. These equations have the solutions for the particle
displacement s = xˆ A cosωt + yˆ A cosωt , where A is given by boundary conditions ( xˆ and yˆ are unit
vectors). If a constant magnetic field B0 is applied along the z-direction, Lorentz forces (charge x velocity x
perp. magnetic flux density) modify the equations of motion to Ý Ý + ω2y= −ΩxÝ where Ω is
xÝ+ ω2x = ΩyÝ and yÝ
thc "cyclotron frequency", QB0/m with Q = particle charge.
SOLUTIONS: Solutions of these equations for x and y show that the path of oscillation now rotates at an
angular velocity given by dθ/dt = -Ω/2. If the equations are further modified to account for the application of
an alternating field B1cosßt in addition to the static field, the angular velocity becomes (when ß = Ω)

dθ Ω BΩ
= − + 1 cosΩt
dt 2 2B0

DISCUSSION: Consideration will be given to the implications of these results for explaining experiments
showing that "resonance" combinations of magnetic fields lead to maximum or minimum values of biological
parameters at specific values of B1/B0.
 B-5-5
DYNAMICAL SYSTEMS MODEL FOR µT-RANGE MAGNETIC FIELD BIOEFFECTS ON ION-
BINDING DEPENDENT PROCESSES: INFLUENCE OF WATER DIPOLE ORIENTATION. A.A.
Pilla and D.J. Muehsam. Bioelectrochemistry Laboratory, Department of Orthopaedics, Mount Sinai School
of Medicine, New York, New York 10029, USA.

Nonlinear dynamical systems driven by thermal or membrane (1/f) noise may underlie many of the statistical
results described by kinetic equations. This model considers the conditions for which ion-binding dependent
cellular processes may exhibit sensitivities to subthermal electromagnetic fields. Specifically, the competitive
kinetics of ion binding and dissociation at a signalling molecule is treated, considering the key role played by
thermal noise. A bistable potential V(x) with barrier height on the order of kT represents bound and
unbound states, with thermal noise providing the driving force for ion binding. Assuming conditions for
which the effects of induced electric fields may be neglected, the equation of motion for ion binding is,

d 2x dx dV(x)
m 2 +β + = Fnoise
dt dt dx

where m is the ion mass and ß is the local viscosity. The resulting ion binding dynamics describe a chaotic
hopping between bound and unbound states with a Lorentzian (1/f) power spectrum. Molecules and ions in
aqueous solution exist in hydration clusters that exhibit complex dynamical behaviors under thermal
influences. Because thermal forces on a hydrated ion will overwhelm the Lorentz force on an ion in µT-
range fields, it is proposed that weak magnetic field effects could operate via a modulation of water dipole
orientation at the binding site. Polarized water molecules form hydration layers of sufficiently long lifetime
around ions and molecules, thus weak fields may induce precessional motion in these layers around ions and
molecules. Precessional motion occuring at a frequency proportional to the product of the field strength and
the gyromagnetic ratio of the system results in a modulation of the local dielectric constant. The bistable
potential well is thus a function of precessional frequency:

x4 x2
V(x) = α1 − α 2 + xC(ω p )
4 2

where the nonnegative coefficients α1, and α2, are characteristic of the receptor molecule-hydration
environment and C(ωp) is taken to first order in the precessional frequency, ωp. The results are interpreted in
a statistical sense wherein the binding activation energy ∆E is taken to be proportional to the ratio of the time
the ion is bound to time free, i.e., enzyme activity is proportional to e-∆E/kT. Precessional frequency increases
with increasing static field strength, and thus stronger fields are expected to yield increased enzyme activity.
AC resonance effects are also expected for frequencies, fr, equal to the characteristic hopping, or Kramer,
rate of the system:
U0
−2
f r = K 0e D

where K0 is a function of potential well geometry and viscosity, U0 is a function of potential well geometry
and local dielectric constant, and D is the thermal noise strength. This model proposes that static and AC
field effects will not be simple functions of q/m, as predicted by the Lorentz force approach, but will instead
be dependent upon ion hydration dynamics, potential well geometry, exogenous fields and thermal noise
strength. Thus, resonance frequencies may be expected to be dependent upon applied field strengths
(including ambient) and temperature, in addition to factors such as reagent concentrations and impurities that
may affect barrier height or viscosity. An experimental method is suggested for determining resonance
frequencies at which the greatest modulation of biological activity could occur.
 SESSION B-6: BIOPHYSICAL MECHANISMS 3,
MILLIMETER WAVES
CO-CHAIRS: Charles Grissom and Marko Markov

B-6-1
STEADY CHANGE IN THE BINDING PROBABILITY OF A LIGAND INDUCED BY RF
EXPOSURE. A. Chiabrera1, B. Bianco1, E. Moggia 1 and J.J. Kaufman2. 1Department of Biophysical and
Electronic Engineering, University of Genoa, Genoa, Italy. 2Bioelectrochemistry Laboratory, Department of
Orthopaedics, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York, New York 10029, USA.

The basal metabolism of a living cell generates a force field that is the paramount feature necessary for
explaining how low-intensity RF exposure may interact with a ligand ion-receptor protein system [1, 2, 3].
We consider the case of a TEM sinusoidal carrier, in the RF range covered by the mobile telecommunication
equipment. The binding of a messenger ion (e.g. Ca++) to a putative receptor protein is modeled by an
endogenous single well potential that attracts the ion. The characteristic parameter of the single well
potential is the binding energy hω 0 . We are interested in shallow binding sites, i.e., ω0/(2p) < 2GHz.
The potential is a strong nonlinear function of the spatial coordinates and it is approximated by a quasi-
coulombic well. At the same time the ion collides with the solvent molecules and with the molecules of the
binding crevice. Furthermore, the ion-protein system is maintained out-of-equilibrium by a steady state force
Fbm, that emulates the effects of the basal metabolism. The ion binding probability P0, in absence of any e.m.
exposure, is evaluated as a function of Fbm by means of a quantum model [1,4]. For the shallow binding sites
considered in this paper, the thermal collisions keep the ion unbound if Fbm = 0 (thermodynamic equilibrium).
If the metabolic force Fbm ≠ 0 is considered, the binding probability P0 increases up to a maximum. The
sinusoidal e.m. RF exposure is switched on at t = 0. After a transient, the ion probability reaches a steady
value P∞ for large values of t. The relative change (P0- P∞)/P0 gives a measure of the interaction
effectiveness. It reaches a maximum if the actual carrier frequency f is close to ω0/(2p). The a.c. signal is
able to induce a steady change P0- P∞ of the binding probability because it is down-converted to d.c. by the
nonlinearity of the endogenous potential. In any case, the interaction is negligible if Fbm = 0. Maximal
effectiveness is reached for an optimal and physically plausible value of Fbm ≠ 0. At S.A.R. values
corresponding to safety standards, (P0- P∞)/P0 can become much larger than 10%. Thus, for the first time in
bioelectromagnetics, we offer a plausible biophysical basis for potential effects of low-intensity e.m. fields
generated by mobile communication equipment.
[1] A. Chiabrera, B. Bianco, E. Moggia, T. Tommasi, J.J Kaufman, "Recent Advances in the Study of
mechanisms Potentially related to RF", Invited paper, State of the Science Colloquium, WTR and ICWCHR,
Nov. 13-15, Rome, Italy, 1995.
[2] A. Chiabrera, B. Bianco, "Langevin-Lorentz and Zeeman-Stark bioelectromagnetic models", Invited
paper, 7th Ann. Meet. BEMS, June 18-22, Boston, MA, USA, 1995.
[3] A. Chiabrera, B. Bianco, E. Moggia, T. Tommasi, "The out-of-equilibrium steady state of a cell as a
reference for evaluating bioelectromagnetic effects", 16th BEMS Ann. Meet., June 12-16, Copenhagen,
Denmark, 1994.
[4] E. Moggia, T. Tommasi, B. Bianco, A. Chiabrera,"Comparison of a five-state vs a three-state coulombic
Zeeman model of EMF effects on ligand binding," in Electricity and Magnetism in Biology and Medicine, M.
Blank ed., San Francisco Press, pp. 556-558, 1993.

B-6-2
BIOLOGICAL ELECTRON TRANSFER : A POSSIBLE FRAMEWORK FOR SOME OF THE
BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF ELF MAGNETIC FIELDS. I. Nair 1 and R.P. Liburdy2. 1Carnegie Mellon
University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213, USA. 2Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, Berkeley,
California 94720, USA.

This paper explores the effects of applied ELF fields on biological electron transfer (BET) as a mechanism
for the biological effects of low frequency magnetic fields. Long-range intermolecular and intramolecular
electron transfer plays an important role in conferring the directionality and specificity of numerous biological
processes, particularly those involving oxidoreductase action [1,2]. BET has been invoked in numerous
biological processes including oxidative bursts in neutrophiis and in signaling processes. These electron
transfers include classical enzyme reactions that have been suggested as a medium for field interactions [3,4].
While many details of BET are specific to reactions, the low energy input needed, long time constants and the
dependence of the reaction rates on the surrounding molecular environment makes biological electron
transfer an attractive candidate for exploring the effect of ELF magnetic fields in biological processes.
BET has been studied most in well-defined cases such as electron transfer between the redox active sites in a
single protein such as hemoglobin or cytochrome c. Non-specific binding, interfacial diffusion and
subsequent electron transfer have been envisaged as the steps that lead to recognition and reaction specificity
in critical reactions involving these complexes [5,6]. While the reactions most studied involve photoinduced
transfer, simple transfer from ground state of reactants to ground states of products, called "putative
transfer", has also been described [7]. Such transfers may be possible candidates for mediating some of the
biological effects of ELF fields.
A semiclassical theory based on theories by Marcus and by Hopfield and others has been used to describe the
characteristics of electron transfer in terms of a few measurable parameters such as free energy of reaction,
reorganization energy and rate constant [7,8,9]. This paper will look at the effects of an applied ELF
magnetic field in electron transfer through modification of the density of states due to the field coupling with
the electronic states involved in BET. This framework will be used to suggest experiments to test this
theoretical approach.
[1] Moser CC, Page C, Farid RS, Dutton PL. d. Bioenergetics and Biomembranes, 27, 1995. pp.263-274.
[2] Moser CC. Keske JM, Warneke K, Farid RS, Dutton PL. Nature, Volume 355, 1992. pp. 796-802.
[3] McLendon G, Hake R. Chem. Rev., Volume 92, 1992. pp.481-490.
[4] Farver O, Pecht I. FASEBd. Volume 5, 1991. pp.2554-2559.
[5] Weaver JC, Astumian RD. Science, Volume 247, 1990. pp.459-462.
[6] Astumian RD, Weaver JC, Adair RK. Proc Natl Acad Sci USA, Volume 92, 1995. pp.3740-3743.
[7] Marcus RA, Sutin N. Biochimica Biophysica Acta, Volume 811, 1985, pp 265-322
[8] Purcell KF, Blaive R. Chapter 1.3 in Fox M, Chanon M (Ed.) Photoinduced Electron Transfer, Part A:
Conceptual Basis, Elsevier, 1988.
[9] Hopfield J J, Proc NatlAcad USA, Volume 71, 1974. pp.3640-3644.
This work was supported by the US Department of Energy.

B-6-3
CONTINUOUS 53.6 GHz MILLIMETER WAVES AT 10 mW/cm2 HAVE NO EFFECT ON
HYDROXYL RADICAL DEPENDENT LIPID PEROXIDATION. M.K. Logani and M.C. Ziskin.
Richard J. Fox Center for Biomedical Physics, Temple University School of Medicine, Philadelphia,
Pennsylvania 19140, USA.

In recent years there has been an increasing interest in the medical applications of millimeter waves (Betskii,
1991). They are widely used in the former Soviet Union to reduce the toxic effects of chemotherapy and
radiotherapy in the treatment of cancer. Some toxic effects of these treatments are known to occur through
the generation of reactive oxygen species, such as superoxide and hydroxyl radicals. These free radicals may
cause lipid peroxidation of cellular membranes leading to irreversible damage. Perhaps, the mechanism by
which mm-waves achieve their beneficial effect in cancer radiation therapy and chemotherapy is the inhibition
of lipid peroxidation. The present study was performed to test this hypothesis.
OBJECTIVE: The present study was performed to test the hypothesis that lipid peroxidation can be
inhibited by mm-waves. In a test system, liposome membranes are shown to undergo lipid peroxidation in
the presence of OH radicals. The effect on this system by 53.6 GHz mm-waves, at power levels used in
cancer therapy, is assessed.
METHODS: A Russian-made generator, YAV-1, was used to produce a continuous wave signal at a
microwave frequency of 53.6 Ghz. The YAV device, based on a Gunn diode, has a frequency bandwidth of
±100 MHz. Samples were placed 6 mm above a 10 x 20 mm rectangular output horn antenna and exposed
to an incident spatial average power density of 10 mW/cm2. The exposure duration was 30 min. The
distribution of absorbed energy was determined thermographically using an infrared camera (Amber
Engineering Inc., model AE-4256, Goleta, CA) as described by Khizhnyak and Ziskin (1994). The specific
absorption rate (SAR) at any location in the field was calculated by multiplying the initial rate of rise in
temperature by 4186 (the heat capacity of water in SI units). The SAR distribution had a maximum value of
800 W/kg and an average 6 dB diameter of 16 mm. Liposomes used as an experimental model for
biomembranes were prepared from egg phosphatidyl choline. Lipid peroxidation was measured using the
thiobarbituric acid assay (Ohkawa et al, 1979). For studying the effect of mm-waves on lipid peroxidation
induced by hydroxyl radicals, liposomes (0.8 mg/ml) in 30 mM saline (pH 7.5) were treated with 0.2 mM
FeSO4 and 0.1 mM H2O2 (Tien et al, 1982) in the absence or presence of mm-waves. In some experiments,
liposomes were irradiated with mm-waves prior to treatment with Fe+2 + H2O2.
RESULTS: When liposomes were treated with Fe+2 and H2O2, a marked increase in the concentration of
lipid peroxides occurred (Fig. 1). No significant lipid peroxidation occurred in the absence of Fe+2 or H2O2.
The above system served as a model for OH-dependent lipid peroxidation. Irradiation of the above system
with mm-waves of a 53.6 GHz frequency did not show any significant difference in the concentration of lipid
peroxides between control and irradiated samples. Similarly, no significant difference in the formation of
lipid peroxides occurred when liposomes were irradiated with mm-waves prior to the treatment with Fe+2 +
H2O2.
CONCLUSIONS: 53.6 GHz continuous millimeter waves at 10 mW/cm2 (SAR=800 W/kg) did not modify
lipid peroxidation induced by Fe+2 + H2O2. This study does not support the hypothesis that benefit from mm-
wave therapy results from inhibition of OH-dependent lipid peroxidation.
REFERENCES:
Betskii, O.V. 1991. In Dig. Of the Int. Symposium on Millimeter Waves on Non-Thermal Intensity of
Medicine, Moscow, USSR, 521-528.
Khizhnyak, E.P. and Ziskin, M.C. 1994. Heating Patterns in Biological Tissue Phantoms Caused by
Millimeter Wave Electromagnetic Irradiation. IEEE Trans. Biomed. Eng. 41: 865-872.
Ohkawa, H., Ohishi, N., and Yagi, K. 1979. Assay for Lipid Peroxides in Animal Tissues by Thiobarbituric
Acid Reaction. Anal. Biochem. 95: 351-358.
Tien M., Svingen, B., and Aust, S. 1982. An Investigation into the Role of Hydroxyl Radical in Xanthine
Oxidase-Dependent Lipid Peroxidation. Arch. Biochem. Biophys. 216:142-151.
Figure 1: Effect of mm-waves on OH-dependent lipid peroxidation. ·OH was generated by a reaction of Fe+2
and H2O2.
 B-6-4
FREQUENCY AND INTENSITY DEPENDENCE OF THE MILLIMETER-WAVE RADIATION
EFFECT ON ISOLATED NERVE FUNCTION. A.G. Pakhomov, H.K. Prol*, S.P. Mathur*, Y. Akyel
and C.B.G. Campbell*. US Army Medical Research Detachment and McKesson BioServices, Brooks Air
Force Base, San Antonio, Texas 78235-5324, USA.

Previously we have demonstrated that exposure of an isolated nerve to millimeter waves (MMW) may
improve its tolerance to a high-rate stimulation (HRS). This effect developed only at certain radiation
frequencies and had virtually the same magnitude at the field intensities of 0.25 and 2.5 mW/cm2 (Pakhomov
et al., 1995). Similar results, namely an MMW-induced facilitation of compound action potential (CAP)
recovery after an HRS train, were recently reported by an independent group of investigators (Sazonov and
Rizshkova, 1995). The objective of the present work was the development of response spectra for the
MMW effect with respect to frequency and intensity of the radiation.
METHODS: An isolated frog nerve preparation (n. ischiadicus + n. peroneus) was placed into an exposure
chamber equipped with artifact-free recording and stimulating electrodes and was covered with mineral oil.
The chamber was positioned under a horn antenna connected to a G4-141 generator, with the nerve parallel
to the E-field. CAPs were evoked by twin pulses (9-ms interval) continually delivered at a rate of 4 pairs/s.
For the HRS, the rate was temporarily increased to 20 pairs/s, which caused gradual and reversible decrease
of the CAP amplitude and conduction velocity. The HRS was accompanied by various regimes of MMW
exposure, or by sham irradiation. Sham exposures were performed with closed waveguide attenuators (about
80 dB field attenuation), while the MMW generator and other devices stayed turned on. In the first set of 93
independent experiments, we compared the effect of different MMW frequencies applied either at 0.25-0.27
mW/cm2 (41.14-41.54 GHz and 50.8-51.0 GHz bands) or at 2.5 mW/cm2 (45.89-45.93 GHz band). In each
band, we tested 5 MMW frequencies separated by 100, 50, and 10 MHz, respectively. HRS continued for 17
min; exposure began 2 min prior to the HRS train and lasted for 48 min. The preparation was maintained at
11-12 °C; microwave heating of the nerve reached 0.3-0.4 °C at 2.5 mW/cm2, otherwise it was negligible. In
the second set of 42 experiments, we tested the MMW power levels from 0.02 to 2.6 mW/cm2 at one
selected frequency of 41.34 GHz. Irradiation continued for 23 min, starting 2 min prior to a 21-min HRS
train; otherwise experimental conditions were the same as for the first set.
RESULTS: At certain frequencies, MMW irradiation significantly attenuated the decrease of the test-CAP
during the HRS train. In the first set, the maximum effect of 22 ±7 % (p < 0.05) was observed at 41.34 GHz
(0.25 mW/cm2); a 100-MHz deviation from this "resonant" frequency (to 41.24 or 41.44 GHz) reduced the
effect more than twofold, and a 200-MHz deviation eliminated it. The effect at 41.34 GHz was more
pronounced than, for example, at 45.90 and 45.93 GHz, despite the tenfold incident power density rise. As
revealed by field mapping, the frequency-dependent changes of the field pattern were relatively small, and
possible formation of "hot spots" at some frequencies is unlikely to account for the frequency dependence of
the bioeffect. The dependence of the effect upon field intensity at 41.34 GHz proved to be rather flat: The
effect magnitude was almost the same at the power densities from 0.02 to 2.6 mW/cm2 (excluding one
datapoint at 0.5 mW/cm2 which was not substantially different from sham).
CONCLUSIONS: The results confirmed once again the existence of frequency-specific, nonthermal in
nature effects of MMW radiation on nerve function. At the effective frequency of 41.34 GHz, irradiation
increased the isolated nerve HRS tolerance even at 0.02 mW/cm2, while the field intensity threshold to evoke
observable thermal bioeffects was about 2 mW/cm2.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: The work was performed while A.G. Pakhomov held a National Research
Council-AMRMC Research Associateship, and was supported by the US Army Medical Research and
Materiel Command under contract DAMD17-94-C-4069 awarded to McKesson BioServices. he views,
opinions and findings contained in this report are those of the authors and should not be construed as an
official Department of the Army position, policy or decision.
 B-6-5
ROLE OF CONVECTION PROCESSES IN BIOLOGICAL EFFECTS OF MILLIMETER
WAVELENGTH ELECTROMAGNETIC IRRADIATION. E.P. Khizhnyak1 and M.C. Ziskin2.
1
Institute of Cell Biophysics, Russian Academy of Sciences, Pushchino, Moscow Region 142292, Russia.
2
Center for Biomedical Physics, Temple University Medical School, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania 19140, USA.

Most known biological effects of millimeter waves were observed in in vitro experiments in which various
biological structures, such as neurons [Alekseev and Ziskin, 1995], cell culture [Grundler et al., 1977, 1983,
1992; Keilman and Grundler, 1983], or embryonal fibroblasts [Devyatkov, 1973; Devyatkov et al., 1991],
were placed in electrolyte solutions during irradiation. Because mm-wave energy is rapidly absorbed in
liquid, temperature gradients can be high enough to produce different types of convection processes.
Incident power density as low as 10-9 W/cm2 can produce a temperature gradient corresponding to the
threshold of a free-type convection. Since mm-waves can produce non-uniform heating patterns [Khizhnyak
and Ziskin, 1994], we can expect that a convection current will be formed in the area of a hot-spot.
OBJECTIVE: In this study we wish to characterize different types of convection processes in liquids caused
by mm-wave irradiation, and to analyze the effect of convection on temperature dynamics.
METHODS: Convection in 0.2-3 mm thick layers of liquid (100 mM NaCl solution) caused by 53-78 GHz
electromagnetic irradiation was studied at an incident power density ranging from 1 µW/cm2 to 1 W/cm2.
Infrared thermography (3-5 µm spectral window and a 0.02 °C temperature sensitivity) was used as an
artifact-free method for recording temperature dynamics during irradiation. Convection in the liquid was
optically recorded using a NEC, model NC-8 video camera. KMnO4 crystals were used for visualizing the
convection streaming.
RESULTS: Three types of temperature dynamics were observed during continuous (non-modulated)
millimeter wave irradiation:
1) an asymptotic temperature rise to a new steady-state level;
2) a temperature oscillation in liquid media with a significantly lower average temperature value;
3) a complex biphasic temperature process in which the initial temperature rise was followed by an
asymptotic temperature drop.
The second and third types of temperature dynamics were observed following the onset of convection in
liquid layers over 2 mm thick at SAR levels over 100 W/kg. Biphasic temperature dynamics were observed
in 0.2-1.0 mm thick liquid layers at SAR levels as low as 10 W/kg. Temperature oscillations and biphasic
temperature dynamics are due to the creation of a torroidal type of convection vortex under millimeter wave
exposure. The speed of the liquid flow can reach 1-2 cm/s, the rotation of liquid in such a torroidal vortex
can reach 5-10 rps, and the radius of the torroidal vortex can reach 2 cm in a 3 mm thick liquid layer.
Temperature oscillation is a relaxation type process ocurring in synchrony with a repetitive formation and
dissipation of such a vortex. The period between temperature pulses ranged from 1.5 seconds to 2 minutes,
depending on SAR distribution and physical properties of the liquid.
DISCUSSION: Convection processes are equivalent to an additional liquid flow, which could cause
biological effects through an indirect mechanism, such as changing the concentration of oxygen or nutrients
near the surface of cells. This flow can lead to effects opposite to those caused by temperature elevation.
Temperature oscillations could be a synchronizing factor for different biological processes. Because of the
biphasic temperature dynamics, the obtained results may provide an explanation for "incident power density
windows" of biological effects of microwaves. Furthermore, convection may be considered a very general
process. Convection vortices and temperature oscillations can occur in any liquid layer possessing the
necessary temperature gradient, independent of the source of heating. Convection phenomena can also be
considered as sources of potential artifacts in microwave bioeffects studies.
 SESSION B-7: DOSIMETRY 3
CO-CHAIRS: Jørgen Bach Andersen and Peter Valberg

B-7-1
MODELS AND DATA VISUALIZATION IN COMPUTATIONAL BIOELECTROMAGNETICS.
K. Caputa*, A. van Wensen*, M. Okoniewski*, L. Netter* and M.A. Stuchly. Department of Electrical &
Computer Engineering, University of Victoria, Victoria, British Columbia V8W 3P6, Canada.

Physical and biophysical interactions of electromagnetic fields with biological systems have most frequently
been evaluated by using models of these systems. The models accuracy and sophistication of representation
have varied, starting from early homogeneous geometrical bodies of revolution such as spheres or ellipsoids,
to highly complex heterogeneous, anatomically reasonable objects used to represent the human body today.
The sophistication of some current models and the effort and cost involved in their development are quite
substantial. Among problems associated with them are the actual correctness of organ and tissue
representation, and the compatibility of the model structure with the numerical method of field computation.
Visualization of various parts of the model is important in assessment of the model quality. Similarly
important is the visualization of the results of computational results.
The objective of this project was to develop tools for development and improvement of models of the human
body and its parts and to use effectively available data visualization software for model verification and
verification and visualization of numerical computations.
METHODS: Models of human and animal bodies suitable for electromagnetic modeling can be developed
from MRI and/or CT images. Several models have already been developed. We have developed computer
software based on region segmentation (split-merge and link algorithm) for development of new or
improvement of existing models. The unique feature of the program is that a user can easily combine various
features from CT and MRI scans and that way improve the quality of the model. Visualization becomes
essential in evaluating the model quality, as the experience has shown in segmentation of slices one, some
regions may be disconnected in consecutive slices. Viewing separate organs facilitates corrections.
Numerical computations of electromagnetic fields in human and animal bodies produce vast amounts of data
that need to be presented in a such a form that a viewer can easily associate the magnitude and direction of
the variable of interest with the location in the body. We used a commercially available visualization package
Data Explorer (IBM) for biological model development verification, numerical code verification and 3D data
presentation.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION: A whole body model of the human body has been developed based on
parts of the segmented body (head and torso) obtained from a colleague (Zubal et. al., Med. Phys.Biol.
vol.21: 302-307, 1994) and our software used to add legs and arms from segmentation of color photographs
and CT scans available from NLM (Visible man project). The resolution of the model is 3 mm, and the
number of tissues identified exceeds 30, although in our modeling we usually limit them to 14. Viewing the
organs separately allowed us to correct several discontinuities present after the segmentation in the initial
models. This model and its parts have been used to compute electric fields from exposure either to ELF
electric or magnetic fields or RF fields. The results of computations are presented as maps of the magnitude
of the total electric field, current density, or SAR (as relevant for a given computation) in one or more cross-
sections of the body shown in their correct locations within a 3D body model. As another data visualization
we present these variables on surfaces of various organs. In the case of ELF computations, the direction and
magnitude of the fields and currents either around the body (the electric field for electric field exposures) or
inside is represented by arrows in combination with color. Additional benefit from effective visualization has
been experienced during the numerical electromagnetic code development as convergence to wrong solutions
has been easily identified, while it has not been obvious by other means since the errors are localized. Several
examples of computed modeling data and their effective representation will be presented.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS: This work was supported by the NSERC/BCHydro/TransAlta Industrial
Research Chair.
 B-7-2
COMPARATIVE EXPOSURE DOSIMETRY OF INSECTS, BIRDS, AND SMALL
VERTEBRATES TO 60 Hz ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC FIELDS. J.C. Lin and Y-J. Wang.
Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Science, and Bioengineering Program, University of
Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60607-7053, USA.

A number of investigations have used tissue equivalent spheroidal models as an index to induced field. The
spheroidal model is attractive because simple expressions can be obtained for all body sizes. Since the
wavelength is very large compared to the longest dimension of the body at 60 Hz, the quasi-static field theory
can be appropriately applied to give the induced electric field inside the body. The uniform electric field gives
rise to a constant induced electric field inside the dielectric sphere which has the same direction but is
reduced by the dielectric permittivity from the applied electric field for the biological object and is
independent of body size. The magnetically induced electric field produces an internal electric field that
varies directly with the radius of the spherical body and is proportional to the source frequency. For some
species, a prolate spheroidal model with semi-major axis a, and semi-minor axis b can approximate more
closely elongated bodies. While the magnitude of induced electric field inside a homogeneous dielectric
spheroid is uniform, however, it depends on the orientation of the magnetic field with respect to the major
axis of the body. Since a > b, the higher induced field is associated with an applied magnetic field directed
along the minor axis of the body. For both models, the electrically induced current is in the direction of the
applied field and uniform, and the magnetically induced current is a circulating current whose amplitude is
zero at the center of the body and increases with distance away from the center. It thus increases with
increasing size of the subject such as the average radius or longest dimension of the body. Some numerical
calculations of the induced field as a function of size (1 mg to 500 g) approximating those of insects, birds,
and small vertebrates to provide an index of induced electric field and a guide to extrapolating data from one
experimental subjects to another. The exposure parameters considered are 10 mv/m to 100 v/m, electric
fields and 1.0 to 50 mG, magnetic fields. The electrically induced fields are over one million times smaller
than applied electric fields. Magnetically induced electric field varies with both body size and magnetic field.
For a 100 mg insect, the maximum induced electric field can vary from 7.0xl0-5 mV/m at 1.0 mG to 3.5x10-3
mV/m at 50 mG. Likewise, for a 100 g bird or vertebrate, the highest induced electric field varies from
7.0x10-4 mV/m at 1.0 mG to 3.5x10-2 mV/m at 50 mG. In summary, the calculated, induced 60 Hz electric
field in insects, birds, and small vertebrates are fairly low for the field parameters considered (applied electric
field up to 100 v/m and magnetic field up to 50 mG).

B-7-3
WRIST AND ANKLE SAR FOR GRASPING CONTACT WITH A RESONANT AIRCRAFT ON A
METALLIC DECK. R.G. Olsen and B.J. VanMatre. Naval Medical Research Institute, Detachment,
Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235-5423, USA.

In order to more fully understand the problem of RF-induced limb currents under realistic occupational
conditions, we measured wrist and ankle SAR in a full-size, homogeneous human model. The right "hand" of
the model was taped to the right wingtip of a Navy jet aircraft (F/A-18) on a simulated aircraft carrier deck
during CW exposures to a frequency (6.4 MHz) that was strongly re-radiated because of a fuselage-related
resonance. A 10.7-m whip antenna was vertically oriented at the edge of the deck, 3 m to the rear of the
aircraft; RF power was adjusted to produce an RMS electric field intensity of 200 v/m at the aircraft distance.
This configuration is common for the testing and evaluation of airborne bombs and rockets. The human
model had realistic feet and was fitted with new work boots. Wrist and ankle constrictions were made from
short sections of PVC pipe; the wrist and ankle constrictions had cross-sections of 7.2 and 17.8 cm2,
respectively. Localized SARs were calculated from probe-based temperature measurements at the center of
the constrictions. Two types of protective garments were used to demonstrate SAR reduction in limbs by
virtue of a previously observed "skin effect." Both highly conductive and quasi-conductive textile materials
were used. Results for the unprotected grasping contact condition showed average wrist SAR to exceed
1000 W/kg. When the "hand", wrist, and forearm were covered with conductive material, SAR was reduced
to 70 W/kg (-11.9 dB); with quasi-conductive material, SAR was reduced to 140 W/kg (-9.9 dB). Localized
SAR in the unprotected ankle was nearly 19 W/kg. When the foot and lower leg of the model were covered
with a conductive sock in the boot, SAR was reduced to 1.4 W/kg (-11.3 dB); with quasi-conductive
material, SAR was reduced to 2.2 W/kg (-9.3 dB). These results showed that irradiation at a frequency
considerably lower than normal grounded resonance for adults (35-40 MHz) produced extremely high
localized SARs in extremities for the grasping contact of a large, resonant object. Furthermore, SAR
reductions of approximately 9 to 11 dB were observed by using partial-body coverings of conductive or
quasi-conductive material to shunt SAR-producing currents around wrists and ankles.

B-7-4
ENDOGENOUS ELECTRIC FIELD AND CURRENT DENSITY DISTRIBUTIONS IN THE
HUMAN TORSO AND HEAD DUE TO THE ELECTRICAL ACTIVITY OF THE HEART. R. A.
Hart*1, O.P. Gandhi1 and R.L. Lux*2. 1Department of Electrical Engineering, University of Utah, Salt Lake
City, Utah 84112, USA. 2The Nora Eccles Harrison Cardiovascular Research and Training Institute,
University of Utah Medical School, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112, USA.

There has been a great deal of interest in the interaction between power frequency EMFs and biological
tissues in recent years. This interest has included the study of coupled or exogenous fields in the human body
due to external sources. For comparison, it would be desirable to determine the endogenous fields that exist
in various tissues of interest. The beating of the heart represents the largest source of electrical activity in
regard to electric voltage and its variation in space and time domains in the human body. We have used the
admittance method formulation for the MRI-based model of the human torso and head to calculate the
electric field and current density distributions induced for the various tissues due to electric activity of the
cardiac muscle. An MRI- based human model with a resolution of 1.974 x 1.974 x 3 mm has been previously
described [1]. Since this model for the torso and head regions of the body is too large to run on readily
available computer resources, the voxels were combined to create a 6-mm-resolution model. From discrete
locations on the surface of the heart, measured voltages of the sinus rhythm were obtained. Using a low-
frequency approximation where the conductivity σ is much greater than the product of the radian frequency
and permittivity, the conductance was determined for each tissue cube under consideration. Using the
admittance method [2], the voltage distribution in the head and torso were found from the voltages on the
surface of the heart. Using the equation E = -∇ V and the current continuity equation, the electric field and
current density distributions in the head and torso were then obtained. Since the cardiac source of electrical
signals contains various frequency components with most of the energy contained in the frequency band 0-
100 Hz, the rms values of E2 and J2 were obtained for the various locations of the head and torso, including
some of the critical organs such as the brain, liver, kidneys, lungs, etc., for 3 distinct frequency bands 0-40,
41-70, and greater than 71 Hz. As expected, the highest values of endogenous electric fields and current
densities (values on the order of 3 V/m and 0.65 A/m2) are obtained for the cardiac muscle with rapidly
diminishing values for the more distant tissues. We will compare the endogenous electric field and current
density distributions for the frequency band 40-70 Hz with identical quantities calculated for the same organs
for EMFs of high-voltage power transmission lines and high magnetic field sources such as power drills, hair
dryers, etc.
1. O.P. Gandhi, Radio Science, 30, 161-177, 1995.
2. Armitage et al., Physics in Medicine and Biology, 28, 31-42, 1983.
 B-7-5
CALCULATED ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD EFFECTS OF METAL IMPLANTS NEAR THE
SPINE DURING MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGING SCANS. D.N. Buechler*, C.H. Durney and
D.A. Christensen*. Department of Electrical Engineering, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112,
USA.

We describe a series of simulations that calculate the electric fields induced by low-frequency switched-
gradient magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) fields in a model that includes a U-shaped titanium wire
implanted near the spine. The simulations are part of a study to determine whether patients with certain
kinds of implanted metallic devices can safely undergo MRI. Questions of safety arise because it is well
known that metallic objects in tissue can concentrate electric fields, which might excite nerves or heat tissue.
J.P.Reilly and colleagues at Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory are using our calculated
electric-field data to assess possible nerve effects using his spatially extended nonlinear node (SENN)
simulation of the nerve. In the simulations, we use the 3D equivalent-circuit method [1] which is equivalent
to a finite-difference approximation of Maxwell's equations. The resulting complex, symmetric, and very
sparse matrix equations are solved iteratively in the frequency domain using the quasi-minimal residual
(QMR) method [2]. The 43x59x74 cell spine model (13.503 cm x 11.6 cm x 23.143 cm), which includes
muscle, fat, bone, and the U-shaped wire (0.25mm radius), uses nonuniform cell sizes ranging from 0.25 mm
to 1.27 cm to provide detailed results in the region of interest. The model is excited with a uniform
sinusoidal magnetic field at 600 Hz to simulate the worst case of the switched-gradient MRI fields.
Convergence problems due to the large range (107) of matrix element values were overcome by techniques
described in a companion paper. Without the wire, the induced electric field circulates around the uniform
magnetic field as expected. The bare wire U perturbs the field pattern significantly, resulting in a particularly
complicated pattern near the wire ends and the bottom corner of the U. The concentrated electric fields at
the wire ends showed a 99.3 times increase over those without the loop. Adding insulation on the wire U
(except on a short segment near the ends) changed the pattern significantly over that of the bare U. Again
the electric fields were concentrated near the ends of the wires showing a 102.3 times increase over those
without the loop. Whether these fields are high enough to cause nerve effects will be determined by Reilly.
Calculations of current density (conductivity times electric field) showed unexpected current patterns. For a
single straight wire the currents circulate predominantly inside the wire. This is expected because the low-
frequency magnetic field penetrates the wire, and currents circulate around the magnetic field. Since the wire
conductivity is much higher than tissue conductivity, the currents circulate inside the wire. For the U-shaped
wire, the current pattern is a combination of circulating internal currents and currents flowing around the
whole U and out through the tissue. These simulations have provided greatly increased understanding of
electromagnetic effects produced by implanted metal structures during MRI scans. The method described
here could also be used to study other low-frequency magnetic field bioeffects such as those occurring in
biological samples placed in petri dishes. A key element of the method is the use of nonuniform mathematical
cells, which are necessary for modeling thin wires.
This work was supported by EBI Medical Systems, Parsippany, NJ and by a grant of computer time from the
Utah Supercomputing Institute, which is funded by the State of Utah and the IBM Corporation.
[1] Buechler DN, Durney CH, Gandhi OP (1994): 3D Equivalent-Circuit (Impedance) Method For Solving
Maxwell's Equations. Sixteenth Annual Meeting. Bioelectromagnetics Society, Copenhagen, Denmark, June
12-17.
[2] Freund RW, Nachtigal NM (1994): An implementation of the QMR method based on coupled two-term
recurrences. SIAM Journal on Scientific Computing, V. 15, No.2, pp. 313-337.

SESSION B-8: EXPOSURE MEASUREMENT

CO-CHAIRS: Indira Chatterjee and Stuart Allen
 B-8-1
A PERSONAL MONITOR USING A SURFACE AREA SENSOR. E. Aslan. Loral Microwave-Narda,
Hauppauge, New York 11788, USA.

A personal electromagnetic radiation monitor having a surface area sensor to detect the radial electric field
component directly from the radiating antenna or a secondary radial field component created by the current
induced in the wearer of the personal monitor who is illuminated by the electromagnetic field. The
measurement of low frequency electric (E) fields in the presence of a human is difficult because of the field
perturbation caused by the human. This monitor uses the very same mechanism for the perturbation of the
field to monitor the level of the illuminating field. The radial field is the major energy component of the
electromagnetic field near a radiator. It predominates for approximately 1/6 of a wavelength. At low
frequencies and at close distances to the radiating antenna, the radial field from the antenna induces a surface
charge on the sensor, which results in a displacement current which is measured and compared to a preset
threshold value, above which will trigger the alarm. At farther distances from the radiating antenna, where
the radial component is not as prominent, the vertical E field becomes the significant field illuminating the
person wearing the monitor. The field will induce a current in the person which, in turn, will create a
secondary radial E field close to the surface of that person. The surface area sensor will sense this secondary
radial E field and cause the personal monitor to respond appropriately.

B-8-2
LONG TERM MAGNETIC FIELD MONITORING NEAR DISTRIBUTION LINES. P.S. Wong*1,
M.A. Janoska*2, C. Light*2 and R.W. McCourt2. 1P.W. International Inc., Vancouver, British Columbia V5R
5H4, Canada. 2Public Service Electric and Gas Company, Newark, New Jersey 07101, USA.

Due to the concern of some members of the public about alleged adverse health effects associated with
exposure to power frequency electric and magnetic fields (EMF), many applications for new or upgraded
electric power facilities, regardless of voltage level or type, require a public consultation process. Specifics
of this process vary, but sometimes approval from the governing body includes some EMF requirements as
part of granting the permit. Such a regulatory process gave rise to the long term magnetic field monitoring
program described here.
OBJECTIVE: As others may be involved in similar regulatory processes, the purpose of this paper is to
present a strict protocol for long term monitoring and the results of about 91 site-months of data that have
been obtained in the context of the regulatory requirements that gave rise to this project.
METHODS: Data were collected using Field Star 1000 gaussmeters (Dexsil). These meters have a 3-dB
bandwidth from 55 to 65 Hz, a resolution of 0.04 mG in the 0-10 mG range, and 0.5% of full scale in the 10-
100 mG range. The custom enclosure and hardware designs used to allow uninterrupted data collection are
presented in a companion paper (Janoska et al, BEMS, 1996). Data were collected from five distribution line
sites and one substation site adjacent to the nearest residence, in intervals of 15 minutes prior to the
upgrading of existing electric facilities, and grouped into 8-hour periods before data validation. In order to
illustrate the fluctuations of field levels with the time of the day, the day of the week, and the week of the
year, the data were categorized into various time periods for analyses. Collected data in each 8-hour period
were used to construct a unique "data vector" with 16 components: site number, year, week number, day of
the week, month, day of the month, daily period, 0th (minimum), 5th, 25th, 50th (median), 75th, 95th and
100th (maximum) percentiles, mean and variance of the 15-minute data points. Further analyses were carried
out using these data vectors instead of the data points. The arithmetic average of the values of a certain
statistical quantity of all data vectors in a selected data set produces the "average statistical quantity" for the
selected data set. For example, the average maximum is the arithmetic average of the maxima of all data
vectors in a selected data set. This average maximum is always smaller than the maximum of the original
data points that created the vectors, and is a good estimate for the maximum value of any 8-hour period in
the selected data set. In order to draw similarities between the five distribution line sites, the means and
percentiles for various time periods were normalized respectively against the average mean and average
median at each site.
RESULTS: Our operating experience shows that the protocol was well conceived and designed. It was
executed with little supervision, and has produced about 91 site-months of valid data out of possible 98 site-
months, in spite of staff changes. We have documented daily, weekly and seasonal cycles of magnetic fields.
Normalized percentiles and means show patterns were similar at all six monitoring sites. Weekly and
seasonal cycles were also analyzed and will be presented. Values for medians and means were about the
same, i.e., the conclusions for means generally apply to medians. Normalized percentiles averaged for the
distribution line sites have this pattern: 5th percentile (85% of the median), 25th percentile (93%), 75th
percentile (107%) and 95th percentile (115%). Maximum levels with durations longer than 15 minutes were
about 270% or less of the median levels. The ratio of a typical maximum to a typical minimum at a
distribution line site is about 1.5.
CONCLUSIONS: We conclude that the protocol and monitoring program we developed is robust and
reliable; has already produced magnetic field data in residential areas at a level of detail not previously
available; meets the regulatory requirements that prompted the program; and may be of use to other utilities
or groups interested in implementation of similar programs.

B-8-3
PILOT MEASUREMENTS OF ION MAGNETIC RESONANCES IN WORKPLACES. J.D.
Bowman. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Cincinnati, Ohio 45226, USA.

This study tested methods for measuring workplace magnetic fields that might resonate with ions bound in
biologic substrates. Theories of ionic magnetic resonance have been proposed by Liboff [1985], Lednev
[1991], Edmunds [1993], Blanchard and Blackman [1994], among others, in order to explain biologic effects
from particular combinations of static and ELF magnetic fields (e.g. calcium efflux [Blackman et al, 1985]).
When ion resonance concepts were applied to the childhood leukemia data from London et al [1992], a semi-
empiric "resonance metric" was associated with the cancer risk where the measured ELF magnetic field had
no correlation [Bowman et al, Bioelectromagnetics, 1995]. However, this epidemiologic examination of
resonance mechanisms was less than ideal because the measurements available could determine resonant
magnetic fields only approximately. Consequently, Bowman and Engel [BEMS Annual Meeting, 1994]
developed an instrument to measure magnetic resonance exposures in the environment. To test this
resonance monitor, measurements were taken in two offices and three factories.
OBJECTIVES: The goals of these pilot measurements were 1) to test the resonance monitor's hardware and
software, 2) to measure the ranges of resonance metrics in workplaces, and 3) to explore exposure
assessment methods for future epidemiologic studies of the hypothesis that ion magnetic resonances might be
a risk factor for cancer or other diseases.
MEASUREMENTS: Workplace magnetic fields were measured with the MultiwaveTM System II (Electric
Research and Management, State College, PA, USA). The Multiwave II has a three-axis fluxgate
magnetometer probe with a frequency bandwidth from 0-3000 Hz and a dynamic range of ±500 µT (the
static field plus peak ELF field in each channel). For resonance measurements, this Multiwave II was pre-
programmed to read out the values of various metrics suggested by either theory or experiment. The
waveform data from the 3-axis probe was also stored for additional analysis. The strategy for the pilot study
was to measure workplaces which have a broad range of the magnetic field characteristics potentially
affecting ion resonances. In order to get a wide range of ELF magnetic field magnitudes, measurements were
taken in offices (min. = 0.02 µT) and an electric power center (max. = 45.5 µT). For a wide range of static
magnetic fields, a truck factory (min. = 6.3 µT) and an electroplating plant (max. = 329 µT) were surveyed.
A variety of frequency spectra were provided by taking measurements around an electric power center
(primarily 50 Hz with total harmonic distortion (THD) = 10%), the electroplating plant (primarily 150 Hz
with THD = 5280%), and an induction welder with VLF frequencies starting at 2950 Hz. At each
workplace, spot measurements were taken with the Multiwave II with the fluxgate probe in a 1 m. stand
located near typical work locations. For most measurements, the monitor was configured to give frequency
spectra calculated by Fast Fourier Transforms (FFT) whose base frequency was the 50 Hz power frequency.
After measuring each site, the waveform data was downloaded onto a floppy disk for later analysis.
ANALYSIS: Waveforms plots and FFTs were first scanned for problems such as fields outside the
Multiwave's range, instrument malfunction, or FFT artifacts from probe motion. Probe motion results in
aperiodic waveforms, a distorted FFT, and errors in resonance calculations done in the frequency domain.
After inspection, 85 of the pilot measurements were valid. From this data set, resonance metrics were
calculated in three ways: 1) the semi-empiric approach of Bowman et al. [1994] which determines field
combinations reported to produce bioeffects in the laboratory; 2) analytic solutions for magnetic resonance
models, such as the ion parametric resonance mechanism [Lednev, 1991 & 1995; Chiabrera et al, 1993;
Blanchard and Blackman, 1994]; and 3) numerical integration of the ion's dynamic equations [Engstrom and
Bowman, BEMS Annual Meeting, 1995]. The semi-empiric and parametric resonance metrics were
calculated in the frequency domain with the Multiwave's FFTs, while the numerical integrations were done in
the time domain with the measured waveforms. Since the frequency domain methods assume a single
frequency and either parallel or perpendicular fields, the time domain approach is more accurate for the
complex fields in the environment.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION: These pilot measurements showed that the Multiwave II with the
resonance software can measure most field characteristics needed to predict ion resonances with the current
models. The magnetic fields measured in these workplaces were sometimes capable of strong resonances
with biologic ions. With the ion parametric resonance model, for example, the measured fields would
produce changes as great as 45.5% in the de-excitation probability of Ca2+ ions in symmetric biologic
complexes. The resonance metrics for these 87 measurements had little correlation with the ELF magnetic
field magnitude, the primary exposure metric in epidemiologic studies, (e.g. r = -0.39 for Ca2+ parametric
resonance), and would likely lead to different risk estimates. Also, the resonance metrics had greater
variability (relative standard deviation = 335% for the parametric resonance metric vs. 148% for the ELF
magnitude), and thus greater power to detect risks in epidemiologic studies. In measuring exposures to
magnetic resonance, the main problems are now the unanswered questions about the ion resonance models
and their experimental validation.
The expert assistance provided by Prof. Birgitta Floderus and her colleagues at the National Institute for
Working Life in Sweden is gratefully acknowledged.

B-8-4
MAGNETIC FIELDS FROM DOMESTIC APPLIANCES IN UK HOMES. W.T. Kaune1, A.W.
Preece2, P. Grainger2 and J. Golding2. 1EM Factors, Richland, Washington 99352, USA. 2Department of
Medical Physics and Bioengineering, Bristol Oncology Centre, Bristol BS2 8FD, United Kingdom.

Magnetic fields in residences to which humans are exposed have many sources including the electric power
system, ground currents, wiring inside the home, and domestic appliances. Most forms of residential
exposure assessment-spot measurements, 24-h recordings at fixed locations, wire coding-do not include
fields produced by appliance and other spatially localized sources. Yet, the peak fields produced by such
sources can be much larger than those produced by other types of residential sources.
OBJECTIVE: We are currently performing a project, funded by the US Department of Energy, to develop
protocols for assessing human exposure to the magnetic fields produced by domestic appliances. This paper
presents the results of systematic measurements made near a large number of home appliances in UK homes.
METHODS: Using Emdex II meters, measurements of the resultant magnetic field were made at distances
of 5, 30, 60, and 100 cm from the surfaces of 805 operating appliances located in 50 randomly selected
homes located in western England near the city of Bristol. The resulting data were fit with the mathematical
form

B = B2bg + [B1 / (d0 + d) 3 ]2 , (1)

where B is the total resultant magnetic field measured at a distance d from the surface of the appliance, Bbg is
the background magnetic field (assumed spatially uniform) with the appliance turned off, B1 is the magnetic
field produced by the appliance 1 cm from its "magnetic center," and d0 is the distance behind the surface of
the appliance to its magnetic center. The parameters Bbg, B1, and d0 were adjusted to yield the best fit of Eq.
(1) to the measured data (i.e., B and d). Equation (1) is based on two assumptions, both well supported by
theory: 1) The magnetic field produced by a localized source diminishes as the cube of the distance from the
source. 2) When summing ELF vectors fields with unknown directions and phase angles, an approximately
optimal estimate of the true value is obtained by adding the fields in quadrature (i.e., as if they form the legs
of a right triangle).
RESULTS: Date were obtained for 50 different kinds of appliances, ranging from small handheld appliances
such as hair dryers and shavers to larger units such as televisions, and ovens. Of the 805 appliances
examined, Eq. (1) provided a satisfactory description for the fields produced by 773. Within each type of
appliance, variabilities in the fields they produced at standardized distances of 5 and 50 cm from their
surfaces were quite large: average coefficient of variations were about 1. Appliances with the largest mean
fields at 5 cm were central-heating water pumps (61 µT), vacuum cleaners (40 µT), showers that incorporate
an integral electric water heater (31 µT), microwave ovens (27 µT), hair dryers (17 µT), and food processors
(13 µT). At 50 cm, appliances with the largest mean fields were microwave ovens (1.7 µT), clothes washers
(0.9 µT), dish washers (0.8 µT), vacuum cleaners (0.8 µT), central-heating water pumps (0.5 µT), and
electric showers (0.4 µT).
DISCUSSION: Available data suggest that time-weighted-average exposure to residential magnetic fields in
US homes is not strongly affected by home appliances. The situation may be different in the UK because
magnetic fields from residential sources other than appliances appear to be quite low. Thus, a UK data set
may provide an excellent opportunity to develop an empirically based protocol for assessing appliance
exposures.

B-8-5
RESULTS OF THE TRANSIENT/WIRE CODE STUDY. J.L. Guttman1, L.E. Zaffanella1 and R. Kavet2.
1
ENERTECH Consultants, Campbell, California 95008, USA. 2Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto,
California 94304, USA.

Exposure to transient magnetic fields has been postulated as one of several possible explanations of the so-
called "Wire Code Paradox". To this end, ENERTECH Consultants, under the sponsorship of the Electric
Power Research Institute, has been performing an investigation into the residential transient magnetic field
environment and the potential association between exposure to magnetic field transients and Wertheimer-
Leeper wire configuration codes. A recent measurement survey1,2 of transient magnetic fields performed in
21 residences in northern California found a greater number of transients in Very High Current Configuration
(VHCC) residences which were classified as having been generated externally to the residences and which
had dominant frequencies in the range of 100 khz and below. (In contrast, the numbers of internally
generated transients was similar across wire codes.) A second series of transient measurements, called the
Transient/Wire Code Study, performed in 1995, focused on the measurement of transients in residential
environments at frequencies below 100 khz with the aim of determining if indeed there is any relationship
between these transients and wire codes.
OBJECTIVE: The objective of the Transient/Wire Code Study was to test the hypothesis that externally
generated transient magnetic fields with dominant frequencies in the range below 100 khz occur more
frequently in VHCC residences.
METHOD: Measurements of transients were performed in 4 pairs of groups of residences, with 2 pairs from
each of 2 utilities. Each residential group comprised 3 or more residences served by the same secondary
distribution transformer. Each pair included one group of VHCC residences and one group of LCC
residences with all the residences served by the same primary distribution feeder. The measurements for each
group of residences were performed on the utility side at the secondary distribution transformer which serves
the residential group. A custom measurement instrumentation system was developed and configured
specifically for this study3. The occurrence of transients in 3 residences in each group were monitored using
current transformers to measure net transient current. A magnetic field probe monitored transient magnetic
fields in the vicinity of the primary distribution wires. In addition, the 60-Hz line currents were measured
separately in each of the 3 residences and collectively in the remaining residences served by the transformer
to determine the source of each transient. The criterion used to test the hypothesis was that there be a
significantly greater number of external transients with amplitude greater than a particular threshold value in
at least 3 out of 4 of the pairings of VHCC and LCC residential groups. The threshold value was specified to
be that value of transient current exceeded by approximately 100 transients in the VHCC residential group in
each pair.
RESULTS: The data was analyzed to determine the source of each transient event and the largest external
transient net current amplitude in each data record. Events that could not be classified as either internal or
external, such as repetitive transients from lamp dimmer switches, were excluded from the analysis. The
cumulative distribution functions of the largest external transient signal amplitude for transient events in each
residential group were generated. The criterion for testing the hypothesis was strongly met in 3 out of 4 of
the residential pairs. Furthermore, in addition to there being greater numbers of external transients in 3 out
of the 4 VHCC groups, the amplitudes of the transients were also substantially larger. Also, when the data is
analyzed in aggregate for all the VHCC residences and all the LCC residences combined, there is a clear
distinction between the two wire code classifications. Thus, the results imply a greater exposure to transient
magnetic fields in terms of both the number and the amplitude of the transients in VHCC residences.
1. J.L. Guttman, J.C. Niple, and J.M. Silva, "Preliminary Results of the California Pilot Study: A
Measurement Survey of Transient Magnetic Fields Performed in 21 Residences", presented at The Annual
Review of Research on Biological Effects of Electric and Magnetic Fields From the Generation, Delivery &
Use of Electricity, Savannah, Georgia 1993.
2. "Survey Measurements and Experimental Studies of Residential Transient Magnetic Fields", Interim
Report TR-104532, Electric Power Research Institute, October 1994.
3. J.L. Guttman and L.E. Zaffanella, "Measurement Instrumentation for a Study of Transients and Wire Code
Classifications", presented at the 1995 Annual Meeting of the Bioelectromagnetics Society, Boston, 1995.
This work was supported by the Electric Power Research Institute under Contract RP3349-01.

SESSION B-9: SOURCE CHARACTERIZATION

CO-CHAIRS: Maria Stuchly and Mays Swicord

B-9-1
A WAVEFORM CONTROLLED MAGNETIC FIELD EXPOSURE SYSTEM. W.E. Feero, W.L.
Jacobs* and F.M. Dietrich*. Electric Research and Management, Inc., State College, Pennsylvania 16804,
USA.

Exploratory studies at the University of Texas Health Science Center in San Antonio suggested that transient
shifts in the earth's magnetic field could impact melatonin production. To add vigor to the transient
presentations, a computer controlled exposure system was designed and installed to simulate rapid reversal of
the earth's magnetic field. The computer controlled system features an operator selectable waveform
paradigm where the computer generates and energizes the magnetic field coils through appropriate interfaces
and amplifiers. The coil structure was designed to permit uniform exposure (±5%) of four cages, each
holding up to eight 20 gram animals. The maximum time varying field magnitude is 20 G and the dc (static)
maximum magnitude is 5 G.
OBJECTIVE: This paper describes the specific design problems that must be resolved to produce an artifact
free exposure system where transient and steady state exposure are part of a biological protocol.
RESULTS: The four coils used to generate the magnetic field are bifilar wound with all individual
conductors brought to a terminal block. Thus, the coils can be connected in series, parallel, or series
bucking. Computer controlled relays make the bucking or boosting connection so that the sham-exposed or
exposed conditions are determined by the computer operator. Ramp Up/Down waveforms with 1
millisecond (ms) to 1 second (s) rise and fall times are generated by the software. Exponential waveforms
can also be produced as illustrated in Figure 1. Rise and fall constants can vary between 1 ms and 250 ms.
The ramp and exponential waveforms allow for systematic control of magnetic field transients. The rise and
fall times, as well as the high and low times, are selected by the exposure system operator. The computer
controls and simulates a variety of magnetic field waveforms. For example, sawtooth waveforms or
sinusoidal waveforms with a frequency range of 1 Hz to 800 Hz are available. The results file contains all of
the experiment parameters, including the energized room number and a completion indication.
DISCUSSION: Successful design and construction of this exposure system required the development of
engineering solutions to the following technical problems:
· Generation of appropriate drive functions to produce the desired transient and steady state magnetic fields
by the inductive coil system.
· Selecting power amplifier characteristics to meet the requirements of steady state current drive capacity for
large steady state fields and voltage capacity for rapid transients.
· Transient stability requirements for current amplifiers.
· Optimizing the coil design for both transient and steady state performance.
· Drive signal filtering to eliminate digital-to-analog ripple without destroying transient response.
· Estimating, minimizing, and controlling for coil temperature rise.
· Reducing coil vibration and mechanical resonance under transient and steady state field conditions.
Proven design and construction techniques for addressing these problems will be discussed.
This work was supported by the Electric Power Research Institute.

Figure 1. An example of a Magnetic Field Waveform with the rise and fall time shaped to fit and exponential
function.

B-9-2
A SHIELDED SMALL-VOLUME EXPOSURE SYSTEM FOR THE SIMULTANEOUS LONG-
TERM IRRADIATION OF LARGE NUMBERS OF SMALL MAMMALS AT CELLULAR
TELEPHONE FREQUENCIES. W.F. Pickard1, E.G. Moros*2 and W.L. Straube*2. 1Department of
Electrical Engineering and 2Mallinckrodt Institute of Radiology, Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri
63130, USA.

To study in vivo the effects of chronic, cellular-telephone-frequency irradiation of the brain, it is necessary to
expose large numbers of animals for long periods of time. Because commonly used animal irradiation
systems either were unsuited to handling large cohorts of subjects, or did not preferentially expose the brain,
or radiated undue power either to the laboratory environment or to a nearby cellular base station, it was
necessary to develop a new exposure system.
OBJECTIVE: It was required to develop and robust irradiation system for preferentially exposing the brains
of two 160-rat cohorts to near zone fields of communications-relevant frequency, modulation, and power
density. A 160-rat control cohort was also required.
DESIGN: Laboratory floor space considerations involved in a 480-rat study mandated close packing of the
animals both vertically and horizontally. Preferential brain irradiation was achieved by restraining subjects in
10-rat "carousels", with the rats oriented like spokes on a wheel and facing toward a hub formed by a dipole
communications antenna [Q. Balzano, private communication]. Avoidance of significant coupling between
the rats of a particular carousel and the antennas of other carousels was accomplished (i) by stacking four
carousels vertically to form a collinear array of non-interacting elements and (ii) by housing each such stack
in a lighted, ventilated, RF-absorber-lined "chamberette" of sheet aluminum. Where radio-frequency
interference with local cellular communications might be a problem, the intrinsically low-RFI construction of
the basic chamberette was supplemented (i) by sealing all external seams with copper tape, (ii) by installing
60-dB feedthrough RFI filters on the power lines to the chamberette lighting, and (iii) by edging the
chamberette door with spring bronze weather stripping.
TESTING: RFI in live communications channels was evaluated by direct observation at a nearby cellular
base station and found to be below the station's noise floor of -129 dBm. Power delivery to brain has been
evaluated on rat cadavers and found to be approximately 0.5 W/kg per watt of drive power to the antenna.
Power densities near a rat are increased by approximately 5% when an adjacent antenna in the collinear array
is energized. Power density variation caused by removing adjacent rats from a given carousel can be as much
as 40%; this is avoided using animal phantoms.
DISCUSSION: The 480-rat study for which this facility was developed has not yet been started. However,
it has been employed for a 420-rat study split into two 210-rat cohorts; part one of this study is complete and
part two is ongoing. The test animals have found the system acceptable, voluntarily enter their restrainers,
mostly sleep through the irradiation, and show no overt stress symptoms when returned to their cages. The
animal care technicians find that the system is simple to operate and well designed to facilitate not only
cleaning but also animal loading and removal.

B-9-3
THE RADIAL TRANSMISSION LINE AS A BROAD-BAND SHIELDED EXPOSURE SYSTEM
FOR MICROWAVE IRRADIATION OF LARGE NUMBERS OF CULTURE FLASKS. E.G.
Moros*1, W.F. Pickard2 and W.L. Straube*1. 1Mallinckrodt Institute of Radiology, and 2Department of
Electrical Engineering, Washington University, St. Louis, Missouri 63130, USA.

A Crawford cell is frequently employed for experiments requiring the irradiation of small numbers of culture
flasks. However, the units commonly recommended for use at cellular telephone frequencies lack the
capacity to irradiate the large surface areas needed in transformation assays.
OBJECTIVE: It was required to develop an irradiation system for in vitro use which had fields typical of
cellular telephones and which could cover total irradiated surface areas as large as 0.25 m2. The system was
to be non-interfering with local cellular base stations and large enough to permit several experiments
(possibly with different frequencies, power densities, and modulations) to be carried out simultaneously.
DESIGN: The need to operate in a temperature-controlled warm-room, when coupled with the need for
several simultaneous large-area experiments, mandated highly effective use of space. Stringent requirements
for operation within the cellular telephone band and against interference with local base stations mandated an
exceedingly well-shielded system. For these reasons we designed a parallel-plate applicator, driven at its
center by a conical antenna and terminated radially by microwave absorber foam backed with a lamina of
perforated steel. Technically this configuration is known as a radial transmission line (RTL). Our standard
RTLs had rigid aluminum bottom-plates and light-weight-metal-faced composite top-plates, which were
hinged to permit easy entry to the device. Each was large enough to hold 16 sealed T75 flasks (0.12 m2 total
culture area); and our warm room was configured to hold two stacks of 5 RTLs, each RTL being mounted
on a sliding drawer to facilitate entry. RTL dimensions offered the prospect of operation to 3.5 GHz before
encountering higher order vertical modes; however, the avoidance of angular modes would require careful
symmetrization of antenna coupling and of flask placement.
TESTING: Within the cellular band 825-849 MHz, back reflection was typically -8 dB. Average SAR
within a T75 flask containing 40 ml of culture medium was 16 mW/kg per watt of net forward power.
Reflections at the far-side interface between flask interior and exterior led to hot spots in the medium so that
extrema of observed SAR variation, by both fluoroptic probe and thermographic camera, were approximately
8 mW/kg (3.0 dB lower than average) and 23 mW/kg (1.5 dB higher than average). Upon this variation was
superposed a worst-case flask-to-flask angular variation of (-1.4 dB, +1.6 dB). With 50-W net forward RTL
power, interference to a cellular base station 500 m distant was at or below receiver noise floor of -129 dBm.
In addition to temperature control of the warm room, each RTL is controlled independently to maintain
medium temperatures in the acceptable range 37.0 ±0.2 °C.
DISCUSSION: Several large transformations assays have now been run in this facility. It has proven to be
robust in operation and easy for non-engineering personnel to use.
 SESSION B-10: PUBLIC POLICY, RISK ASSESSMENT
CO-CHAIRS: Robert McGaughy and Martino Grandolfo

B-10-1
NATIONAL COUNCIL ON RADIATION PROTECTION AND MEASUREMENTS (NCRP)
PROGRAM ON NONIONIZING ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS. T.S. Tenforde. Health Division,
Battelle Pacific Northwest Laboratories, Richland, Washington 99352, USA.

The NCRP has undertaken several major report activities related to the possible human health effects of
nonionizing electromagnetic fields. These activities are coordinated by an "umbrella committee," designated
as NCRP Scientific Committee 89, with the charter to consider the following aspects of human exposure to
electromagnetic fields: (a) dosimetry and exposure assessment, (b) mechanisms of interaction with biological
systems, (c) biological responses and human health effects, (d) recommendations on acceptable exposure
levels in occupational, medical, and public environments, and (e) procedures for mitigation of exposure in
public and occupational settings. Committee 89 consists of 10 members representing a broad range of
scientific disciplines, and is chaired by T.S. Tenforde. Committee 89 initiated its work in 1992, at which time
there were three active subcommittees under its auspices:
(1) Committee 89-1, chaired by D.D. Mahlum, on "Static Magnetic Fields,"
(2) Committee 89-2, chaired by R.A. Tell, on "Practical Guidance on the Evaluation of Human Exposures to
Radiofrequency Fields," and
(3) Committee 89-3, chaired by W.R. Adey, on "Extremely-Low-Frequency Electric and Magnetic Fields."
The report of Committee 89-2 was approved by NCRP and published in 1993 as Report No. 119. The report
of Committee 89-1 has been approved by NCRP and is in the final stages of editing prior to publication. The
Committee 89-3 report is currently undergoing an extensive peer review in preparation for submission to the
full NCRP Council for approval. Two new NCRP report activities undertaken in 1995 are those of
Committee 89-4, chaired by O. Gandhi, on "Modulated Radiofrequency Fields," and Committee 89-5,
chaired by J.C. Lin, on "Biological Effects and Exposure Criteria for Radiofrequency Electromagnetic
Fields." In addition, Committee 89 is involved in the final preparation for publication of the Proceedings of
the 1994 NCRP Annual Meeting on "Extremely-Low-Frequency Electromagnetic Fields: Issues in Biological
Effects and Public Health." Both the current activities and the future directions of Committee 89 will be
discussed in depth during this presentation.

B-10-2
THE EMF BIOEFFECTS DEBATE RESULTS FROM A PARADIGMATIC SHIFT. A.A. Marino.
Department of Orthopaedic Surgery, Louisiana State University Medical Center, Shreveport, Louisiana
71130, USA.

OBJECTIVE: To evaluate the role of the received view of science in the EMF bioeffects debate.
OBSERVATIONS: Three characteristics of the debate are particularly salient. First, the validity of the
debate itself is contested. The largest society of physicists in the United States has publicly questioned the
existence or significance of EMF bioeffects, the study of which is the aim of several other scientific societies.
Second, an unprecedented series of conflicts has occurred regarding the existence of specific bioeffects.
Beginning with neurasthenia and calcium efflux, the pattern has continued unabated and now includes EMF
effects on skeletal abnormalities, melatonin, transcription and translation, and cancer risk. Not a single EMF-
induced bioeffect is accepted in the sense that special relativity, the theory of radioactive decay, or the law of
gravity are accepted. Third, a strong correlation has emerged between the source of funding of EMF research
and the implications of that research. Research sponsored by organizations that generate environmental
EMFs as a byproduct of their activities consistently suggests that the EMFs are not a health risk, which is
opposite to the inference of other pertinent research. These characteristics occur in varying shades in other
disputes involving toxic agents.
ANALYSIS: The received view is that science explains observations in a value-free manner on the basis of
natural causes. The standard for scientific explanation has traditionally been that of physics, in which causes
(and causal mechanisms) are held to be necessary and sufficient factors whose mathematical form can be
induced and whose prospective operation can be deduced. But in biology, as it is now practiced, a cause is
simply a factor that is sufficient in the circumstances to produce an effect; causes are neither necessary nor
sufficient, and are knowable independently of knowledge of mechanisms that mediate the effect. Biologists
prove neither inductive generalizations nor particular cause-effect relationships, but rather suggest them
based on arguments of plausibility and likelihood. Put another way, the method, of physics is one of
deduction from established law, the purpose being to explain the phenomenon not to establish its truth. The
method of biology is one of abduction from a hypothesis, the purpose being to support the truth of the
hypothesis, not to explain the phenomenon. If one adheres to the view that all legitimate scientific
explanations are deductions, then the biologist's method cannot be accepted as valid, particularly when the
study variable is a fundamental physical parameter like an EMF. Even the simplest living systems are
insusceptible to precise prediction, not because physical laws don't apply but because we don't know how to
apply them conveniently. Thus, the argument of the physicist that EMF bioeffects do not or cannot exist is
not wrong but irrelevant because it is based on an inapplicable paradigm. The emergence of a new paradigm
is also indicated by the conflicts regarding specific bioeffects. The success of the old approach with regard to
nonliving systems is complete - all observations can be explained to any desired degree of precision on the
basis of relatively few independent variables. But that success was no rational warrant that the same
approach would be similarly successful in the study of living systems, which are affected by myriad causes
that act simultaneously and nonlinearly. Empirical evidence - the grist of science and superior to any
paradigm - has shown that the old approach cannot be so extended. The specific-bioeffects issue, therefore,
is a direct result of the assumed model not the competence of particular investigators. Conflict is to be
expected when investigators approach specific phenomena from different directions. Finally, the old
approach unrealistically excluded the role of values and self-interest in scientific judgments. An investor-
owned power company surely does not want to cause cancer in a person who lives beside its powerline, but
the company's interest in avoiding that result is different from that of the exposed person, and this difference
will necessarily affect what experiments are done, who does them, what happens to the data, and how it is
evaluated by blue-ribbon committees.
CONCLUSION: A paradigmatic shift is occurring in biology that involves (1) its methodology, and (2) the
role of values in accepting what constitutes scientific knowledge. In the new paradigm, physics is biology's
tool, not its model, and values have some weight with regard to what constitutes scientific knowledge that
impacts society.
This work was supported by a grant from the Hamilton Foundation.

B-10-3
BIOPHYSICAL MECHANISM THEORY AND BIOELECTROMAGNETICS RESEARCH
PRIORITIES. J.C. Weaver1 and R.D. Astumian2. 1Harvard-MIT Division of Health Sciences and
Technology, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, Cambridge, Massachusetts 02139, USA. 2Departments
of Surgery and of Biochemistry and Molecular Biology, University of Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60637,
USA.

Four major categories of bioelectromagnetics research can be distinguished, within which "biophysical
mechanism" denotes field coupling that alters ionic or molecular rates.1-3 We suggest that a high priority be
given to development and application of biophysical mechanism theories, to conceptually "screen" field
exposures for "necessary but not sufficient" conditions for alteration of biochemistry, a prerequisite for
biological effects.2 Further, the question of whether environmental fields can significantly alter biochemistry
is the most controversial conceptual issue in bioelectromagnetics, as no one argues categorically that
biochemical changes cannot alter biological systems. This theoretical approach also allows "most-field-
sensitive" versions of biophysical mechanism models to rule out ranges of electric and magnetic field
exposures, so that attention can be directed to others.

RESEARCH CATEGORY Relative Main use

EPIDEMIOLOGY
IN VIVO EXPERIMENTS
(ANIMAL AND HUMAN)
IN VITRO EXPERIMENTS
(CELL AND MOLECULE)
BIOPHYSICAL
MECHANISM THEORY*
cost †/(duration#)
Very high cost Post exposure correlation with exposure
(long duration) surrogates for previous human disease
High cost Determination of particular effects for
(medium duration) particular laborarory exposures
Medium cost Determination of particular effects for
(short duration) particular laboratory exposures
Low cost Constraints on causal aspects of fields
(short duration) for a wide range of exposures

*Applicable to steady 50 - 60 Hz sinusold exposures and to unsteady (transients, occasionally encountered

local sources) fields associated with electric power distribution and use.
†Financial cost and #time cost relative to other bioelectromagnetics research.

We have previously noted that bioelectromagnetics is so complicated that the development and use of theory
to assess candidate exposures is warranted.4 But theory is also the least costly type of bioelectromagnetics
research, is relatively fast, and carries the most generality and ability to make predictions. It is most
successful for cases in which simplifying approximate descriptions of biological systems provide limits for
real, much more complex biological systems. This has been possible in recent work, which ruled out one
class of biophysical mechanisms as a basis for effects due to weak sinusoidal fields.1 Given the complexity of
bioelectromagnetics research, we argue that a high priority should be given to development and application
of biophysical mechanism theory, to guide experiments before they are undertaken, to evaluate their results
when completed, and to directly address the contentious question of how environmental fields could possibly
cause biological effects.
1. Astumian, R. D., J. C. Weaver, and R. K. Adair, "Rectification and Signal Averaging of Weak Electric
fields by Biological Cells," PNAS, vol. 92, pp. 3740 - 3743, 1995.
2. Weaver, J. C., R. K. Adair, P. Gailey, and R. D. Astumian, Signal Averaging by Ensembles of Cells and
Molecules, 1995. Abstracts, The Annual Review of Research on Biological Effects of Electric And Magnetic
Fields from the Generation, Delivery & Use of Electricity, November 12 - 16, 1995, Palm Springs, CA,
U.S.A., p. 18.
3. Weaver, J. C. and R. D. Astumian, Issues Relating to Causality of Bioelectromagnetic Effects, 1995. in
Environmental Electric and Magnetic Fields, M. Blank, Ed., American Chemical Society, pp. 79 - 96.
4. Weaver, J. C. and R. D. Astumian, "Estimates for ELF Effects: Noise-Based Thresholds and the Number
of Experimental Conditions Required for Empirical Searches," Bioelectromagnetics, vol. Suppl. 1, pp. 119 -
138, 1992.

B-10-4
DISEASE ENDPOINTS PERTINENT TO COST-BENEFIT ANALYSIS FOR SCHOOL
EXPOSURES TO POWER FREQUENCY ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC FIELDS. A.R. Sheppard1,
M.A. Kelsh2, H.K. Florig 3 and B.B. Bernstein2. 1Asher Sheppard Consulting, Redlands, California 92373.
2
EcoAnalysis, Inc., Ojai, California 93023, USA. 3Carnegie Mellon University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania
15213, USA.

The potential costs and public health impacts of diseases are central to any policy concerning school
exposures to electric and magnetic fields (EMFs). In view of the uncertainties in estimating health effects, we
chose to identify disease endpoints that appear pertinent to population EMF exposures. We then used the
results of epidemiologic and biologic research to characterize the range of potential adverse health effects for
the selected diseases. This process contrasts with more typical cost-benefit analyses that rely on a meta-
analysis of data on disease and exposure. We identified a comprehensive list of disease endpoints by
thorough review of epidemiologic and biological studies including studies identified through electronic
searches of bibliographic databases. Existing surveillance data published by federal and state agencies [e.g.
Center for Disease Control (CDC), National Cancer Institute (NCI), and National Center for Health Statistics
(NCHS)] as well as disease registries (e.g. SEER, California Birth Defects Registry), and data available from
health associations were used to obtain estimates of disease incidence and prevalence in the general
population. Health effect estimates (relative risks) and estimates of the proportion of the population exposed
can then be applied to the incidence and prevalence data to estimate the range of disease cases attributable to
EMF exposure in schools. These data can then be linked to cost information for cost-benefit analyses.
Health-related costs include those associated with morbidity. mortality, and lost productivity among pupils,
teachers, and staff. Mitigation-related costs, which will be contrasted with health costs in the cost-benefit
analysis, may result from construction of electrical devices and facilities owned by schools and electric
utilities in addition to costs related to altered utilization of school campuses. For the purpose of developing a
comprehensive school EMF policy, the disease endpoints list and the associated health effect estimates are
broadly inclusive rather than exclusive. This permits a database that is readily adaptable for future policy
analyses considering new research data that either support or refute a potential health effect estimate. The
disease endpoints for both childhood and adult populations include: symptoms (e.g., headaches),
reproductive effects, non-cancer chronic disease (e.g., depression, Alzheimer's disease), cancer outcomes
(e.g., leukemia, breast, brain, CNS, and others), and other diseases (e.g., suicide). In this report we
summarize the population prevalence or incidence and the range of health effects for the selected disease
endpoints. We also outline a conceptual framework that groups disease by general levels of cost. Our
categorization and quantification are needed to simplify the cost modeling in decision analysis models for
developing policy on EMF exposures in schools.
Research supported by the California Public Health Foundation.

B-10-5
USE OF DECISION ANALYSIS TOOLS TO STRUCTURE POLICY MAKING RELATED TO
EMF EXPOSURES IN CALIFORNIA SCHOOLS. K. Florig1, M. Henrion*2, L. Geissinger3, A.
Sheppard4, J. Jostes*5 and B. Bernstein*6. 1Department of Engineering and Public Policy, Carnegie Mellon
University, Pittsburgh, Pennsylvania 15213-3890, USA. 2Lumina Decision Systems, Los Altos, California
94022, USA. 3Paradigm Planning and Research, Vashon Island, Washington 98070, USA. 4Asher Sheppard
Consulting, Redlands, California 92373, USA. 5Interface-Dudek, Santa Barbara, California 93101, USA.
6
EcoAnalysis, Inc., Ojai, California 93023, USA.

EMF exposures to school children from both external (i.e., power lines) and internal (e.g., wiring, electronic
equipment) sources is of concern to parents, teachers, school administrators, state health officials, and
utilities, among others. Policy making in this area is complicated by the uncertainty currently surrounding
EMF science and by the large number of stakeholder groups with an interest in potential policies. In
addition, distinct differences in values among stakeholders leads thorn to interpret available data differently,
to prefer different kinds of outcomes, and to have different attitudes toward uncertainty. In this environment
it is infeasible to base policy making on straightforward quantitative methods (e.g., simple cost-benefit
analysis). These do not capture the complexity of the decision-making contexts, nor do they provide
adequate means of dealing with uncertainty about the future.
OBJECTIVE: The objective of this study is to use decision analytic tools as a basis for developing more
robust frameworks to support policy making; these frameworks must effectively incorporate both
quantitative and qualitative (or value laden) components of the problem.
METHODS: We pursued four parallel efforts that built on each other's results. We used literature reviews
and preliminary interviews to define key decision contexts. These were expanded with added detail gained
from additional interviews with involved stakeholders and knowledgeable experts. A few particular
situations were treated as case histories in order to keep the project grounded in the real issues, complexities,
and surprises characteristic of real-world policy making. Finally, we used influence diagrams and decision
trees throughout these other three efforts as a means of structuring our understanding of the policy contexts
and of exploring a variety of 'what if' scenarios. We used influence diagrams and decision trees to represent
both the qualitative and the quantitative aspects of each decision context, even when complete information on
probabilities and utilities was not available.
RESULTS: The four streams of information were synthesized into several influence diagrams and decision
trees which we will present. Upon completion of our analysis we will write discussion papers to supplement
these graphical summaries. We will present a preliminary analysis of the information gathered so far.
DISCUSSION: These results represent the interim output from a longer-term study of policy making
approaches for dealing with EMF exposures in schools. They document the complexity of this particular
problem. More importantly, they demonstrate how this complexity can be structured using decision analytic
tools. Specific alternative policy options can be evaluated from the points of view of a range of stakeholders.
Uncertain futures can be examined by exploring formal 'what if' scenarios that build on past experience.
Future work on this project will concentrate on gathering additional quantitative information on the costs of
potential EMF-related health outcomes and on the costs and benefits of specific engineering, management,
and behavioral mitigation measures. The addition of this information to the influence diagrams and decision
trees will facilitate more in-depth examinations of alternative policy options.
This work was supported by the California Public Health Foundation and the California Department of
Health Services.

POSTER SESSION A

Melatonin

P-1A
HORIZONTAL 50 Hz, 100 µT MAGNETIC FIELD DOES NOT AFFECT NOCTURNAL 6-
SULPHA-TOXYMELATONIN SECRETION OF RATS. J. Bakos*, N. Nagy*, G. Thuróczy and L.D.
Szabó*. National Research Institute for Radiobiology and Radiohygiene, Budapest H-1775, Hungary.

There are some reports, which claim that the 50 Hz magnetic field could decrease the nocturnal melatonin
secretion in rats at flux density levels well below the exposure limits of international guidelines. Therefore,
these findings suggest that human exposure to magnetic field within exposure limits might be harmful.
OBJECTIVE: The aim of this study is the experimental validation of threshold limit for 50/60 Hz magnetic
field: 100 µT, recommended for general public by IRPA/INIRC in 1991. The effect of 50 Hz sinusoidal
waveform, horizontal magnetic field on the urinary 6-sulphatoxymelatonin excretion was studied on Wistar
rats in vivo.
METHODS: Ten male rats were kept under short day conditions 9:15 h light:dark for two weeks before and
during experimental week. The animals were placed into metabolic cages for 7 days. The nocturnal urine
collection was started on the third day and continued up to seventh day. On the fifth day the magnetic field
was activated for 24 hours from 7 AM to 7 AM on next morning. Five rats were exposed to 100 µT in the
centre of two circular coils (diameter: 42 cm), the other five animals were placed in the stray field of coils,
where the flux density was 1 µT. The orientation of 50 Hz AC magnetic field was parallel to the horizontal
component of Earth's magnetic field, which was 48 µT. The concentration of 6-sulphatoxymelatonin in rat
urine was determined by direct radioimmunoassay.
RESULTS: We could not find any significant effect of either 100 µT or 1 µT magnetic field on the amount
of nocturnal 6-sulphatoxymelatonin in rat urine.
DISCUSSION: To obtain enough sample volume for the measurement of melatonin concentration in blood
of small laboratory animals we have to kill them. Such a way impossible to gain information about more than
one time point by animals. To avoid the need of decapitation of experimental animals we have chosen the
method of 6-sulphatoxymelatonin determination from the urine. This method enables us to follow the 6-
sulphatoxymelatonin excretion of individual animals before, during and after exposure to magnetic field.
Therefore, we can observe dinamical changes in diurnal melatonin secretion of small laboratory animals in a
self controlled manner. However, the urinary 6-sulphatoxymelatonin is the primary metabolite of melatonin
we could not find statistically significant decrease of it during or after 24 hours exposure to 50 Hz magnetic
field.
This work was supported by the Ministry of Welfare of Hungary under Contract T-08 051/93.

P-3A
EFFECTS OF EMF EXPOSURES BY ELECTRIC BLANKET ON URINARY MELATONIN
EXCRETION. Y. Kurokawa*1, M. Kabuto1, S.C. Hong2 and R. Ohtsuka*2. 1Urban Environment & Health
Project, National Institute for Environmental Studies, Tsukuba, Ibaraki 305, Japan. 2Department of Human
Ecology, Faculty of Medicine, University of Tokyo, Tokyo 113, Japan.

OBJECTIVE: Time-varying EMF exposures due to electric blanket (EB) use have been suggested
epidemiologically to increase breast cancer risk. Some data on hamsters and rats raised also a hypothesis that
a suppression of melatonin (MEL), an anti-gonadal hormone, induced by EMF and the resultant enhancement
of estrogens might be the underlying process, though direct evidence for humans have been scarce. In the
present study, aimed was to see preliminarily whether repetitive exposures to EMF produced by EB could
alter MEL secretion in humans or not, with using newly wired non-heating blankets which were electrically
connected with commercially available EB in order to avoid the possible thermal effects on MEL secretion.
SUBJECTS & METHODS: Subjects were four Japanese healthy male volunteers aged 24-30 years.
Experiments consisted of a pre-exposure period(3 weeks), following exposure period (11 weeks, 1st period:6
weeks; 2nd period:5 weeks) and a post-exposure period (2 weeks), in each period of which urine specimens
were collected 5 times a day (before sleep, 3 hrs after sleep, soon after wake-up, around noon and around
18:00) for 2 days every week. The subjects were requested to sleep on the heatless EB but their daily
activities were not restricted during the exposure periods. The EMF levels measured at the surface of the
heatless-EB by the EMDEX II was 3.4 µT as the median value. Urinary MEL levels were determined with
using radioimmunoassay kits (Buhlmann Lab. AG ) and urinary MEL excretion rates (UMER, ng/hr) were
calculated for each sampling periods. The UMER data were evaluated with Cosinor test.
RESULTS: Significant day-night (diurnal) rhythm of UMER was obtained for all subjects (see the table).
Great individual variations of the baseline level (Mesor), amplitude and maximum level in either of pre-,
during- and post-exposure periods, while the amplitude and maximum rates seem to be lowered especially
during the latter half of the exposure period in subjects A,B and C. A largely delayed acrophase in subject D
during the exposure should also be noted.

Mesor (ng/hr) Amplitude (ng/hr) Max Acrophase (time) p

(ng/hr)
subject A pre 2.62 2.85 5.47 3:10 0.00005
1st-exp period 2.07 3.41 5.48 3:19 0.00037
2nd-exp period 1.28 1.34 2.62 3:44 0.04
post 1.95 2.01 3.96 3:40 0.00099
subject B pre 3.96 5.90 9.86 2:55 0.0011
 1st-exp period 5.59 6.90 11.49 2:26 0.015
2nd-exp period 2.82 2.15 4.97 2:52 0.014
post 2.34 2.48 4.82 3:20 0.071
subject C pre 0.96 0.91 1.87 4:50 0.0016
1st-exp period 0.89 0.68 1.57 3:59 0.00024
2nd-exp period 1.36 0.59 1.95 4:50 0.0029
post 1.67 1.29 2.96 3:04 0.016
subject D pre 5.22 6.11 11.33 6:00 0.00016
1st-exp period 7.99 6.66 14.65 11:35 0.00031
2nd-exp period 7.85 6.59 14.44 8:48 0.00017
post 6.24 9.59 15.83 6:44 0.00027

DISCUSSION: Although large individual variations are shown not only for the amount of MEL secretion but
also for its day-night rhythmicity, the results might suggest the possible consequences of EMF exposure in
terms of lowered amplitude of the rhythm or delay of the rhythm. The feasibility of urinary MEL data as
being demonstrated may encourage further experiments with larger size and different exposure doses for a
definitive conclusion.

P-5A
MELATONIN LEVELS IN ELECTRIC UTILITY WORKERS. J.B. Burch, J.S. Reif*, C.A. Pitrat*,
T.J. Keefe* and M.G. Yost. Department of Environmental Health, Colorado State University, Fort Collins,
Colorado 80523, USA.

OBJECTIVE: Magnetic fields have been shown to induce changes in production of the pineal hormone
melatonin. A study to evaluate the effects of magnetic field and ambient light exposures on melatonin
production was performed in a population of 200 electric utility workers.
METHODS: Workers in occupations associated with exposure to magnetic fields including electric power
generation and distribution were studied along with a comparison group of utility administrative and
maintenance staff. Exposure assessment was performed using EMDEX C meters with the external electric
field jack adapted to measure ambient light intensity. Exposures were determined continuously at 15 second
intervals over the course of three 24 hour periods. Work, sleep and other, non-work intervals were
determined from a log kept by each participant. Melatonin production was assessed by determining the
concentration of 6-hydroxymelatonin sulfate (6-OHMS) twice daily. Participants provided total nocturnal
urine output and a spot urine sample at the end of their work shift which were assayed for 6-OHMS by
radioimmunoassay. Melatonin data were reported as total nocturnal 6-OHMS excretion and 6-OHMS
concentration adjusted for creatinine. Data were analyzed using repeated measures analysis of variance or
the generalized linear models (GLM) procedure of the Statistical Analysis Software (SAS) computer
program.
RESULTS: Preliminary data for 35 workers is reported below. A clear diurnal variation in urinary 6-OHMS
concentrations adjusted for urinary creatinine (p=0.0001) was found. Average day- and nighttime 6-OHMS
concentrations were 5.6 ng per mg creatinine (ng/mg) and 34.8 ng/mg, respectively. Nighttime 6-OHMS
concentrations decreased with increasing age; therefore, analyses of magnetic field exposures and 6-OHMS
excretion were adjusted for age. To assess the effect of magnetic field exposures on nocturnal production of
melatonin, arithmetic mean (mG), geometric mean (mG) and cumulative exposure (mG-hours) data were
extracted from each subject's EMDEX file and compiled for the work, non-work and sleep components of
each 24-hour period. A negative association between total nocturnal 6-OHMS excretion and mean (p=0.04),
or cumulative (p=0.05) magnetic field exposures during work hours was found. Higher exposures to
magnetic fields during the non-work or sleep time periods were not significantly associated with lower 6-
OHMS levels in this sample. After adjusting for the effects of age, a significant decrease in total nocturnal 6-
OHMS was found for the log-transformed arithmetic mean (p=0.013), geometric mean (p=0.024), or
cumulative (p=0.008) magnetic field exposures at work on the same day. The average cumulative exposures
to magnetic fields at work (18.3 mG-hrs) were higher than those for non-work (13.1 mG-hrs) and sleep (12.6
mG-hrs) periods.
CONCLUSIONS: The above results provide preliminary evidence that workplace magnetic field exposures
are associated with decreased nocturnal melatonin production. Additional analyses of the full data set are in
progress.
This work was supported by a contract from the U.S. DOE Office of Energy Management.

P-7A
MELATONIN LEVELS IN CELL CULTURE MEDIA DURING MCF-7 CELL GROWTH AND
MAGNETIC FIELD EXPOSURES. S.M.J. Afzal*1, R.P. Liburdy1 and S. Yellon2. 1Lawrence Berkeley
National Laboratory, Berkeley, California 94720, USA. 2Center for Perinatal Biology, School of Medicine,
Loma Linda University, Loma Linda, California 92359, USA.

OBJECTIVE: Melatonin has been shown in several laboratories to significantly reduce the growth of MCF-
7 cells in culture. D. Blask first reported this finding and we [reviewed in 1], and others, have confirmed this
independently. To our knowledge the levels of melatonin present in cell culture media during the time course
of these growth inhibition studies have not been measured. It is possible that as MCF-7 cells undergo cell
cycle progression the "effective" concentration of melatonin in the media may change according to the
dynamic growth activity of these cells. In addition, since we have previously reported that 12mG, 60Hz
magnetic fields act to block melatonin's oncostatic action in cell culture, we have measured melatonin levels
in the media of MCF-7 cells exposed to 2 or 12mG magnetic fields.
METHODS: MCF-7 cells were cultured in our laboratory as previously reported [1]. The experimental
design involved using two mu-metal modified incubators operated at 2 or 12mG, 60Hz (DC fields negligible).
Samples consisted of media alone, media plus melatonin, media plus FBS, media plus FBS plus melatonin,
supernatant from cells containing FBS, supernatant from cells containing FBS and melatonin. When
melatonin was present it was added at 10-9M, which is 232 pg/ml. Samples were collected on days 0, 1, 2, 3,
5, 6, and 7 and were immediately frozen for storage. Samples were shipped frozen from LBL to Loma Linda
and assayed blinded and in duplicate, for melatonin levels according to protocols used at Loma Linda [J. Pin.
Res. (1994) 16; 136]. Coefficients of variability between assays was 4.2% and within assays averaged 8.5%.
The limit of assay sensitivity was 20 pg/ml.
RESULTS: First it was determined that the presence of FBS in the frozen samples did not contribute to
melatonin levels. FBS contributed <20pg/ml which is the limit of sensitivity of the assay. For each sample
treatment little or no change was observed as a function of collection days. Melatonin concentrations (Mean
±S.E., n=7) were obtained for samples across collection days.

2 mG 12 mG
a
Media + Melatonin 249±17 253±11c
Media + Melatonin + FBS 250±20a 240±12c
Cell Supt. + Melatonin + FBS 303±12b 303±11d
data with different superscripts (a vs.b and c vs.d) are significantly different, p<0.02

CONCLUSION: Melatonin levels in cell culture media during MCF-7 proliferation remain relatively
constant over a 7 day growth period. In addition, it appears from the data that the availability of melatonin,
as reflected in melatonin concentration in the media, is not significantly altered by the presence of a 2 or 12
mG sinusoidal 60Hz magnetic field. This data suggests that variation in melatonin concentrations in cell
culture do not occur in the absence or in the presence of these magnetic fields. Therefore alterations in
melatonin concentration in the media probably do not play a role in our previously reported magnetic field
effects on MCF-7 cell growth [1].
[1] R.P. Liburdy (1995) Radio Science 30; 179-203.
Support provided in part by the Office of Energy Management, Utilities Systems Division, U.S. Department
of Energy under contract DE-AC03-76SF00098, and NIEHS ES06137(SY).

P-9A
SPECTRAL CHARACTERISTICS, ELF MODULATION AND MAGNETIC FIELDS
ASSOCIATED WITH INDOOR LIGHTING. N.H. Hansen, R.G. Stevens and B.W. Wilson. Battelle
Pacific Northwest Laboratories, Richland, Washington 99352, USA.

A growing body of literature indicates that magnetic fields can affect neuroendocrine function in laboratory
animals and in humans. In attempting to determine if magnetic fields can adversely affect neuroendocrine
function, it must recognized that visible light is the principal modulator of the neuroendocrine system in
nearly all organisms including man. Indoor lighting is an important factor in determining biological rhythms
in humans. Since indoor light is often encountered during the hour's of normal darkness, its effects must be
considered in any systematic approach to determine possible anthropogenic magnetic field effects on
neuroendocrine function in laboratory animals and humans.
We have recently undertaken studies to determine spectral and EMF characteristics of lights commonly
encountered indoors, with emphasis on those parameters that are known or believed to affect pineal function.
We have constructed a standard test apparatus in which the lights are installed in a room-like setting where
measurements are made with both EMF instruments and a spectrophotoradiometer. We measure several
factors that affect the perception of light, as well as the response of the neuroendocrine system to this
stimulus.
Of particular interest in these studies were the various types of fluorescent luminaires. This type of light has
several features of interest with regard to pineal function. Compared to incandescent bulbs, fluorescent lights
generally produce a greater proportion of flux in the spectral range to which the pineal gland is most sensitive
(between approximately 501 and 508 nm). However, spectral characteristics vary widely among the different
fluorescent types. Certain of the fluorescent fixtures produce a light signal that is highly modulated (up to
approximately 75%) at a frequency of 120 Hz. Finally, the ballasts that drive these lights can be a significant
source of higher frequency magnetic fields. Cornparative spectra and ELF modulation data will be presented
and discussed.
Data generated in these studies will eventually help epidemiologists and other researchers to better assess the
confounding effects of indoor lighting on neuroendocrine based health effects studies.
This work supported by Battelle Northwest National Laboratory Internal Research and Development Funds.

P-11A
A 0.5 G, 60 Hz MAGNETIC FIELD SUPPRESSES MELATONIN PRODUCTION IN
PINEALOCYTES. L.A. Rosen1, I. Barber2 and D.B. Lyle3. 1Division of Research Grants, National
Institutes of Health, Bethesda, Maryland 20892, USA. 2Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge,
Tennessee 37831, USA. 3Radiation Biology, CDRH, U.S. Food and Drug Administration, Rockville,
Maryland 20857, USA.

Several literature reports are available to demonstrate that applied magnetic fields suppress or phase shift the
production of pineal melatonin. However, little research has been initiated to determine the basis for this
effect. The present study describes results of an ongoing study of isolate pinealocytes to determine whether
effects are at the cellular level. The isolation technique involving enzymatic digestion of pineal glands
primarily from 25-32 day rats with papain and 0.1 mM cysteine and 0.1% DNAse. The procedure yields in
excess of 95 percent viable individual pineal cells that survive overnight in primary culture. Following cell
counts, 1.0 ml cell suspensions in CO2 independent media, 0.1% DNAse, 1% extra glucose, and Penn/Strep
were added to wells in 24 well culture plates and covered in plastic to prevent evaporation at 8:00pm.
Samples were placed in mu metal exposure facilities previously described*, one activated and one sham, with
exposure conditions set for 0.5 G (60 Hz). 0.006 G (dc), vertical fields. Norepinephrine (10-6M) was added
to all samples, in some cases 10 minutes prior to initiation of field exposure, and for the rest, 10 minutes after
field initiation. Half of the studies were done without knowledge of field conditions, and the other half with
knowledge. Exposure data were recorded 10 minute intervals. At 8:00am, samples are recovered,
centrifuged, and supernatents frozen for subsequent melatonin assay. Assays are done with ALPCO kits
(ELISA) after 1:100 dilutions of samples, and final readings are adjusted for both the dilution and initial cell
counts. Results of ten different tests, two or three samples per test, dual measurements per sample, indicated
a significant reduction of 35% (p<0.005) in melatonin with 12 hour field exposure. There was some
variability in the data, possibly due to procedural and handing problems. If these were deleted, the average
reduction of the remaining tests was 55%. These issues and others related to this type of assay will be
outlined in the poster. The data suggest that the effect of magnetic fields on pineal gland melatonin
production could be at the cellular level rather than involving nervous input to the gland.
* David, C. and M. Swicord, 1995, The FDA ELF low-level electromagnetic field exposure facility, BEMS
Seventeenth Annual Meeting, Boston, MA, June 18-22, page 55 (Abstract).
1. This must be considered a draft until final approval is obtained from the Food and Drug Administration
and the National Institutes of Health.

P-13A
NEURONS RESPONDED TO MAGNETIC FIELDS IN THE RAT SUPRACHIASMATIC
NUCLEUS. O. Hiwaki. Laboratory of Bio-systems, Faculty of Information Sciences, Hiroshima City
University, Hiroshima 731-31, Japan.

Many reports have shown that the nocturnal rise in melatonin synthesis in the pineal gland is inhibited by
magnetic fields in the range of the geomagnetic field. Pineal melatonin production is a consequence of a
neural message originating in the suprachiasmatic nucleus (SCN) which is supposed to be the pacemaker of
the mammalian circadian rhythm.
OBJECTIVE: The objective of this study is to verify whether the mammalian SCN itself can respond to
magnetic fields.
METHODS: Magnetic fields were produced by a cubic coil system consisting of three groups of four
square-shaped coils (70 cm x 70 cm). Three groups of coils were combined perpendicularly to each other so
that magnetic fields could be controlled in any direction. The coil system was placed in a magnetically
shielded room. Pentobarbital anesthetized male Wistar rats were used as the subjects. A tungsten
microelectrode was inserted stereotaxically into the SCN to record extracellular unit potentials. After the
electrode had been anchored to the skull with dental acrylic cement, the rat was fixed on a horizontal plate
located at the center of the cubic coil system. The unit potentials of the neurons in the SCN were
investigated when the rat was exposed with the magnetic field directed along the following axes: parallel to
the longitudinal axis of the body (x-axis), perpendicular to the longitudinal axis of the body in horizontal
plane (y-axis), and the vertical axis (z-axis). The strength of the magnetic field was increased from 0 to 1.0
gauss in 10 sec, kept at 1.0 gauss for 10 sec, and thereafter decreased to 0 gauss in 10 sec. Sinusoidal
magnetic fields were also applied in order to study the responses of the neurons in the SCN to the change of
the frequency of the magnetic fields.
RESULTS: Few unit potentials were seen in a null magnetic field. A series of impulses was observed when
the magnetic field was directed in the caudal to rostral axis, whereas no impulses responding to the magnetic
field appeared when the magnetic field was directed oppositely along the x-axis. The unit potentials
responding to the magnetic field disappeared in 5 - 15 sec after the appearance of the unit potentials.
Magnetic fields directed along the y-axis or z-axis did not evoke the unit potentials. Sinusoidal magnetic
fields under 20 Hz directed in the caudal to rostral axis evoked the unit potentials, though no responses were
observed when other frequencies or directions of the magnetic field were applied.
 Epidemiology

P-15A
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS AND CANCER: ARE THERE SPECIFIC CANCER
LOCATIONS FOLLOWING CHRONIC MAGNETIC 50/60 Hz FIELD EXPOSURE? O. Petrowicz1
and G. Friedrich2. 1Institut für Experimentelle Chirurgie der Technischen Universität, D-81675 Munich,
Germany. 2Forschungsgemeinschaft Funk e. V, D-53111 Bonn, Germany.

There is a still ongoing scientific debate about cancer generation and promotion following chronic electric
and magnetic 50/60 Hz field exposure. At least, there is no conclusive evidence to support the thesis, neither
in experiments nor in epidemiologic studies. Not either the latest scandinavien [M. FEYCHTING 1992,
J.H.OLSEN 1993] and french/canadien [G. THERIAULT 1994] epidemiologic studies, carried out with
increasing expense could deliver higher
significances.
OBJECTIVE: This contribution is an attempt to
answer some questions of possibly or not existing
specific cancer locations following chronic
electric and magnetic field exposure from a
indirect point of view. The following
considerations will be discussed:
· What cancer locations are the focus of the
electromagnetic risk discussion?
· Leukemia in children and adults a collective term
of a variety of diseases.
· Year to year variation of leukemia mortality.
· Cancer locations complement each other.
· Consideration of total mortality.
MATERIAL and METHODS: The discussion
and valuation of the results of previously reported
epidemiological studies on this subject is
supported by data of the "Statistisches
Bundesamt" Wiesbaden, Germany, referring to the fact, that there is no existing "German Cancer Register"
but a "Register of Deaths". Few german federation countries are leading a regional cancer register as for
example Saarland, Baden Wurttemberg etc.
RESULTS and CONCLUSION: In many epidemiologic studies about magnetic low frequency field effects,
leukemia is the focus of cancer risk in childhood. Other suspected locations are brain tumors, tumors of the
nervous system and male breast cancer. Leukemia is a general term of a variety of diseases of the hemato-
poetic system, a fact which is rarely considered in many studies. The preference of leukemia has a good
reason. Leukemia develops in the most rapid growing body tissue and is therefore supposed to be the first
indicator of harmful environmental pollution preferably in childhood. The frequency of different cancer
locations vary considerably from year to year, whereas the mortality rate of all cancers is relatively constant
over the years decreasing slightly but constantly from 1988. From 1989 to 1994 the mortality ratio
leukemia/all cancers varies between 27.4% to 37.2% in children (age 1 to 10 years), i.e. 21 leukemia cases.
Similar conditions we find in male breast cancer, brain tumor as well as in other supposed locations. This
variability is demonstrated in the attached figure.
On the other hand the variability serves as a circumstantial evidence for the hypothesis of complementing
tumor locations, i.e. if one cancer location is increased, others are decreased so that the total mortality is
constant. That would mean if one tumor is promoted by any exposition, another tumor will be suppressed.
In view of the supposed very few incidences of childhood leukemia following low frequency magnetic field
exposure and the relatively high annual variation, as well as the hypothesis of complementing tumor
locations, the hitherto published epidemiological studies on this subject have to be discussed.
 P-17A
EXPLORING THE CREDIBILITY OF WERTHEIMER’S HYPOTHESIS THAT SEASONAL
ELECTRIC BLANKET USE CAN INDUCE PRE CLINICAL MISCARRIAGES IN SUCH A WAY
AS TO INDUCE AN APPARENT PROTECTIVE EFFECT ON CLINICAL MISCARRIAGE
RATES. R.R. Neutra, G. Lee and V. DelPizzo. California Department of Health Services, Emeryville,
California 94608, USA.

In Wertheimer and Leeper's (1) original study of clinical miscarriages and electric blankets (EB), there was
only a deleterious effect if the rates were calculated for those seasons when the first weeks of pregnancy
occurred in warm or cool months. Wertheimer hypothesized that most blanket use occurs in the cold months
and that intense use in the first weeks of pregnancy would cull out the vulnerable embryos as pre clinical
miscarriages which go unnoticed by the mothers and their physicians. The surviving fetuses among these
blanket users would then no longer be vulnerable to further EB use. The clinical miscarriage rate in these EB
users would seem unusually low. EB users whose pregnancy began in warm or cool months would have less
of this culling and would show a deleterious effect of EBs on clinical miscarriages because the exposure
began when the fetuses were more mature. But since the overall rate of clinical miscarriages is a weighted
average of the apparently low rate in pregnancies beginning in deep winter and the higher rate in pregnancies
beginning at other times, and because most blanket use is in deep winter, the overall rate of clinical
miscarriage for EB users, regardless of season will appear to be the same as or lower than clinical miscarriage
rates for non EB users. Wertheimer has urged researchers to analyze their data stratifying on season of
conception on the basis of this qualitative argument. We decided to build a simple spread sheet simulation of
this kind of process.
OBJECTIVE: To develop a quantitative intuition about the sensitivity of this type of process to the relevant
parameters. We also wanted to know what the hypothesis predicted about the season specific rate ratios of
clinical miscarriage conveyed by EB use in a clinic based study because this is the type of study which is
economically feasible and which our Department has been sponsoring. We wanted to know if such a study
could detect a season modifed EB effect even though the hypothesized culling had occurred prior to
epidemiological observation.
METHODS: We developed a simple spread sheet using EXCEL version 4.0. We assumed a pregnancy with
five 2 month "epochs". We hypothesized a schedule of miscarriage rates for the successive epochs and for a
series of groups as shown in the accompanying Table. We assumed that clinical pregnancy and miscarriages
would only be apparent in the second two month epoch. For each cohort we divided the remaining apparent
pregnancies into the accumulated clinical miscarriages to obtain the attack rate of clinical miscarriages. We
assumed that of 2800 blanket users, 200 were in warm weather pregnancies, 800 in fall, 1000 in winter and
800 in spring. Finally we assumed that blanket use during warmperiods had no effect on miscarriage rates,
that blanket use in cool periods increased the rate 1.5 fold and that blanket use in cold periods doubled the
rate. If a cold season EB use fell in the first two months of pregnancy all vulnerable embryos were assumed
to be aborted and subsequent miscarriage rates were assumed to be zero.
RESULTS: The attack rate of clinical miscarriages were respectively: Non Users: .098, Warm Weather EBs:
0.16, Fall EBs: 0.19, Winter EBs: 0, Spring EBs .099. The overall attack rate for clinical miscarriage when
season of onset is ignored was 0.098. This is the same as the attack rate for non users.
DISCUSSION: At least for one set of parameters, the Wertheimer hypothesis can be simulated and produce
the kind of results which she saw in her original study. By paying attention to the season of last menstrual
period and the duration of pregnancy, clinic based studies should see that the rate ratios conveyed by electric
blanket use should change with season (if this hypothesis is true).
(1) N Wertheimer and E Leeper Bioelectromagnetics 7:13-22, 1986
Table 1 - Hypothetical miscarriage rates as a function of gestational month, electric blanket use and season of
conception
Electric blanket users
gestation EB conception in summer conception in autumn conception in winter conception in spring
month non-
users
SAB temp expos rate SAB temp expos rate SAB temp expos rate SAB temp expos rate SAB
rate eratur ure ratio rate eratur ure ratio rate eratur ure ratio rate eratur ure ratio rate
e e e e
1-2 0.20 warm nil 1 0.20 cool low 1.5 0.30 cold hi 2 0.4 cool low 1.5 0.30
observation
begins
3-4 0.08 cool low 1.5 0.12 cold hi 2 0.16 cool low warm nil 1 0.08
5-6 0.02 cold hi 2 0.04 cool low 1.5 0.03 warm nil cool low 1.5 0.03
7-8 0 cool low 1.5 0.00 warm nil 1 0.00 cool low cold hi 2 0.00
9-10 0 warm nil 1 0.00 cool low 1.5 0.00 cold hi cool low 1.5 0.00
observed 0.10 0.16 0.19 0.00 0.11
SAB rate

P-19A
IS THERE A WIRE-CODE PARADOX? V. DelPizzo, R.R. Neutra and G. Lee. EMF Program
Emeryville, California 94608, USA.

The fact that, in a number of studies, wire coding appears to be more strongly associated with childhood
leukemia than direct magnetic field measurements has led a number of researchers to speculate that this
apparently crude marker for magnetic field intensity may be in fact a proxy for some other risk factor, either a
different parameter of the magnetic field or a non-EMF confounder. This has had two critical consequences:
- Considerable resources are being spent to identify this hypothetical risk factor. However to this time,
although a number of mechanisms have been proposed to associate some exposure condition or field
parameter with a health endpoint, these have not found confirmation in the analysis of existing
epidemiological data.
- the original Denver wire code continues to be used in areas where it clearly fails to predict magnetic field
levels (its original motivation). But, is this stronger association with an apparently inferior exposure
surrogate truly paradoxical? First, this whole debate is based on a handful of data, only pertaining to
childhood leukemia. Brain tumors studies point, if anything, to the opposite direction: analyses on based on
wire code show no clear pattern, whereas measurements suggest a weak, non-significant association.
Second, the advantage of the historical stability of wire codes cannot be dismissed. The Back-to-Denver
study (Dovan et al 1993) showed that spot measurements taken five years apart are strongly correlated (r =
0.71). However even assuming that this single study, which investigated a relatively short time span, can be
generalized, a correlation of 0.7 does not guarantee low misclassification. For dichotomy at 2 mG, the Back-
to-Denver data indicate that, when used to infer past exposure, contemporaneous spot measurements have a
sensitivity of 0.50, a specificity of 0.88 and a predictive value positive of 0.5. On the basis of these figures,
one cannot rule out a strong downward bias of the risk estimates based on spot measurements. Third, wire
coding cannot be regarded as a universal tool with properties that can be expected to remain unchanged in
different locales. For example, in some areas, where standard gauge electrical cables are being progressively
introduced, the thickness of the wire is a marker for the age of the line rather than its current-carrying
capacity. Wire coding has been shown to be much less clearly associated with residential magnetic fields in
Los Angeles than in Denver. Therefore the consistency of the association between wire coding and leukemia
reported by Savitz et al (1988) and London et al (1991) is puzzling. However, other factors associated with
wire coding in Denver, that have been proposed as alternative explanations have not been shown to be also
associated with wire coding in Los Angeles. We will present tables summarizing the residential leukemia and
brain tumor studies and propose possible misclassification patterns to argue that chance and historical
stability cannot be ruled out as explanations for the so-called "wire code paradox".
REFERENCES:
Dovan T, Kaune WT and Savitz D(1993), Repeatibility of measurements of Residential Magnetic fields and
Wire codes, Bioelectromagnetics 14, 145-159.
London SJ, Thomas DC, Bowman JD, Sobel E, Cheng T-C, Peters JM (1991), Exposure to residential
electric and Magnetic fields and risk of childhood leukemia. Am J Epidemiol 128:21-38. Savitz DA, Wachtel
H, Barnes FA, John EM and Tvrdik JG, (1988) Case-control study of childhood cancer and exposure to 60
Hz magnetic fields, Am J Epidemiol 128, 21-38.

P-21A
ASSESSING POSSIBLE CONTROL SELECTION BIAS USING A METHOD FOR AUTOMATIC
WIRE CODING. R.L. Pearson1, H. Wachtel2 and K.L. Ebi3. 1Radian Corporation, Denver, Colorado
80202, USA. 2Electrical and Computer Engineering Department, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado
80309-0425, USA. 3Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, California 94303, USA.

BACKGROUND AND OBJECTIVE: Wertheimer and Leeper, 1979, Savitz, et al., 1988, and London, et
al., 1991 used wire code as a surrogate measure of exposure to magnetic fields from electric power lines. In
these studies, wire code was significantly associated with the occurrence of childhood cancers. In the later
two studies, direct measures of the magnetic fields were not. These inconsistent results suggest control
selection bias as a possible explanation (e g. an under representation of very high current configuration,
VHCC, homes in the control group). Evaluating this requires an objective and efficient method of wire
coding many homes (100,000+) in order to identify the distribution of wire codes across the city. The
determination of wire code for this large number of houses is not feasible using the traditional human
observer method which requires a field visit to every house. Our objective is to develop and use an
automatic wire coding method to assess possible control selection bias.
METHOD: We based our design for an automated wire coding technique on the Public Service Company of
Colorado's Distribution Facilities Information System (DFIS) data base which contains the design details,
including exact locations, of the electric distribution system facilities for the entire Denver metropolitan area.
Wire coding requires two types of information. The first is the conductor size, and whether the power line is
a transmission circuit, a three phase primary circuit or a secondary circuit located either near or far from a
transformer. The second type of information is the distance from the power line to the residence. From
DFIS, we have unambiguous data on the type, exact location and size of power lines. DFIS also contains the
size, shape and location of individual lots and points on the roof of each house indicating their approximate
locations on those lots. We developed an algorithm for computing distance based on "rules of location"
using this data and also using the house floor area determined from tax assessor records. We estimated the
distance from each residence to the nearest power line using the rules of location algorithm for over 600,000
homes in the Denver area for which we have all of the needed data. We compared the automatically
determined wire code for the 579 residences coded by Savitz, et al. to check the accuracy of the coding
procedure. From the 1980 census data, we computed the likelihood of children living in each census block
and then weighted the distribution of wire codes for the houses in those census blocks. This weighted city
wide distribution of the wire codes was compared to the distribution of wire codes in the Savitz et al.
controls to assess control selection bias.
DISCUSSION: We demonstrated a method of automatically determining wire code using data from existing
data bases. Automatically determining wire code provides a new tool for the epidemiologic analysis of
childhood cancer data for the evaluation of possible control selection bias in past case control studies. It can
be utilized in cities other than Denver, such as Los Angeles, which have electric system data bases similar to
DFIS. The wire coding algorithm also can be easily changed from the traditional five level Wertheimer-
Leeper coding scheme we are using to other types of wire coding such as the three level Kaune and Savitz
approach (1993). This work is being sponsored by the Electric Power Research Institute under contract
number WO2964-22.

P-23A
HOME POWER USE, A POOR ESTIMATE OF MAGNETIC FIELD EXPOSURES. G.M. Lee1,
M.G. Yost 2, R.R. Neutra1 and L. Hristova*1. 1California Department of Health Services, Berkeley, California
94704, USA. 2Department of Environmental Health, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195,
USA.

The observation that overall cancer rates have not increased in the last two decades even though residential
power use has increased has been used as an argument against the association between childhood cancer and
extremely low frequency (ELF) magnetic fields measured by residential wire codes. This argument implies
that: 1) residential power consumption per capita is similar to individual power use; 2) electric power use is a
good proxy for residential exposures to ELF magnetic fields; and 3) electric power use is highly correlated
with residential wire codes, the surrogate measure for ELF magnetic fields that has been associated with
childhood cancer. We tested the assumptions that residential power use is a good measure of residential
magnetic field exposures and residential wire codes for 704 homes in the San Francisco Bay Area. These
assumptions were not validated; power use was not a predictor of home magnetic field exposures nor was it
correlated with wire codes. On the other hand, wire codes were correlated with magnetic field home spot
measures. These results are consistent to results reported by Kaune et al. where they found that neither
residential 24-hour magnetic fields or electric fields were correlated with electric energy use for homes in the
state of Washington (1).
1. Kaune WT, Stevens RG, Callahan N J, Severson RK, Thomas DB. Residential Magnetic and Electric
Fields. Bioelectromagnetics 8:315-335 (1987).

P-25A
POOLING MEASURES OF MAGNETIC FIELD EXPOSURES ACROSS CHILDHOOD
LEUKEMIA STUDIES: IMPLICATIONS FOR META-ANALYSIS AND ATTRIBUTABLE RISK
ESTIMATION. M.A. Kelsh1, A.R. Sheppard2, W.T. Kaune3 and M.J. Atherton*2. 1EcoAnalysis, Inc., Ojai,
California 93023, USA. 2Asher Sheppard Consulting, Redlands, California 92373. 3EM Factors, Richland,
Washington 99352, USA.

The availability of several studies on childhood leukemia and measured or surrogate magnetic field exposures
permits a meta-analysis that incorporates data across studies, providing more precise risk estimates. A key
step of our meta-analytic methodology was the development of standardized exposure estimates. Most meta-
analyses have relied on surrogate summaries (e.g. distance of houses to electrical facilities) as the common
exposure metric. The goals of this research were to develop and evaluate methods for deriving magnetic
field estimates across studies. This information will be used not only to estimate attributable risk but also to
document the impacts on attributable risk estimates of different exposure assumptions and analytic methods.
These analyses are valuable in estimating the magnitude of potential public health impacts and in developing
appropriate health policy. As part of the pilot phase of this study original data were obtained with the
authors' permission and cooperation from four childhood leukemia studies: Wertheimer and Leeper (Am J of
Epidemiol, 1979), Tomenius (Bioelectromagnetics, 1986), Savitz et al. (Am J of Epidemiol, 1988), and
London et al. (Am J of Epidemiol, 1991). Leukemia cases and controls were selected from these studies.
Geometric mean exposure estimates (by wire code classification categories) from the Savitz data were used
to assign magnetic field estimates to Wertheimer data for which there was only wire code information.
Several issues had to be addressed in attempting to assign exposure estimates across studies: whether to use
measurements from birth or diagnosis homes, low or high power conditions, and whether to assign field
values to wire codes from all Savitz measurement data or from Savitz controls only. In the Tomenius data
most analyses used residence as the unit of analysis, however we used individuals in our analyses. The results
summarize and compare exposure estimates across studies for different choices of our standardization
process. Previous analyses suggested that low power magnetic field conditions were more strongly
correlated with "normal" household magnetic field levels, which led us to use low power measures for the
standardized estimates. Previous meta-analytical research on EMFs has not attempted to derive common
exposure summaries or evaluate the influences of exposure assignment procedures. Our techniques allow
standardized magnetic field exposure estimates across several studies and pooled estimates of exposure to
reclassify study participants for meta-analysis. These procedures permit risk estimates for childhood
leukemia in terms of magnetic field strength. However, this process of exposure assignment requires more
assumptions about exposure than does the use of summary surrogate measures.

P-27A
RESIDENTIAL MAGNETIC FIELDS OF POWER LINES AND CANCER RISK IN FINNISH
ADULTS. P. Verkasalo*1, E. Pukkala*2, J. Kaprio*1, K. Heikkilä*1, J. Valjus3 and M. Koskenvuo*4.
1
Department of Public Health, University of Helsinki, FIN-00014 Helsinki, Finland. 2Finnish Cancer Registry,
FIN-00170 Helsinki, Finland. 3Imatran Voima Oy, FIN-01019 IVO, Finland. 4Department of Public Health,
University of Turku, FIN-20520 Turku, Finland.

Previous epidemiological studies suggest that residence near power lines may be associated with a somewhat
increased risk of childhood cancer; extremely-low-frequency (ELF) magnetic fields (MFs) from occupational
sources have been proposed to be associated with leukaemia, nervous system tumours and breast cancer in
adults. Despite the ubiquitous presence of ELF MFs in the modern society, there are few studies (and those
with very small numbers) on residential MFs of power lines and cancer risk in adults.
OBJECTIVE: The objective of this study was to explore the risk of several types of cancer in adults having
been exposed to the residential 50 hertz MFs generated by high voltage power lines.
METHODS: The study was an epidemiological cohort study including altogether 383,700 people living
during 1970-89 within 500 m of overhead power lines of 110-400 kV in MFs calculated to be =0.01 µT.
More than 2.5 million person years were accumulated by the cohort members after the age of twenty. Study
subjects were identified by record-linkage of nationwide registers. Statistical methods include calculation of
numbers of observed and expected cancer cases, and standardized incidence ratios (SIR), and estimation of
incidence rate ratios (IRR; in relation to continuous, dichotomous and categorical cumulative exposure with
cut points of 0.20, 0.40, 1.00 and 2.00 µT years) with 95% confidence intervals (CI) from multiplicative
models for all cancers and particularly for the cancers of stomach, colon, rectum, pancreas, larynx, lung,
breast, uterine corpus, ovary, prostate, testis, kidney, bladder, and thyroid gland, melanoma and non-
melanoma of the skin, nervous system tumours, multiple myeloma, non-Hodgkin's lymphoma, Hodgkin's
disease and leukaemia. IRRs were adjusted for the effects of sex, age, calendar period and social class.
RESULTS: Altogether 8,415 cases of cancer were observed (SIR 0.98, 95% CI 0.96-1.00) in adults. In the
cancer analyses for both sexes combined, all IRRs per µT year were within 10 per cent from the relative risk
of one with the exception of laryngeal cancer (9 cases with =0.40 µT years, IRR per 1 µT year 1.11, 95% CI
0.88-1.39). With dichotomous exposure estimates, solely the risk of melanoma was significantly increased
with the cut point of 0.40 µT years but not with higher cut points. No significant trends were observed.
Melanoma was also the only cancer type for which cancer risk was slightly but consistently increased both in
men (22, 1.05, 0.86-1.28) and in women (23, 1.10, 0.92-1.33). When cancer risk was analyzed in men and in
women separately, statistically significant excesses were observed in multiple myeloma in men (13, 1.22,
1.00-1.49) and in colon cancer in women (75, 1.16, 1.03-1.29); the only statistically significant decrease was
observed in pancreatic cancer in men (17, 0.66, 0.45-0.97). The risk e.g. for breast cancer in women,
nervous system tumours or leukaemia did not differ by exposure level.
CONCLUSIONS: This study suggests that residential ELF MFs of high voltage power lines are not related
to the risk of overall cancer in adults. The previously suggested associations between ELF MFs and adult
leukaemia, nervous system tumours and breast cancer were not confirmed. The risk of melanoma warrants
further clarification with view to ELF MFs and confounding factors. The findings in other cancers are likely
to be due chance.
REFERENCES:
Valjus J, Hongisto M, Verkasalo P, Jarvinen P, Heikkila K, Koskenvuo M. Residential exposure to magnetic
fields generated by 110-400 kV power lines in Finland. Bioelectromagnetics 1995;16(6).
Verkasalo P, Pukkala E, Hongisto M, Valjus J, Jarvinen P, Heikkila K, Koskenvuo M. Risk of cancer in
Finnish children living close to power lines. BMJ 1993;307:895-9.

P-27A(2)
EXPOSURE OF WELDERS AND METAL WORKERS TO ELF MAGNETIC FIELDS. J.H. Skotte1
and N.H. Hjøllund*2. 1National Institute of Occupational Health. Lersø Parkallé, 2100 Copenhagen,
Denmark. 2University Hospital of Aarhus, 8000 Aahus, Denmark.

Electric arc welding is known to cause considerable exposure to extreme low frequency (ELF) magnetic
fields. Welders handle cables carrying current in the range 100-500 amperes very close to their bodies.
Normally the welder directly grasps a handle with the cable during welding, and sometimes the cable is in
contact with other parts of the body (wearing the cable on the shoulder is common). There exist a number of
different welding processes involving direct (DC), alternating (AC) or pulsed current. There are large
differences in the amount of time that a welder spends with welding, ranging from welding all the day to
welding on occasion. Some studies of exposure to magnetic fields and epidemiological studies include
groups of welders, but normally no information is found on the actual welding processes or time spent with
welding. Average workday exposures for groups of welders ranging from 0.54 µT (Bracken,
Bioelectromagnetics, 1995) to 1.90 µT (Floderus, Arbete och Hälsa, 1995) have been reported.
OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this study was to assess the exposure of ELF magnetic fields to welders and
metal workers and the exposure from the most common welding processes.
METHODS: Exposures to ELF magnetic fields were measured for 50 metal workers selected from a
nationwide cohort of metal workers and 15 full-time welders in a shipyard. The exposures were measured
with personal exposure meters for three workdays (10 second sampling rate) for the metal workers and for
one workday for the shipyard welders (4 second sampling rate). Because of the large dynamic range of
magnetic field levels expected from welding processes, the measurements were performed with pairs of
exposure meters - one for the range 0.01-70 µT (Emdex Lite standard) and another one for levels above 70
µT (Emdex Lite high field). Both instruments were placed close together in a leather case attached to a belt.
The recordings from both instruments were combined in the analysis.
RESULTS: The average workday mean for the metal workers was 0.50 µT and 7.22 µT for the shipyard
welders. Welding activities were reported in 5.8% of the workday for metal workers and in 56% of the
workday for the shipyard welders. The fraction of time with exposure above 1 µT, which is assumed to be
an estimate of the effective welding time, was 4.0% for metal workers and 32% for the shipyard welders.
The metal workers used metal inert or active gas welding (MIG/MAG, DC) in 80% and manual metal arc
welding (MMA, AC) in 10% of the welding time. The average workday mean exposure for welders with
welding activities more than three hours a day was 2.3 µT for MIG/MAG welders and 21.2 µT for MMA
welders.
CONCLUSIONS: There are large differences in the exposure of groups of welders to ELF magnetic fields
depending on the type of welding process and the time spent with welding activities.

Calcium
 P-29A
A MAGNETIC FIELD EXPOSURE DEVICE FOR PATCH CLAMP MEASURING SYSTEM AND
THE PLAN. M. Yasui*1, W. Ooba*1, Y. Otaka2 and M. Obo*2. 1Power Engineering Research &
Development Center, Tokyo Electric Power Co., Yokohama 230, Japan. 2Mitsubishi Chemical Safety
Institute, Ibaraki 314-02, Japan.

One of suggested route of possible effect of magnetic field on biosystem is through cell calcium. So many
reports have been published on it using fluorescent dyes and radioisotopes. Some of them used single cell
technique. Among them patch clamp technique gives direct data relating to cell calcium. Hojevik et al.
(1995) reported on calcium ion flux behavior using patch clamp technique in the journal of this society. Their
exposure system consisted of Helmholtz pairs of coils of small size. Patch clamp signal is as small as pA and
it is necessary to prevent the interference of the field for exposure with the measuring system. We utilized a
current sheet for the exposure and attained level of the interference noise of 50 Hz much smaller than 20 pA
(PTP) at 50Hz 1G (rms) exposure. It has an additional advantage to keep enough space for the electrodes
around the microscope stage. Field strength H at height Z from the surface generated by current 2iY along X
axis in a 2X x 2Y current sheet is strict
H = i / π[tan−1(X / Z) − tan −1{XZ / (Y 2 + Z 2 + Y X 2 + Y 2 + Z 2 )}]

Perturbation by a peeping hole at the center of the sheet and thickness of medium and dish is estimated less
than 10%. Resonance condition can be produced by superposing DC current in the sheet. Geomagnetism,
the direction of which is affected by surroundings in laboratory, was cancelled using large Helmholtz coils.
We have a plan of a series of the experiments about the resonance hypothesis using diverse cells including
Purkinje cell.
We thank Dr. S. Konishi, Mitsubishi Chemical Institute of Life Sciences, for kind advices.

P-31A
EFFECTS OF ELF MAGNETIC FIELDS ON OSTEOBLASTS. M. Boku*1, A. Soda*2, H. Yamaguchi2
and Y. Kinouchi1. 1Department of Electrical & Electronic Engineering and 2Department of Physiology, The
University of Tokushima, Tokushima 770, Japan.

INTRODUCTION: There are a lot of basic experimental reports that ELF magnetic fields cause biological
effects on the behavior of Ca2+. ELF fields are also used clinically for healing bone fractures. These suggest
that ELF fields may give some biological effects for growth of osteoblasts. This is considered to be one of
the most fundamental problems of biological effects of ELF fields. The objective of this study is to examine
the effects experimentally. Some preliminary experiments are show here, in which influences to an
osteogenesis by sinusoidal magnetic fields of 30 Hz and 60 Hz are observed.
MATERIALS AND METHODS: Osteoblasts of mouse (MC3T3-E1) were cultured in a modified
minimum essential medium (H. Miyamoto and et al, Academic Press, 1976) supplemented by 10% fetal
bovine serum in plastic culture dishes of 3.5 cm in diameter. Using confluent cultures, the culture dishes
were placed in special incubators to keep the temperature of the cultures constant (37 ±0.2 °C). One of the
incubators was set in the gap between two solenoid coils and the other was placed outside the coils as a
control. Magnetic fields produced by the coils are sinusoidal (30 and 60 Hz) and their rms values are from
1.25 to 3.0 mT. Induced current density in the medium is about 1 µA/cm2 in average. Duration of exposing
to magnetic fields was about 30 days. Alkaline phosphatase (ALP) activity and content of protein of the
osteoblasts were measured as an index of osteogenesis by King-King method and Lowry method
respectively.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION: Figs. 1 and 2 show experimental results at 30 and 60 Hz respectively.
Though large differences between the exposure and control groups are not observed as to ALP activities and
protein contents at both frequencies, there exist significant differences at some points. It is difficult to decide
whether the differences, if any, are excitatory or inhibitory because ALP activities oscillate usually. Since
protein contents increase almost monotonously at both frequencies, accumulation of collagen may be
suggested, which should be examined at the next experiments.

Fig. 1. Effects of magnetic fields at 30 Hz; (a) ALP activity, (b) Content of protein

Fig. 2. Effects of magnetic fields at 60 Hz; (c) ALP activity, (d) Content of protein

P-33A
INOSITOL TRIPHOSPHATE (IP3)-INDUCED CALCIUM WAVE INTERCELLULAR
COMMUNICATION. R.B. Stagg, L.J. Kinne, S. Engström, R.A. Jones and W.R. Adey. J.L. Pettis
Memorial Veterans Administration Medical Center, Loma Linda, California 92357, USA.

Direct observation of gap junction permeability has usually involved the transfer of small molecular weight
fluorescent molecules, such as Lucifer yellow (Mr 302), that readily move through open junctions to
adjoining cells. While a good test for the presence of gap junctions this type of assay has several
shortcomings; the dyes will dilute out over several cells, the dyes quench rapidly thus are not well suited to
prolonged observation periods, and the dyes have no biological function. Recent work in intercellular
communication has shown that calcium signaling (waves) can occur through gap junctions and may play an
important role in long range signaling.
OBJECTIVES: These studies are designed to use a functional biologic signal for testing gap junction
permeability in cells exposed to magnetic fields.
METHODS: In this series of studies we have used digital image analysis of fluo-3 fluorescence to
characterize the calcium wave response in C3H10T1/2 mouse fibroblasts and fetal rat lung (FRL) cells
microinjected with IP3. Cells were grown on 25 mm round glass cover slips, loaded with fluo-3 (10 µM) and
exposed or sham exposed to MF at 37 °C and 5% CO2. Exposures were to a vertical 100 µTesla rms, 1 Hz
sinusoidal magnetic field generated by a 14 cm single coil mounted in a Plexiglas microscope stage.
Exposures were begun 10 minutes prior to assay and continued for the duration of the experiment. The ETM
Systems (Irvine, CA) image processor and software connected to a Zeiss microscope based imaging system
was used to collect fluo-3 images. Images (512x512 pixels) were collected at 1 second intervals and
analyzed off line with ImageMagick (E.I. du Pont de Nemours and Company) and custom software.
Individual sham and MF exposures were done on the same days. Connexin43 (Cx43) protein localization
was determined by indirect fluorescent antibody (IFA) staining using a polyclonal antibody prepared against
the cytoplasmic region of the Cx43 carboxy terminus.
Results: Intercellular calcium waves generated by microinjection of IP3 into a single cell are observed as
increases in cytoplasmic calcium that propagate outward to adjacent cells. Disruption of gap junction
communication with heptanol inhibits the intercellular calcium wave without affecting the cytoplasmic
calcium response in the stimulated cell. The speed of propagation is dependent on the amount of gap
junction protein present in the plasma membrane in any given cell type. C3H10T1/2 mouse fibroblasts
propagate a Ca+2 wave at 14.9 µm/sec while FRL cells propagate waves at 22.9 µm/sec. IFA staining for the
Cx43 gap junction protein indicate that FRL cells have 2-5 times more Cx43 protein in their adjacent cell
membranes than C3H10T1/2 cells. Calcium waves in FRL cells exposed (n = 25) to a 1 Hz, 100 µTrms have a
mean propagation speed of 21.3 ±1.0 µm/sec (Std error) vs sham exposed cells (n = 29) which propagate at
22.9 ±0.7 µm/sec (p = 0.19).
DISCUSSION: Calcium waves provides a biologically significant measure of functional gap junction
communication. Intercellular propagation speeds are dependent on the amount of gap junction protein
present in plasma membranes. Magnetic field exposed cultures of normally communicating cells do not
demonstrate significant differences in propagation speeds in these studies.
This research is sponsored by the Department of Veterans Affairs and the Department of Energy, Office of
Energy Management, Contract No. DE-AI01-95EE34020.

P-35A
WEAK STATIC MAGNETIC FIELD MODULATION OF MYOSIN PHOSPHORYLATION IN A
CELL-FREE PREPARATION: DEPENDENCE UPON INITIAL REACTION CONDITIONS. M.S.
Markov and A.A. Pilla. Bioelectrochemistry Laboratory, Department of Orthopaedics, Mount Sinai School
of Medicine, New York, New York 10029, USA.

It was postulated by one of us in 1972 (AAP) that a possible action of weak electromagnetic fields could be
to modulate the rate of voltage dependent processes at cell surfaces and junctions. This proposal required
the target system to be functioning at less than maximal rates to be able to exhibit a biologically relevant
EMF response. Since this initial work there have been numerous reports confirming ion/binding as a possible
EMF target pathway, as well as the existence of biological windows. This study further support the original
hypothesis using Ca2+-calmodulin dependent myosin phosphorylation to assess magnetic field effects on Ca2+
binding. The cell-free reaction mixture was chosen for phosphorylation rate to be linear in time for several
minutes, and to be able to be rate limited by Ca2+. To this end the ratio of substrate to enzyme was <100:1 in
order to slow the overall reaction rate, and the Ca2+ concentration varied from well below, to near saturation
for calmodulin (CAM). Thus, the reaction mixture contained 160 nM myosin light chains, 2 nM myosin light
chain kinase, (isolated from turkey gizzard) and 70 nM calmodulin (from bovine brain) in a 40 mM Hepes
buffer, pH 7.0; 0.5 mM magnesium acetate; 0.5 mM dithiothreitol; 1 mg/ml bovine serum albumin, 0.1%
(W/v) Tween 80. Ca2+ concentration was varied from 1 to 7 µM with appropriate EGTA buffering. The
reaction was initiated by addition of 2.5 µM γ32ATP (100-6000 cpm/pmol). All samples were in 1.5 ml
Eppendorf tubes at 37 °C. The magnitude of the ambient static magnetic field at the reaction site was 44 µT
(37 µT vertical, 24 µT horizontal) with an inclination of 57°N. The EMF exposure system consisted of two
orthogonal pairs of 60 turn, 8 in. square, coils by which the vertical and horizontal components of the static
magnetic field could be adjusted, including compensation of ambient field components. Phosphorylation was
allowed to proceed for 5 min at 44 µT (ambient) and 200µT (vertical). The results showed phosphorylation
increased up to 2x at 200 µT (vs 44 µT) dependent upon [Ca2+]. In addition, as [Ca2+] approached saturation
for calmodulin, the magnetic field effect disappeared. Effects between 1 and 5 µM Ca2+ were analyzable by
assuming the rate limiting step in the phosphorylation process is Ca2+ binding to CaM. In this manner a
double reciprocal plot, 1/rate (cpm) vs 1/ Ca2+ (Lineweaver-Burk) showed a negligible change in affinity, KD,
and a relatively large increase in Vmax (1.8X at 200 µT vs ambient) suggesting Ca2+ binding kinetics are
affected. The results presented here clearly demonstrate the importance of the kinetic state of the biological
target. Weak magnetic field effects have been treated classically via the Lorentz equation to describe the
dynamics of ion binding. Static B effects are not consistent with any "resonance" models, which treat Ca2+ as
a relatively undamped, and unhydrated, linear harmonic oscillator in the binding site. In addition, structure
studies for Ca2+ binding proteins show at least one water molecule in the binding site with Ca2+. An
alternative dynamical system model considers the competition of H2O and Ca2+ for the binding site. The
potential energy of binding (kinetics) depends upon water dipole orientation at the binding site, which is
shown here to be sensitive to µT range static and time-varying B in the presence of thermal noise via Larmor
precession. This, in turn, can modulate Ca2+ binding kinetics by modulating the ratio of time an ion spends
bound vs unbound, ultimately affecting phosphorylation rate.

P-37A
INVESTIGATION OF EMF-INDUCED CALCIUM MOBILITY IN OXIDATIVELY STRESSED
HL-60 CELLS. L.K. Fritz, J.E. Morris, R.G. Stevens, B.D. Thrall and L.E. Anderson. Battelle Pacific
Northwest Laboratories, Richland, Washington 99352, USA.

The ability to induce oxidative stress is characteristic of many tumor promoters e.g. TPA and H2O2. These
agents generate active oxygen resulting in oxidative damage to DNA and other macromolecules. It is
assumed that this activity is associated with an increase in intracellular calcium concentration [Cai2+]. Indeed,
our data suggest that in the absence of serum, extracellular calcium levels can significantly alter the
cytotoxicity of the oxidative stress agent tert-butylhydroperoxide (t-BOOH) in HL-60 cells (human leukemia
cells).
OBJECTIVE: Based upon possible effects of EMF on [Cai2+] and its role in oxidative stress, this study
addresses the hypothesis that EMF exposure predisposes cells to oxidative damage. Under conditions of
oxidative stress, any increased influx of extracellular calcium observed during EMF exposure may overcome
the ability of the cell to deal with reactive oxygen.
METHODS: To test this hypothesis, we are tracking [Cai2+] in EMF exposed and sham exposed HL-60 cells
under conditions of normal metabolism and oxidative stress. Other endpoints of oxidative stress will also be
monitored including cytotoxicity, lipid peroxidation, and thiol oxidation. In ongoing studies, HL 60 cells are
exposed to various intensities of magnetic fields (some arbitrarily chosen e.g. 1G, 60 Hz and some specific
frequency-intensity combinations that have been reported to effect calcium flux in cells). For these studies
cells are loaded with the fluorescent indicator dye, Indo-1 (Molecular Probes, Eugene, Ore.). Indo-1 is a
nontoxic, intracellular, calcium chelator whose ratio of fluorescent intensities at two wavelengths (405 nm
and 470 nm) allows calculation of [Cai2+] in individual cells. Our experiments include measuring [Cai2+] in
cells at rest, stimulated with the Ca-ionophore 4-Bromo-A23187 or oxidatively stressed with either t-BOOH
or TPA during exposure or sham exposure.
RESULTS: A Becton-Dickinson FACStarPlus flow cytometer has been interfaced with a magnetic field
exposure system so that [Cai2+] can be measured in individual cells during EMF exposure. A sampling cell
holder was engineered to accommodate the use of organ culture dishes and to enable precise temperature
control during sampling. Using our system, measurements of [Cai2+] have been made for cells at rest,
stimulated with TPA, t-BOOH and calcium ionophore 4-Bromo-A23187.
DISCUSSION: This investigation provides the opportunity to study in real time the interaction of magnetic
fields with cellular oxidative defense mechanisms, especially as they relate to calcium flux. Reports exist
suggesting that EMF, under some circumstances, may act as tumor promoters. Investigating the possible
relationship between EMF, calcium flux and oxidative stress, examines one possible mechanism for potential
tumor promoter or co-promoter activity.
This work is funded by U.S. Department of Energy under contract DE-AC06-76RL01830.
 P-39A
MAGNETIC FIELD EXPOSURE SYSTEM FOR EMF CELLULAR CALCIUM RESEARCH. D.L.
Conover1 and H.E. Wey2. 1C-27, Physical Agents Effects Branch and 2Experimental Toxicology Branch,
Division of Biomedical and Behavioral Science, National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health
(NIOSH), Cincinnati, Ohio 45226, USA.

As part of the national EMF Research and Public Information Dissemination (RAPID) Program directed by
DOE and NIEHS, NIOSH is investigating EMF effects on calcium regulation in cells. A portion of this
research is a followup study to the work of Lindstrom et al.(1993) showing effects on intracellular calcium
regulation from 50 Hz magnetic field exposure at 1 G. A magnetic field exposure system was developed to
allow this followup research to be conducted. The system consisted of a magnetic field generation apparatus
and equipment to control the temperature of cell samples during exposure.
METHODS: The magnetic field in vitro generation apparatus (designed by Asher Sheppard Consulting,
Redlands, CA) is used for magnetic field or sham exposure of cells during single-cell, real-time calcium
measurements conducted on the stage of a fluorescence microscope. Cells are exposed on a microscope
cover slip secured in an aluminum, ring-shaped holder. The holder is held in place by a custom, aluminum
sample fixture which mounts on the microscope stage. The sample fixture incorporates a thin coil of 3.2 cm
radius for magnetic field generation in the same plane as the cover slip. The coil was designed to operate at
50 Hz and produce a 1 gauss field over an exposure volume of 1 cm3. The coil contains15 turns of 22 AWG
bifilar magnet wire custom wound to allow either active field cancellation (sham exposure) or applied field
generation depending on the direction of 50 Hz current flow. A cross-over switch with positions labeled "A"
and "B" is used to keep the experimenter blind to actual magnetic field conditions. Background, applied and
sham magnetic fields as well as fundamental and harmonic frequency components were measured with the
MultiWave II monitor (Electric Research and Management, Inc.) The 50 Hz applied and sham fields within
the exposure volume for cell samples were measured with a miniature sensing coil (approximately 3.7 x 3.7
mm) and digital voltmeter. In addition, two temperature controllers maintain cell samples at the desired
temperature during magnetic field exposure and calcium measurements. First, a thermostatically-controlled
heater (Air-Therm, World Precision Instruments) is used to maintain the sample fixture at the desired
temperature. This is done by controlling the temperature of air circulated through an insulated, plastic
environmental chamber (approximately 53 x 30 x 29 cm) which surrounds the microscope objective and stage
(containing the sample fixture and cell sample). Second, the temperature of the perfused buffer for cell
samples is controlled with a water jacket and thermostated water bath (Lauda M3). Cell sample temperature
is continuously monitored with a NIST-calibrated thermistor and temperature meter.
SUMMARY: The magnetic field generation apparatus produced a vertical, 50 Hz field of 1 G in the cell
sample holder. The sham exposure field (vertical component) was less than 0.1% of the applied magnetic
field. The total harmonic distortion (THD) of the applied magnetic field was less than 1%. Background
levels (AC) were below 1 mG with no current flowing to the coil. The temperature control equipment
maintains the cell sample at the desired temperature to within ±0.1 °C during field exposure and calcium
measurements. Commercially-available temperature controllers, with this degree of control for cell sample
temperature, involved 60 Hz resistive heating and thus unacceptable stray magnetic field exposures for cell
samples.
CONCLUSIONS: A magnetic field exposure system was developed which allows single-cell, real-time
intracellular calcium measurements to be conducted during 50 Hz exposure at 1 G. In addition, the
temperature of cell samples was controlled to within ±0.1 °C during exposure. The exposure system
developed will be used to conduct a followup study to the research of Lindstrom et al (1993) which showed
EMF effects on intracellular calcium regulation.
This research was supported in part by the National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences under
Interagency Agreement #YOI-ES-50313.
 Dosimetry 1 - Wireless Communications

P-41A
DOSIMETRY FOR CELLULAR TELEPHONES WITH VARIOUS MODELS OF THE HUMAN
HEAD. M. Okoniewski* and M.A. Stuchly. Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering, University
of Victoria, Victoria, British Columbia V8W 3P6, Canada.

With the expansion of current use and anticipated further increases in the use of cellular telephones and other
personal communication services (PCS), there has been an interest and considerable research effort devoted
to interactions between antennas on handsets and the human body. Their activities are motivated by two
factors: (i) a need to evaluate deterioration of the antenna performance and to develop better antennas, and
(ii) a need to evaluate the rates of RF energy deposition, called specific absorption rates (SAR), in order to
evaluate potential health effects and compliance with standards.
OBJECTIVE: The objective of this investigation is to determine how important are the quality and the
resolution of the head model in determination of the total power absorbed in the head, the peak SAR, and the
maximum SAR in 1 g and 10 g of tissue, and how does the distance between the antenna and the head affect
the values and location of the peak, 1 g and 10 g values of SAR.
The models of the head are: a 20 cm cube, a 20 cm diameter sphere, both either homogeneous or layered,
and two anatomically based models of the human head were used. The two head models have various
resolutions and quality. Since the prevailing design of the 900 MHz cellular telephone today uses a
monopole antenna and a nearly rectangular box, the following are dimensions of our model: an antenna
length of 8.5 cm, a metal box of 13.5 (length) x 5 (width) x 2 (depth) cm. The antenna is centered on the
box. The metal box is covered with a dielectric insulator.
METHOD: The method of analysis used was FDTD because of its flexibility and efficiency in solving
complex heterogeneous geometries. The Yee-cell, rectangular computational grid and the whole-field
(incident and scattered) formulation were used. The computational space was truncated by a perfectly
matched layer (PML) to ensure reflections below at least 40 dB. For all head models 5 mm mesh were used
except for the subregion analysis.
RESULTS: Results are partly summarized in the table showing a comparison of antenna efficiency power
absorbed in the head and the SARs for various head models. In all cases, the following parameters are
used: 1 W, 915 MHz, distance antenna - model 1.5 cm.

Pabs SAR peak SAR 1g SAR 10g

Head Models η (%) (W) (W/kg) (W/kg) (W/kg)
Box, homogeneous 16 0.84 18.1 14.1 9.25
Box, skin-skull-brain 19 0.81 11.8 8.5 5.5
Sphere: homogeneous 46 0.54 13.4 10.9 7.0
Sphere: skin-skull-brain 45 0.55 8.2 5.4 4.3
Head - with ear (5 mm) 60 0.40 3.5 2.7 1.8
Head - no ear (5 mm) 50 0.50 6.5 5.4 3.5
Head - with ear (3.4 mm) 53 0.47 3.9 2.6 1.8

CONCLUSION: The FDTD technique with modern features such as Berenger’s absorbing boundaries, an
accurate dielectric property averaging algorithm, an accurate modeling of perfectly conducting surfaces that
do not coincide with the mesh and a subgridding algorithm, facilitates effective computations for modeling
interactions of cellular telephones with the human head. A spherical head model, while not accurate, provides
easy and reasonably effective means for the estimation of the “worst case SAR” either through modeling or
experiment. Data reported by us as well as data previously published, support the statement that it is highly
unlikely that higher SARs are produced in actual human heads than those obtained for the spherical model.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS: This work was supported by the NSERC/BCHydro/TransAlta Industrial
Research Chair.
 P-43A
LOCAL AND WHOLE-BODY SPECIFIC ABSORPTION RATE OF A RHESUS MONKEY
MODEL AT PRERESONANT, RESONANT, AND POSTRESONANT FREQUENCIES. J.A.
D’Andrea, A. Thomas, D.J. Hatcher, J. Kane and M. Tovias. Naval Medical Research Institute Detachment,
Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235-5423, USA.

The purpose of the measurements reported here were to comprehensively investigate the whole-body and
partial-body absorption of microwave radiation at several microwave frequencies in the pre resonant,
resonant, and post resonant range of a homogeneous monkey model. The measurements will be compared to
future FDTD model calculations and to select frequencies of interest for comprehensive behavioral testing of
rhesus monkeys.
The homogeneous model was constructed of heavy gauge waterproof cloth cut and sewn in the shape of a
rhesus monkey and filled with homogeneous muscle simulating material previously developed by Chou et al.
(1984). Localized and whole-body dosimetric measurements of absorbed microwave energy in the model
have been taken using a thermographic camera, microwave compatible temperature probes, and a twin-well
calorimeter. The thermographic images (Radiance I) have shown surface SARs differ considerably
depending on microwave frequency. These have been corroborated by measurements of local SAR using
microwave compatible temperature probes (Luxtron) implanted in the model. Whole-body SAR
measurements have been collected using twin-well calorimetry and have shown good agreement with
predictions from the Radio Frequency Dosimetry Handbook.

P-45A
SAR CALCULATION AND MEASUREMENT INTO A HUMAN HEAD PHANTOM
GENERATED BY CELLULAR PHONES. A. Schiavoni*, G. Richiardi* and P. Bielli. Centro Studi E
Laboratori Telecomunicazioni (CSELT), 10148 Torino, Italy.

The objective of the work is the evaluation and the measurement of the SAR (Specific Absorption Rate) into
a human head like phantom generated by cellular phones to investigate the correctness of the source
simulation. The electromagnetic problem is solved by using the FDTD technique (Finite Difference Time
Domain) with the Retarded Time Absorbing Boundary Conditions for the grid truncation. The geometry of
the cellular phones has been defined by using a pre-processing code and a mechanical CAD while the
geometry of the head phantom has been defined by means of a MRI (Magnetic Resonance Image) scanning
of a mannequin filled with water. Measurements have been performed with a computer controlled 6-axis
robot moving a miniaturised field probe into the phantom filled with a liquid simulating the brain. Results
show the SAR distribution measured and calculated into the phantom generated by different types of hand-
held transceivers.
GEOMETRY OF THE CELLULAR PHONE: The geometry of the cellular phone has been described in
the electromagnetic code with the help of the pre-processing code GRUNF (GRigliatore Usato Nella FDTD)
developed by ourselves. The cellular phone is drawn by means of a mechanical CAD creating a data file
containing all the geometry information; to each part composing the phone (antenna, keyboard, earphone,
etc.) has been assigned a different colour in order to recognise each component. The pre-processor
recognises each part, performs an alignment between the cellular phone and the phantom, discretizes the
entire space into cells, imposes to each discretization cell the permittivity, the conductivity and the density
and, at the end, generates the data files necessary for the FDTD elaboration. The pre-processor is able to
describe plane surfaces oriented in whatever position with respect to the co-ordinate system to describe
accurately the phone case. Figure 1 shows two sections of a discretized phone.
GEOMETRY OF THE PHANTOM: The phantom consists of a fibreglass shell whose shape is a human
torso. On a side of the phantom's head there is an aperture used to fill the phantom with a liquid simulating
the brain; the aperture permits the movement of a probe to measure the electromagnetic field into the
phantom. The geometry of the phantom, used for the electromagnetic simulation, has been obtained by
means of a MRI scanning of the mannequin filled by water. Figure 2 shows three sections of the numerical
model of the phantom filled with the liquid solution.
MEASUREMENT SET-UP (System DASY V2.3c): The measurement set-up consists of a 6-axis robot
moving an electric field probe into the head phantom. The probe consists of a dielectric support on which
them are three dipoles (each dipole has a length of 3 mm; spatial resolution of SAR measurements < 0.125
cm3) detecting the electromagnetic field. On the top of the probe there is a non-metallic optical proximity
sensor detecting the field very near to the internal surface of the phantom following its internal shape. The
robot movement, the surface detection and the data acquisition system are controlled by a computer making
the measurement completely automated. The electric field data are stored by the computer and elaborated to
obtain SAR distribution.
RESULTS: A first example consist of the phantom radiated by a cellular phone having a half wavelength
antenna. For this simulation we have used a space discretization step of 22) mm; the phantom has been filled
for a height of 120 mm with a sugar-water solution whose dielectric constant is 40.3 and conductivity is 0.89
S/m. The power radiated by the cellular phone has been measured in free space at 900.0 MHz to start the
FDTD simulation. Figure 3 shows the comparison between the calculated and measured SAR distribution
into the head phantom in the point where the maximum SAR was found.

Figure 1: Cellular phone discretized with the pre-processor GRUNF. a) Section of the phone containing the
antenna; b) section of the phone containing the keyboard.
Figure 2: Sections of the human head like phantom.

Figure 3: Maximum SAR generated by a cellular phone at 900.0 MHz into the phantom.

P-47A
DISTRIBUTION MEASUREMENTS FOR 60 GHz SOURCES. H.A. Kues1, R. Osiander*1, J.L. Patel*2
and J.C. Monahan3. 1The Johns Hopkins University Applied Physics Laboratory, Laurel, Maryland 20723,
USA. 2College of Notre Dame of Maryland, Baltimore, Maryland 21210, USA. 3Food and Drug
Administration, Center for Devices and Radiological Health, Rockville, Maryland 20850, USA.

Previous work in our laboratory has investigated ocular effects following exposure to various microwave
frequencies including 1.2, 2.45 and 2.85 GHz. Although the observed biological changes depended upon
specific exposure parameters, a variety of ocular effects were noted including corneal endothelial lesions,
increased iris vascular permeability, decreased electroretinographic responses and retinal histopathological
changes. Recently, a new study was initiated to assess the ocular effects of 60 GHz CW exposure to the
rabbit eye. At higher frequencies, such as 60 GHz the depth of energy penetration is generally limited to the
superficial layers of biological tissue. Consequently, the evaluation of ocular changes in this study has been
limited to the anterior segment of the eye. In this study diagnostic procedures will consist of specular
microscopy, iris angiography, and corneal histopathology. In an attempt to establish the most uniform and
reliable radiation system for this animal study, a number of different exposure sources were evaluated.
Energy distribution measurements were conducted using a circular horn, an open ended circular waveguide, a
scalar horn and a square horn. In order to determine field distributions, each source was measured using a
microwave-infrared imaging system. The microwave source had an output of 188 mW at 60 GHz, which
was coupled into the horn via an integrated insolator and a short section of waveguide. The horn was
adjusted for normal incidence onto a 1 cm thick sheet of absorbing foam (Eccosorb LS 24) with an
absorption coefficient of 36 dB/cm for 60 GHz and a low thermal conductivity. The foam was then
irradiated for 5 seconds using one of the four sources to be evaluated. Changes in the surface temperature of
the foam were detected using an infrared camera (Santa Barbara FPA) with a sensitivity of 3 mK and a noise-
equivalent temperature of 15 inK. For power measurements, the absorber sheet was removed and the
microwave power incident at the location of the absorber was measured with a power meter (Anritsu/Wilton
Model ML4803A with a MP715A 40-60 GHz power sensor) and compared against standard field
distribution calculations. The energy distribution for each source was evaluated at a range of distances (32 to
200 mm) from the absorber. A Gaussian field distribution was evident with the scalar horn. In the far field of
the square horn rotational symmetry was also observed. The energy distribution from the open ended
waveguide was also shown to be distance dependent. The results for the circular horn demonstrate that for a
distance of 32 mm a dual lobe distribution is present, however, the field becomes rotationally symmetrical at
distances over 75 mm. Based on these field distribution measurements it was concluded that the circular
horn would produce the most uniform field distribution for the animal exposures. The animal exposures and
ocular evaluations have now been instituted following this initial portion of the study.
This work was supported by an unrestricted grant from Hewlett-Packard Company Laboratories.
 P-49A
SAR ANALYSIS OF DIGITAL HAND-HELD TELEPHONES AT 1.8 GHz. A. Bahr*, P.
Nevermann*, S.-G. Pan*, T. Becks*, U. Kullnick and I. Wolff*. Institut für Mobil- und
Satellitenfunktechnik, D-47475 Kamp-Lintfort, Germany.

INTRODUCTION: The investigation of the power absorption in the human head from hand-held mobile
telephones is an active research area [1], [2]. In this paper, two hand-held telephones for the DCS 1800
system are compared with respect to the nearfields in free space and the specific absorption rate (SAR) in the
human head. The finite difference time domain (FDTD) calculations are validated with measurements.
RESULTS: The first step for the analysis of the electromagnetic field in the vicinity of a mobile telephone is
the modeling of the handset. For this the handset was replaced by a metallic box with the antenna on top of
the box. This was done for both telephones under investigation, the Motorola PT-9 and the Nokia PT- 11.
The quality of the model was tested by comparison of the measured and simulated electric nearfield. Figure 1
shows the magnitude of the electric field on a line parallel to the handset (Motorola PT-9) for a frequency
f=1.75 GHz. A good agreement between the measurement and the FDTD results can be observed.
To analyze the power absorption in human tissue we use a model of the human head with a resolution of 2
mm and 16 different tissues, which was developed from MRI data. The simulation of the system operator-
handset shows that for both telephones the SAR doesn't exceed the limits defined in the German standard
DIN/VDE0848 part II. It was found that the SAR changes about 2 dB when the Nokia PT-11 is replaced
with the Motorola PT-9 indicating a potential for reducing the SAR by the form of the handset and the type
of the antenna.
CONCLUSION: The SAR produced by the Motorola PT-9 and the Nokia PT-11 doesn't exceed the
guidelines of the German DIN/VDE0848 part II. However our investigations have shown the potential for
reducing the power absorption by the form of the handset and the type of the antenna.
REFERENCES:
[1] Dimbylow, P. J.; Mann, S. M.: SAR calculations in an anatomically realistic model of the head for mobile
communication transceivers at 900 MHz and 1.8 GHz, Phys. Med. Biol., 39, 1537-1553, 1994.
[2] Kuster, N.; Balzano, Q.: Energy absorption mechanism by biological bodies in the near field of dipole
antennas above 300 MHz, IEEE Trans. Veh. Technol., VT-41, 17-23, 1992.

Fig 1: Magnitude of the electric field for the Motorola PT-9 on the line φ=90°, r=3 cm; f=1,75 GHz.

P-51A
RECTANGULAR WAVEGUIDES FOR CELL EXPOSITION AT 1.8 GHz. P. Nevermann*, A.
Bahr*, T. Becks*, U. Kullnick and I Wolff*. Institut für Mobil- und Satellitenfunktechnik, D-47475 Kamp-
Lintfort, Germany.

INTRODUCTION: For biologic experiments field strength inside the probes have to be known. In practice
waveguides used for exposition of cells with electromagnetic fields in the high frequency range show field
distributions far away from simple theoretical approximations. Practical restriction due to nonideal adapters,
holes in the waveguide wall (for cell air condition) and the probes itself (partially inhomogeneous filled
waveguide) influence the field pattern. So the field strength applied to different samples varies with position.
The objective of this contribution is to discuss the main effects and give some hints for designing experiments
on the basis of numerical simulations and S-parameter measurements.
WAVEGUIDE SIMULATION: For the investigation of a waveguide it becomes necessary to create a
complete model including the adapters. As an example Fig. 1 shows our discretization scheme used to model
a coax-waveguide adapter. Using an in-house FDTD simulation tool we can get information about the field
strength at any position as well as about the S-parameters at well defined ports in order to perform a
comparison with measured results. Furthermore, by using the results in the time domain it is possible to see
whether the probe transition or the samples itself influence the wave propagation through the waveguide.
Due to the restriction in length of the waveguide and the inhomogenity caused by the samples inside there
will be a frequency dependent, inhomogeneous field distribution like shown in Fig. 2. In result the overall
sample mass (depending on the conductivity of the material) must be minimized and the position of each
sample has to be well defined. The extreme low field intensities at certain positions can be used to place
reference samples for low exposion.

CONCLUSION: The field distribution in a waveguide used for cell exposition has been presented. It exists
a need for an analysis of the whole equipment in order to avoid questionable experimental results due to
extreme inhomogeneous field strength applied to different samples. Moreover using the analysis it becomes
possible to introduce reference samples at positions with near zero field exposure for comparison.

Fig. 1 Discretization of the

coax-waveguide adapter
Fig. 2 Distribution of the electric field (E2) in a plane parallel to the larger side of a 64 cm long waveguide
WR 510 and the resulting SAR distribution in the sample holder.
 P-53A
IMAGING RFR FIELDS USING INFRARED THERMOGRAPHY. T.J. Walters1, L. Johnson*2, K.S.
Mylacraine*1 and W.D. Hurt2. 1Systems Research Labs., Inc. 2Radiofrequency Radiation Division,
Armstrong Laboratory, Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235, USA.

An understanding of the radiofrequency radiation (RFR) fields is essential for setting up and interpreting the
results of the bioeffects of RFR. We have previously described a method for visualizing RFR fields using a
screen constructed of cotton fabric covered with a heat sensitive dye (Sherry et al. 1995). The screen was
saturated with water, which acted as the absorber. When exposed to RFR, the water heated up, and an
image of the RFR field emerged as the dye changed color. While this method is a very useful qualitative tool,
it requires large power densities to heat the water. In addition, quantitative measurements are not possible
because of the all-or-none nature of the dye and the influence of ambient temperature and humidity on the
rate of heating. In this report we describe a modification of our previous method which uses a screen
constructed of electrically conductive fabric. The RFR field is then imaged using infrared thermography.
Quantifiable measurements (relative) can also be made based on the rate of temperature change of the
irradiated portion of the cloth.
METHODS: A screen composed of electrically conductive polyester fabric (Miliken Research Corp.) was
placed in an E,H plane of the RFR field and viewed with a Radiance 1 infrared camera system (Amber
Engineering, Inc.) (see figure 1). The image from the camera was viewed on a video monitor and recorded
on video tape. The camera was interfaced with a PC and the temperatures within defined regions of interest
(ROI) were acquired. Experiments were performed to determine the validity and reliability of the method at
2.06 9.3, 35, and 94 GHz. The qualitative relationship between forward power was examined from video
images. The temperature over a wide range of forward powers was monitored and recorded for ROI's and
the relationship between forward power and rate of temperature rise was determined.

RESULTS: Examination of superimposed video images (see figure 2), as well as comparisons of rates of
temperature rise of exposures at the same forward power, demonstrated very good reproducibility. The
relationship between forward power and the rate of temperature rise was linear over the range of forward
powers and frequencies examined.
Figure 2. A representitive image of the RFR field using electrically conductive fabric and IR thermography
(94 GHz; CW; 1 m from antenna).

DISCUSSION: The most important advantage of this method compared to our previous method is the
ability to obtain quantitative (relative) measurements of the power density. The qualitative image obtained of
the RFR field has significantly greater resolution than our previous method. In addition, while our original
method offered a great deal of utility, it required large power densities, i.e., =200 mW/cm2. In contrast, at
the frequencies examined, we were able to obtain images of the RFR field at power densities as low as 4
mW/cm2.
REFERENCES:
Sherry et al. (1995). Mapping isothermals: A two dimensional analog dosimetry method. Seventeenth
Annual Meeting of the Bioelectromagnetics Society, Boston MA.

P-55A
ELECTROMAGNETIC IMAGING TECHNIQUE IN THE ASSESSMENT OF THE ABSORPTION
INSIDE HUMAN HEAD EXPOSED TO PERSONAL MOBILE TELEPHONES. S. Caorsi*, G.L.
Gragnani*, A. Massa*, M. Pastorino* and M. Raffetto*. Interuniversity Center for the Interactions Between
EM Fields and Biosystems, Department of Biophysical & Electronic Engineering, University of Genoa,
16145 Genova, Italy.

In the present paper, we consider the idea of using electromagnetic imaging techniques for computation of
the electric field and related quantities (power deposition, SAR distribution) inside the human head when it is
illuminated by a personal radiomobile telephone. The effects of the apparatus for personal mobile
communications on human health have become a subject of great interest, as they involve aspects connected
both to the analysis of the non-thermal biological effects of the bioelectromagnetic interaction and to the
problem of a suitable standardization. In both cases, as a consequence of the wide possible variations in the
physical and geometric parameters of the biological system represented by the human head (in addition to the
variety of available personal telephones), it is extremely difficult to provide a priori evaluations, starting from
the only knowledge constituted by the e.m. source and by the estimated mean values of the permittivity
distributions used to model a single human head.
OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this paper is to propose an approach based on microwave imaging techniques
for the evaluation of the internal electromagnetic fields and related quantities, using (as much as possible)
actual data on the specific case considered. Microwave-imaging techniques have the potential advantage that
also the dielectric properties of the medium can be reconstructed, hence they they can be kept as unknowns.
Of course, it seems appropriate to consider imaging techniques that can include all available a priori
information (e.g., ranges of values of the complex dielectric permittivities of the various tissues; spatial
locations of boundaries between media inside an investigation domain large enough to contain all the possible
volumetric variations in the human head). The input information can be derived starting from the
measurements of the electromagnetic source find of the external scattered electric field. Recently, significant
advances have been made in the development of probes for near-field measurements of electromagnetic
fields. This supports the proposal of exploring the use of imaging techniques.
METHODS: In the present paper, we consider the application of a probabilistic approach to solving the
complete nonlinear formulation of the inverse scattering problem [1][2]. It is based on a Bayesian approach
and on a Gibbs Random Field model, and enables one to impose local constraints to regularize the problem.
Moreover, it makes it possible to use large discretizations (at present, of the order of 10000 subdomains). It
is assumed that both τ(r) (the object function) and Etot(r) (the total internal electric field) are the results of
spatial stochastic processes, and that the optimum reconstructions of these quantities are the ones that
maximize the a-posteriori probability P{τ(r), Etot (r)/Escat(r)}.
RESULTS: Results are provided concerning the reconstruction of a model of the human head illuminated by
a short dipole at a distance of 1.5 cm. The synthetic data used as input data for the reconstruction process
were obtained by applying a CG-FFT forward scattering method.
CONCLUSIONS: The proposed approach seems to be innovative and, consequently, needs further
assessments. The use of microwave imaging for control in hyperthermia treatments seems to justify the
proposal. As a matter of fact, in microwave hyperthermia, the applicators are such as to restrict the field
inside the body. On the contrary, due to the proximity of the handset to the head, the scattered field could be
more significant in the present case.
 P-57A
DEPENDENCE OF HUMAN HEAD MODELING ON THE SPATIAL PEAK SAR VALUES. K.
Meier, R. Kästle*, M. Burkhardt*, T. Schmid* and N. Kuster. Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (ETH),
CH-8092 Zurich, Switzerland.

INTRODUCTION: Homogeneous phantoms are widely used to test compliance of handheld mobile phones
with current safety standards. Based on the absorption mechanism, it has been reasoned that the spatial peak
SAR values assessed with homogeneous phantoms do well represent the upper level of the SAR ranges
induced in the actual human head, when all users are considered. However, this has never been demonstrated
through detailed studies.
OBJECTIVES: The objectives of this study were to investigate the dependence of the detailed anatomy on
the spatial peak SAR, to assess the effects of the hand, external metallic structures (glasses, jewelry, etc.) and
medical implants and finally to derive a generic phantom for standardized compliance tests. This study was
done across the three major frequency bands used in mobile communications: 450 MHz, 800-1000 MHz and
1500-2500 MHz.
METHODS: Four different experimental phantoms were used. 1) a complex 5-tissue phantom (muscle, skin,
bone, eye and brain) purchased from MCL (C. Gabriel); 2) an exact shell copy of the complex 5-tissue
phantom; 3) a head-torso phantom currently used in most dosimetric laboratories; and 4) the derived
standard phantom. Six numerical phantoms were studied: 1) a detailed 120-tissue head discretized with a
voxel size of 1 mm3, 2) a 13-tissue head (voxel size 1.08 mm3); 3) a coarse 13-tissue head (voxel size 5.6
mm3), 4) the discretized experimental MCL head (voxel size 2 mm3), 5) the experimental phantom No. 3
(voxel size 1 mm3) and 6) various layered spheres.
The applied excitations were either dipoles or actual mobile telephones (MTE) at different distances. The
experimental tool used to determine the absorption was the dosimetric assessment system DASY2. The
software tools were MAFIA and GMT++. The first is based on the Finite-Integration Technique (FIT), the
latter on the generalized multipole technique.
CONCLUSIONS: The study has led to a homogeneous standard phantom of simplified anatomical shape.
The model fulfills the following characteristics: 1) the SAR values measured with the derived "standard"
phantom are never less than the "real" maximum SAR values for all users and all operational positions of an
MTE. 2) This includes SAR-variations caused by small shifts of the device, variations caused by external
(glasses) or internal (implanted) metallic structures and variations due to the position of the hand. As a
consequence the number of measurements necessary to assess the maximum SAR values over a range of
situations is considerably reduced. 3) The over-estimation of the SAR values is small when considering all
relevant absorption factors. 4) The current distribution on the MTE hardly differs from the real situation at
the head. 5) Due to the simplified shape, the MTE can be easily and reproducibly positioned in accordance
with the test conditions defined in the drafted CENELEC standard for mobile communication equipment.
ACKNOWLEGMENTS: The authors gratefully acknowledge the MAFIA computations on three complex
head models performed by Dr. V. Hornbach of German Telekom and thank the Swiss Telecom and
DeTeMobil for co-funding the project.

P-59A
FDTD COMPUTATION OF ELECTROMAGNETIC ABSORPTION IN THE HUMAN HEAD FOR
MOBILE TELEPHONES. G. Lazzi*, C.M. Furse* and O.P. Gandhi. Department of Electrical
Engineering, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112, USA.

The Finite-Difference Time-Domain method has been used to calculate the Specific Absorption Rate (SAR)
distribution in the human head due to mobile telephones. A millimeter resolution model of the human head,
based on the MRI scan of an adult male volunteer, was developed with a cell size of 1.974 x 1.974 x 3 mm3.
By scaling this model, we have also obtained reduced size models representative of 10- and 5-year old
children. In all these models 15 tissue types were identified, and the dielectric parameters available in the
most recent literature were assigned to each of the tissues. To perform realistic simulations the ear was
squished, and the phone was placed against the ear without any cell gap. To understand the phenomenon of
the EM coupling between the head and the telephone, several effects were considered at both frequencies of
835 and 1900 MHz, including the role of the antenna length λ/4 and 3λ/8) and the difference in tissue
properties. Especially, we have considered the effect of varying dielectric properties of fat, bone, and
cartilage since these are not as well characterized. We have also performed simulation with homogeneous
model obtained from the shape of the heterogeneous model and with head tilted at a typical angle of 30°.
Significant results for the 1-g average Specific Absorption Rates (SAR) are reported in the following table,
for both frequencies of 835 and 1900 MHz. The time-averaged radiated power is assumed to be 600 mW in
the case of 835 MHz, and 125 mW for the irradiation frequency of 1900 MHz. The calculated peak 1-g
SARs are given in W/kg.

F(MHz) Ant. Heterogeneous Homogeneous 10-Year-Old 5-Year-Old

Adult Male Adult Male Child Child
835 λ/4 2.93 (1.00 g) 4.17 (1.03 g) 3.21 (1.02 g) 4.49 (1.00 g)
3λ/8 1.60 (1.00 g) 2.23 (1.03 g) 1.49 (1.11 g) 1.88 (1.00 g)
1900 λ/4 1.11 (1.03 g) 1.27 (1.07 g) 0.90 (1.02 g) 0.97 (1.07 g)
3λ/8 0.69 (1.06 g) 0.88 (1.04 g) 0.62 (1.02 g) 0.69 (1.00 g)

It should be noted that the homogeneous model over-estimates the result in all the cases with percentage
differences that are difficult to predict. The effect that was observed for 835 MHz, λ/4 antenna, for models
of the 10- and 5-year old children is also very interesting. In both these cases the peak 1-g SARs are higher
that those obtained for the model of the adult male, while the same effect was not observed at 1900 MHz.
For the models of the children, a larger in-depth absorption of EM energy produced averaged SARs for
internal tissues that are several times higher than for the model of the adult. Some data on this important
issue are summarized in the following table, where the average SARs of some organs are given for the 835
MHz, λ/4 antenna. The time-averaged radiated power is assumed to be 600 mW. Results are reported in
mW/kg.

F(MHz) Antenna Tissue Type Average SAR Average SAR Average SAR
Adult Male 10-Year-Old 5-Year-Old
835 λ/4 Brain 72.3 160.3 239.8
CSF 72.7 187.2 283.2
Eye Humour 31.8 78.2 117.3

For the case of the 30° tilted head, lower 1-g average SARs than those for the case of antenna held vertically
relative to head were found at 835 MHz for the λ/4 antenna, while a similar effect was not observed at 1900
MHz.
CONCLUSIONS: As expected, the SAR distributions for 3λ/8 antennas were found to be considerably
smaller than those for λ/4 antennas, at both frequencies of 835 and 1900 MHz. Homogeneous brain-
equivalent models overestimate peak l-g SARs for all the considered cases. Finally, higher internal tissue
SARs are obtained both at 835 and 1900 MHz for 10- and 5-year old children.

P-61A
REALISTICALLY TILTED AND TRUNCATED ANATOMICALLY-BASED MODELS OF THE
HUMAN HEAD FOR DOSIMETRY OF MOBILE TELEPHONES. G. Lazzi* and O.P. Gandhi.
Department of Electrical Engineering, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112, USA.
We have used a millimeter resolution model of the human head based on MRI scans to develop the model of
the tilted head by the use of a "best fitting" algorithm. The original model with cell size of 1.974 x 1.974 x 3
mm, was rotated cell by cell, and a matrix of "mapping errors" was built in order to assure the best mapping
allowed by the discretization. Every cell was assigned to a new corresponding cell in the rotation process
only if no other cells had a better fitting to the new one. Where possible, the three neighbors of the
destination cell are also assigned to the same mapping tissue in order to avoid holes that the rotation process
may create. With this technique, the models of 30° forward-tilted head and 30° tilted head with a 9° tilting
with respect to the direction normal to the face were developed. Both these models allowed us to calculate
the SAR distributions using a set-up almost identical to the true position of a person holding a cellular
telephone. The second of the above mentioned tilted models, in particular, allows modeling of the
mouthpiece of the telephone close to the lower jaw. The results for the three considered models (vertical,
tilted 30°, tilted 30° with a further rotation of 9° along the other axis) show that the tilted models have 1-g
average Specific Absorption Rate (SAR) lower than those obtained for the non-tilted head, especially at 835
MHz. It is interesting to note that in the third of the considered models, in which the telephone is close to
the lower jaw, the peak 1-g SAR as well as the peak l-g SAR for the brain are lower than for the simple tilted
head model. This is likely due to the fact that for this case the antenna is moved away from the scalp.
To save the large amount of memory usually required for these simulations, truncated head models have also
been developed. Assuming that the distal side of the head is relatively shielded from the EM fields radiated
by the telephone, we may place another telephone symmetrically on the opposite side, leaving the problem
practically unaltered when this second telephone is devoid of RF power. The simulation of this modified
situation can be performed by running in sequence an Even mode simulation (using a Perfect Magnetic
Conductor - PMC at the plane of symmetry of the head) and an Odd mode simulation (using a Perfect
Electric Conductor - PEC at the plane of symmetry of the head) and superimposing the resulting fields. In
order to minimize the required memory, we have investigated also the possibility to use with this technique
only 1/3 model of the head. Excellent agreement with full distributions, especially at 1900 MHz, were found
with the use of the half model in all the considered cases. The results with the 1/3 model are excellent at
1900 MHz and remain quite good at 835 MHz. The SAR distributions obtained for the truncated models are
compared with those for the full model by the use of a correlation coefficient that can assume values between
-1 (complete disagreement of data) and 1 (complete agreement of data). Correlation coefficients on the
order of 0.989 to 0.99999 have been obtained for the various cases.
The peak 1-g SARs for the head and the brain for some of the various considered cases are given in the
following table. For the truncated head models, the correlation coefficients with the distribution obtained for
the full models are also given. The assumed time-averaged radiated power is 125 mW at 1900 MHz and 600
mW at 835 MHz.

Frequency Antenna Head Model Peak 1-g SAR Peak 1-g SAR Correlation
(MHz) Head (W/kg) Brain (W/kg) Coefficient
835 λ/4 Vertical 2.93 (1.01 g) 1.13 (1.09 g) -
Tilted30° 2.44 (1.03 g) 0.93 (1.02 g) -
Vertical-Half 2.86 (1.01 g) 1.09 (1.09 g) .99948
Vertical-1/3 2.84 (1.01 g) 1.23 (1.09 g) .99614
1900 λ/4 Vertical 1.11 (1.03 g) 0.19 (1.00 g) -
Tilted 30° 1.08 (1.03 g) 0.20 (1.04 g) -
Vertical-Half 1.10 (1.03 g) 0.19 (1.00 g) .99999
Vertical-1/3 1.10 (1.03 g) 0.19 (1.00 g) .99991

CONCLUSION: The new highly-realistic tilted models allow more accurate simulations than those with
vertical models. Furthermore, the ever-increasing requirements of computer resources can be alleviated by
the use of the truncated head models.
 P-63A
MEASURING SURFACE SAR WITH AN INFRARED VIDEO CAMERA. J.M. Ziriax1, T. Walters2
and W. Hurt3. 1Naval Medical Research Detachment, Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235, USA. 2Systems
Research Laboratories, AL/OERB, Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235, USA. 3AL/OERS, Brooks Air
Force Base, Texas 78235, USA.

The rate of energy transfer from an electromagnetic field into an absorber is its specific absorption rate
(SAR). Studies of the radio frequency (RF) bioeffects typically devote considerable effort to determining
SAR. The current generation of computerized high-resolution infrared video cameras provides high-
resolution thermographic images and quantitative temperature data which can be used to determine surface
SARs.
OBJECTIVE: Determine surface SARs for awake rhesus monkeys for brief exposures to RF using a
Radiance 1 Smart Infrared Video Camera System (Amber Engineering, Inc.).
METHODS: The simplest method to calculate SAR using temperature change data requires brief, high
power exposures to minimize the effects of heat transfer. Higher frequencies are most appropriate as most of
the energy is absorbed within a few millimeters of the surface. These factors maximize the accuracy of
infrared measurements as a measure of energy absorbed. In this experiment a pulsed 35-GHz RF transmitter
was used. The exposure site was the shaved back of a Rhesus monkey approximately 6 cm below the right
shoulder blade and 6 cm to the right of the center of the spine. The monkeys were seated in a PVC primate
chair located in a RF anechoic chamber. Three monkeys were exposed for 3.5 s to power densities from 0.9
to 2.19 W/cm2 at the site of exposure. A Radiance 1 Smart Infrared Camera System (Amber Engineering,
Inc. Goleta, California) was used to collect surface temperatures during exposures. Software within the
camera was used to define four regions of interest (ROI). The temperature in each ROI was recorded six
times per second. Only data from the ROI centered in the beam was used to calculate SARs.
RESULTS: The rate of temperature change in degrees per second was calculated for each exposure by a
least-squares linear regression on the last 3 s of each exposure (n=18). These were converted to SARs using
the value for biological tissue of 58.6 W/kg/ °C/minute (Durney, Massoudi, and Iskander, 1986, p7.16).
SARs ranged from 450 to 1300 W/kg and were linearly related to power density ( r2 of 0.94).
DISCUSSION: Infrared thermography as a means of measuring heating resulting from RF absorption has
been described before (Guy, 1971) for phantoms at frequencies less than 1 GHz, and exposure durations of
5- to 60-s. That system required photographic processing to convert the images into temperature data. In
addition to increased resolution, the present system displayed temperature data in real time on the video
image and recorded it in a computer file. The current data were collected using software within the camera
which limited data collection to four predefined ROI. With the addition of forthcoming PC software,
temperature data from the entire image will be available. In addition to its utility in dosimetry, the ability to
rapidly visualize RF energy distribution has proven to be a tremendous tool in the design and calibration of
experimental exposure systems.
REFERENCES:
Durney, C.H., Massoudi, H., and Iskander, M.F. Radiofrequency Radiation Dosimetry Handbook, (Fourth
Edition), USAFSAM-TR-85-73, 1986.
Guy, A.W. Analyses of electromagnetic fields induced in biologic tissues by thermographic studies on
equivalent phantom models. IEEE Transactions on Microwave Theory and Techniques. February 1971, pp
205-214.
1
Now with the Naval Medical Research Detachment at Brooks AFB, TX. 2Systems Research Laboratories,
AL/OERB, Brooks AFB, TX, 3AL/OERS, Brooks AFB, TX

RF, Microwave and Cellular Phones

 P-65A
INTERFERENCE OF PACEMAKERS BY MOBILE PHONES. W. Irnich, L. Batz, R. Müller and R.
Tobisch. Medical Engineering Department, Justus-Liebig University, 35392 Giessen, Germany.

The topic "interference of pacemakers by mobile phones" has found a surprisingly strong interest. It was the
intention of our investigation to test 231 different pacemaker models of 20 manufacturers with an in vitro
measuring set-up under worst case conditions, whether incompatibility and to which distance may exist, if
exposed to the three different mobile phone nets being used in Germany. A pulse generator together with a
suitable lead was installed in a 0,9g/l saline solution and the antenna of a mobile phone was aligned with the
lead connector and positioned as close as possible. If the pulse generator was disturbed by a mobile phone
system, the antenna was elevated until interference ceased. All three nets existing in Germany, the C-net
(450MHz, analogue), the D-net (900MHz, digital, pulsed), and the E-net (1800MHz, digital, pulsed) were
investigated one after the other. Out of the 231 pulse generator models 79 pieces (34.2%) were affected by
D-net and 71 (30.7%) by C-net mobile phone (see Table). The susceptible models represent 27% or 18.6%
of today's living patients in Germany respectively. All models were found to be resistant against the E-net.
C-net phone prolonged up to 4 pacemaker periods during dialing procedure without substantial impairment
of the patient. With respect to D-net, all pacemaker of 6 manufacturers proved to be unaffected, 11 others
possessed affected and unaffected models as well. Our results give an explanation of why others,
investigating the problem, found interference between 0 and 53%. If small numbers of pacemaker models
and manufacturers are investigated, the interference rate is determined by chance, due to the differences in
manufacturers' design. The following advices for patients and physicians can be derived from our
investigations: Though 27% of all patients may have problems under worst case conditions with D-net
phones (not C- or E-net), the usage of mobile phone should not be questioned generally. On the contrary,
patients with the most susceptible devices should be advised that a distance of 20cm is sufficient to guarantee
integrity of the pacemaker with respect to handles, whereas portables should have a minimum distance of
about half a meter. The most susceptible models have been published elsewhere (1). All other pacemaker
patients with devices reacting below 10cm will not really suffer from mobil phones if the phone is not just
positioned in the pocket over the pulse generator, the contralateral pocket or the belt position will assure
troublefree operation in 99% of all pacemaker patients. If it is assumed that the 1% of patients with one of
the most susceptible pacemakers will bear a mobile phone of the D-net closer than 20cm to the pulse
generator, a risk assessment reveals that only 2 out of the 200.000 German pacemaker patients will really
suffer from D-net incompatiblity. Nevertheless, it would be desirable if implanting physicians would only use
immune pacemakers.
RESULTS:
Table: Interference test of 231 models of 20 manufacturers

C-net D-net E-net

influence possible: yes yes no
impairment possible: no yes no
manufacturers unaffected: 3 6 20
models affected: 71 (30.7%) 79 (34.2%) -
maximum distance: 334mm 189mm -
models affected > 10cm: 14 7 -

Ref: (1) Irnich, W. et al. Interference of pacemakers by mobile phones, Herzschrittmacher 15 (1995), 5-
20/45-49
This work was supported by the Research Foundation Radio (Forschungsgemeinschaft Funk) which is greatly
appreciated.
 P-67A
TWO EXPOSURE SYSTEMS FOR IN VIVO CELLULAR TELEPHONE RF FIELD STUDIES AT
837 MHz. R.A. Jones1, J.L. Olivares*1, N. Kuster2 and W.R. Adey1. 1J.L. Pettis Memorial Veterans
Administration Medical Center, Loma Linda, California 92357, USA. 2Swiss Federal Institute of
Technology, Zurich, Switzerland.

INTRODUCTION: We have constructed two exposure systems for in vivo exposures to 837 MHz RF fields
similar to those produced by handheld cellular telephones conforming to the North American TDMA (Time-
Division Multiple Access) digital cellular telephone standard. This standard utilizes 3-to-1 multiplexing and
p/4 DQPSK modulation at a 50 Hz packet rate.
OBJECTIVE: We wished to test the hypothesis that exposure to TDMA RF fields can promote CNS
tumors in Fischer F344 rats initiated by in utero exposure to the carcinogen ethyl nitrosourea (ENU). Our
experimental design required that the subjects be exposed to the RF field in utero (starting on the 19th day of
gestation), during the postnatal period, and throughout adulthood (2 yrs.). The systems described herein
were designed to satisfy those requirements.
METHODS: A pseudo-far-field exposure system was used during the time before the subjects were old
enough to be handled and placed in individual restraints. In this system the subjects were exposed along with
the dams in their home cages in a pyramidal horn 4.2 m long with a square aperture 2 m on a side. Nine
extruded Lexan® cages with plastic lids were arranged in the horn aperture in a 3 x 3 array. Since the
animals were free to move about their cages, we used a crossed-dipole exciter antenna that produced a
circularly-polarized wavefront to minimize orientation-dependent coupling effects. Cages were
approximately 11 wavelengths from the exciter. Sham exposures were conducted in a system that was
identical except that the tapered horn was truncated to save space. After weaning, the subjects were exposed
in a near-field system that consisted of 12 acrylic platforms with central, vertically-oriented antennas
surrounded by 10 animal restraint tubes per platform. Several restraint sizes were available and each restraint
could be adjusted radially (head position 5 - 7 cm from the antenna) to maintain the desired SAR as the
subjects grew. Six of the platforms were used for field exposures, and six in another room for simultaneous
sham exposures for a total capacity of 120 subjects. RF excitation supplied by a TDMA transmitter and
power amplifier was routed through power dividers to the six powered antennas. Gentle forced-air
ventilation was provided in both the near- and far-field systems. Forward power was recorded during
exposures in both systems by chart recorders.
RESULTS: All values for power density and SAR given below are time-averaged. So-called slot-averaged
values, i.e. the average during the time the carrier is on (6.67 ms out of a 20 ms frame) would be three times
those given. For the horn system, an input power of 37 W provided a power density of 2.1 ±0.5 mW/cm2
(SD). SAR was determined by numerical modeling to be 0.32 W/kg (uterus of pregnant dam), 0.29 W/kg
(fetal brain), 0.035 W/kg (brain of isolated newborn), 0.13 W/kg (brain of isolated weanling). In the near-
field system, power input to each antenna was 831 ±21 mW. SAR in the brain was determined by infrared
thermography of longitudinally sectioned rat cadavers to be 0.75 W/kg (male, average), 1.0 W/kg (male,
local maximum), 0.58 W/kg (females, average), and 0.75 W/kg (females, local maximum). Colonic
temperature measurements indicated no core temperature rise in the subjects due to confinement in restraint
tubes. Also, the willingness of the subjects to enter the restraints further supports the conclusion that
exposure caused no significant stress.
This work was supported by the Motorola Corporation.

P-69A
EFFECTS OF MICROWAVES EMITTED BY MOBILE PHONES ON HYPOPHYSEAL
HORMONES IN HUMANS. R. de Seze1, C. Bee*1, P. Fabbro-Peray*2 and L. Miro*1. 1Laboratoire de
Biophysique Médecine, Faculté de Médecine, 30900 Nïmes, France. 2Départment d’Information Médicale,
CHU-BP26-30029 Nïmes, France.
There is in the world a rapid expansion of the use of cellular phones. The review of experimental results
allows to establish that exposure to low intensity microwaves can produce changes in the neuroendocrine and
immunological systems (Lai, 1994; Navakatikian and Tomashevskaya, 1994) but these results obtained on
animals can not be directly extrapolated to man (Guy, 1984). For humans almost no valid study exists on the
biological action of radiofrequencies. It seems then important to look for a possible effect of the emitted
radiation on living organisms.
OBJECTIVE: In this work, the effects of listening to mobile phones for 1 month on the hypophyseal
function were studied in man by looking weekly at the hormone blood levels.
MATERIAL AND METHOD: Twenty healthy volunteers 20-40 years old, have been using a cellular
phone 2 hr/day, 5 days/wk for 4 weeks. The physical characteristics of the electromagnetic field exposure
were: carrier frequency: 900 MHz, modulation frequency: 217 Hz, duty cycle: 1/8, peak power: 2 W. To
attract their attention, they watched a movie on television the sound of which was transmitted through their
cellular phone. Once each week, blood was sampled at 8:00 a.m. ACTH, TSH, GH, LH, FSH, and Prolactin
were measured. Three samplings were performed before the beginning of exposure, one each week during
exposure, and two after the end of exposure to check the reversibility of a possible effect. Usually, samplings
were performed on Monday to test for a persistent and/or cumulative effect. However, to detect a possible
transient effect, the 7th sampling was performed on Saturday, just the day following the last exposure
session. Results were analyzed as a whole by the non parametric Friedman test on time repeated
measurements and compared date to date by the Wilcoxon test when useful with the Bonferoni correction.
RESULTS - DISCUSSION: All the measured hormones' levels stay in the limits of physiological variations.
Among the six hormones tested during the study, there is a slightly significant time effect only for FSH
(p=0.036) and TSH (p=0.045), as assessed by the Friedman test. The Wilcoxon test is significant only for
TSH on one of the four samplings of the exposure period, on the 7th one (p=0.032), showing a 26%
decrease smaller than the standard deviation of 29%. As this transient decrease of TSH is isolated, it needs
to be replicated. If it is reproducible, only a double blind study could then assess the cause of this change.
CONCLUSION: A slight change in TSH level has been observed during the telephone listening period;
nevertheless, as the day of the 7th sampling was different of the others, a causal relation with the listening can
not be established in this experiment. Later, experiments like short term studies would help to explore
further this effect.
Guy et al., 1984. Average SAR and SAR distributions in man exposed to 450 MHz radiofrequency radiation.
IEEE Trans Microw Theory Tech 32 (8):752-763.
Lai, 1994. Neurological effects of radiofrequency electromagnetic radiation. in: Advances in electromagnetic
Fields in Living Systems, Lin J.C. Ed, Vol 1, pp. 27-80.
Navakatikian and Tomashevskaya, 1994. Phasic behavioral and endocrine effects of microwaves of
nonthermal intensity. in Biol. Effects of Electric and Magn. Fields, Carpenter Ed, (1) 333-342.

P-71A
COMPARISONS OF MEASUREMENTS AND FDTD CALCULATIONS OF
ELECTROMAGNETIC NEAR-FIELDS AND SAR DISTRIBUTIONS. S. Mazur*1, D. Mårtensson*2
and C. Törnevik*1. 1Ericsson Radio Systems AB, S-164 80 Stockholm, Sweden. 2Ericsson Mobile
Communications AB, S-223 70 Lund, Sweden.

In recent years, substantial effort has been placed on investigations of the interaction of RF electromagnetic
fields from hand-held mobile telephones with the human user. In particular, interest has been focused on
studies of the Specific Absorption Rate, SAR, distribution in the head. One convenient way to obtain a
complete description of the electromagnetic field in a volume containing lossy dielectric materials is to use
the Finite Difference Time Domain, FDTD, method for the solution of Maxwell's equations. In this paper,
results from FDTD calculations are compared with measurements of SAR and electric and magnetic field
strengths in the near-field region for a model of a hand-held telephone and a dipole antenna.
OBJECTIVE: The objective of this study is to perform a detailed comparison of results from experimental
measurements and numerical FDTD calculations of electric and magnetic near-field strengths, as well as SAR
distributions in a head phantom, to evaluate the agreement between the adopted techniques.
METHODS: The study is carried out at a frequency of 900 MHz and includes two different radiating
structures, a simple model of a hand-held mobile telephone and a halfwave dipole antenna. For these two
cases, the electric and magnetic field strengths are studied both in free space and in the presence of a head
phantom filled with a brain simulating solution. With the head phantom, the SAR distribution and the SAR
values averaged over a 1g and a 10g cube are evaluated. The model of the hand-held mobile telephone
consists of a metal box with the dimensions 120x45x21 mm with a quarterwave monopole antenna with a
conductor diameter of 3 mm mounted in the center of the upper side of the metal box. The halfwave dipole
antenna has a conductor diameter of 3 mm. The head phantom consists of a plastic shell with the shape of a
human head filled with a solution with εr = 43 and σ = 0.85 S/m. With the head phantom included, the
mobile telephone model is placed next to the phantom with the antenna aligned with the vertical axis of the
phantom. The dipole antenna is vertically aligned and located near the head phantom. The electric and
magnetic field strengths and the SAR distribution are measured using a DASY dosimetric measurement
system from Schmid and Partner Engineering AG. FDTD calculations are performed using a code originally
developed at the Department of Communication Technology, University of Aalborg, Denmark. In the
calculations, structures identical to the measurement situations are meshed using cubic cells with a side of 3
mm. The head phantom is implemented in the calculations by assigning the dielectric parameters of the brain
simulating solution and the plastic shell to cells given by a set of MRI images of the phantom head with a 3
mm resolution.
RESULTS: Both the electric and magnetic field strengths in the near-field region are strongly influenced by
the presence of the head phantom. This interaction gives rise to asymmetries in the field patterns, which are
evident both in measurements and calculations. Preliminary results for the case with the model of the hand-
held mobile telephone show good agreement between calculated and measured SAR distributions and SAR
values averaged over cubes containing 1 g and 10 g brain simulating solution.

P-73A
ABOUT THE INTERACTION BETWEEN THE USER HEAD AND THE MOBILE TELEPHONE
HANDSET ANTENNA AT 1.8 GHz. L. Lafon*, Ch. Delaveaud*, Ph. Lévêque*, B. Jecko*. I.R.C.O.M.,
ESTER CREAPE, Parc ESTER Technopole, 87069 Limogenes Cedex, France.

Considering the increasing use of cellular telephones and personal communication devices, many
electromagnetic researchs have been investigated in the last few years. The aim of these studies is to predict
the electromagnetic fields induced in the head of the user of the mobile phone and the effects of the proximity
of human tissue near the hand-held transceiver.
In this context, we have been interested in:
- the modelisation of the medium representing the human tissue. Actually, we studied the influences of the
media, homogeneous or layered, and the effects of small structures characterised by high conductivity, for
instance. The method used to evaluate the electromagnetic fields is the finite difference time domain
(F.D.T.D.) method. And in this first case, we considered a one-dimensional problem. So we were interested
in the transient fields and in the S.A.R. (Specific Absorption Rate) distribution.
- the complete 3D problem, considering an antenna and a structure representing the human head. At first, we
have considered the canonical situations defined with the framework of the European COST 244 project
(Biomedical Effects of Electromagnetic Fields).
Subsequently, we have studied a more accurate model of a human head. Two different antennas were used.
As a first step, a quarter wavelength monopole on a metal box, and we have compared our results with these
reported in the litterature. As a second, an antenna, presenting a small height in comparison with the quarter
wavelength monopole has been considered. We have calculated the different relevant parameters : the
radiation pattern and the input impedance of the antenna with or without the dielectric structure (head, hand),
and the electromagnetic behavior of the user's head through the S.A.R. distribution.
In the 3D case, we have used the new Perfectly Matched Layer (P.M.L. developed by Berenger) to simulate
free space with F.D.T.D. method. The computations have shown that the results varied in accordance with
the position (distance, orientation) of the terminal, with the type of antenna and with the dielectric structure
(i.e. the user's hand holding the phone).
Now, we are realizing some measures considering a simple model of human head to characterize the
dissipated power and the alteration of the radiation, polarization and the gain characteristics of the antenna.
Finally we want to compare measured and computed results.

Radiation pattern of the monopole on the box, in the xOz plane,

without the head (full line)
and with the head (dotted line)

P-75A
HIGH POWER MICROWAVE (2.06 GHz) INDUCED TISSUE DAMAGE IN RATS. T.J. Walters1,
C.J. Sherry1, J.L. Kane*1, R.W. Trotter*3 and J.H. Merritt2. 1Systems Research Labs., Inc., 2Radiofrequency
Radiation Division and 3Comparative Pathology Branch, Armstrong Laboratory, Brooks Air Force Base,
Texas 78235, USA.

We have previously reported that high power microwaves (HPM) (2.06 GHz) induce significant increases in
serum enzymes (marker of tissue damage) in rats. The increases are significantly greater than those observed
following comparable increases in core temperature induced by other modalities (lower power microwaves,
warm water immersion, environmental heating, or exertional heat stress). While serum enzymes are a useful
indicator of the presence of tissue damage, they are not specific and can not be used to establish the exact
location of the lesion(s).
OBJECTIVE: To determine the location of the lesions responsible for the previously observed increase in
serum enzymes caused by HPM exposure.
METHODS: Male Sprague-Dawley rats were exposed to HPM (2.06 GHz-continuous/1.3 W/cm2) for a
duration of 38.4 ±7.1 sec (±sd). Rectal temperatures (Tre) were determined prior to, and within 20 seconds
post exposure and ranged from 40.1 °C to 41.3 °C. Rats were euthanized 1, 7, or 30 days after HPM
exposure (n=4/gp) and complete necropsies were performed. Brain, head (including eyes and pituitary),
lungs, heart, thymus, liver, spleen, mesenteric lymph node, kidneys, adrenals, testicles, ileum, colon, thoracic
skin, tongue, pinna, skeletal muscle from thigh and dorsal neck, and distal forelimb were submersion-fixed in
10% neutral formalin. Following fixation, bones were decalcified for 72 hours in DECAL PLUS (StatLab,
Lewisville, Texas). Tissues were trimmed, processed, embedded, cut at five microns, and stained with
hematoxylin and eosin using standard procedures. All tissues were analyzed by a board certified
pathologistwho was blind to the treatment conditions.
RESULTS: The only significant lesions occurred in the skeletal muscles of the foreleg and head. Lesions
tended to be most severe and acute at 1 d, less severe and subacute at 7 d, and resolved by 30 d. The most
severe muscle damage occurred in the lower portion of the foreleg. No other significant lesions were
observed in other tissues.
DISCUSSION: These data, combined with our previous report (Walters et al., 1995a), strongly suggest that
the cause of the increase in serum enzyme activity following HPM exposure is the result of damage to the
skeletal muscles of the foreleg and head, rather than damage to internal organs. This is consistent with the
large increases in temperature noted at these sites compared to the increase in core temperature, as a result of
similar HPM exposures to those used in the present investigation (Walters et al., 1995b).
REFERENCES
Walters et al. (1995a) The influence of high power microwave-induced hyperthermia on the activity of
selected serum enzymes. Seventeenth Annual Meeting of the Bioelectromagnetics Society, Boston MA.
Walters et al. (1995b) Local temperatures in the rat in response to high power microwave exposure (2.06
GHz). Seventeenth Annual Meeting of the Bioelectromagnetics Society, Boston MA.

P-77A
NEURONAL RESPONSES TO ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS OF LOW INTENSITY AT 900
MHz. P. Semm1, S. Marhold 2, K.-P. Dombek1 and R.C. Beason3. 1Deutsche Telekom, Technologiezentrum,
64276 Darmstadt, Germany. 2University of Frankfurt, Department of Zoology, Frankfurt, Germany. 3SUNY
at Geneseo, Department of Biology, Geneseo, New York 14454, USA.

INTRODUCTION: There has been an interest in the effects of electric and magnetic fields on biological
systems for a long time. The effects claimed are highly diverse, ranging from low-intensity influences on
animal navigation to thermal effects that occur at high dosages such as used for microwave cooking. The
objective of our research was to investigate the specific effects of both cw and 217 Hz pulse modulated 900
MHz RF carriers, creating average power density of 0.1mW/cm2 on single neurones in the arian brain
(Zebrafinch, Taeniopygia guttara).
METHODS: The 900-MHz signal was generated by an RF oscillator/amplifier unit. Pulse modulation of the
signal was produced by a free running function generator set for 217 Hz square wave signal with a duty cycle
of 12.5%. The animal was exposed in a monomode circular waveguide, minimizing RF interference.
RESULTS: It could be shown that there are reproducible responses to the 900-MHz exposure. More than
60% of the neurons recorded respond to the exposure with either an increase of their spontaneous electrical
activity (80%) or with depression (20%). The typical response exhibits an unusually long latency (sometimes
in the range of several min) and an augmented activity which persisted past the stimulation period sometimes
for more than 10 min. The modulation seems to have an essential influence on the response. By contrast, the
unmodulated signal caused minor changes in electric activity only.
CONCLUSION: There is some evidence that low-intensity EMFs can change the spontaneous activity of
single cells in the avian brain. This response is not limited to a special set of neurons. However, the
consequences for the general physiology of the animal are still unknown. Further investigations are in
progress.

Gene Expression

P-79A
INCREASE IN HPRT GENE MUTATIONS BY EXPOSURE TO HIGH-DENSITY 50 Hz
MAGNETIC FIELDS IN HUMAN MEWO CELLS. J. Miyakoshi, K. Kitagawa*, N. Yamagishi* and H.
Takebe*. Department of Radiation Genetics, Faculty of Medicine, Kyoto University, Kyoto 606-01, Japan.

Extremely low frequency-electromagnetic fields (ELF-EMFs) arise from a variety of sources such as electric
power lines, electric transportation systems, and electric appliances that have motors. The possible health
hazard due to exposure to ELF-EMFs is an issue of considerable public concern. Epidemiological studies
have linked exposure to ELF-EMFs in residential and occupational environments to apparent cancer risk.
The underlying mechanisms that affect human health are not clearly understood. In many previous reports on
the genetic toxicity of ELF-EMFs, no clearly positive results on the mutation induction have been presented.
In general, the effects of ELF-EMFs have been contradictory. The contradictions could be attributed, in
most cases, to the quality and power of the experimental equipments. In addition, in contrast to ionizing
radiations, ELF-EMFs do not carry enough quantum energy to induce the direct damage to DNA.
OBJECTIVE: The effect of high-density 50 Hz magnetic fields on mutant frequency (MF) in the
hypoxanthine-guanine phosphoribosyl transferase (HPRT) gene, detected as 6-thioguanine resistance (6-
TGr), was examined in human MeWo cells.
METHODS: We have designed and manufactured a new device for high-density exposure of cultured cells
to ELF magnetic fields (ELF-MFs) (Miyakoshi et al., J. Radiat. Res., 1994). The magnetic field is directed
vertically. At 50 Hz and 400 mT ELF-MFs, Jmax and Emax at a maximum radius of 7.5 cm in the annular
culture plate are 8.47 A/m2 and 4.70 V/m, respectively. MeWo cells are derived from a human malignant
melanoma. The growth conditions used permitted cloning efficiencies of 30 to 40% and population doubling
time of approximately 24 hours. The human HPRT gene is an X-linked recessive locus and single mutational
event can produce a mutant cell. Synchronous cells at G1/S boundary were obtained by the treatment with
aphidicolin (5 µg/ml) for 22 hours.
RESULTS: The 6-TGr MF of MeWo cells, growing in an outer ring of the annular culture plate, exposed to
ELF-MF at 400 mT for up to 20 hours increased with increasing exposure periods and saturated after 10
hours exposure. The 6-TGr MF by the 20 hours exposure increased by a factor of approximately 6 as
compared with the unexposed control. Increase in the induced mutations was dependent on the mean
induced current intensity up to 7.66 A/m2. X-irradiation (3 Gy) increased MF and further increase in MF was
seen by the ELF-MF exposure after X-ray irradiation. When the cells were synchronized by the treatment
with aphidicolin and then exposed to ELF-MFs or X-rays at various times after release from aphidicolin,
ELF-MF-induced mutations increased throughout S phase except for at early S phase. X-ray-induced
mutations increased at early S phase and decreased at late S to G2 phases.
DISCUSSION: There is considerable evidences that mutations in the cancer-related genes are directly
implicated in the development of cancer. Several proto-oncogenes and tumor suppressor genes, whose
functions are essential for normal cell growth, should be the targets for mutations that can cause malignant
changes in the somatic cells. We have demonstrated that exposure of cells to the high-density ELF-MFs
induces mutations in the HPRT locus, especially in the cells at S phase. Although ionizing radiation such as
X-rays possesses sufficient energy to break DNA bonds, ELF-MFs are not expected to yield direct DNA
damage. DNA replication errors and/or genetic instability are suspected to cause the mutations produced by
ELF-MF exposure.
 P-81A
ARE THERE TRANSCRIPTIONAL EFFECTS IN JURKAT CELLS EXPOSED TO A 50 Hz
MAGNETIC FIELD? M.-O. Mattsson1, K. Hansson Mild2 and U. Valtersson*1. 1Department of Cellular
and Developmental Biology, Umeå University, S-90187 Umeå, Sweden. 2National Institute for Working
Life, Umeå, Sweden.

OBJECTIVE: This study is designed to find out if exposure conditions previously seen to affect Ca2+-
homeostasis and ornithine decarboxylase (ODC) activity in the human lymphoblastoid cell line Jurkat give
rise to genetic effects.
METHODS: Jurkat cells (1x106 cells/ml) were starved (RPMI-1640 with 1% FCS added) over night in petri
dishes (φ 10 cm). Exposure/sham-exposure (15 min to three hours) was performed in Helmholtz coils, where
a vertical magnetic field (50 Hz, 0.10 mT) was generated. All exposure was performed in the presence of the
local geomagnetic field (56-58 µT). After exposure, cells were collected and total cellular RNA was
prepared according to a modified guanidinium thiocyanate-phenol-chloroform protocol. Following gel
electrophoresis and vacuum blotting onto nylon filters, the resulting Northern blots were hybridized (high
stringency) to 32p-labeled DNA probes: 1. v-fos 2. c-jun 3. v-myc 4. hsp70 5. ODC 6. GAPDH. As
positive controls for induction and/or increase in transcription, either heat shock, or phorbol esters together
with the lectin PHA was used.
RESULTS: Treatment of cells with the positive controls yielded expected changes in transcripts. However,
none of the investigated mRNA:s exhibited any induction or other changes due to MF exposure.
DISCUSSION: In these first series of experiments, mRNA:s corresponding to immediate early genes (fos,
jun), growth control genes (myc, ODC) and cellular stress genes (hsp70) are not affected by the exposure. It
has been reported that exposure to similar fields will give rise to increase in intracellular Ca2+-concentrations
(Lindstrom et al., 1993. J. Cell. Physiol. 156:395-398) and also to increases in ODC activity (Valtersson et
al., 1995. Abstract 3-9 at 17th Annual BEMS Meeting, Boston, MA). Changes in Ca2+-levels may affect gene
transcription, although the investigated genes are apparently not affected. The notion that MF exposure can
act as a general stressor, and thus affect hsp70 expression is not corroborated in this study. Furthermore, the
observed increase in ODC activity is probably not due to transcriptional effects. It is clear from the present
study that this exposure situation cannot mimic the effects by well known positive controls. It is also
questionable if any observed effects substantially below such controls are of any biological relevance.
Sponsored by Swedish Work Environment Fund, grant #94-0309.

P-83A
RECOMBINAGENIC AND MUTAGENIC PROCESSES IN YEAST AFTER EXPOSURE TO
ULTRAWIDE-BAND RADIATION PULSES. O.N. Pakhomova*, S.P. Mathur* and Y. Akyel*. US
Army Medical Research Detachment and McKesson BioServices, Brooks Air Force Base, San Antonio,
Texas 78235-5324, USA.

OBJECTIVES: The study was intended to investigate whether exposure to ultrawide-band (UWB)
electromagnetic pulses alters the colony-forming ability, spontaneous mutagenesis and recombinagenesis in
yeast.
METHODS: We employed yeast Saccharomyces cerevisiae strain D7 which was constructed by
Zimmermann (1975) for studying the efficacy of various mutagens. This strain carries specific gene markers
a/α; trp5-12/trp5-27, ade2-40/ade2-119, and ilvl-92/ilvl-92, which make it possible to detect certain
mutagenic and recombinagenic events. Mitotic crossing-over in chromosome XV between the centromere
and the ade2 gene leads to the formation of twin-sectored colonies with red and pink sectors. Such
occurrences as gene conversions, aneuploidy, point mutations, etc., give rise to more types of colored
aberrant colonies. Occurrences of reverse mutation of the isoleucine requirement and of mitotic gene
conversion to tryphtophan independence are estimated from the strain's colony-forming ability on the
respective omission media. Stock cultures were stored at 5 °C on YPD agar plates (1% yeast extract, 2%
peptone, 2% dextrose, 2% agar). For the experiments, the culture was grown on YPD agar at 30 °C for
three days, then cells were suspended in distilled water at a concentration of 107 cells/ml. The content of
double cells did not exceed 3.5 %. Samples of 1 ml of the suspension in plastic tubes were exposed to UWB
pulses in a GigaTEM cell, 3 samples at a time. High voltage positive pulses (about 60 kV) were applied to
the center conductor of the cell to establish an electric field from the center conductor to the outer ground
conductor. The pulses had 1.1-1.15 ns width, 0.19-0.21 ns E-field rise time, and 92-96 kV/m peak voltage.
Exposures lasted for 30 min at a pulse repetiton frequency of 16 Hz or 600 Hz. Immediately after exposure
or sham exposure, the samples were appropriately diluted according to the expected yield of viable clones
and plated onto a minimal and omission synthetic media. The minimal medium was composed of 0.67%
yeast nitrogen base and 2% agar, and supplemented with adenine sulphate, 5 mg/l; 1-isoleucine, 60 mg/l; and
1-tryptophan, 10 mg/l; the omission media excluded 1-isoleucine or 1-tryptophan. The plates were incubated
for 7 days at 30 °C. Survivors, mitotic crossing-overs, and total number of colored aberrants were scored on
the minimal medium (10-12 plates per sample). Gene convertants and isoleucine revertants were scored on
the respective omission media (5-8 plates per sample).
RESULTS: The data collected from a total of 36 samples subjected to exposure at 16 or 600 pulses/s, or
sham-irradiated were analysed by χ2 statistics and by Student's t-test. The scores of colony-forming units,
total aberrants, and isoleucine revertants in exposed samples were the same as in the sham-exposed ones.
The incidence of gene conversions and the number of colored aberrants among tryptophan convertants
exceeded the respective control levels in several isolated experiments (p ^0.05, χ2), but for the entire
population this tendency was not statistically significant. The rate of spontaneous mitotic crossing-over in all
the groups stayed at a very low level which is characteristic for the employed strain: Only 13 crossing-over
events were determined in more than 34,000 colonies scored.
CONCLUSIONS: The experiments performed revealed no effect of UWB pulses on the yeast colony-
forming ability or the incidence of spontaneous mutations and recombinations.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS: The work was supported by the US Army Medical Research and Materiel
Command under contract DAMD17-94-C-4069 awarded to McKesson BioServices. The views, opinions
and findings contained in this report are those of the authors and should not be construed as an official
Department of the Army position, policy or decision.

P-85A
KINETICS OF GENE EXPRESSION INDUCED BY 60 Hz 2-mT MAGNETIC FIELDS IN THREE
HUMAN CELL LINES. G.H. Harrison1, E.K. Balcer-Kubiczek1, J.M. Suplica1, L.S. Chin2, S. Murray2, X.-
F. Zhang1, Z.-M. Shi1, J.M. Abraham3 and S.J. Meltzer3. Departments of 1Radiation Oncology, 2Surgery,
3
Medicine, and 1,2,3Program in Oncology, University of Maryland School of Medicine, Baltimore, Maryland
21201, USA.

In several studies with static and time-varying 60-Hz magnetic fields (MF), c-myc, ß-actin, and other genes
have been reported as MF-inducible genes. However, since other new studies yielded negative results for this
gene expression, a general disagreement persists. The potential implications of the positive results and the
tentative nature of explanations of the controversy for HL-60 cells led us to perform similar experiments with
three other cell lines and at a higher field strength than investigated in the previous reports. In searching for a
possible positive gene expression effect, we also checked the possibility of delayed expression.
OBJECTIVE: To measure expression of c-myc, ß-actin, and GAPDH as a positive control, in MCF7-WT,
HeLa S3, and A172 astrocytoma cells 0, 1, 3, 24, and 48 h after 24-h exposure to 2-mT 60-Hz magnetic
fields.
METHODS: Attached cells were exposed in 75-cm2 tissue culture flasks (107 cells in 30 ml of medium)
placed in the central planes of long solenoids. Our exposure system was recently modified and characterized
as required by the NIEHS EMF RAPID program. Each experimental run consisted of exposures at 2 mT
along with sham-exposed controls. Treatment flasks were immersed in water for definitive temperature
control. Cells were lysed in TRIzol immediately following MF exposure, or else incubated for the times
listed above and then lysed. Tubes containing cell lysates were coded. The following gene transcriptions
were analyzed by Northern blotting: c-myc, ß-actin, GAPDH, and two ribosomal genes, 28S and 18S rRNA.
Autoradiograms were analyzed by densitometry. To avoid any biases, only the autoradiograms of the coded
RNA samples from sham- or MF-exposed cells were quantitated and the entire experimental material
examined.
RESULTS: These studies are in progress and will be presented at the BEMS meeting for the first time.
DISCUSSION: In extending the search for altered gene expression following 60-Hz magnetic field
exposure, an obvious choice was to extend the field levels of the original reports (e.g. Goodman et al.,
Electro Magnetobiol, 1992) which were 5.7, 57, and 570 µT, to a higher level of 2 mT, near the upper limit
of the present exposure system. Also extended was the exposure duration, from the original 10-40 min to 24
h. Concerning the choice of cell lines, the absence of the p53 suppressor gene in the original HL-60 line is
atypical. This absence is at least in part responsible for the considerable expression of c-myc in untreated
cells. Thus it was deemed of interest-to investigate MCF7-VVT cells having normal p53 and thus no
expression of c-myc in control cells, as well as HeLa cells having p53 silenced by the viral e6 protein, but still
exhibiting c-myc expression in control cultures. A172 human astrocytoma cells have not yet been
documented with respect to p53 and c-myc status, but are of interest because of EMF-brain tumor
associations. Finally, delayed gene expression generally occurs more frequently than does immediate
expression, and so the search for magnetic field alteration of gene expression was extended to 1, 3, 24, and
48 h beyond the end of the 24-h exposure duration for each cell line and candidate gene.
This work was supported in part by NIEHS grant ES07120A.

P-87A
PINEAL c-fos EXPRESSION IN SHORT DAY-ENTRAINED DJUNGARIAN HAMSTERS
EXPOSED TO A 1 GAUSS SINUSOIDAL MAGNETIC FIELD AT 60 Hz. W. Haggren*, T. Ishida-
Jones*, T.E. Mekonnen* and W.R. Adey. J.L. Pettis Memorial Veterans Administration Medical Center,
Loma Linda, California 92357, USA.

Using the seasonally breeding Djungarian hamster, our laboratory has designed experiments to test the
hypothesis that light and magnetic fields (MF) are two related, but distinct, physical environmental agents
which will affect, in a similar manner, the expression of genes comprising the mammalian circadian clock.
Initially, long day entrained Djungarian hamsters (16L:8D) were exposed to a 1 Gauss sinusoidal magnetic
field (MF) at 60 Hz for 15 minutes duration, beginning 2 hr before lights off (in room light, approx. 200 lux),
1 hr after lights off (under red light < 3 lux), or 3 hr after lights off (under red light). We have shown that a
pulse of light (200-500 lux) administered during after-dark hours will decrease pineal c-fos expression by 10-
fold, and decrease serum melatonin levels by 3-fold. However, we found no effect of MF exposure on early
evening pineal c-fos expression (serum melatonin analysis was inconclusive). At the 16th Annual Meeting of
BEMS in Copenhagen, Denmark, K.S. Matt et al. reported that only short day-entrained Djungarian hamsters
(8L:16D), but not long day-entrained hamsters, exhibited a delay in evening melatonin synthesis in response
to late afternoon MF exposure. As the next step in testing our hypothesis, we chose to follow this model
with modifications. We increased the MF exposure to a 2 hr duration. We exposed short day-entrained
Djungarian hamsters to MF during the early evening hours and included a light-exposed cohort with each
MF-exposed/sham-exposed group of hamsters. Treatment times for the short day-entrained hamsters were
(a) beginning 1 hr after lights out, (b) beginning 3 hr after lights out, and (c) beginning 5 hr after lights out.
MF-exposed and sham-exposed cohorts were killed almost immediately following the end of the 2 hr
MF/sham/light-exposure. For each treatment, 8 hamsters were killed by decapitation, the pineals removed
and frozen together in liquid N2 for storage at -80 °C. At the same time, trunk blood was collected for serum
melatonin analysis. We extracted total RNA by homogenization of the pooled frozen pineals in UltraSpecTM
(Biotecx, Houston, TX). Following ethanol precipitation of RNA, samples were prepared for electrophoresis
in a 1% agarose formaldehyde gel. Size fractionated RNA was transferred to Magna Nylon (MSI, Corp.,
MI) and hybridized to isotopically labeled DNA or RNA probes. We screened for treatment-induced changes
in the expression of two genes. (1) c-fos encodes a protein which acts as a transcriptional regulator,
influencing the expression of genes having an appropriate binding site in the promoter region (AP1 site). (2)
The Inducible cAMP-response Early Regulator (ICER) has been shown to be involved in down-regulating
pineal melatonin synthesis. The relative levels of expression of c-fos and ICER were determined by
comparison with the expression of a "housekeeping" gene, glyceraldehyde-3-phosphate dehydrogenase
(GPDH). The results of pineal gene expression in our first short day-exposure are being analyzed.
Additionally, levels of serum melatonin are being determined by one of two methods: (1) Frozen serum was
shipped for analysis to the laboratory of Dr. Russel J. Reiter, or (2) our laboratory has been validating, for
use in Djungarian hamsters, the melatonin analysis procedure of ALPCO, Ltd., Windham, NH. In additional
to providing confirmation of our hypothesis, we anticipate that these data will indicate time-of-day of
sensitivity to MF exposure with regard to effects on melatonin production.
This work is supported by the Department of Energy, Office of Energy Management, Contract DE-AI01-
90CE35035.
 P-89A
DESIGNING REPETITION EXPERIMENTS: SEARCH FOR INTERNAL CONTROLS. S.
Kochlatyi, S. Rao, N. Shalts and A. Henderson. Hunter College, Biological Sciences, New York, New York
10021, USA.

HYPOTHESIS AND BACKGROUND: A focus of our previous research was to determine whether
exposure of cells to EMFs influences steady state transcript levels of human genes, which (in altered form or
expression), could lead to or accompany neoplastic disease. Two independent laboratories, however, failed
to demonstrate differences in transcript levels between exposed and control cells. In spite of efforts to
control for possible confounding factors and multiple means of analyses, our experiments still reveal a low
(and nagging) change in steady state transcript levels, and CAT expression in transfected cells, following
EMF exposure. Variability in the degree of increase is observed which is dependent on cell type, divisional
rate, cell concentration, state of the cells and unknown factors.
OBJECTIVE: To develop a consistent, non-variable, and replicable system for determination of transcript
levels that can be directly related to EMF exposure. The most difficult problem relative to validating the
effects of EMF exposure is that of determining what constitutes a reliable internal control for studies which
determine steady state transcript levels. A serious absence of knowledge concerning EMF transduction
pathways prevents arbitrary decisions relative to controls. Some of the tests to determine appropriate
internal controls are given here.
METHOD: EMF exposure conditions: HeLa or HL-60 cells were exposed to a 60 Hz, 8 µTpeak (induced E-
field of 11 µV/m) EMF. Exposures used a Double Blind Helmholtz Coil Exposure System designed by
ERM, Inc. This system produces identical magnetic field exposure conditions to those used previously, but
adds the capability of conducting simultaneous sham/exposure in a dual device under double blind conditions
to eliminate experimenter bias. In all experiments, control and experimental cells are subjected to the same
environment in a double door incubator. Cells for control and experimental determinations are derived from
the same "parent flask" and exposed simultaneously to either no field or EMFs at a concentration of 8-10x105
cells. The magnetic fields in the growth incubator have been measured over a period of 5 years at 2 mG. T-
25 flasks are placed horizontally on a Plexiglas stand in an area of the coils shown to have a uniform
magnetic field. The coils are shielded in a mu-metal container within the incubator. Temperature is
monitored using a Physitemp thermocouple probe that is sensitive to 0.1 °C. Transfections: HeLa cells were
transiently transfected with PFC 700 or ttk-CAT constructs; HL-60 cells were stably transfected with ttk-
CAT construct and pcDNA3 plasmid for G418 selection. Analysis: Promoter activity was determined by
CAT assays, using the liquid phase method of detection; levels of CAT mRNA were determined by RT-PCR.
SUMMARY OF RESULTS: testinq internal controls: Beta-2-microglobulin (ß2-M) as an internal control is
not appropriate. Based on preliminary data, there is a probability that relative ß2-M levels do not remain
unchanged following EMF exposures. Further, in multiplex RT-PCR using co-amplification, or in co-
hybridization methods such as Northern blots, variability is highly increased by the inclusion of ß2-M as an
internal control. To solve the problem of internal standard, a stable transfection of HL-60 cells with plasmid
pUC18 was done. This construct contains the CAT gene with a herpes thymidine kinase (TK) promoter
without enhancer elements. Our experiments show that the herpes TK promoter activity is not altered by
EMF (E/C=0.97; SE=0.07). By introducing this artificial system into the cell, CAT expression alone can be
used as an internal control.
We thank NIEHS and DOE for their support.

P-91A
MOLECULAR ANALYSIS OF YEAST GENES WHOSE ACTIVITY IS ALTERED IN THE
PRESENCE OF 60 Hz ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS. D.M. Binninger1 and V. Ungvichian2.
1
Department of Biological Sciences and 2Department of Electrical Engineering, Florida Atlantic University,
Boca Raton, Florida 33431, USA.
OBJECTIVE: Our long-term objective is to understand the molecular and genetic mechanism(s) that
mediate effects of 60 Hz AC magnetic fields on gene expression. We have chosen the yeast Saccharomyces
cerevisiae as our experimental organism because of the excellent genetics and molecular cloning techniques
that are available. We have used the technique of messenger RNA (mRNA) differential display that was
developed by Liang and Pardee [Science (1992) 257: 967-971] to identify and subsequently recover partial
cDNA clones derived from mRNAs whose abundance appears to be altered by exposure to the 60 Hz
electromagnetic fields (EMF).
METHOD: The mRNA differential display technique uses reverse transcription followed by amplification
using the polymerase chain reaction (PCR) to generate partial cDNA clones from purified mRNA.
Comparison of PCR products using mRNA purified from sham-exposed control and EMF-exposed yeast
cells reveals cDNA fragments representing potential EMF-responsive genes. An extremely valuable
advantage of this technique is that cDNA fragments of interest can be recovered from the dried
polyacrylamide gel, reamplified by PCR and then cloned using standard molecular biology techniques. The
DNA sequence of each cDNA clone was used to search the GenBank DNA database for the corresponding
yeast gene.
RESULTS: At present, we have used mRNA differential display to recover partial cDNA clones derived
from transcripts of four genes whose expression appears to be influenced by exposure to 20 µT 60 Hz AC
magnetic fields for a period corresponding to almost 15 cell generations. Enhanced transcript levels were
confirmed by Northern (RNA) hybridization analysis for two cDNA clones-EMF-A (three independent
experiments) and EMF-B (two independent experiments). The DNA sequence for three of the four cDNA
clones was found in the GenBank DNA database. The DNA sequence of the EMF-C cDNA is especially
interesting because the genetic locus from which the transcript is derived has been previously identified by
three different names - APA 1, SRE1 and SUR4. Additionally, the mRNA differential display experiments
suggest that the abundance of the EMF-C transcript is depressed by the EMF-exposure. An authentic yeast
gene for the EMF-D cDNA was not found in the GenBank DNA database. However, the predicted amino
acid sequence of the EMF-D polypeptide has 85% amino acid similarity (27 out of 32 amino acids) with the
hemB gene from the bacterium Bacillus subtillus. The product of the hemB gene is aminolevulinic acid
dehydratase which is involved in porphobilinogen synthesis.
DISCUSSION: If additional studies support our initial observations, then these molecular probes will
provide an entry point for more direct investigation of molecular mechanisms. As we establish the
biochemical function of each putative EMF-responsive yeast gene, other investigators might be prompted to
look at the effects of EMF on the analogous gene(s) in more highly developed cells, especially human cells.
Thus, identification of EMF-responsive genes in yeast offers the potential of benefiting both our project and
the work of our colleagues.
The project described was supported by grants R55 ES06130-01 and R01-ES07181A-01 from the National
Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, NIH. Its contents are solely the responsibility of the authors and
do not necessarily represent the official views of the NIEHS, NIH.

P-93A
RESEARCH OF SCE FREQUENCY OF MALIGNANT TUMOR BEFORE AND AFTER
TREATMENT OF ELECTROCHEMOTHERAPY. X-Q. Song1 and K-H. Li2. 1Surgical Division, The
2nd Affiliated Hospital of Qingdao Medical College, Qingdao, Shandong 266042, P.R. China. 2Institute of
Atomic Energy, Beijing, China.

OBJECTIVE: Electrochemotherapy (ECT) is a new method exerting on late stage malignant tumor which
has more safety, expediency, good-effects and no toxic side effect. But as to the index of theraputic effect,
reports are limited. Research of SCE as an index has no report up to now.
METHODS: 10 cases outpatients with sorts of malignant tumor at different stage and 10 cases healthy
persons as control are selected. 2 milliliter anti-coagulation venous blood before and after the ECT treatment
are obtained respectively. After cell culture for 24hs, titrate with Brdu with final dilution 10µg/ml, 70hrs
later, titrate with colchicine whose ultimate concentration is 0.2µg/ml. 2hrs later, cells harvest. Fix and then
stain with 4% Giemsa. Select nucleotype in middle-stage mitotic phase whose chromosone chromatic
aberration is clear. Count 20 nucleotypes each sample plate and then get the average SCE frequency each
plate. (demonstrate as SCE/cell)
RESULTS: The data show the SCE frequency has significant difference between the controls and the subset
of malignant tumor cases as well as in the subset of malignant tumor cases before and after the ECT.

subsets number of SCE/cell

cases
area x s t p
controls 10 3.3-5 4.12 0.489
cases with before the 10 6-10.4 7.9 1.266 8.81 <0.001
malignant treatment
tumor
after the 10 11-21.7 14.255 3.14 10.04 <0.001
treatment

DISCUSSION: SCE is the result of the DNA exchange between parent chromosone monomer, SCE
frequency goes up sharply after the ECT treatment and shows significant difference. ECT results in the DNA
injury and the death of tumor cells. This essay shows the killing function of ECT method from the point of
genetic view. ECT is a new therapeutic method with more safety and fidelity.

P-95A
THE RESPONSE OF HUMAN CELL LINES TO EXTREMELY LOW FREQUENCY
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD ALTERED BY INFECTION WITH EPSTEIN-BARR VIRUS. E.M.
Czerska1, J.T. Ning2,3 and J. Casamento1. 1Center for Devices and Radiological Health, U.S. Food and Drug
Administration, Rockville, Maryland 20857, USA. 2Brown University/Rhode Island Hospital, Providence,
Rhode Island 02903, USA. 3Indian Health Service, U.S. Public Health Service, Rockville, Maryland 20857,
USA.

As we have reported previously, the Daudi human cancer cell line responds to extremely low frequency
(ELF) electromagnetic fields (EMF) with an increased expression of oncogenes and total RNA synthesis.
Other human cancer cell lines did not give the same response. Daudi cells carry a translocation in the c-myc
region and are known to be infected with Epstein-Barr Virus (EBV). We have compared the effect of ELF
EMFs on other cancer cell lines and noticed that cells infected with EBV respond to the field in a manner
similar to Daudi cells. Therefore, we have postulated that the response to the electromagnetic fields may be
mediated by the presence of EBV DNA.
In a continuation of this study, HL-60, a human promielogenous leukemia cell line, which previously had not
responded to the field in our experiments, was infected with EBV. HL-60 cells were exposed to 5 Gauss, 60
Hz sinusoidal electromagnetic field for 24 h. At the end of exposure 3H-thymidine or bromodeoxyuridine
(BrdU) was added was added to the tissue culture. Total DNA synthesis was measured by thymidine
incorporation as well as BrdU incorporation, followed by an analysis of propidium iodine labeled cells in a
flow cytometer. The results showed an increase in the DNA synthesis rate in EBV-infected cells. An
analysis of cell cycle showed an increase in cell proliferation of cells containing EBV DNA, compared to the
same cells not infected with virus.
 Biophysical Mechanisms

P-97A
A MODEL OF INTERLEVEL COMMUNICATION WITHIN THE HIERARCHICAL DYNAMIC
ORGANIZATION OF BIOLOGICAL SYSTEMS. O. Zhalko-Tytarenko1, G. Lednyiczky1, A.
Savostyanova1, V. Yankovitch2 and V. Khavryuchenko3. 1Hippocampus Research Facilities, Central Division,
H-1031 Budapest, Hungary. 2Kiev State University, Chemical Faculty, Kiev, Ukraine. 3Institute for the
Chemistry of Surface of the National Academy of Science. Kiev, Ukraine.

Life supporting processes belong to the essentially nonequilibrium chaotic systems capable of self-regulation.
Self-organization at each particular level of an organism's hierarchy is supported by the proper assembly of
biochemical processes and characterized by a certain resulting endogenous EMF. Plenty of parameters can
be assigned to the entire set of an organisms behavioral elements, from psychological (through biochemical),
to biophysical. In general, no parameter can be treated separately. Hence, each particular state of a living
organism can be considered as a point in a multidimensional space, where every coordinate corresponds to a
certain parameter. Stability and individuality of this space is maintained through dynamic interrelations
among these certain parameters. Like in physics, where "quantum" refers to the smallest amount of a
physical property, in biology, this term should refer to the smallest amount of "biological" property, i.e., to
the unit cell of the multidimensional space pattern of every particular biological object.
METHODS: The methods of molecular biology, immunology, cell culturing as well as UV-, IR-, NMR- and
EPR-spectroscopy and HPLC are used in the studies. Endogenous electromagnetic fields ranging from 10
Hz - 150 kHz are acquired, modified and transduced by using the BICOM device (Brugemann Inst.,
Germany).
RESULTS: We assume that the hierarchy of molecular dynamics in water includes the formation of long
range spatio-temporal patterns far from equilibrium. Conformational movements in biological molecules are
adjusted according to these pattern dynamics by their evolution in an aqueous medium. The dynamic
conformity of supramolecular structures in water and biomolecules is maintained through long range, non-
specific interactions, hydrogen-bond interactions above all. A network of hydrogen bonds (each of which is
an oscillating dipole) generates the electromagnetic field of every particular spatio-temporal pattern in a
biological solution. This makes it possible to transfer the dynamic order information within living systems via
device-aided transduction of endogenous electromagnetic fields. This is supported by the studies of the
endogenous electromagnetic field influence on the structural dynamics in water in biological solutions by
using UV-, IR-, near-IR- and NMR spectroscopy and quantum chemical calculations.
DISCUSSION: Thus, an imprint of the process which is responsible for the electromagnetic field can be
made in the medium which is sensitive to the electromagnetic field by protein structure rearrangements and
related changes in the hydrogen bonding network; this is formed by the protein molecule, water and other
biological molecules in the vicinity. This means that the endogenous electromagnetic field of a living system
(being continuously readjusted by environmental fields) possesses the feature of self-awareness. This is
manifested through the long range phase correlations of the macroscopic wave-functions.
The results of the above mentioned studies suggest that the distortion of endogenous EMF caused by a
disorder at one level may affect the governing parameters of self-organization at the other levels of the
organizational dynamic hierarchy in living systems.

P-99A
ELF MAGNETIC FIELDS BOTH INCREASE AND DECREASE OPIOID-INDUCED
ANALGAESIA IN THE LAND SNAIL CONSISTENT WITH THE PREDICTIONS OF THE
PARAMETRIC RESONANCE MODEL (PRM) FOR Ca2+. F.S. Prato, M. Kavaliers* and A. Thomas*.
Bioelectromagnetics Western, Faculty of Dentistry, University of Western Ontario and Lawson Research
Institute, Department of Nuclear Medicine & Magnetic Resonance, St. Joseph’s Health Centre, London,
Ontario N6A 4L6, Canada.
We have shown in the past that attenuation of opioid-induced analgesia in the land snail, Cepaea nemoralis,
is only partially consistent with the PRM of Lednev (1). The PRM predicts that for the Ca2+ resonance, the
effects should follow the predictions of the first order (n=1) Bessel function (Jn(nBAC/BDC); n=1) where BAC is
the peak amplitude of the ELF magnetic field and BDC is defined by the BAC frequency (f) and the mass (m)
charge (q) ratio of the Ca2+ ion, i.e. BDC=2πfnm/q. We found that for BDC=78.1µT (n=1 and f=60Hz),
magnetic fields attenuated opioid-induced analgaesia consistent with BAC values >0 and less than 299µT, i.e.
when J1 (BAC/BDC) was positive. However, when BAC>299 and J1 was negative, the opposite effect on
opioid-induced analgaesia (i.e. an increase in analgaesia), which was predicted by the PRM, did not occur.
Rather, if anything, there was a small positive effect. Experiments were undertaken to determine whether this
was a limitation to the theory, e.g. the predictor Jn(nBAC/BDC) should be squared, or a limitation in the
biological system. In the past, we have induced an opioid response in snails by injecting 2µg of the
enkephalinase inhibitor SCH34826. However, it was possible that this dose produced a ceiling effect in
which augmentation of analgaesia by magnetic fields was not possible. To investigate this possibility, we
conducted experiments in which half the regular dose of SCH (1µg) was used. Basal nociceptive sensitivity
of each snail was initially measured as the latency in seconds for a snail to remain on a heated (40±0.2 °C)
surface prior to displaying discomfort by lifting its front foot. The snails were then injected with 1µg of a
specific enkephalinase inhibitor (SCH34826) which increases endogenous enkephalin activity. Immediately
after injection, the snails were placed in groups of 12 into translucent plastic containers and exposed for 15
min in the centre of three orthogonal square Helmholtz coils. The snails were divided into 4 exposure
groups; SHAM (n=47, BAC<0.2µT rms), Emax (n=23, maximum positive effect predicted, BAC=141µT peak),
ECO (n=23, first null or cross-over, BAC=299µT peak) and Emin (n=28, maximum negative effect predicted,
BAC=414µT peak). For all exposures, BDC was vertical, fixed at 78.1±1µT and BAC was directed vertical
(except for the sham). After the completion of the exposure, the snails' nociceptive sensitivity was again
measured. The individual measuring the response latencies was blind to the magnetic field exposure
conditions. As anticipated, the half-dose of SCH resulted in lower latency times (10.04±0.22s) as compared
to a full dose (˜15s (1)). The reduction in latency caused by the 60Hz exposures, expressed as a percentage
of sham, were: Emax=+36.36±3.31, ECO=-9.19±4.87, Emin=-17.26±3.96. Analysis of variance with Tukey
HSD post hoc testing (p<0.05) indicated that Emin was significantly different from SHAM and Emax was
different from all other groups. To determine if this ELF effect of increased analgaesia was light-dependent,
as has been shown for the ELF-induced decrease in analgaesia (2), experiments using Emin conditions were
repeated but with exposures done in both light (Emin lt, with n=23 for sham and n=23 for exposed) and in the
dark (Emin dk, with n=22 for sham and n=22 for exposed). The results expressed as percent decrease as
compared to sham were: Emin lt=-25.12±4.78 and Emin dk=-5.61±3.79. Statistical analysis confirmed that the
Emin lt increase in analgaesia was significant but that the small increase in Emin dk was not. These results
provide further support for the PRM and indicate that ELF magnetic field exposure can have opposite
effects, as predicted by the PRM, provided an appropriate biological assay is used.
Prato FS, Carson JJL, Ossenkopp K-P, Kavaliers M (1995): FASEB J 9:807-814
Prato FS, Kavaliers M, Carson JJL (1995): 17th Ann Mtg Bioelectromagnetics Soc, p82
SCH34826 was provided by Schering-Plough Research. This work was supported in part by the Medical and
Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Councils of Canada.

P-101A
THE MECHANISMS OF MICROWAVE AUDITORY EFFECTS BASED ON ELECTRIC FIELD
STRESS AND CONSIDERED THE DISPERSION PROPERTY OF TISSUES. Z.Q. Niu, W.F. Liu,
Z.Y. Lu and G. Kong. Department of Telecommunications Engineering, Xidian University, Xi’an 710071,
P.R. China.

In studying microwave-induced auditory effects, the theory of pressure due to thermal expansion and
electrostriction in brain tissue have been reported. The theory based on the electric field stress exerted on
surface of skull have been advanced in our paper (Abstracts, P174, FECMBE' 93, Beijing). The main points
is that, because of non-uniformity in boundary surface between skin and skull and that skull and brain, the
electric field stress Pn as following expression is exerted on the surface which microwave pulse radiates on.
1 D2 1 ∂ ∂
Pn = (ε 2 − ε 1 )(E 2t + n ) + (E 21ρ1 ε1 − E 22ρ2 ε 2 ) (1)
2 ε1ε 2 2 ∂ρ1 ∂ ρ2
where ε1 and ε2 are permittivities of the tissues on each side of the surface, ρ1 and ρ2 are mass densities of the
tissues, E1 and E2 are electric field intensities in the tissues, Et and Dn are the tangential compounent of E and
the normal compounent of dielectric flux density near the boundary surface respectively. In the above two
theories the permittivities is only one corresponding to the frequency of carrier.
In fact, the incident pulsed microwave can be resolved into infinte spectrum components with different
frequency by Fourier transforms, for the each of the components, the complex permittivities εˆ of a tissue is
different, therefore the reflection coefficient (complex) Γˆ on boundary surface between tissues, the phase
constant ß and the attenuation constant α in the tissue are different. To the above facts, the theory based on
electric field stress is perfected in this paper. It is that (1) find the εˆ of skin, brain (high water content
tissues) and skull (lower water content tissue) for each of the compounents of Foreier spectrum; (2) find the
ß, α and Γ ˆ based on the found εˆ ; (3) find the E1, E2 and their respective phase at every boundary surface
made up of air-skin, skin-skull and skull-brain for each of the components; (4) find the energy translated into
acoustic signals (audible region 20Hz-14KHz) by Parseval equation; and (5) find the peak stress exerted on
the skull surfaces of adjoining skin and brain by Eq. (1). The εˆ are calculated by modified Debye equation,
the Γˆ are calculated by the model that the plane wave (each of the Foreier Components) is normally incident
upon the four-region system which consists of air, skin, skull and brain. Let the parameters of pulsed
microwave be that, microwave frequency f=3000MHz, pulse width τ=10µs, pulse recurrence frequency fr=
200Hz and the peak power density Pi=300mw/cm2, the peak stress exerted on the skull surfaces of adjoining
skin and brain calculated by Eq. (1) are 3.05X 10-3 Pa and 2.06X 10-3 Pa respectively.
(Supported by National Natural Science Fundation of China)

P-103A
TIMESCALE HYPOTHESIS OF MAGNETIC FIELD INTERACTION WITH BIOLOGICAL
SYSTEMS: APPLICATION TO TAMOXIFEN MODEL. J.D. Harland1, S. Engström2 and R.P.
Liburdy1. 1Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720,
USA. 2Research Service, J.L. Pettis Memorial Veterans Administration Medical Center, Loma Linda,
California 92357, USA.

The recently proposed "fast/slow" hypothesis suggests an experiment to differentiate the timescale of a
magnetic field interaction with biological systems[1]. This experiment is based on the premise that a "fast"
mechanism can only sense the absolute value B(t) of the magnetic field, whereas a "slow" mechanism is
capable of sensing frequency, relative orientation and magnitude of AC/DC components. The "fast/slow"
hypothesis assumes an experimental model that 1) is sensitive to direct magnetic field interaction and 2)
exhibits a detectable response when one of the field parameters is changed by about a factor of two. Since
our recently described tamoxifen model system fulfills these two requirements, we decided to apply the
"fast/slow" hypothesis to our model in order to obtain information about a possible biophysical mechanism.
OBJECTIVE: To test whether the 12mG, 60Hz magnetic field inhibition of tamoxifen's oncostatic action in
MCF-7 cells operates via a "fast" or "slow" mechanism.
METHODS: We measured MCF-7 cell growth over a seven day period (seeding density: 0.1 x 105
cells/35mm plate; final cell density approximately 3 x 105 cells/plate), using three identically matched
incubators with mu-metal chambers enclosing 4-square Merritt coils. Incubators One and Two were used to
replicate our tamoxifen blocking experiments, with exposures of 60 Hz, sinusoidal 2mG and 12mG (rms)
fields, respectively (no DC field). In the third incubator, we used a rectified version of the 12mG waveform
(11mG DC, dominant harmonic: 5mG @ 120 Hz). A "fast" mechanism should not be able to distinguish
between the last two exposures.
RESULTS: As previously shown [2], continuous exposure of MCF-7 cells to a 60 Hz, 12mG magnetic field
significantly inhibited tamoxifen's oncostatic action, from 22% inhibition to 4% inhibition (p<0.05).
(Tamoxifen is an antiestrogen that competitively blocks estrogen receptors and produces an antiproliferative
effect; it is the preferred drug for treatment of breast cancer). However, initial results of MCF-7 exposure to
a rectified version of the 12mG field indicate that the rectified field did not block tamoxifen's action (26%
inhibition v. 22% for 2mG; p>0.66).
CONCLUSION: This preliminary result encourages further experiments which will be presented at the
meeting. If the result is borne out by more experimentation, it indicates that the 12mG magnetic field
inhibition of tamoxifen's oncostatic action operates via a relatively "slow" mechanism, rather than a "fast"
mechanism, since the mechanism apparently can differentiate parameters of the field other than its absolute
magnitude.
[1] S. Engstrom (1995) DOE Contractors Annual Review, Palm Springs, California, Abstr. P-25.
[2] J.D. Harland and R.P. Liburdy (1995) DOE Contractors Annual Review, Palm Springs, California,
Abstract A-3.
Supported by the Department of Energy, under contract DE-AI01-95EE34020(SE), and by the Office of
Energy Management, Utilities System Division, of the Department of Energy, under contract DE-ACO3-
76SF00098, and the NIH under Grant ES07338 from the NIEHS(JH,RL).

P-105A
MAGNETIC FIELD EFFECTS ON THE BEHAVIOR OF FREE RADICALS IN PROTEIN AND
DNA ENVIRONMENTS. J.C. Scaiano 1, N. Mohtat*1, F.L. Cozens1, T. Hancock*1, J.R.N. McLean2 and J.
Kim2. 1Department of Chemistry, University of Ottawa, Ottawa, Ontario K1N 6N5, Canada. 2Radiation
Protection Bureau, Health Canada, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 1C1, Canada.

We have examined the behavior of radical pairs derived by hydrogen abstraction of triplet benzophenone and
some of its derivatives from Bovine Serum Albumin, Human Serum Albumin and Calf Thymus DNA. They
have been investigated by means of nanosecond laser flash photolysis techniques. The dynamics of radical
pair behavior are sensitive to external magnetic fields, in a mode similar to the well known effect for radical-
pairs in miceliar aggregates. Our results show that proteins and DNA can confine the radicals for a
sufficiently long period of time for spin evolution to be affected by external fields. The fields required in
proteins appear to be somewhat higher than normally required for radical pairs in micelles. Interestingly, the
magnetic field effects observed in proteins and in DNA seem to occur in distinct time scales; for example for
proteins the time scale is in the 0.5-1 µs, while for 2,3,4,5,6-pentafluorobenzophenone in DNA the effects
occur in < 50 ns. The time scale for these effects can be increased by promoting Coulombic attraction
between DNA and the radical precursor.
 Transient decay traces of ketyl
radicals monitored at 330 nm
generated upon photolysis of 1.1
mM pentafluorobenzophenone in
6.5 mg/ml HSA in the absence (o)
and presence (•) of a 1370 gauss
external magnetic field. The
triplet decay trace has been
monitored at 620 nm, where the
ketyl absorption is negligible. The
insert shows the ratio (R) of the
difference between the decay of
the radical in the presence and
absence of the magnetic field over
that in the absence of a magnetic
field.
This work has been supported by
the Natural Sciences and
Engineering Research Council of Canada.

P-107A
NONLINEAR DYNAMICS AND PHASE LOCKING OF CARDIAC MYOCYTES EXPOSED TO
WEAK ELF ELECTRIC FIELDS. P.C. Gailey1, A. Lazrak1, H. Wachtel2 and G.D. Griffin1. 1Electric and
Magnetic Field Effects Program, Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37831-6070, USA.
2
Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80309-0425,
USA.

The oscillatory behavior of chick cardiac myocyte aggregates has been shown to display period doubling
bifurcations, phase locking, and chaos in response to periodic current injection (Guevara, 1981). We have
demonstrated experimentally that similar nonlinear behavior can be induced in these cells by exposure to ELF
electric fields (see abstract by Lazrak et al in this volume). Preliminary results exhibit both 1:2 phase locking
(1 cycle of the electric field per 2 beats) and a phenomenon called "overdrive suppression" which is a slowing
of the cells' natural rhythm after a period of phase locking. Figure 1 shows a plot of the interbeat interval
(IBI) of a cell aggregate exposed to a 2 Hz, 150 mV/m electric field. In this figure, the IBI is normalized to
the period of the electric field (500 ms) to simplify the discussion. The vertical dotted lines on the plot
represent the beginning and ending of the electric field stimulation, while the two horizontal dotted lines
bound the normal range of IBIs occurring before field exposure. Very soon after the electric field is turned
on, the beating rhythm is completely disrupted as illustrated by large fluctuations in the IBI. When
oscillations resume, they display 1:2 phase locking with the sinusoidal exposure field, and gradually slow until
reaching their pre-exposure value. At this point, the field is turned off which results in further slowing
(higher IBI) for about 20 seconds. Note that the fluctuations in the IBI are substantially smaller during most
of the exposure period than they are either before or after exposure indicating entrainment by the field even
though the beating is gradually drifting away from the 1:2 phase locked condition. The observed ratio of 1
electric field cycle per 2 beats can be explained by quasi-static models of cells exposed to electric fields
(Gailey, 1996). Each half cycle of electric field stimulation simultaneously hyperpolarizes one side of the cell
aggregate and depolarizes the other side. The subsequent half cycle produces the reverse effect. If it is
assumed that only depolarization affects the IBI by pushing the potential of some portion of the membrane
above a threshold, then two such events are expected during a single cycle of the electric field sinusoid.
Another potentially significant finding suggested by this data is that the cell aggregates display evidence of
adaptation to the imposed field. Although the aggregate's IBI is first completely disrupted by the field
exposure, and then temporarily entrained by the field, the aggregate eventually appears to escape entrainment
and approach its original IBI value even though the exposure field is still applied. Similarly, a substantial
increase in the IBI is observed when the field is turned off, which is again followed by a return to the
unperturbed IBI of the aggregate. These results suggest that ELF field effects which are observed only with
intermittent exposures (e.g. effects on human heart rate) may reflect the natural adaptive processes of the
target tissues, rather than the some characteristic of the primary biophysical interaction. Ability to observe
such effects may depend in part on the robustness of the organism's adaptive response implying possible
subject dependence of the effect within species. Further studies will be needed to verify and extend these
preliminary results, especially for the case of higher frequency fields.
Guevara et al (1981): Phase locking, period-doubling bifurcations, and irregular dynamics in periodically
stimulated cardiac cells. Science 214, pp 1350-1353.
Gailey PC (1996): Comparison of Voltage Signals Induced by Power Frequency Fields to Thermal Electrical
Noise at the Cell Membrane, University Microfilms, Ann Arbor, MI.

Figure 1. Interbeat interval (IBI) of a cardiac myocyte aggregate exposed to a 2 Hz electric field of 150
mV/m. The two vertical dotted lines mark the beginning and ending of the field exposure. The two
horizontal lines indicate the range of IBI occurring before field exposure. Note that the IBI is severely
disrupted for several seconds shortly after the onset of field exposure before settling into a 1:2 phase locking
with the field. Although the IBI gradually increases, approaching the pre-exposure value, the smaller
fluctuations indicate a continuing influence of the field. A substantial rise in the IBI occurs after the field is
turned off.

P-109A
ON THE POSSIBLE ROLE OF THE “VESTIBULAR APPARATUS - CEREBELLUM” SYSTEM
IN SOME NATURAL PHENOMENA REGISTRATION AND PROGNOSIS. E. Gak and V. Gridin*.
Magneto-biological Research Sector, Agrophysical Institute, St. Petersburg 195220, Russia.

A number of natural phenomena which are registrated only by living systems is known. Explanation of such
effects registration mechanism only by means of living systems high sensibility to geoelectromagnetic fields is
not always effective. Therefore we consider possible to use the most ancient system, successfully functioning
in different living systems: vestibular apparatus - cerebellum, or rather, its philogenetically most ancient part -
medial area for explanation of these phenomena nature.
Apparently, the living system should be most sensitive to the presence of the different fields tangential
components, because the normal components presence is usually compensated by the Earth reaction and is
usually infinitesimal in respect to the usual value of the gravity normal component gz. Moreover, in water
bodies weight is considerably compensated by the Archimedus pushing force. We shall observe the main
tangential forces acting upon the living systems. This is Coriolis force, caused by Earth rotation with angle
speed ϖ and object with mass m motion over the surface (in the air or water depth) with the speed v. In this
case the force fc = 2m [(ϖ ±∆ϖ) x v], where ∆ϖ is variety of ϖ. Other tangential force is defined by Sun,
Moon, heavy planets gravitational forces influence and have the periodical variations depending on their
mutual location, or rather, the Sun system mass center (Windelius, Tucker, 1988, 1989). Under the
tangential component action, in spite of its small value, such grandiose phenomena as rise and fall of the
ocean tide, atmosphere and lithosphere changes. The third tangential component which in general has
stationer character but only for the motionless bodies in the atmosphere and periodically changing for moving
bodies is caused by the gravitational anomalies (Gak, Gridin, 1992, 1994). Different breaks in the Earth solid
reasoned by the fact that density of gravitational anomalies ρ1 is much more than the containing environment
density ρ2 (ore bodies, fractures from the high density rocks and in case ρ1<<ρ2 - water veins, abyssal rivers,
hollowness, caves, oil and gas deposits). Our evaluations have shown that in the area of gravitational
anomalies, if they are localized, or in the anomalies margin zones area reciprocal tangential mass forces with
ρ1>ρ2 or analogous dispersing forces (ρ1<ρ2) acting both up and deep into in the atmosphere arise. Space
distribution of centrally directed vector radial forces arising under the immersed point heavy mass m (ρ1>ρ2)
located at different depths z0, ∆gRr = f(r, z0, m) is cited as an example (picture). It is essential to mark that
analogous structure should have place over breaks, over linearly extended heavy masses located at z0 depth.
Vertical component is defined as the curve with single maximum over the masses projection center ∆gz = f(m,
r, z0).
Now we should observe living systems reaction in the case of their movement and presence of these forces.
During any object movement through gravitation anomalies zones except the Coriolis forces and small
influence of the gravitational field planetary component, the whole body mass and its vestibular apparatus are
influenced by the stationeronar force with variable direction and module defined by living system mass, speed
of its movement, extension, value of its immersed mass, its geometry and depth of the immersion.
Apparently, the dowzer-effect operator experiences direct influence upon the vestibular apparatus -
cerebellum system in these areas. So, during movement over the localized anomaly in two reciprocal
directions operators fix the course of dependence I = f (r, z0, m) entirely analogous to the one obtained from
calculation (see picture). Here I is a quantitative factor which registered intensity the frame rotation, that is
the number of rotations per unit of covered by the operator in uniform motion distance (Sochevanov and
others, 1973). In this case "frame" does only express the operator's conscious reaction. Analogous curves
maximum values erosion with z0 increasing takes place in aeroshooting from different height where z0 value
changing is possible (Melnikov and others, 1973). Uri Geller (1990) has also defined places of gold and
other heavy metals deposits without usage of indicators, by means of such aeroshooting methods with further
correction in pedestrian routes. In these cases depth of the anomalous mass and water occurrence is defined
by the registrated by space localization of the dependencies maximums resistrated by operators and their
assistants, and the center of mass projection is the place of two curves intersection. In the case when
anomalous mass is located directly near the surface only the single maximum is observed. Such gravitational
fields and probably other geophysical fields anomalies usually attendant to gravitational field variations can be
the reason of whales orientation loose and lethal in sea and ocean ashore areas (Golovko, 1994). Living
systems extraordinary sensibility to tangential components gt variation under the influence of Sun system
planets or other reasons are likely to be the basis living systems reactions to Sun and Moon rhythms as well
as the basis of living systems reactions on infinitesimal changes ∆ϖ usually connected with subsequent
lithosphere and atmosphere motion and climate change (Windelius, Tucker, 1988, 1989).
In conclusion it is essential to mark that leading role of the cerebellum and other providing it with information
sensor systems is stated by other authors in the dowzer-effect reactions (Logvinov - Parapsychology and
Psychophysics Journal, 1993, Russia, Harvalik - Journal the American Dowzer, 1976). Apparently, this
system is being the connecting link between subconsciousness and consciousness, the unrealized living
systems reaction to natural influences.

Graphic dependencies for the gravity tangential component absolute value ∆gR,r = f (r) constructed on the
basis of quantitative calculations for the anomalous point mass m = 106 kg occurrence on z0 depth, ρ1>ρ2,
where ρ1 is density of the mass m, ρ2 - density of environment. 1. z0 = 2 5m. 2. z0= 50m. 3. z0 = 100m.
 Distance (in meters) from the point mass m projection on the day surface.

P-111A
DIRECT PRODUCTION OF ANTIBODIES TO OCTAHEDRAL AND CUBIC CRYSTALS OF
MAGNETITE: A POSSIBLE TECHNIQUE FOR THE LOCALIZATION OF MAGNETOCYTES.
W.J. Dschida and J.L. Kirschvink. Division of Geological & Planetary Sciences, The California Institute of
Technology, Pasadena, California 91125, USA.

A variety of animal tissues are known to contain trace (5-100 ppb) levels of biogenic magnetite (Fe3O4),
including many in the human brain and in specialized cells which function as magnetoreceptors. As several
biophysical analyses during the past few years have shown that magnetite is a plausible material for coupling
weak levels of EM radiation to biological systems, it is important to develop techniques capable of identifying
the cells which produce and contain it. Antibodies are one possible system for accomplishing this feat.
Addadi et al. have reported recently that the rodent immune systern is capable of producing antibodies which
bind specifically to only certain crystal faces of the mineral calcite (CaCO3). To test the idea that the rodent
immune system might also be capable of generating face-specific antibodies for magnetite, we have adapted
their procedure using two ultrafine-grained inorganic magnetites, one with octahedral crystals exposing
{111} faces and the other a cubic morphology with {100} and equivalent faces. Initial results have shown
that repeated injections of these magnetite powders leads with time to the production of antibodies which
display increasingly specific reactions to the proper magnetite crystal form, and to reduction in cross-
reactions to other mineral types. Molecular characterization of these magnetite-specific antibodies is now in
progress.
This work supported by NIH grant ES-06652.

P-113A
FURTHER STUDIES ON THE “WINDOW” EFFECT INDUCED BY ELF-EMFs ON BILAYER
PERMEABILITY. A. Ramundo-Orlando*1, G. Mossa*1, A. Palombo*2 and G. D’Inzeo2. 1Institute of
Experimental Medicine, CNR, 00137 Rome, Italy. 2Department of Electronic Engineering, “La Sapienza”
University of Rome, 00184 Rome, Italy.

OBJECTIVES: There is now a rapidly growing body of literature relating to direct effects of ELF-
electromagnetic fields at the cellular level. At the same time, many research efforts are focused on the
understanding of the mechanisms for explaining many of these in vitro cellular effects. Recently, studies on
the possible link between ELF-EMFs and effects on membrane permeability have been performed (A.
Ramundo-Orlando, P. Gattei, G. Mossa, A. Palombo and G. D'Inzeo "Theoretical and experimental studies
on bilayer permeability alteratios induced by ELF electromagnetic field" BEMS 17th Annual Meeting,
Boston, Massachusetts, USA, June 18-22, 1995 Abs. 9-3). The objective of the study reported here was to
confirm the above mentioned linkage.
METHODS: We used cationic unilamellar liposomes consisting of dipalmitoylphosphatidyl choline,
cholesterol and stearylamine (SA) at 6:3:1 or 5:3:2 molar ratio, entrapping carbonic anhydrase (CA). In
order to study the effects on the bilayer permeability induced by ELF exposure we followed the influx of the
p-nitrophenyl acetate (p-NPA) across intact liposome bilayer, by means of the measurements of enzymatic
activity following the p-nitrophenolate anion appearance at 400 nm wavelength on a spectrophotometer. The
p-NPA normally can not diffuse through the bilayer. ELF-EMFs exposures were conducted using a specially
constructed triaxial exposure system providing a high precision control of all field components (L. Raganella,
M. Guelfi and G. D'Inzeo "Triaxial exposure system providing static and low frequency magnetic fields for in
vivo and in vitro studies" Biochem. Bioeng. 35, 121-126, 1993). After ELF exposure up to 60 minutes, at a
temperature of 23 °C, the enzymatic activity measurements were performed. The above mentioned studies
indicate that an increase in the diffusion rate of p-NPA only results after exposure to 7 Hz with a Bdc= 50µT
and Bac= 50µTpeak. In this study, only these latter frequency and intensities of EMFs have been used.
Exposure experiments switching-off of SA charge (deprotonation) upon going from pH= 7.55 to pH= 8.92
were also carried out.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION: A signicative increase (p<0.0005) of enzymatic reaction rates in liposomes
exposed to 7 Hz was confirmed, indicating changes in the p-NPA diffusion rate across the lipid bilayers.
When the suppression of the surface positive charge, due to stearylamine in the lipid bilayer, was carried out
the frequency of 7 Hz is effective (p<0.01) in causing increase of reaction velocities in exposed liposomes at
pH=7.55, while at pH= 8.92 is not. Further studies under experimental conditions including the increase of
surface positive charge due to stearylamine (liposome at 5:3:2 molar ratio) are under investigation.

P-115A
EVALUATION ON WATER RESPONSE TO ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS VIA MOLECULAR
SIMULATION. G. D’Inzeo1, A. Astier*1, A. Palombo*1, L. Tarricone*2 and M. Zago*1. 1Department of
Electronic Engineering, “La Sapienza” University of Rome, 00184 Rome, Italy.
2
Institute of Experimental Medicine, CNR, 00137 Rome, Italy.

OBJECTIVE: In a previous work [1] we introduced the use of Molecular Dynamics (MD) to simulate the
interaction between biological systems and electromagnetic (EM) fields at atomic level. Further studies
demonstrated the versatility and usefulness of MD for bioelectromagnetic (BEM) problems [2]. The use of
MD packages, among which GROMOS [3] has been selected, seems particularly attractive to study the EM
properties of biological systems at microscopic level. In this work, we focus on the polarization of the most
important fluid, present in all living organisms, water.
METHODS: We extended GROMOS code to the solution of BEM problems. An approximate solution to
the interaction of electromagnetic field with biomolecules has been suggested [1]. The introduction of an
external EM field, irradiating the volume containing the particles, modifies the interactions among the atoms,
the charged particles and the local charges eventually existing. We have supposed that only two kinds of
particles can be found in the volume. First, charged particles, i.e., monopoles, to be dealt with as if they were
point charge. Second, electric dipoles, i.e., couples of opposite charges, divided by a certain distance, and
with an electric dipole moment. Here we describe the methods used to study the polarizability of water with
our customized GROMOS version. We simulated the interaction between a water box composed of H2O
molecules and an external electric field E, and stressed our attention on the relaxation time τ of the water
molecules. From Debye theory [4] and considering the reversibility of water polarization, we have computed
τ as follows, in comparison with several experimental studies [5]. First, the curve describing the average
value of cosßi, where ßi is the angle between the direction of E and each molecule's dipole moment µi, has
been evaluated. After this, some statistical analyses have been performed, evaluating the t = τ instant when
the oscillation around a steady value of <cosßi> is comparable to the thermal effect. As observed by Hasted
[5], τ is generally dependent on temperature T, and analysis on this dependency has been done also.
RESULTS: First, we have studied the results coming out from our version of GROMOS comparing them
with Langevin' s theory of water polarizability [6]. We have obtained an excellent fitting between our
theoretical results and the ones predicted by Langevin. Then, we have studied the dependence of τ on the
amplitude of E and on T. Interpolating these results a final relationship expressing τ as a function τ (T,E) can
be obtained. This is a quite new result, useful to predict the frequency response of water systems to EM and
thermal simulations, as τ straightly influences the dispersion characteristics ε(ω) of each substance.
CONCLUSIONS: Starting from a customization of GROMOS to BEM problems, we have proposed a new
approach, based on MD, to study the dielectric properties of water. This result represents the first trial to
evaluate water properties in terms of energetic characterization. This is a necessary step to perform
molecular simulations of biological structures in solution.
REFERENCES:
1. D'Inzeo G. et al., XVI BEMS Meeting Abstract Book, p. 30, Copenaghen, 1994.
2. D'Inzeo G. et al., XVII BEMS Meeting Abstract Book, p. 74, Boston, 1995.
3. GROningen MOlecular Simulation package.
4. Debye P., Polar Molecules, Chemical Catalog Company, New York, 1929.
5. Hasted J. B., Aqueous Dielectrics, J. Wiley, London, 1973.
6. Pethig R., Dielectric and Electronic Properties of Biological Materials, J. Wiley, 1979.

P-117A
THE THEORY OF MAGNETIC PARAMETRIC RESONANCE IN BIOSYSTEMS: THE CASE OF
CONTINUOUSLY EXCITED OSCILLATORS. V.V. Lednev. Institute of Theoretical and Experimental
Biophysics, Russian Academy of Sciences, Poushino, Moscow Region 142292, Russia.

Earlier, I have suggested, that weak combined magnetic fields (CMF), containing collinear static (BDC) and
alternating (BAC; peak) components may affect some Ca2+-dependent biochemical reactions of
phosphorylation both in cells and cell-free biosystems via the mechanism known in physical optics as
parametric resonance (1,2,3). It has been postulated, that some ions, such as Ca2+, Mg2+ and K+ bound to the
specific Ca2+- and Mg2+-binding sites may be considered as isotropic charged oscillators functioning as the
primary targets in the interaction of magnetic fields with biosystems. It is necessary to point out that a
previously published expression quantitatively describing the dependence of bioeffects on the frequency and
the amplitudes of the CMF-components (1,2,3), is valid only for the case, when ionic oscillators are excited
by a short impulse, e.g. by an impulse-like rise of Ca2+ concentration in a cell. However, for most of the
experimentally used biosystems, a continuous type of excitation would seem to be more realistic. This
situation would correspond to an increased steady state level of Ca2+ concentration in a cell. For this case, I
derive here a somewhat different general expression, describing the effect of combined, static and alternating
magnetic fields. For the CMF most frequently used in experiments, i.e. when the frequency of the alternating
component of the field (f) is close to the value of the basic or "cyclotronic" frequency (fc) of a particular ion,
the general expression is reduced to a rather simple one:

J21 (BAC / BDC )

∆= (1)
1 + (f − f c )2 / λ2

where ? is the difference in the values of the measured parameter in the "experimental" and "control" test-
systems; J12 (BAC/BDC) is the squared Bessel function of the first order and λ is the half-width at the half-
maximum of the frequency-dependence of the bioeffect (λ = k/2p, where k is the rate of dissociation of an
ion from the binding site). The expression [1] is strictly valid when f c / λ > > 1. It follows from a general
2

equation (4), that in the absence of an alternating component the properties of some biosystems may depend
on the value of a local static magnetic field. In this case

1 1
∆= − (2)
1+f /λ 1+ f cc / λ
2 2 2 2
ce
where the f 2ce and f 2cc are the "cyclotronic" frequencies corresponding to the static fields of the
"experimental" and "control" test-systems respectively. It is shown in the accompanying abstract (4) that
there is a reasonably good fit between experimental data and the theoretical predictions of equations [1] and
[2].
REFERENCES:
1 Lednev VV Bioelectromagnetics 1991, v12, p71
2 Lednev VV In On the nature of electromagnetic field interactions with biological systems. Ed. Frey A.H.,
R.G. Landes Company, Austin, 1994, p59
3 Lednev VV In: Electricity & magnetism in biology and medicine, Ed. Blank M., San Francisco Press, San
Francisco, 1993, p55
4 Lednev VV Biofizika 1996, v41, p224 (in Russian)
5 Lednev VV et al. An accompanying abstract.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS:
The assistance of Dr. FS Prato and Mr. J Parr in the preparation of this abstract is gratefully acknowledged.
This research was supported by RFFI, grant N 95-04-11739.
 In Vitro Interaction Mechanisms

P-119A
ENDOGENOUS ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD PATTERN FORMATION IN WATER. O. Zhalko-
Tytarenko, V. Liventsov and G. Lednyiczky. Hippocampus Research Facilities, Central Division, H-1031
Budapest, Hungary.

OBJECTIVE: By studying the therapy for electrically sensitive patients (in whom the allergic reactions may
be compensated or even neutralized by exposure to certain frequencies of an electromagnetic oscillator) C,
Smith and J. Monrofound [1] found that exactly the same response can be achieved when a patient holds a
vial with mineral water or saline solution previously exposed to the same frequency. Water (at least that in
the proximity of a human) seems to be able to "remember", for at least six weeks, the frequencies of magnetic
fields to which it has been exposed. We believe this to be due to the hydrogen-bonded pattern formation in
water and thus can be proved by the changes in the free energy of hydrogen bond formation in water under
the influence of endogenous electromagnetic fields (EEMF).
METHODS: EMFs of blood serum preparations of healthy donors and breast cancer patients are modified
and transduced to water samples by using the BICOM device (Brugemann, Germany). The free energy of
hydrogen bond formation is estimated from the temperature dependence of the intensities of near-IR bands in
water.
RESULTS: The EEMFs of both "physiological" and "pathological" blood serum preparations decrease the
free energy of hydrogen bond formation in water, this effect being more pronounced in water samples treated
with the EMF of breast cancer patients' blood serum (examples of the Poincare maps are shown in the figures
below).

DISCUSSION: The observed difference in the degree of the dynamic response of the hydrogen bond
network in water samples treated with the EEMF of healthy donors' blood serum preparations
("physiological" EEMF) and breast cancer patients' blood serum preparations ("pathological" EEMF) may be
due to the occurrence of extremely large supramolecular structures in water and biological solutions (among
others, blood serum), which are probably inherited from the evolution of biomacromolecules in an aqueous
medium. The "physiological" case corresponds to more complementarity in the configuration of water
clusters and protein molecules than the "pathological". Therefore, the EEMF of the "physiological" blood
serum better fits the dynamics of hydrogen bonding network within supramolecular structures in water.
1. R. Choy, J. A. Monro, C. W. Smith: Electrical sensitivities in Allergy Patients, Clinical Ecology, 1987, vol.
4, N. 3, p. 93-102.
 P-121A
ENDOGENOUS ELECTROMAGNETIC OSCILLATIONS SUPPORT NATURAL INTEGRITY. G.
Lednyiczky and O. Zhalko-Tytarenko. Hippocampus Research Facilities, Central Division, H-1031
Budapest, Hungary.

OBJECTIVE: The results of a two year study of the effects of the endogenous electromagnetic fields
(EEMFs) of biological systems on the inherent coherency of the life-supporting processes in the individual
cells, cell populations, and living organisms are summarized. This summary proves that the natural integrity
is supported mostly by the interactions between the environmental and endogenous extremely-low-intensity
electromagnetic oscillations.
METHODS: The methods of molecular biology, immunology, cell culturing as well as UV-, IR-, NMR- and
EPR-spectroscopy and HPLC are used in the studies. Endogenous electromagnetic fields ranging 10Hz -
150kHz are acquired, modified and transduced by using the BICOM device (Brugemann Inst., Germany).
RESULTS: The integrating regulatory role of cellular level endogenous oscillations is explicitly evidenced by
their influence on malignant (human lymphoma and melanoma B16) cell cultures. Extremely-low-intensity
EEMFs induce a regulative halt in cell division which is also proved by a comparative study of the cytotoxic
and cytostatic effects of EEMFs of embryonic and malignant cell cultures. The regulative function of the
EEMFs in naturally occurring cell populations involved in a complex metabolic process is proved by the
study of the EEMF effects on the phagocyting activity of human blood. EEMFs are shown to influence the
functioning of the immune system and correct a condition of immune deficiency provoked by the exposure to
continuous, low-intensity radiation (in Chernobyl mice). The EEMF feedback of women suffering with
mastopathy is shown to improve the patients' state. EEMFs are shown to influence the viability of heat
shocked Drosophila melanogaster chrysalises. At the subcellular level, modulated endogenous EM
oscillations are shown to affect kinetic and thermodynamic characteristics (as well as structural dynamics) in
water and biological solutions (human blood serum and nucleoproteid complexes). Human EEMFs are
shown to influence the processes of self-regulation in chaotic chemical oscillations.
DISSCUSSION: These studies make it possible to conclude that; (i) immanent mechanisms of EMF
modulation in open dynamic systems (living organisms) are responsible for the biological communication via
spatio-temporal pattern formation; (ii) various ranges and timescales of such pattern formation correspond to
different levels of biological development; (iii) endogenous electromagnetic oscillations are a regulative factor
in living beings; from supracellular structures right up to organisms and their populations, and thus support
the general laws governing life; (iv) in order to maintain the dynamic order in living beings (non-linear open
systems), the mechanisms of the EEMF contribution to the energy exchange with the environment should
exist to create a state far from thermodynamic equilibrium. In a nutshell, the presented studies show the
occurrence of the inherent, time-invariant, self-aware field that bears comprehensive dynamic information
about the fractal web of the eventual possibilities in living nature.

P-123A
BLINDING PROCEDURES VERIFY TESTS OF MAGNETIC FIELD INFLUENCE ON NGF-
STIMULATED NEURITE OUTGROWTH IN PC-12 CELLS. C.F. Blackman1, J.P. Blanchard2, S.G.
Benane1, D.E. House1 and J.A. Elder1. 1National Health and Environmental Effects Research Laboratory,
U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711, USA. 2Bechtel
Corporation Research & Development, San Francisco, California 94119, USA.

OBJECTIVE: Good experimental technique requires that only the specific, stated experimental variables
influence the experiment. Some believe this means that the experimenter should not know which test samples
are exposed, because such knowledge might influence the measured results of the experiment. These tests
checked whether the consistency observed between the PC-12 cell response to magnetic fields and the
predictions of the IPR model is robust under other more severely blinded testing methods.
METHODS: The assay system described in our publications allowed for the person counting neurite
outgrowth (NO) from PC-12 cells to know whether the cells had been exposed or not, because the non-
exposed samples measured how well the cells responded to nerve growth factor (NGF) and thus served as a
quality control. The person measuring the response (through counting the percentage of cells exhibiting NO
greater than one cell diameter) was not aware of the expected response form as a function of Bac, although
consecutively numbered dishes indicated decreasing Bac exposure. In some cases the expected response
form was flat (off-resonance test). In other cases the expected response form was non-linear with respect to
any of the exposure variables. Because the expected response form was unknown to the counter, and not
readily identifiable from the values of the exposure variables, we considered this form of testing "blind," and
used it routinely in our tests of the IPR model predictions. To test whether this 'blindness' was sufficient, we
performed a "double blind" test, in which a person who had never worked in our laboratory (Paul Gailey) re-
coded all but two of the control dishes (one at 5 ng/ml and one at zero ng/ml NGF) after exposure but prior
to another person ("the counter") measuring the resulting NO. In this test, the counter was only aware that
of the total of 8 dishes, 6 were exposed and 2 were not. Finally, in an attempt to create a "triple-blind" set of
experiments, we asked a second person who had never worked in our laboratory (JAE) to choose, via a
wiring scheme that selected one of two otherwise identical exposure systems (Helmholtz-aided coils housed
in identical incubators) and obscured the selection to all other participants, which exposure system would be
energized. Three dishes of cells containing 5 ng/ml of NGF were placed in the uniform field region of each
exposure system. Within the energized exposure system, the dishes were exposed to a single combination of
ac (45 Hz, 238 mGrms) and dc (366 mGrms) magnetic fields predicted by the IPR model to produce a
maximal influence on NO; the dishes in the other exposure system were not exposed to magnetic fields.
Following the standard 23 hours of magnetic field "treatment," the dishes were removed from each exposure
system and their markings were recoded by a third person (DEH) who had never worked in our laboratory
(new codes based on a random number generator). Then over 200 cells in each dish were counted to
determine the percentage of cells exhibiting NO length greater than one cell diameter. This experiment was
repeated four times. Until all the counting in every experiment was completed, neither the codes
(randomized relabelling; identification of which exposure system was energized), nor the accumulated results
of the cell counts was revealed. In each experiment, four additional dishes, two without NGF and two with 5
ng/ml NGF, were incubated in a third incubator for quality control. The exposure status of these 4 dishes
was known to the counter.
RESULTS: The results of "blind" experiments, reported earlier, were consistent with the predictions of the
IPR model across a wide range of parameter variations. "Double-blind" experiments demonstrated
consistency with the results of "blind" experiments, with minor exceptions. "Triple-blind" experiments
unequivocally demonstrated a clear, distinctive, repeatable consistency with both the actual energization of
the exposure systems and the predictions of the IPR model: (1) in all 4 experiments, the energized system
was correctly identified based on the predictions of the IPR model, and (2) at least 17 of 18 exposed or
sham-exposed dishes were correctly identified (p = 0.000038).
DISCUSSION: A critical hallmark of any reported effect is its replication in the same laboratory by the same
people. We have accomplished this. The next important stage of validation is the independent replication of
the effect in another laboratory. Although two scientists from another laboratory have independently showed
that the PC-12 cells respond according to the predictions of the IPR model, their work was done in the same
laboratory as the primary work, using an exposure system identical to that of the earlier work. Pending a
completely independent replication at another laboratory, the work reported here demonstrates that the
reported results are reliable and not influenced by the measurement technique. In fact, our results in the
"triple-blind" experiments could have happened by chance a maximum of thirty eight times in one million
trials.
Authors supported by EPA (CFB, SGB, DEH, JAE) and by DOE (CFB, SGB), IAG# DE-AI01-89CE34024
and DE-AI01-94CE34007. JPB supported by Bechtel R&D. This abstract does not reflect EPA or Bechtel
Corp. policy.
 P-125A
MAGNETIC FIELD ALTERATIONS OF GAP JUNCTION FUNCTION. C.F. Blackman1, J.P.
Blanchard2, S.G. Benane1 and D.E. House1. 1National Health and Environmental Effects Research
Laboratory, U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, Research Triangle Park, North Carolina 27711, USA.
2
Bechtel Corporation Research and Development, San Francisco, California 94119, USA.

OBJECTIVE: Previous work by two different sets of experimenters (Trillo and Ubeda; Benane) showed
that consistency is more critical than specific measurement criteria in the PC-12 assay. The assay requires the
experimenter to use an objective criteria to discriminate neurite outgrowth (NO) larger than a cell diameter in
single cells or cells in clusters, but requires some training in order to generate consistent, repeatable results.
Here we report the results of a test of the IPR model using a different cell system (liver cells) with a more
easily measured biological endpoint (gap junction intercellular communication). This assay is also used in our
laboratory in studies of potential tumor promoting agents in drinking water as a consequence of purification
by chlorine.
METHODS: An epithelial rat liver cell line from the American Type Culture Collection, designated Clone 9,
demonstrates substantial functional intercellular communication (IC) when assayed by the Scrape/Load Dye
Transfer (S/L) technique developed by El-Fouley et al. (1987). Chloral hydrate is used to partially inhibit IC
as the cells are exposed to 45-Hz Bac over a flux density range of 79 - 499 mGrms using a 366 mG parallel,<
2 mG perpendicular Bdc. Following a 30 minute exposure, the dishes are examined for the transfer of the
fluorescent dye, Lucifer Yellow. The exposure conditions were selected from predictions of the IPR model
to provide the familiar U-shaped response curve as a function of 2·Bacpk/Bdc.
RESULTS: The transfer of dye away from the row of wounded cells at the scrape line was found to be
consistently reduced in a dose-rate-dependent fashion precisely as predicted by the IPR model (R2 = 0.82).
These results are comparable to what we observed earlier with a PC-12 assay system.
DISCUSSION: We have now demonstrated with a second cell system and a second biological endpoint that
the IPR model can identify conditions under which a non-linear cell response to magnetic fields can be
predicted. In this assay, resonance conditions for Mg, Mn and for H ions are sufficient to cause increased
inhibition of gap junction intercellular communication in cells treated with chloral hydrate. In both this
system and the PC-12 cell system, the observed quantity is a plasma membrane based phenomena involving a
second messenger system in the activation of the process. This new assay system is relatively easy to use and
thus should provide a useful assay to facilitate independent replication studies of biological effects of
magnetic fields.
Authors supported by EPA (CFB, SGB, DEH) and by DOE (CFB, SGB), IAG# DE-AI01-89CE34024 and
DE-AI01-94CE34007. JPB supported by Bechtel Corp. This abstract does not reflect either EPA or
Bechtel Corporation policy.

P-127A
EFFECTS OF MAGNETITE ON RADICAL PAIRS - LASER FLASH PHOTOLYSIS. S. Monahan,
J. Renaud and J.C. Scaiano. Department of Chemistry, University of Ottawa, Ontario K1N 6N5, Canada.

Magnetic field effects on chemical reactions have been well demonstrated via laser flash photolysis. It has
been shown that for systems consisting of radical pairs in microenvironments that the presence of an
externally applied magnetic field has an effect on two competing processes: Intersystem crossing (ISC) which
allows for geminate reaction is slowed by Zeeman splitting (which breaks the degeneracy of the triplet
sublevels), and the probability of radical escape is increased. It has recently become of interest to determine
what effect magnetite (Fe3O4) may have on our radical pair systems. This ferromagnetic mineral is abundant
in our environment and a number of organisms precipitate magnetite in a variety of tissues (including
humans). It was expected that magnetite would have similar effects as an externally applied magnetic field.
OBJECTIVE: To determine the effects of magnetite on radical pair systems. Because magnetite has an
associated field and because magnetic field effects have already been well established on some chemical
systems, it is our goal to determine what effects magnetite may have on similar chemical systems.
METHODS: Benzophenone (0.002M) and cyclohexadiene (0.04M) were incorporated into SDS micelles
(0.2M or 0.003M micelles). This was flashed with 308 nm excimer laser pulses to generate the radical pair
and the ketyl radical was monitored at 540 nm. Injections of 42% magnetite polystyrene particles suspended
in water (Bangs Laboratories) were added to this solution: Each injection increased the magnetite
concentration by 0.001% (or a particle concentration of approximately 10-13M). Experiments using a 500
Guass externally applied magnetic field were also performed.

RESULTS: The opposite results to what were expected were obtained. As the magnetite concentration
increased ISC was increased and radical escape was decreased. This was also the case when a 500G
magnetic field was applied to the system and increasing concentrations of magnetite were added.

CONCLUSION: It is believed that when no field is applied to our system, increasing concentrations of
magnetite decrease the radical escape for the following reason: The singlet(S) and the triplet sublevel T0
energies are not exactly degenerate therefore there is a point of degeneracy between S and the T+ sublevel
energies (Zeeman splitting). We believe that the field exerted by the magnetite particles is below this point of
degeneracy creating the opposite effect than expected. However, when an external field is applied we believe
that there is an interaction between the magnetite particles and the applied field causing field distortions. If
the magnetite particles draw the magnetic lines toward themselves, then pockets of high and low field will be
created. Since the relationship between increasing magnetic field and radical escape is not linear and plateaus
at high fields, the system will appear to be feeling a lower field as a whole. This effect increases with
increasing concentrations of magnetite, therefore, the opposite to what is expected occurs.

P-129A
THEORETICAL ANALYSIS OF SIGNAL TO THERMAL NOISE RATIO IN A MECHANICAL
STRING: APPLICATION TO CELLULAR COLLECTIVE BEHAVIOR. A.V. Cavopol. Food
Technology Partners and Department of Environmental Engineering, Vanderbilt University, Nashville,
Tennessee 37212, USA.

This theoretical model describes possible mechanisms by which large ensembles of cells increase the EM
signal to thermal noise ratio, making field detection and cellular response to the signal, possible. Cell size
physical systems are properly characterized by classical or semiclassical physics; accordingly we use
collective models derived in classical physics to describe multicellular systems (numerical examples for 1-104
cells). In first approximation, the cellular system is described by a one dimensional mechanical string with
linear interactions among adjacent elements. The thermal collisions along the string satisfy the requirements
of a Poisson type distribution. The thermal forces exerted on the string are modeled along Green's method of
summed impulse functions. The solution for thermal forces consists of a term FTh,H corresponding to a
homogenous distribution of the thermal collisions along the string, and a term FTh,Inh derived from fluctuations
in number of collisions due to collision inhomogeneities along the string. The model predicts: a) For thermal
forces: i) A force* attenuation factor Attn.≈ ∆l/∆x where ∆l is the mean free path of the colliding particles
and ∆x is the spatial spread of the momentum transfer of an individual collisions. ii) The force strength
depends on the associated normal mode of the string; even modes deactivate FTh,H reducing the thermal
excitation only to contributions from the irregular collisions' term FTh,Inh.; odd modes are inversely
proportional with the order of the mode; i.e.. the higher the string frequency (large normal mode), the smaller
the strength of the thermal force on it. iii) Force strength is almost independent of fluctuations in the number
of collisions for low normal modes (low, string oscillation frequency) but exhibits large variations at high
normal modes (high, string oscillation frequency). iv) We calculate, for minimal thermal noise configurations,
the most probable number of irregular collisions for different size ensembles (Ex.: for N=50 cells, out of
C=105 collisions there is a maximum probability (P=.002) for I=300 irregular collisions to occur; for N=500
cells, C=106 collisions, I=103 for P=.0006, etc.) v) Even though individual collision sites are random, the
strength of the total thermal force on the string displays a periodic oscillatory dependence on the number of
received collisions. The periodicity of this dependence becomes slightly irregular only at high oscillation
frequencies (high normal modes) of the string. b) For external EM signals: We analyze the following fields:
constant E field, time oscillating E field and position dependent E field. i) The external force strength is
increased by a factor Amplif. ≈ b/a where b is the string length and a the cell length. ii) Harmonic time
oscillating fields can lock in particular normal modes of the string and determine substantial increases in
external force strength, dependent on the frictional characteristics of the string. iii) All external forces display
some sort of phase shift compared to the thermal force; this allows external signal detection and cellular
response in a relatively thermal noise free environment for even normal modes of the system. iv ) We
investigate the dependence between external force amplification and the position dependence of the external
fields. The above results indicate that there are moderate global enhancement/attenuation mechanisms of the
external/thermal force on the string arising in the model due to collective behavior. Large
amplification/attenuation of the external/thermal force is obtained for classes of normal modes of the string,
and for matched oscillation frequencies of the string and external field. In particular, effective reduction of
thermal noise occurs at low string frequencies, where the thermal force is independent of fluctuations in the
number of thermal collisions, allowing a stable increase of the signal to noise ratio for the system.

* The term "Force" fr(t) as appearing in this abstract, whether it pertains to a thermal or external factor,
refers to the Fourier coefficient of the Fourier expansion of the physical force F(x,t);
b rπx
f r (t) = ∫0 F(x,t)sin dx .
b
 P-131A
CONSEQUENCES OF PHYSICAL LAW INVARIANCE AND DYNAMIC SIMILARITY OF
SOLUTIONS : APPLICATION TO CELLULAR SYSTEMS. A.V. Cavopol. Food Technology
Partners and Department of Environmental Engineering, Vanderbilt University, Nashville, Tennessee 37212,
USA.

Formulation of physical laws (PL) is independent of the particular physical system (PS) described. The
solutions obtained by applying a given PL to different PS are in general, different. Aside from differences in
boundary conditions and medium parameters (viscosity, density, dielectric const., etc.), the size (specific
length L) and dynamic (specific speed V) characteristics of the system under investigation determine the type
of solution obtained for the PL under consideration. In particular, application of a given PL to describe
cellular phenomena, has different solutions if viewed in the human observer's (macroscopic) frame or in the
cell's (microscopic) frame. Traditionally, analysis is done in the macroscopic frame and conclusions regarding
size (amplitude, velocity, etc.) are frame dependent. Viewing the same process in the microscopic frame
replaces the macroscopic sizing with a microscopic one and an" insider's" view of the phenomenon.
We exemplify the frame changing technique for the Stokes Navier equation;
r the frame dependent
r d q r
dq −grad(p) −1 r dt −grad(p) −1 ∆q
form: = + R ∆q , is replaced by the invariant form: 2 −1 = 2 −1 + R −2 , where V
dt ρ V L ρV L VL
r VL
and L set the speed and length scale for the flow q describing the microscopic frame, and R = is the
v
corresponding Reynolds number. Each frame is characterized by a set of frame significant parameters {V, L,
R} that determine the particular frame dependent solution. We derive examples of such frame invariant PL's;
determine significant parameters in the cell frame; determine necessary conditions for "dynamically similar"
solutions in the two frames, and analyze the physical differences between the macro and microscopic frames
for solutions that are not "dynamically similar". The discussion focuses on differences in perceiving the same
physical phenomenon in the macro and microscopic frames.

P-133A
HUMAN HEART RATE VARIATION IN RESPONSE TO INTERMITTENT EXPOSURES TO 60
Hz MAGNETIC FIELDS MAY BE DUE TO AN INHERENT HYPERSENSITIVITY OF
PACEMAKER. H. Wachtel1, D. Beeman1 and P.C. Gailey2. 1Department of Electrical & Computer
Engineering, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80309, USA. 2Oak Ridge National Laboratory, Oak
Ridge, Tennessee 37831, USA.

OBJECTIVE: To determine the extent to which pacemaker cells, would respond to currents that mimic
those in humans exposed to intermittent 60 HZ magnetic fields (20 µT, 15 sec. on, 15 sec. off).
BACKGROUND: Graham and his co-workers reported significant alterations in heart rate in humans
exposed to intermittent 60 Hz, 20 µT magnetic fields applied for 15-second intervals on and 15-seconds off.
However, this group has recently reported that variations seen with the intermittent exposure were not
observed using continuous exposures. [Sastre, et al., 1995] Based on earlier studies carried out on Aplysia
pacemaker neurons (Wachtel, 1979) it appeared to us possible that the human heart rate results might be
attributed to an inherent sensitivity of pacemaker neurons in the heart itself or, perhaps, in the nervous
system. The ability of pacemaker cells to "phase lock" with very weak induced or injected currents (Wachtel,
1982) suggests that they may be especially sensitive to intermittent and/or transient currents - even at
frequencies (60 Hz) well above the ambient firing rate of the cell.
METHODS: In order to test this hypothesis, and to quantity the current density levels implicated, we used a
model of pacemaker cells based on neural prototypes but similar to cardiac pacemaker cells. The model is
based on the General Neural Simulation System (GENESIS) [Bower and Beeman, 1994] in which the
behavior of neurons and other excitable cells (including cardiac pacemakers) can be simulated using
appropriate ionic conductance channels. The particular simulation used in this study was derived from a
model of Aplysia pacemaker neurons and has previously been shown to accurately reproduce the phase
locking phenomena. Ion channel dynamics were adjusted to more closely emulate the behavior of human
cardiac (S.A. node) cells having an ambient rate of about one beat per second. Intermittent 60 Hz currents
were applied to the model so as to closely emulate the magnetic field onset dynamics deployed by the
Graham group.
RESULTS: We found that pacemaker rates could be substantially varied by the application of intermittent 60
Hz current densities on the order of 1 µA/cm2. This is about 10-3 times the current density required to fire
muscle (or nerve) cells that are not pacemakers. These results are exemplified in Fig. 1 which shows two
distinct forms of firing rate variation in response to intermittent currents. There is a consistent 15% slowing
of the rate during each ON cycle which "builds up" over a course of several seconds. In addition, there is a
more transient response that sometimes accompanies the onset and offset of the 60 Hz current. Closer
examination of this transient response shows that it occurs most strongly when the current happens to switch
ON (or OFF) just before the cell would have fired. Conversely, no transient response is seen if the current
switches just after the cell has fired. Intermediate levels of transient response are seen for other onset times.
The transient response is therefore based on the abruptness of current onset and is highly dependent its timing
relative to the pacemaker cycle. In this respect, it is similar to the temporal vulnerability of the heart to
electric shock effects.
DISCUSSION: The transmembrane current densities found to produce these pacemaker rate variations are
comparible in magnitude to that which would be produced in the "bulk tissue" of humans exposed to 20 µT
60 Hz magnetic fields. In neural tissue most of this current would flow around rather than across the cell
(Wachtel, 1993), thus resulting in a much lower transmembrane current density. Cardiac cells, however, are
interconnected by tight junctions and thus form an "electrical syncitium" over most of the heart. It seems to
us therefore that the results of this modeling study suggest that human exposure to intermittent 20 µT 60 Hz
magnetic is more likely to directly effect cardiac pacemakers (S.A. node) then neural ones. We plan to test
this prediction directly on cardiac pacemaker cells and report these initial electrophysiological results along
with further modeling analyses.
Fig. 1. A 2-minute long example of the response of a pacemaker cell model to 60 Hz currents. The upper
trace shows the firing pattern of the cell; the middle trace shows the envelope of 15-seconds on/15-seconds
off, 60 Hz current; and the bottom trace shows the beat-to-beat firing interval variation.
 P-135A
ALTERATIONS IN CARDIAC MYOCYTE BEATING RATE INDUCED BY ELF ELECTRIC
FIELDS. A. Lazrak, G.D. Griffin and P.C. Gailey. Electric and Magnetic Fields Research Program, Oak
Ridge National Laboratory, Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37831-6070, USA.

Chick cardiac myocytes display spontaneous beating rhythms in culture under certain conditions, and it has
been shown previously that these rhythms can be altered by injection of small currents directly into the cells
(Guevara et al, 1981). We describe here a new system for characterization of alterations in this oscillatory
behavior as a result of exposure to ELF electric fields. The system is designed to allow testing of analytic
models of cells in a field, as well as nonlinear and physiological models of weak perturbations (see abstracts
by Gailey, Gailey et al, and Wachtel et al, this volume). Our approach avoids electrical measurement artifacts
by using miniaturized pressure transducers, rather than micro electrodes, to detect cell oscillations. A small
glass pipette, pulled to a diameter of a few microns, is attached to the pressure transducer on one end and
brought into physical contact with the cells on the other end. Culture dish/exposure chambers are placed on
an inverted microscope stage, and hydraulic micropositioners are used to position the probe on the surface of
the myocytes. The system has been used effectively for small clusters of cells (which beat in synchrony due
to gap-junctional coupling). Because the pressure measurements are used to record only temporal variations,
rather than absolute amplitude information, no calibration of the transducer arrangement is required. Data is
recorded with an Axon Instruments Digidata system. Exposure fields are produced using an agar bridge
configuration similar to those described by Misakian et al (1993) powered by a signal generator and a
constant current source. Electric field strengths are determined by measurement of potential differences and
total current in the medium. Preliminary results (using 1 Hz to 3 Hz electric fields between 80 mV/m and
300 mV/m) indicate that the phase, frequency, and regularity of beating rhythms can be altered when the
frequency of the applied field is near the natural beating frequency of the cells. Figure 1 shows a typical
recording from a small cluster of 10-20 cells exposed to a 2 Hz, 150 mV/m electric field. Each of the five
blocks of data represents 12 seconds (note that some sections of the recording have been omitted due to
space constraints). The uppermost block shows the pressure transducer output (upper trace), and a
recording of the applied signal (lower trace) at the beginning of the experiment. At about 9 seconds after the
beginning of the recording, the electric field was applied. As shown in the second time block, the beating
rhythm was completely disrupted, and ceased for several seconds until resuming at a faster rate.
Interestingly, the beating returned to roughly its initial rate after about one and one-half minutes (see block 4)
even though the field was still applied. The electric field was turned off in block 5 resulting in a slowing of
the beating rate for another 30 seconds before returning again to the original rate (not shown). A systematic
study of electric field effects on these cells is underway to characterize the response over a range of
frequencies, amplitudes, and exposure paradigms in order to test the models described above.
This work was supported by a Laboratory Directed Research and Development grant provided by Oak Ridge
National Laboratory.
Guevara et al (1981); Phase locking, period-doubling bifurcations, and irregular dynamics in periodically
stimulated cardiac cells Science 214, pp 1350-1353.
Misakian M. et al (1993): Biological, physical, and electrical parameters for in vitro studies with ELF
magnetic and electric fields: a primer. Bioelectromagnetics Supplement 1, pp 1-73.
Figure 1. Myocyte oscillations (solid line) and electric field stimulation (dashed line).
 POSTER SESSION B

Dosimetry 2 - General

P-2B
COMBINED FDTD AND SCALAR POTENTIAL MODELLING OF HUMAN WHOLE-BODY
EXPOSURE TO EXTREMELY LOW FREQUENCY ELECTRIC FIELDS. T.W. Dawson*, J. De
Moerloose* and M.A. Stuchly. Department of Electrical & Computer Engineering, University of Victoria,
Victoria, British Columbia V8W 3P6, Canada.

This paper considers electromagnetic induction in an anatomically realistic human full-body model by external
power-frequency electric fields. A formal wave-number power-series expansion of the complex amplitudes
of the harmonic electromagnetic fields internal and external to the body (Stevenson's method) provides the
mathematical basis for a separation of the fields into contributions of various orders. At power frequencies,
the zeroth-order magnetic field is unperturbed by the conducting body, while the zeroth-order electric field is
the static one with the body considered as a perfectly conducting equipotential. The lowest order electric
field thus vanishes inside the body and satisfied a potential problem outside it.
The main field of interest is then the first-order internal electric field, which is associated with current flow in
the body interior. This field has two sources, namely the unperturbed external magnetic field, together with
the surface charge distribution induced on the body by the zeroth-order external electric field. Thus the
induced internal current distribution can be computed in a customary two-stage process.
The external problem can be solved by a variety of ways, including frequency-domain finite difference, finite
element, or boundary integral equation methods. In this paper however, a new low-frequency finite-
difference time-domain (FDTD) scheme is used to solve the exterior problem. Interior calculations for
magnetic sources have commonly been carried out using the Impedance Method (IM), in which currents are
represented by fictitious loop currents driven by electromotive forces associated with the time-varying
magnetic flux. Although the IM can be modified to incorporate injected currents, the result is not a
comfortable match. Moreover, the resulting system of equations can be shown to be highly over-determined.
In this paper, the interior problem is handled using a scalar potential approach, which naturally
accommodates the boundary injected currents. In addition, by the use of a vector potential, the zeroth-order
external magnetic field can easily be incorporated as an applied line (as opposed to loop) voltage. The
resulting system of equations can be made determinate by fixing the potential at one point. The associated
system of equations is naturally preconditioned (as is the IM system), but has a bandwidth of 7, as opposed
to 13 for the IM. Moreover, the IM is fundamentally a vector method, and so, for a given model, has
roughly 3 times as many equations.
Examples in this paper are based on an anatomically-derived human full-body model discretized into a set of
uniform 6.35 mm material cubes. This model gives rise to a system of 318,076 equations for the interior
potential method (as opposed to roughly 106 equations for an IM run). The model is defined in a tissue-
coded format, wherein only a three-dimensional array of one-byte integers, which serve as indices into a short
table of tissue properties, is required to define the computational environment. This format has the additional
advantage of allowing for easy conversion to a homogeneous model. For example, a perfect conductivity
distribution is used in solving the zeroth-order exterior problem with the FDTD code. Moreover, a finite
homogeneous distribution can be used in conjunction with an iterative solution scheme (such as the
Generalized Minimum Residual Method) to provide a reasonable starting solution for computations in the full
heterogeneous model. This approach can lead to a convergent iterative solution in the heterogeneous model,
in cases where an unrealistic starting solution (such as zero) may result in non-convergence.
Results are presented for induction by a uniform 'vertical' (i.e., along the long axis of the body) electric field,
with the body both in isolation and in contact with a ground plane. Electric field enhancement factors outside
the body as computed by the FDTD code, and electric field and current density patterns in the body interior
computed by the potential method, are illustrated. In addition, a comparison of internal fields computed by
the FDTD code in the heterogeneous model are compared to those computed by the potential method.
Comparisons with previously-published data are also indicated.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS: This work was supported by the NSERC/BCHydro/TransAlta Industrial
Research Chair and Ontario Hydro.

P-4B
DOSIMETRIC ASSESSMENT OF TREE STANDS EXPOSED TO 60 Hz ELECTRIC AND
MAGNETIC FIELDS. J.C. Lin and Y-J. Wang. Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer
Science, University of Illinois at Chicago, Chicago, Illinois 60607-7053, USA.

Several papers have reported studies on the effect of ELF electric and magnetic fields on tree growth. The
effects mostly had been characterized by exposure in terms of electric and magnetic field strengths. There are
no reported data on internal dosimetry such as induced electric field, magnetic field and induced current or
current density. Dosimetry is the quantitation of magnitude and distribution of these quantities within
biological organisms exposed to electric and/or magnetic fields. This paper presents some dosimetric
calculations on the strengths of induced field in trees exposed to 60 Hz electric and magnetic fields. An
elongated prolate spheroidal model that approximates the tree trunk is used as an index to induced fields in
various tree stands. The spheroidal model is appealing because simple expressions can be obtained for all
tree sizes. Since the wavelength (5000 km in air) is very large compared to the longest dimension of a tree at
60 Hz, the quasi-static field theory can be appropriately applied to derive the induced electric field inside the
body due to applied uniform electric and magnetic fields. The induced current density is given by the product
of multiplying the induced electric field by conductivity. Since magnetic permeability in tree is the same as
free space, the induced magnetic field would be the same as that applied. However, the magnetically induced
electric field produces an internal electric field that varies directly with the transverse radius of the spheroidal
body perpendicular to the magnetic field vector and is proportional to the source frequency. The electric
fields induced by both the electric and magnetic fields in tree stands could be substantial. Calculation based
on the simple model suggests that the induced electric field by a vertically oriented electric field along the
height (major axis) of a tree stand is independent of the tree size. Since the vertical electric field is tangential
to the major dimension of the tree stand, the induced and applied electric fields are the same (10 to 5000
mV/m). For the situation of an applied magnetic field oriented horizontally along the minor axis of the tree
stand, the induced electric field is proportional to the height of the tree stand and the strength of magnetic
field. The induced electric fields are 0.19 and 9.4 mV/m in a tree 10 m tall for magnetic fields of 1.0 and 50
mG, and 0.5 and 23.5 mV/m in a 25 m tall tree.

P-6B
DOSIMETRY OF PULSED ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD TREATMENT OF THE SCIATIC
NERVE IN RATS. D.L. Miller1, B.F. Sisken2 and L.E. Anderson1. 1Battelle Pacific Northwest
Laboratories, Richland, Washington 99352, USA. 2Center for Biomedical Engineering & Department of
Anatomy, University of Kentucky, Lexington, Kentucky 40506, USA.

Pulsed electromagnetic fields (PEMF) interact with an animal by inducing internal electric fields. In previous
work, the PEMF field tested here was shown to be effective in enhancing sciatic nerve regeneration after a
crush lesion.1,2 The goal of this study was to estimate the electric fields induced at the sciatic nerve during an
experimental treatment regimen using a miniature electric field probe developed for in vivo measurements.3
The miniature probe consisted of silver wire electrodes imbedded in a syringe needle. The voltage between
two chlorided probe electrodes was processed by a lock-in amplifier (EG&G Princeton Applied Research
model 5310) and observed on a dynamic signal analyzer (Hewlett Packard model 3561A). The 3.4 mm
diameter probe was calibrated by comparison to the known induced field in a cylindrical dish of saline. The
PEMF field was generated by a signal generator (Bietic Research, Lyndhurst, NJ) in a 30 cm Helmholtz coil
arrangement, which had been shielded, for this research, with electrically grounded copper foil. The
magnetic field was a 0.3 mT square pulse, 20 ms in duration, which was repeated at a 2 Hz rate. The
exponential time constant of the coils was 0.36 ms, which gave a peak dB/dt of 0.83 T/s at the start and end
of the pulse (for comparison, this dB/dt is achieved by a 2.2 mT sinusoidal magnetic field at 60 Hz). The
induced electric field consisted of a spike at the start and another of opposite polarity at the end of a pulse,
and reached 250 µV/cm peak at 6 cm radius in the calibration dish. Rats weighing about 600 gm, which
were about 9 cm wide and 20 cm long (excluding head and tail), were anesthetized with ketamine (100
mg/kg) and xylazine (10 mg/kg). An incision was made in the skin of the right thigh, and the sciatic nerve
was accessed through the interval between the vastus lateralis and biceps femoris muscles. The tip of the
probe was inserted into this incision and placed close to the nerve with saline of 0.2 S/m conductivity used
for electrical coupling. For a measurement, the rat was placed in the vertical PEMF field in a prone position,
as for treatment. The induced electric field averaged 90.1 µV/cm (24.6 µV/cm standard deviation) for 10
measurements (two measurements each in five rats) in the horizontal direction parallel to the nerve. The
induced field averaged 35.7 µV/cm (27.0 µV/cm s. d.).in the horizontal direction perpendicular to the nerve
(compared to a background noise level of about 8 µV/cm). The induced field was therefore nearly parallel to
the nerve for this treatment arrangement. These induced fields did not appear to be appreciably altered by
small changes in position of the probe, by small variation of the conductivity of the coupling saline, by
crushing the nerve, nor by the sacrifice of the rat at the end of the experimental session.
Supported by the U.S. Dept. of Energy under Contract No. DE-AC06-76RLO-1830.
1. Sisken BF, Kanje, M, Lundborg, G, Herbst, E. Brain Research 485: 309, 1989.
2. Walker, J, Evans, JM, Resig, P, Guarnieri, S, Meade, P, Sisken, BF. Exper. Neurol. 125: 304, 1994.
3. Miller, DL, Creim, JA, Anderson, LE. BEMS Sixteenth Annual Meeting Abs. Book: 129, 1994.

P-8B
NUMERICAL SIMULATION OF RF ENERGY DEPOSITION IN THE HUMAN TORSO DURING
MRI. D. Simunic1, P. Wach*2, W. Renhart*3 and Z.T. Koren*1. 1University of Zagreb, Faculty of Electrical
Engineering and Computing, Department for Radiocommunications and Microwave Engineering, HR-10000
Zagreb, Croatia. 2Graz University of Technology, Institute of Biomedical Engineering, A-8010 Graz,
Austria. 3Graz University of Technology, Institute for Fundamentals and Theory in Electrical Engineering,
A-8010 Graz, Austria.

Two kinds of possible adverse human health effects during Magnetic Resonance Imaging (MRI), nowadays a
world-wide spread technique for imaging the human body, have been investigated in our research work:
energy absorption in the tissue (radiofrequency electromagnetic energy) and stimulation of the human
excitable tissue (nerves, heart muscle cells), which has been presented previously (BEMS, 1994, BEMS
1995).
OBJECTIVE: This research work has been initiated in order to find out whether a significant energy
deposition during standardized MRI procedures in the human body occurs or not.
METHOD: Human body has been numerically modeled from MR scans of a volunteer by Finite Element
Method, using isoparametric 26-node finite elements. The model of the torso consists of 1960 elements (20
layers with 98 elements each). Dielectric properties of the tissues have been assigned to every finite element
as the complex conductivity. In the whole model there are 13 different dielectric properties. The boundary
conditions of the A, V, Φ finite element formulation enforced modeling of two layers more (2 x 98 elements),
as well as the surrounding space (20 elements per slice), both describing the farthest boundaries. These
elements have got the dielectric properties of air. Two basic RF exposure conditions have been simulated: a
pair of saddle-shaped coils and the bird-cage resonator. The simulated frequency has been 64 MHz. The
bird-cage consists of 16 rods. The field generated by the simulated saddle-shaped coils is linearly polarized,
and in the case of the bird-cage the polarization is circular. In spite of the used quasi-static approach,
sufficiently justified at 64 MHz, but not unconditionally permissible at 170 MHz, the last performed
simulation of the bird-cage coil at 170 MHz has been performed, as an attempt for getting an order of
magnitude of the absorbed energy which has to be expected in MRI machines in the near future.
RESULTS: The absorbed energy (Specific Absorption - SA) has been calculated by assuming the torso
being scanned by the multislice turbo spin-echo sequence. The results of the saddle-shaped coils simulation
showed that for this case the energy deposition in the torso is much greater than for the exposure to the bird-
cage coil. In order to compare the results to the existing recommendations, the temperature elevation
following the "worst-case" philosophy has been calculated, as well. The results for both of the quantities (SA
and temperature elevation) showed that imaging performed by MRI device even at the higher frequencies
(170 MHz - 4T MRI machine) does not represent a realistic danger to the human health concerning energy
absorption.
ACKNOWLEDGMENT: This work has been supported by the Austrian Bundesministerium fuer
Wissenschaft, Forschung und Kunst under the grant GZ 45268/2-46a/93.
 P-10B
OBTAINING CONVERGENCE WHEN SOLVING NONHERMITIAN FINITE-DIFFERENCE
FREQUENCY-DOMAIN ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD EQUATIONS WITH WIDELY
VARYING MEDIA TYPES AND NONUNIFORM CELLS. D.N. Buechler*1, C.H. Durney1, D.A.
Christensen*1 and M. Pernice*2. 1Department of Electrical Engineering, 2Utah Supercomputing Institute,
University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112, USA.

We describe how to obtain convergence in numerical frequency-domain methods that are used in many
electromagnetic bioeffects calculations (e.g., the effects of metallic implants during magnetic resonance
imaging (MRI) scans). Convergence problems frequently occur in the solution of large systems of
simultaneous equations in these methods, especially those in models that include metal in tissue. Because the
conductivity of metal is typically at least seven orders of magnitude greater than that of tissue, the magnitude
of the matrix elements will differ by seven orders of magnitude which causes ill-conditioning. In this
investigation we use our equivalent-circuit model [1] (equivalent to the finite-difference approximation of
Maxwell's equations) to obtain a system of linear equations (Ax=b) to be solved in the frequency-domain,
where the matrix A is complex, symmetric, and very sparse. To find a solver for this non-Hermitian and
nonpositive definite system of equations, we had to search beyond stationary relaxation methods such as the
successive over-relaxation (SOR) method, which is only guaranteed to converge for positive-definite
systems. The conjugate-gradient method works well for Hermitian positive-definite systems but not for
complex symmetric ones. We use a new related method based on the biconjugate gradient (BCG) method,
called the quasi-minimal residual (QMR) method [2], which is applicable to complex symmetric systems.
This method employs a quasi-minimal residual property that results in smooth and near monotonic
convergence. We have been investigating the effects of metallic implants during MRI scans. The
nonuniform-cell models used include muscle, fat, bone, and a U-shaped titanium wire (0.25mm radius), with
cell sizes varying from 0.25mm to 0.333cm. The models were excited with a uniform sinusoidal magnetic
field at 600 Hz. Initial runs with a 34x49x60 spine model resulted in very poor and unacceptable
convergence (a factor of only 1.4) in 1500 iterations. To overcome these convergence problems we first
attempted to use double precision, which did not help. Calculations for a special case in which all variables
were real resulted in a small improvement in convergence (a factor of 2 in 1000 iterations), which indicated
that complex variables were not the main hindrance to convergence. To check if the transition between
varied cell sizes was too rapid, a slightly bigger 34x59x65 spine model was created to spread the variation
over longer distances. No significant improvement in convergence was seen. This poor convergence was
attributed to two factors. First and foremost, we had large variation in media types. The 107 ratio in
conductivity of metal to that of tissue seemed to be the main factor. Second, we used a wide range of cell
sizes in these models. Therefore, to overcome the problems, we tried the scaling technique [3]: (D A D) D-1x
= D b where D is a diagonal matrix. On the 34x59x65 cell model with the diagonal elements scaled to the
maximum complex diagonals, we achieved convergence of over 2.5 decades in only 600 iterations.
Rerunning the same problem with double precision resulted in a convergence of nearly five decades in just
less than 1000 iterations. The maximum error in satisfying any individual equation was less than one percent
anywhere in the model. More work is still required to better optimize the selection of the scaling diagonal
matrix, and we expect that the scaling coefficients will have to be modified for different models at different
frequencies. This method has allowed us to achieve convergence for an ill-conditioned system that includes
vastly different conductivities and cell sizes. It shows promise for greatly increasing the bioelectromagnetic
applications for which frequency-domain numerical methods can be used.
This work was supported in part by EBI Medical Systems, Parsippany, NJ and by a grant of computer time
from the Utah Supercomputing Institute, which is funded by the State of Utah and the IBM Corporation.
[1] Buechler DN, Durney CH, Gandhi OP (1994): 3D Equivalent-Circuit (Impedance) Method For Solving
Maxwell's Equations. Sixteenth Annual Meeting. Bioelectromagnetics Society, Copenhagen, Denmark, June
12-17.
[2] Freund RW, Nachtigal NM (1994): An implementation of the QMR method based on coupled two-term
recurrences. SIAM J. Sci. Comput., V.15, No.2, pp. 313-337.
[3] Duff IS, Erisman AM, and Reid JK(1986): Direct Methods for Sparse Matrices. Clarendon Press,
Oxford, pp. 86-88.
 P-12B
FINITE DIFFERENCE TIME DOMAIN ANALYSIS OF ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS CLOSE
TO PHANTOM HUMANS. C. Chen*1, T.M. Babij1 and K. Siwiak*2. 1Department of Electrical and
Computer Engineering, Florida International University, University Park, Miami, Florida 33199, USA.
2
Paging Products Group, Motorola, Inc., Boynton Beach, Florida 33426, USA.

OBJECTIVE: The knowledge of the changes in the magnetic field less than 2 cm from the body is important
in the application of pagers and radio receivers in terrestrial and satellite communication. FD-TD simulations
were applied to a phantom human and the results compared to measured data and moment method results.
METHOD: Two types of phantom humans were considered, SALTY and SALTY-LITE. The SALTY
human phantom is a plastic cylinder of diameter 0.305 m and height 1.7 m containing a saline solution with
an εr = 77.0 and σ = 0.26 S/m. The SALTY-LITE phantom human consists of two concentric plastic
cylinders with a hollow center. It has an outer diameter of 0.305 m and an inner diameter of 0.297 m and a
height of 1.32 m. The SALTY-LITE model has an εr = 77.0 and σ = 0.70 S/m. SALTY and SALTY-LITE
are international standards [1]. The phantom humans were constructed using a FD-TD model. To do this a
three-dimensional FD-TD space must be determined. This space should enclose the scattering object (in this
case, the phantom human) completely. The 3-D space is composed of smaller 3-D cells of length ∆x, width
∆y, and thickness ∆z. In order to select a suitable cell size, there are some considerations which should be
noted. The cell size should be much less than the smallest wavelength for which accurate results are needed.
Usually 10 cells per wavelength is appropriate, but this will vary from one construction to the next. Once the
cell size is determined, the time step, ∆t, immediately follows from the Courant condition. If ∆t is selected
inappropriately, instability will occur. Once reasonable cell sizes and a suitable time step has been selected,
the scattering object can be modeled. For both the SALTY and SALTY-LITE cases a 3-D FDTD space of
34 ∆x, 34 ∆y, and 109 ∆z were used. Where ∆x, ∆y, and ∆z = 0.019065 m. The phantom humans were
positioned in the center of the FD-TD space in the x-y plane and 10 cells from the bottom in the z-plane. ∆t
was calculated using the Courant condition and the excitation source used was a Gaussian pulse. The
Gaussian pulse should not have too large a bandwidth, since a large bandwidth may contain significant energy
at frequencies to high to be sampled in the volumetric region containing the dielectric material.
CONCLUSIONS: The FD-TD method has been shown to be an effective method in analyzing large
structures providing that the frequency range of interest is within computational limits. For both phantom
human structures better results may be attained at the higher frequencies if a smaller cell size was used. This,
however, will require far more cells and many more time-steps and would thus require far greater computer
resources.
This research is supported by the Department of the Army, Grant No. DAAH04-93~6-0482 and the National
Science Foundation, Grant No. CDA-9313624.
[1] "Paging Systems; European Radio Message System (ERMES) Part 5: Receiver Conformance
Specification," ETS 300 133-5, ETSI, Valbonne, France, July 1992, Amended (A1), Jan. 1994.

P-14B
BIO-EFFECTS MECHANISM BASED EXPOSURE ASSESSMENT OF APPLIANCES IN THE
HOME AND WORKPLACE. N.H. Hansen* and B.W. Wilson. Battelle Pacific Northwest Laboratories,
Richland, Washington 99352, USA.

Data-acquisition protocols and metric-extraction algorithms have been developed by the authors in order to
determine exposures and estimate dose as defined by several bio-effects mechanism hypotheses. These
methods, previously applied to data acquired from large AC motors used in the Finnish garment industry, are
now applied to assessing and ranking exposures of common home and workplace appliances.
Several bio-effects mechanism hypotheses are discussed in the literature. To date, we have developed data-
acquisition protocols and metric-extraction algorithms for the following:
· Coherence (Litovitz, 1991)
· Ion Parametric Resonance (Blanchard and Blackman, 1994)
· Quantum Coherence Resonance (Bowman, 1995)
· Transients (Sastre, 1994)
The data-acquisition requirements for metrics used to evaluate each of these hypotheses vary greatly. High
bandwidth may be required for transient capture whereas long-duration ELF wave forms must be captured
for the coherence model. The resonance models require that field orientations be known. Data-acquisition
protocols have been written which address these requirements.
For metrics defined in terms of organism response it is essential to perform measurements from the point of
view of the organism. For this study we attempt to characterize the magnetic fields within the operator
envelope (the volume normally occupied by the operator of the appliance). The definition of this envelope
depends upon how the appliance is normally used. In the case of a can opener it is well defined because the
position of the operator relative to the appliance is approximately known. In the case of passive appliances
which cycle on and off continuously without operator attendance (e.g., a space heater), the operator envelope
may consist of the entire room.
Metrics are tabulated for an appliance set including the most common home and workplace appliances. The
appliances are ranked under each bio-effects model according to the pertinent model metrics extracted from
the acquired wave forms. These data and extracted metrics will be included in an on-line data base accessible
by bio-effects researchers.
SUMMARY:
· Bio-effects mechanism based data acquisition protocols and metric extraction algorithms have been applied
to magnetic field wave forms from common home and workplace appliances.
· The appliance set has been ranked according to metrics for the various bio-effect mechanism models.
· Plots and tables of metrics are presented in the poster.
REFERENCES:
1. Blanchard, J.P. and Blackman, C.F., Bioelectromagnetics, Vol. 15, p. 217-238, 1994
2. Bowman, J.D., Bioelectromagnetics, Vol. 16, no. 1, p. 48-59
3. Litovitz, T., Biochem. Biophys. Res. Comun., Vol. 178, p. 862-865, 1991
4. Sastre, A., Presentation, NIOSH/DOE Workshop on Exposure Assessment for Epidemiology,1994
ACKNOWLEDGMENT: This work is supported by the U.S. Department of Energy through the EMF
RAPID Program and under contract DO-AC06-76RLO 1830 with Pacific Northwest National Laboratory.

P-16B
USE OF MAGNETIC RESONANCE IMAGES, ADOBE PHOTOSHOP™, AND MATHEMATICAL
MODELS TO DETERMINE SPECIFIC ABSORPTION RATES (SAR). P.A. Mason1, J.M. Ziriax2,
W.D. Hurt3, K.L. Watt4 and M. Gilbert4. 1Systems Research Laboratories, San Antonio, Texas 78235, USA.
2
Naval Medical Research Institute Detachment at Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235, USA. 3Armstrong
Laboratory, Radiofrequency Radiation Division, Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235, USA. 4Trinity
University, San Antonio, Texas 78212, USA.

Advances in tissue permittivity measuring capabilities permit the application of the Finite-Difference Time-
Domain (FD-TD) model to electromagnetic field (emf) exposure assessment of geometrically-complex
biological models.
OBJECTIVE: To produce suitable block models of the Sprague-Dawley rat, Rhesus monkey and Pigmy
goat for use within mathematical models to predict localized specific absorption rates (SAR) in response to
various emf exposure conditions.
METHODS: Magnetic resonance images (MRI) of the rat, monkey and goat were obtained (Mason et al.,
BEMS Abstract, 1995) and each image was converted to a TIF image for use within Adobe PhotoshopTM
software on the PC. Each of 32 tissue types was assigned a specific Red-Green-Blue (RGB) color value. All
65,536 pixels on each image (81 images for the rat, 184 images for the monkey, and 276 images for the goat)
were then "painted" manually with the RGB colors representing the appropriate tissue types. Atlases and
skeletons of the rat, monkey and goat were used to identify the location of each tissue type. Throughout the
"painting" process, images were reconstructed 3-dimensionally using Spyglass SlicerTM software on the PC
and VoxBlast TM software on the Silicon Graphics workstation to ensure correct anatomical placement of
each tissue type. Upon completion of all TIF image files for each animal, the Silicon Graphics workstation
was used to view the 3-dimensionally-reconstructed animals from any direction and to transfer these views to
a color printer or video tape. To predict SAR values, the anatomical information within each TIF image file
was converted to PGM files and imported into a FD-TD mathematical model. Processing the smaller models
(e.g., rat with a couple of tissue types) could be accomplished on a stand-alone UNIX workstation; however,
to process the larger models, the parallel computer system at the Phillips Laboratory Maui High Performance
Computing Center (PL/MHPCC) was utilized.
RESULTS: All images for each animal were aligned so as to eliminate some of the scanning artifacts
previously reported (FASEB J., 9:434-440, 1995). The "painting" of all TIF images for the rat, monkey and
goat required approximately 2000 hr to complete. Images were checked for unknown pixel values and for
pixel values located in incorrect locations (i.e., heart pixel value located in the leg) using WaveAdvantageTM
software. Images were converted to PGM files for use in the FD-TD algorithm.
DISCUSSION: Whole-body SAR values may not provide a true representation of the thermal gradients
within the body. There may be localized "hot spots" at the interface between tissue types, such as air and
lung. Since it is impractical to place temperature probes every few mm throughout the body for a variety of
emf exposure conditions, it was essential to develop suitable block models of the animals used by this
laboratory. These models have been completed and the data are being incorporated into the FD-TD model to
predict localized SAR.

P-18B
COMPUTATIONAL MODELING OF THE SCALING OF INDUCED CURRENT-TO-GROUND
WITH HUMAN BODY DIMENSIONS. R.A. Stark*. Naval Surface Warfare Center, Carderock
Division, Silver Spring, Maryland 20903, USA.

Several recent studies have shown that currents, whether induced or through contact, flowing through the
extremities, at frequencies near or lower than body resonance (~75 MHz), are a possible source of localized
SAR which is dramatically higher than the average body SAR. In response to these findings, several national
and international committees have recommended limits on these induced and contact currents to complement
previous standards based on field strength and power densities. One difficulty encountered in implementing
these standards is the large person-to-person variation in currents observed in subjects for identical exposure
conditions. A quantization of these variations is especially desired where the restricted area around radiating
sources cannot easily be expanded to allow for an additional compensating safety factor, such as on the deck
of naval vessels. For induced currents, which are more easily analyzed than contact currents, there are at
least three sources of this person-to-person variations in current: body dimensions, body composition (fat to
muscle ratio), and shoe impedance. The peer reviewed literature has confirmed a relationship between
induced current-to-ground for f < 40 MHz which for grounded (barefoot) subjects is proportional to the
product of the square of stature, the frequency, and the electric field strength. However this relationship
represents results averaged over only a few subjects and hence is representative of an average physique. In
this abstract, a detailed computational study of the scaling of the induced current-to-ground on human body
dimensions, both transverse and longitudinal, is outlined.
OBJECTIVE: To find the dependence on human body dimensions of the induced current-to-ground in
grounded humans exposed to RF radiation in the HF band (3 - 30 MHz). To parameterize this dependence
on a few standard anthropometric landmarks (eg. chest breadth, hip breadth, stature).
METHOD AND STATUS: Finite difference time domain (FDTD) calculations are being performed for the
human body shape exposed to far field radiation in the HF band. The key features of the FDTD code are: 1)
An impulse method to find response for many frequencies in a single run. 2) A frequency dependent model
for the complex dielectric. 3) The perfectly matched layer (PML) boundary conditions ala Berenger. A
stereophotometric data survey of 31 male subjects in the US Air Force flying population (Mc Conville, et al.,
AFAMRL-TR-80-119) is being used to form human body contours. An algorithm using linear interpolation
has been developed to form cuboid models from this data suitable for FDTD calculations. Since this study
focuses on the current through the feet, the interior of the human models contain only a spatially (though not
frequency) averaged conductivity and relative dielectric of the human body in the HF band. FDTD
calculations with models for each of the subjects in the survey are underway. The results will be statistically
analyzed to find the anthropometric landmarks which together provide the best predictive value for the
induced current-to-ground.
CONCLUSION: The work outlined here is the first attempt to paramaterize the induced current-to-ground
in terms of human body dimensions other than stature alone. FDTD calculations using actual human body
shapes from a sample of US Air Force male flying population are in progress to find this scaling. Successful
completion of this work should account for much of the person-to-person variation observed in grounded
humans exposed to radiation in the HF band, and hence help in the implementation of induced current
standards. Future tasks are planned to evaluate the role of the fat-to-muscle ratio in the induced current
scaling, and to validate the scaling relationship with measurements of human subjects under controlled
conditions on a ground plane facility.
Work supported by the U.S. Naval Sea Systems Command, 03K23 - EM Engineering; and the U.S. Naval
Medical Research and Development Command, Occupational and Environment Health and Safety Program.

Signal Transduction

P-20B
EFFECT OF MAGNETIC FIELD ON THE TRANSMISSION OF INTRACELLULAR
COMMUNICATION. M.S. Spergel and J. Schlein. Department of Natural Science, New York College,
CUNY, Jamaica, New York 11451, USA.

The objective of this investigation is to examine experimentally the hypothesis that, in the presence of
Extremely Low Frequency Electromagnetic Fields (ELF-EM) there will be faulty transmission of cellular
signals. Nerve tissue are examined as to the ability to transmit electric signal when exposed to ELF-EM
fields. Experiments are performed in test and sham environments. Reports on the effects of static magnetic
fields and ELF-EM abound in the literature (Tenforde, Bioelectrochem. And Bioenerget, 1991). In as much
as cellular and whole organism operation depends upon intercellular communication of information, it is clear
that disruption of the organism's transmission through nerve axons, can and will effect cellular and whole
organism operation. Recent experimental studies (Pilla et al., Bioelectrochem. and Bioenerget.,1993) have
clearly established that weak static magnetic and ELF-EM are capable of eliciting in vitro and in vivo
biological effects. Many studies suggest, though ELF-EM are non-ionizing, it is possible that ELF-EM
related phenomena will lead to cell damage and/or high defect growth rate. In particular, this investigation
examines the distortion of input signal transmission in nerve tissue in the presence of the ELF-EM. The
experiments are done under ELF-EM exposure and 'Sham' ELF-EM exposure (i.e. zero field conditions).
Distortion of amplitude, shape and frequency of the input signal, as well as the phase effects in signal
transmission, in the presence of the ELF-EM are discussed. Experiments use sciatic nerve tissue of the frog,
Rana pipens as well as the single axon isolated from the gnathobase nerve of the horseshoe crab, Limulus
polyphemus as the transmission nerve conduit. These choices allow testing effects of distortion in single
axon as well as a whole nerve system.
Parallel studies will investigate the static electric effect properties (ohmic, capacitive and inductive) of the
tissue and pathways in the presence of the ELF-EM fields. These experiments will look for connections
between ELF-EM field strength and frequency conditions.
This work is supported in part by grants from the U.S. National Institutes of Health MARC grant #443789
and the President’s Fund award of the York College of the City University of New York Committee for
Sponsored Research.

P-22B
ENHANCED FREE RADICAL FORMATION IN RAT PERITONEAL NEUTROPHILS DURING
EXPOSURE TO A LOW FREQUENCY ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD (1G, 60Hz). Y. Noda1, A.
Mori1, S. Roy1, V. Eckert2, M.G. Traber1, R. Liburdy2 and L. Packer1. 1Department of Molecular & Cell
Biology, University of California at Berkeley, Berkeley, California 94720-3200, USA. 2Lawrence Berkeley
National Laboratory, Life Sciences Division, Berkeley, California 94720, USA.

We demonstrated an electromagnetic field (EMF) (1G, 60Hz) effect on cellular function involving free
radicals. Such studies on the radical pair mechanism/radical-pair recombination involving magnetic fields
effects in model [1, 2] and biological systems [3] have been predicted. However, there is no direct evidence
of EMF effects on enhanced free radicals generation in a biological system.
METHODS: To evaluate the effect of EMF (1G, 60Hz) on oxidant generation, primed rat peritoneal
neutrophils were induced with phorbol 12-myristate 13-acetate (PMA). Then assay of real-time generation
of oxidants during field exposure were performed. The real-time assay of oxidants was accomplished using a
cuvette in a Helmholtz coil located in a fluorimeter connected to a computer. To monitor oxidant generation,
the fluorescent probe, 2', 7'-dichlorofluorescin diacetate (DCFH-DA) was used for this assay. DCFH-DA
can diffuse through the cell membrane and then can be deacetylated to form the reduced form of
dichlorofluorescin (DCFH) [1]. Oxidant species are detected by the fluorescence changes generated by
formation of the oxidized form of the fluorescent probe. Rat peritoneal neutrophils were obtained from male
Sprague-Dawley, 200-250g, rats, 12-14hrs after i.p. injection of 2% casein dissolved in phosphate buffered
saline at pH 7.4. The respiratory burst assay during the exposure to EMF was performed by adding 50nM
PMA to the DCFH-DA loaded neutrophil cell suspension. Real-time assay of oxidants generated during the
EMF exposure was monitored by fluorescence using excitation and emission wavelengths of 502 and 530 nm,
respectively. Temperature for the measurements was maintained at 37 ±0.05 °C throughout the experiments.
RESULTS: The oxidant generation from the PMA-induced rat peritoneal neutrophils increased in a dose-
dependent manner (0.01 - 500 nM, final concentrations of PMA) in the absence of EMF, and a plateau was
obtained at the concentration of 5 nM PMA. When EMF exposure was employed, a 12.5% (p<0.02)
increase in the fluorescence signal was observed as compared to the control, during the real-time assay. The
results of five separate experiments including 36 total observations were analyzed for statistics. There was
no difference in the fluorescence of unstimulated cells in the presence or absence of EMF. A DC (~0.5G)
magnetic field which is considered as a background exposure from the earth had no effect in this assay
system.
In conclusion, the presence of a low EMF (1G, 60Hz) enhanced free radical generation from PMA-induced
rat peritoneal neutrophils by 12.4%. These results support our working hypothesis that in the presence of
EMF (1 G, 60Hz), free radical recombination should be decreased and accordingly higher steady state
concentrations of free radicals should be observed.
REFERENCES:
1. Evans, C., Ingold, K. U. and Sciano, J. C. (1988) Magnetic field effects on the decay of ketyl -aryloxy
radical pairs in micellar solution. J. Phys. Chem. ,92, 1257-1262.
2. Sciano, J. C., Mohtat, N., Cozens, F. L., McLean, J. and Thansandote, A. (1994) Application of the
radical pair mechanis to free radicals in organized systems. Bioelectromagnetics, 15,
549-554.
3. Grissom, C. B. (1995) Magnetic field effects in biology: A survey of possible mechanisms
with emphasis on radical-pair recombination. Chem. Rev., 95, 3-24.
4. LeBel, C. P., Ishciropoulos, H. and Bondy, S.C. (1992) Evaluation of the probe 2', 7' -dichlorofluorescin
as an indicator of reactive oxygen species formation and oxidative stress.
Chem. Res. Toxicol.., 5,227-231.
5. Roy, S., Noda, Y., Eckert, V., Traber, M.G., Mori, A., Liburdy, R. P. and Packer, L. The phorbol 12-
myristate 13-acetate (PMA)-induced oxidative burst in rat peritoneal neutrophils is increased by a 0.l mT
(60Hz) magnetic field. FEBS Letter (1996) (in press).

P-24B
REPLICATION STUDIES INITIATIVE: CD3:ANTI-CD3 RECEPTOR-LIGAND BINDING AS AN
INTERACTION SITE FOR ELF; MAGNETIC FIELDS. W.X. Balcavage1, M.B. Seward1, V. Eckert2
and R.P. Liburdy2. 1Indiana University School of Medicine, Terre Haute Center, Terre Haute, Indiana 47809,
USA. 2Cell and Molecular Biology Department, Life Sciences Division, Lawrence Berkeley National
Laboratory, University of California, Berkeley, California 94720, USA.

Previously Liburdy and Eckert1,2 reported stimulatory effects of ELF magnetic fields on high affinity binding
of anti-CD3, to CD3 receptors of human T-lymphocytes (Jurkat E6.1 cells). Scatchard analyses showed that
1 G, 60 Hz ELF fields induced about 30% more high affinity anti-CD3 binding to Jurkat cells than was
observed in controls. In companion experiments it was observed that anti-CD3 stimulated Fura-2
fluorescence in Jurkat cells loaded with Fura-2-AM. and that 1 G, 50 Hz ELF magnetic fields also increased
this anti-CD3 effect compared to controls. From these binding studies it was proposed that ELF magnetic
fields induced an increase in cell surface CD3 receptors and that the ELF field related increase in cytosolic
Ca+2 (Fura-2 fluorescence) was related to the elevated receptor-ligand interactions.
At Indiana University we are also interested in magnetic field effects on receptor-ligand interaction and signal
transduction. These interests have led to a cooperative collaboration in which the UC Berkeley group has
provided extensive consultation to the Indiana University group as we have embarked on collaborative
studies aimed at replicating the effects of ELF magnetic fields on anti CD3-CD3 receptor interactions. In
these studies all reagents and equipment employed by Liburdy and Eckert have been transported from
Berkeley to Terre Haute and the Berkeley, Jurkat cell line has been established in Terre Haute. Finally,
personnel from the Berkeley group have traveled to Terre Haute to facilitate the necessary technology
transfer. At this writing the Terre Haute group has performed numerous control experiments aimed at
sharpening the technical skills required to obtain binding data like that reported by Liburdy and Eckert.
Figure 1 illustrates a representative Scatchard analysis from this series of trials. Our progress to date has
provided the background necessary to replicate Liburdy and Eckert's work and evaluate the robustness of
their test of ELF magnetic field effects. Our collaborative protocols and experimental design plus the above
control experiments will be reported in detail at the 1996 BEMS meeting.
1. R.P. Liburdy, V. Eckert (1994) Annual Review of Research on Biological Effects of Electric and Magnetic
Fields From the Generation, Delivery & Use of Electricity, Albuquerque, New Mexico, USA.
2. R.P Liburdy, V. Eckert (1995) Bioelectromagnetics Mtg., Boston, MA, USA
 P-26B
BONE CELL RESPONSES TO 1.25-DIHYDROX-YVITAMIN D3 INCLUDE ACTIVATION OF
PROTEIN KINASE C, AS PART OF A SIGNAL TRANSDUCTION PATHWAY MODULATED BY
LOW ENERGY MAGNETIC FIELDS. R.A. Luben, G. Tadaki and S. Saraiya. Division of Biomedical
Sciences, University of California, Riverside, California 92521, USA.

This laboratory is working to define the molecular sequence of events involved in effects of low energy EMF
on bone cells. Bone is known to be a particularly sensitive target tissue for electromagnetic effects both in
vivo and in vitro. Bone cells in tissue and organ culture exhibit desensitization to the effects of parathyroid
hormone (PTH) on several metabolic responses when treated with EMF used clinically to stimulate healing of
non-union fractures. In the current studies we have examined the actions of another important hormone
involved in the growth and homeostasis of bone: the metabolically activated form of vitamin D3, 1,25-
dihydroxyvitamin D3 [1,25(OH)2D3]. This hormone is known to influence the transcription of collagen,
osteocalcin, osteopontin and other genes which are involved in the growth, differentiation, and calcification
of bone. 1,25(OH)2D3 has also been implicated in the growth and differentiation of many other cell types,
including leukemia cells and brain cells. Recently, 1,25(OH)2D3 also has been reported to activate protein
kinase C (PKC) in synthetic membrane vesicles. In view of our previous studies of EMF actions on bone cell
PKC, we decided to evaluate the possible actions of 1,25(OH)2D3 in an EMF-responsive experimental
system. Mouse primary bone cells and rat osteosarcoma cells (ROS 17/2.8) were exposed to 10-10M - 10-8M
1,25(OH)2D3 either with or without the presence of sinusoidally varying 60 Hz, 1.0 gauss magnetic fields
(EMF). The activity of protein kinase C (PKC) was measured by phosphorylation of a synthetic peptide in
both membrane and cytosolic fractons; enzyme isoforms of PKC were also examined in both fractions by
immunoblotting. Treatment of bone cells with 1,25(OH)2D3 produced a rapid increase in activity of PKC in
the membrane fraction, accompanied by a decrease in the activity in the cytosolic fractions. Simultaneously,
PKCα protein was shown to increase in the membrane fraction and decrease in the cytosolic fraction. This
indicates that 1,25(OH)2D3 causes activation of PKCα translocation in a similar manner to many other
growth-related hormones and factors. EMF exposure enhanced the levels of translocation by approximately
2-fold but did not change the time course. The increase of PKC activity in the membrane peaked between 15
and 30 minutes, then declined. Unlike the situation observed with most other activators of PKC
translocation, however, the levels of PKC activity and protein did not continue to decline
("downregulation"). In 1,25(OH)2D3 treated cells the levels of PKCα protein and PKC activity rebounded to
their original levels and above during 24 hr of hormone treatment. It has been shown previously that
1,25(OH)2D3 stimulated transcription of PKCα in HL-60 leukemia cells; it is possible that a similar
mechanism is present in bone cells. Exposure to EMF did not block the increased expression of PKCα,
suggesting that whatever stimulus is responsible for down-regulation of PKC by EMF is not acting on a
transcriptionally mediated pathway. Further experiments will examine the specificity and mechanisms
involved in this novel signal transduction system.
Supported by DOE and NIEHS (RAPID)

P-28B
COMPARISONS BETWEEN THE EFFECTS OF ELF MAGNETIC FIELDS ON TWO NITRIC
OXIDE-DEPENDENT RHYTHMIC ACTIVITIES IN RAT BRAIN SLICES. S.M. Bawin, W.M.
Satmary, R.A. Jones and W.R. Adey. J.L. Pettis Memorial Veterans Administration Medical Center, Loma
Linda, California 92357, USA.

The free radical nitric oxide (NO) plays an important role in several brain processes including memory
functions and brain disorders, such as epilepsy. NO is synthesized in brain cells following transient increases
in free intracellular calcium. Being an uncharged, gaseous molecule, NO readily diffuses in the extracellular
space and acts as a messenger carrying information to neighboring cells. Our studies focus on two NO-
dependent brain processes which occur in the hippocampus: one is a rhythmic slow activity (RSA) seen
during memory functions, the other is a paroxysmal activity involving rapid, repetitive cell firing, seen during
electrical seizures (fits). Rat hippocampal slices are perfused with physiological solutions containing either
carbachol (20 microM) or high concentrations of potassium (7 - 8.5 mM) to induce RSA and fits,
respectively. We use standard electrophysiological procedures to record electrical activity in the slices.
Addition of agents that block NO synthesis in the tissue and agents that release NO (NO-donors) allowed us
to demonstrate that the role of NO is to lengthen the intervals between RSA episodes or fits. These effects
take place via NO-activated formation of cyclic guanosine monophosphate (cGMP). In the presence of NO,
the inter-RSA-intervals become destabilized (one or two long intervals alternating with a few short ones),
while the inter-fits-intervals progressively lengthen, often leading to the cessation of seizure activity. Having
characterized the role of NO in the two rhythmic activities, our goal is now to study the possible interactions
of ELF magnetic fields with the NO system. Vertical sinusoidal ELF magnetic fields are applied via a
horizontal coil positioned around the plexiglass recording chamber, in the plane of the slices. Sham and field
exposures are alternated from one experiment to the next. The ambient dc field is constant (44.9 microT
with an angle of -66 deg. from the horizontal plane). We already demonstrated that 10 min exposures to 1
Hz fields at 56 and 560 microTrms destabilized the RSA intervals without affecting the amplitude and duration
of the RSA episodes. These effects required synthesis of NO in the tissue. Fields at 60 Hz produced similar,
but not statistically significant, trends. We now report that 1 Hz fields at 5.6 microT fail to destabilize RSA
intervals, thus providing a lower threshold for this effect. We also report that 10 min exposures to 1 Hz
fields at 560 microT can lengthen the inter-fit-intervals in potassium-treated slices. The lengthening of the
intervals takes place without noticeable changes in the duration or amplitude of the fits themselves. So far,
50% of the exposed slices exhibited lengthening of intervals followed by ending of the fits, versus 20% of the
sham-exposed slices. In carbachol-treated slices, similar field exposures resulted in disruption of RSA
intervals in 80% of the slices, suggesting a stronger control of this activity by the NO system. This
hypothesis is supported by our findings that higher concentrations of NO-donors were necessary to disrupt
fits than to destabilize RSA activity in slices where synthesis of NO was pharmacologically blocked.
Together, our previous and current results indicate that ELF magnetic fields influence the rate of occurrence
of rhythmic activity in normal and epileptiform activity in the slices, and suggest that ELF magnetic fields
promote NO-dependent events in the brain. These findings also suggest that ELF magnetic fields could serve
as non-invasive medical tools to study and treat a variety of neurological disorders involving NO synthesis in
brain cells.
Sponsored by the Department of Energy, Contract No DE-AI01-90CE35035.
 P-30B
COMMON CELLULAR PATHWAYS USED BY TPA AND EMFS? S. Rao and A. Henderson.
Hunter College, Biological Sciences, New York, New York 10021, USA.

HYPOTHESIS AND BACKGROUND: The hypothesis that common pathways are used by cells exposed
to EMFs or TPA is tested in this study. The research was initiated with the finding that the SRE- AP1 sites
of the upstream regulatory region of human c-fos were responsive to EMFs. The AP-1 region is influenced
bv mitogenic factors, including TPA (Prywes etal., 1988). Previous research also considered the relationship
between TPA induction and EMF exposure. Following exposure to magnetic fields of 1G ( 60 Hz ), TPA
increased the number and density of foci formed in co cultures of normal and transformed fibroblast cells (
Cain et al., 1993). Luben et al. (1994) showed that TPA or EMF ( 60 Hz; 0.1 mT) could produce transient
increases in membrane PKC activity.
OBJECTIVE: Three different approaches were used to compare the effect of TPA with EMF exposure.
The first exposed transiently transfected cells to EMF and/or TPA. The next approach inhibited PKC or
PKA activity. The final approach determined if EMF exposure affected phosphorylation of the fos protein, as
observed in cells exposed to TPA (Ofir et al., 1990).
METHOD: An upstream regulatory region of the c-fos promoter (to -700), linked to the CAT gene, was
transfected into HeLa cells. The transfected cells were exposed to TPA and/or EMFs. CAT activity was
used as a indirect marker for response. PKC was inhibited by chelerythreine (1 µM) and PKA bv H-89 (30
µM). Cells were preincubated with the inhibitors for one hour before EMF exposures. Fos protein activity
was measured by in vivo labeling followed by immunoprecipitation of the modified fos protein.
EXPOSURE CONDITIONS: HeLa cells were exposed to a 60 Hz (8 µT) EMF using a Double Blind
Helmholtz Coil Exposure System designed by ERM, Inc. This system produces identical magnetic field
exposure conditions to that used previously, but adds the capability of conducting simultaneous
sham/exposure in a dual device under double blind conditions to eliminate experimenter bias. In all
experiments, control and experimental cells were subjected to the same environments. Cells for control and
experimental determinations were derived from the same "parent flask" and exposed simultaneously to either
no field or EMFs at a concentration of 8-10x105 cells. T-25 flasks containing the cells were placed
horizontally on a Plexiglas stand in an area of the coils shown to have a uniform magnetic field. Exposures
were for 20 minutes. Temperature was monitored using a Physitemp thermocouple probe that is sensitive to
0.1 °C.
SUMMARY OF RESULTS: The three experimental approaches showed that: (1) irrespective of the order
of exposure of cells to TPA and EMF, the effects were not synergistic (Figure 1, A and B); (2) inhibition of
PKC and PKA resulted in the obliteration of the cell response to EMF and (3) EMF exposure resulted in an
increase in the amount of modified (phosphorylated) protein in a bimodal fashion, with a maximum increase
of 50%.
CONCLUSIONS: These experiments demonstrated bv both direct and indirect methods that common
pathways are used by cells exposed to EMFS or TPA. This strongly supports previously experiments which
showed co-promotion of EMF and TPA and suggests a role for EMFs as mitogens.
This research was supported bv NIEHS and DOE.
Prywes, R, Fisch, T.M., and Roeder, R.G. (1988). CSHSQB 53, 739-748;
Cain, C.D., Thomas, D.L., and Adey, W.R. (1993). Carcinogenesis 14, 955-960;
Luben, R.A., Uckun, F.M., Carlson, A., and Tuel, L. (1994). The Annual Review of Research on Biological
Effects of Electric and Magnetic Fields from the Generation, Delivery and Use of Electricity: pp. 25.;
Ofir, R, Dwarki, V.J., Rashid, D., and Verma, I.M. (1990). Nature 348, 80-82.

Figure 1. Comparison of TPA and EMF on CAT activity in Transfected Cells

Figure 1A. Transfected HeLa cells were incubated with 100 nM TPA for one hour followed by EMF
exposure for 20 minutes at 60 Hz (8µT). CAT activity was measured one hour after exposure. The mean of
4 experiments is given where the bar represents the standard error.

Figure 1B. Transfected HeLa cells were exposed to EMF for 20 minutes followed by TPA induction at 100
nM for 2 hours. CAT activity was measured two hours after EMF exposure. Other conditions are as in
Figure 1A.

Pulsed and Static Fields

P-32B
EFFECT OF PULSED MAGNETIC FIELDS ON TRANSAMINASES IN HEALTHY RATS. A.
Bellossi1, V. Pouvreau Quillien2, C. Rocher1, M. Ruelloux1. 1Laboratoire de Biophysique, Faculté de
Médecine, 35043 Rennes, France. 2Centre Eugène Marquis, Rennes, France.

INTRODUCTION: In spite of too few works written on the effects of magnetic fields on live static
magnetic fields have already been reported not only to increase rat liver weights (NAHAS) but also to alter
hepatocytes in rats as well as in guinea pigs (GORCYNSKA). We really looked for an effect of pulsed
magnetic fields (PMF) used as a therapeutic practice on transaminases in the following experiment knowing
that an increase from their part generally expresses a liver cell necrosis.
METHODS: PMF were generated through a Magnobiopulse apparatus (Societe ATTAS International,
Paris, France). The signal consists of unipolar asymmetrical pulses (rise time 70 ns, fall time 700 ns, width 7
µs) supplied with 90 µs pulse bursts. The PMF was delivered through discs 12 cm in diameter. The field
strength was 6 mT at the surface of the discs. The repetition frequency was 12 Hz. The length of exposure
was 1 hour. Either at the end of this very exposure or 3, 4, 8, 16, 24, 48, 96 hours after the end of it blood
samples were taken from the eye socket and their plasmas were put to the test for glutamic pyruvic
transaminases (GPT) and glutamic oxalo-acetic transaminases (GOT).
RESULTS: The average values of transaminases with standard deviations are reported on the table and
shown on the figure.

TIME C 0h 3h 4h 6h 8h 16h 24h 48h 72h 96h

n=30 n=30 n=30 n=31 n=29 n=30 n=32 n=30 n=30 n=30 n=30
GPT 39.97 40.50 45.30 42.70 40.17 38.60* 44.06 33.73** 41.20 42.57 43.50
±8.09 ±10.56 ±9.30 ±10.63 ±6.71 ±8.92 ±6.71 ±6.63 ±9.05 ±7.84 ±7.66
GOT 93.50 88.37 95.33 92.40 89.41 87.40 94.22 88.77 75.43** 82.80 90.63
±17.05 ±16.81 ±19.66 ±14.95 ±16.46 ±19.61 ±11.62 ±13.68 *±10.67 ±11.52 ±10.39
**: -2 -3
n: sizes of the sample, *:p < 0.05, p < 10 , ***:p < 10 :with regard to the controls

DISCUSSION: After a few similar fluctuations during the 16 hours which followed the exposure a collapse
of GPT and GOT levels was noticed with a rate of 15.6% for GPT at the 24th hour and at a rate of 19.3% at
the 48th hour for GOT whereas a progressive return to normal levels was noticed for transaminases. Such a
delay in GOT decrease with respect to a GPT decrease might be due to a difference in half-times. In both
cases it was as if a synthesis of transaminases were hampered in a transient way. Moreover each time such an
effect only occurred with a delay after the end of the exposure and at different moments for GPT and GOT
and in a non-linear way. Any physician using PMF as a therapeutic device must bear this in mind
REFERENCES:
Nahas G.G. et al. Aviation Space and Environmental Medicine, 1975:1161 - 1163.
Gorcynska E., Wegr Czynowitz R. Env. Res., 1991, 55(2): 188-198.
Gorcynska E. el al. Physiol. Chem. Phys. NMR, 1988, 18:1161-1169
Gorcynska E., Wegr Czynowitz R. Hyg. Epidemiol. Microbiol. Immunol. 1988, 30(7):763-760.

P-34B
INCREASE OF CHEMICALLY INDUCED MUTATION FREQUENCY BY EXPOSURE TO A 5T
STATIC MAGNETIC FIELD. M. Ikehata1, Y. Suzuki2, H. Shimizu2, T. Koana1 and M. Nakagawa1.
1
Environmental Biotechnology Laboratory, Railway Technical Research Institute, Kokubunji, Tokyo 185,
Japan. 2Department of Public Health and Environmental Medicine, The Jikei University School of Medicine,
Minato-ku, Tokyo 105, Japan.

OBJECTIVE: Recently, we have an increasing chance to be exposed to various magnetic fields. (Strong
static magnetic field from Magnetic Resonance Imaging apparatus or weak 50 or 60 Hertz time-varying
magnetic field from Power line, etc.) However, the biological effects of these magnetic fields are still
unclear. The aim of this study is to detect the biological effect, especially genotoxicity, of strong static
magnetic field using a modified bacterial mutation assay. (Ames' Test)
METHODS: A superconducting magnet (SCM) with a horizontal bore (20cm diameter) which generates a
5T (50,000G) homogeneous static magnetic field in a 20cm region at the center of the bore was used. The
SCM was located in a constant temperature room and test plates were placed and incubated at the center of
the bore at 37 ±0.5 °C. Test strains used were Escherichia coli WP2 uvrA (tryptophan auxotroph) and
Salmonella typhimurium TA100 (histidine auxotroph). Pre-cultured cell suspension was washed twice with
0.1 M-phosphate buffer to prevent carrying over tryptophan (or histidine) or some unknown nutrition factor.
Then the cells were resuspended in 0.1M-phosphate buffer and 0.1 ml of the cell suspension (contained 1-3 X
8
10 cells) plated with different concentrations of tryptophan (or histidine) and chemical mutagens. Six plates
were made in each concentration. The plates were randomly divided into two groups; one group was
incubated in a 5T magnetic field while the other in a conventional incubator as control. After 48 hours
incubation, number of revertant colony appearing on each plate was scored and compared with control.
RESULTS: In E. coli WP2 uvrA, when cells were incubated for 48 hours in a 5T magnetic field with 200 µl
of 0.5mM-tryptophan solution and 0.02 µg of chemical mutagen 2-(2-furyl)-3-(5-nitro-2-furyl) acrylamide
(AF-2) per plate, the mutation frequency increased by 18-33% compared with control. However, we found
that when the mutagen was omitted, the mutation frequency was similar to control. Also, subjecting a
buffered suspension of mutagen and tryptophan to the magnetic field before adding the cell suspension did
not increase the mutation frequency. On the other hand, in S. typhimurium TA100, there are no significant
difference between exposed and control group with AF-2. We also carried out mammalian-microsome (S9)
assay with chemical promutagen 2-Aminoanthrathene. No significant difference was observed between
exposed and control group.
DISCUSSION: The mutation frequency increased when E. coli WP2 uvrA cells and AF-2 were exposed to a
5T magnetic field used in modified Ames' Test. This may be due to the effect of the static magnetic field on
some radical reactions. Magnetic field effects on the radical decay rate or the rate of intersystem crossing
between the single and triplet spin states are well known. Reactions between some chemical mutagens and
DNA may be radical-mediated reactions which are affected by exposure to the magnetic field. Also, we
found the modified Ames' Test performed well to detect the weak effect as in this study while general
procedure tests detect no difference between exposed and control group (data not shown). We infer that the
differences of the results between E. coli and S. typhimurium are due to the difference of their generation
time; the doubling time of E. coli is about 20 min compared 40 min for S. typhimurium. We speculate that an
organism which has a shorter doubling time can react to very weak effect as in this study. In further studies,
we hope to find the metabolic pathways and types of chemicals which are affected by magnetic field.

P-36B
ORIENTATION OF BULL SPERM IN THE STATIC MAGNETIC FIELD. N. Ashida1, T. Higashi1,
S. Sagawa1, T. Takeuchi and N. Takashima1. School of Allied Health Science, 1Faculty of Medicine and Low
Temperature Center, Osaka University, Toyonaka, Osaka 560, Japan.

The bull sperm showed an orientation in a uniform static magnetic field due to its magnetic anisotropy. We
have studied the effects of a magnetic field on the biological large molecules and cells, and reported the
orientations of fibrin fibers, erythrocytes and platelets in the strong magnetic field. We examined the effect of
a magnetic field on the sperm as moving cells, and confirmed their orientation in a uniform static magnetic
field by the microscope and the light scatter method. A bull sperm is composed of a small flat head and a
long tail. It was orientated with its flat head and tail perpendicular to the magnetic field direction in the weak
intensity of a magnetic field (1.7 tesla).
METHODS: Frozen bull semen (0.5ml in each tube) was obtained from live stock industry, and thawed by
a water bath at 37 °C before each examination. An isotonic phosphate-buffered saline (pH 7.4) was poured
on to the thawing semen forming two layers, and kept for one hour at 30 °C. The sperm that swam up into
the saline layer was collected, and its movement was stopped by cooling down to 4 °C or mixing with
glutaraldehyde (final concentration 0.025%). The prepared sperm suspension was put into the virtual or the
horizontal static magnetic field equipment, and its behavior was observed by an optical microscope and by an
optical scattering with argon laser beam. Intact sperm in the magnetic field was observed using optical
microscopic images with a VCR.
RESULTS: The flat head and the long tail of the sperm treated by low temperature or glutaraldehyde
orientated perpendicular to the magnetic field direction. The magnetic anisotropy of the sperm was high, and
the sperm completely orientated at the magnetic intensity of 1.7 tesla. However, the influence of the
magnetic field on the direction of movement of intact sperm was not confirmed.
DISCUSSION: We could observe the sperm orientation in the static magnetic field as well as the case of
erythrocytes and platelets. Its magnetic anisotropy was higher than that of an erythrocyte and a platelet. We
first predicted that the sperm orientation in the magnetic field would be the same direction as intact
erythrocyte due to the contribution of the membrane diamagnetism. But the direction was the same as that of
the glutaraldehyde-fixed erythrocyte in which the contribution of hemoglobin was considered. Not only the
membrane but also the inner cellular components of sperm are considered to contribute the orientation in the
magnetic field. In this experiment, we could not observe the influence of the magnetic field on the direction
of intact sperm movement quantitatively. One of the reasons was the range of sperm movement was too
wide to be detected by an optical microscope. It is necessary to improve the optical systems and the method
for recording with a VCR.
This work was supported by the Magnetic Health Science Foundation in Japan.
 P-38B
EFFECTS OF ULTRA-WIDE-BAND PULSES ON NITRIC OXIDE PRODUCTION IN MURINE
MACROPHAGES. R.L. Seaman1, J.L. Kiel*2, J.E. Parker*2, T.R. Grubbs*2 and H.K. Prol*1. 1McKesson
BioServices and US Army Medical Research Detachment and 2Radiofrequency Radiation Division, USAF
Armstrong Laboratory, Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235, USA.

OBJECTIVE: The objective was to determine whether activity of nitric oxide synthase (NOS) in cultured
murine macrophages was affected by exposure to ultra-wide-band (UWB) pulses.
METHODS: Murine macrophages RAW 264.7 and transformed macrophages NR101, NR102, and NR8005
(ATCC 11773, 11772, and 11771) were studied in separate experiments with three culture treatments per
experiment. Each cell line was subcultured for five days in T75 flasks using RPMI 1640 medium [fetal
bovine serum (10 %), sodium bicarbonate, penicillin (10 U/ml), streptomycin (10µg/ml), and, for
transformants, Geneticin (500µg/ml)]. For stimulation, gamma interferon (10 U/ml) and lipopolysaccharide
(5 ng/ml) were added to the medium for 24 hr. Stimulated cells were then washed with phosphate buffered
saline (PBS) and medium (treatment GL0) or medium plus 39 mM KNO3 (treatment GLN) added for an
additional 24 hr. Unstimulated cells (treatment 000) were processed in the same manner but without
stimulating agents or KNO3. Cells were then washed with PBS and covered with 235 ml PBS for 30-min
exposure to UWB pulses in a GTEM cell. Pairs of flasks were exposed in random sequence to no pulses
(sham) or to UW pulses at 600 pps with incident amplitude of 72-95 kV/m, rise time of 198-216 ps, and
duration of 1.01-1.07 ns, as based on measurements with an EG&G ACD(R) D-dot sensor in the absence of
flasks. After exposure, PBS was poured off and 5 ml of respective medium without phenol red was put on
000 and GL0 cells (with KNO3 for GLN cells). For each cell line, six flasks were tested for each of six
conditions (3 treatments by 2 UWB conditions). After 21-26 hr incubation, medium was removed for later
determination of nitrite content using 2,3-diamino-naphthalene fluorescence for nitric oxide (NO).
RESULTS: For the RAW 264.7 cell line, mean nitrite concentration for sham-exposed un-stimulated (000)
cells was 1.22 mM. Greater production of NO in sham-exposed stimulated cells was indicated by means of
3.77 mM for GL0 and 9.14 mM for GLN. Exposure of 000 and GL0 to UWB pulses resulted in respective
means of 1.56 and 3.45 mM, which were not significantly different from the corresponding sham-exposed
cells (t-test). Exposure of GLN gave a mean of 12.89 mM, which was significantly greater than sham-
exposed GLN. For the three transformants, means of nitrite concentration were not significantly different
between UWB conditions for any treatment.
DISCUSSION: Exposure to UWB pulses changed NO production only in the RAW 264.7 macrophages for
treatment GLN. The greater amount of NO can be attributed to increased expression and/or activity of NOS.
Regulatory mechanisms, possibly involving autocrines, might also be affected. Because NO produced with
the stimulating agents alone (GL0) was not changed by exposure, the effect may depend on presence of
nitrate, on greater NO production with nitrate, or on both. Because transformants expressed specific
fragments of the barley nitrate reductase gene, the lack of effect on transformant NO production may indicate
a lack of effect on this enzyme or its upregulation of NOS.
Supported in part by the U.S. Army Medical Research and Material Command under contract DAMD17-94-
C-4069 awarded to McKesson BioServices and in part by the U.S. Air Force Office of Scientific Research.
The views, opinions and/or findings contained in this report are those of the authors and should not be
construed as an official Department of Army or Department of Air Force position, policy or decision.

P-40B
PULSED RADIO FREQUENCY EFFECTS ON ION BINDING AND ENZYME ACTIVITY: A
MUSCLE CONTRACTILE PROTEIN MODEL. M.M. Markov, D.J. Muehsam and A.A. Pilla.
Bioelectrochemistry Laboratory, Department of Orthopaedics, Mount Sinai School of Medicine, New York
New York 10029, USA.
This study was designed to test the effect of a pulsed radio frequency (PRF) signal, which is currently in use
for the clinical treatment of pain and edema, on a muscle contractile protein model system. The model
involves Ca2+-calmodulin dependent myosin light chain phosphorylation in a cell-free preparation. Initial
reaction conditions were set for phosphorylation rate to be linear in time for several minutes, and to be rate
limited by Ca2+. To this end the reaction mixture contained 160 nM myosin light chains, 2 nM myosin light
chain kinase, (isolated from turkey gizzard), 70 nM calmodulin (from bovine brain) and 2.5µM Ca2+ with
appropriate EGTA buffering. All samples were in 1.5 ml Eppendorf tubes at 37 °C. The enzyme reaction
mixture was exposed to a short wave PRF signal (MRT sofPulseTM model 912, EPi, Pompano Beach, FL)
consisting of a 65 µs burst of 27.12 MHz sinusoidal waves repeating at 600 Hz. The peak magnetic field
varied from 77 to 350 µT. The magnitude of the ambient static magnetic field at the reaction site was 44 µT
with an inclination of 57°N (37µT vertical, 24µT horizontal). It was not compensated or altered during PRF
exposure. The PRF signal was transmitted using a 16 cm diameter pancake coil oriented horizontally.
Temperature was monitored with a thermistor probe immersed in one tube during all experiments and did not
vary during exposure by more than ±0.1°C. Control assays were run as sham prior to, or immediately after,
magnetic field exposure for the same time period in the same EMF setup with the generator turned off.
Phosphorylation was evaluated for sham and active groups after 5 min exposure. The results showed that
phosphorylation increased approximately via a second order function between 77 and 350 µT.
Phosphorylation rate was 75±4% greater at 350 µT than at 77 µT (P<.001). In addition, phosphorylation
was higher by 98±7% at 350 µT vs that at ambient magnetic field strengths (P<.001). The mechanism of
action of PRF in this system was considered using a dynamical systems model wherein a bistable potential
with barrier height on the order of kT represents bound and unbound states, with thermal noise providing the
driving force for ion binding. The resulting ion binding dynamics describe a chaotic hopping between bound
and unbound states with a Lorentzian (1/f) power spectrum. It has previously been postulated by this
Laboratory that weak static magnetic fields can directly affect the ion binding potential barrier by modulating
water dipole orientation at the binding site, even in the presence of thermal noise. However, effects on the
precessional motion of dipoles due to the geomagnetic field will overwhelm those due to the magnetic field
component of the PRF signal. The action of the PRF field on the potential energy function could then be via
its large induced electric field component (149 V/m in the Eppendorf tubes employed in these experiments).
The induced E field causes a bias in the potential energy function in favor of the bound state. This can be
interpreted statistically, so that the activation energy of binding ∆E is taken to be proportional to the ratio of
time bound to time free of the binding ion, i.e., enzyme activity is proportional to e-∆E/kT. Thus, increasing
induced electric field strength results in an increase in time free/bound, which can lead to increased enzyme
activity. It is concluded this PRF signal could affect this enzyme model system by inducing sufficient electric
field to modulate ion binding kinetics thereby modulating ion-protein interactions. The model discussed here
is an example of a non-thermal mechanism of action of pulsed 27.12 MHz radio frequency signals.

P-42B
EFFECTS OF STATIC MAGNETIC FIELDS ON DESTABILIZATION OF SERINE
PROTEINASES. M. Iwasaka and S. Ueno. Institute of Medical Electronics, Faculty of Medicine,
University of Tokyo, Tokyo 113, Japan.

The present study focuses on the effect of magnetic fields of up to 8 T on the stability of serine proteinases,
such as plasmin and thrombin. We investigate the thermal inactivation of serine proteinases, thrombin and
plasmin during long-term magnetic field exposure. Thermal destabilization of plasmin and thrombin was
carried out by incubating enzyme solutions in a thermal stabilization water bath at 34 °C ±0.4 °C with and
without magnetic fields of up to 7 - 8 T. 50 µl of the enzyme solution in micro tubes were kept in the
thermal stabilization water bath. During 18 - 80 hours after starting incubation, each solution was taken out
to assay the activity. Initial activities of thrombin and plasmin were 1 - 10 NIH units/ml and 0.8 - 5 casein
units/ml, respectively. Activities of thrombin and plasmin in an 8 T magnetic field were assessed by using
synthetic substrates for thrombin and plasmin, S-2238 and S-2251, respectively. We evaluated the activities
by measuring the optical absorbance of the solution at 405 nm. Thermal stability of plasmin and thrombin
decreased in magnetic fields of up to 8 T when enzymes are thermally destabilized at 34 °C for 48 - 80 hours.
The activity of plasmin which was exposed to magnetic fields of 7 - 8 T decreased 13 - 48% compared to the
control enzyme, after 65 - 72 hours of incubation. In case of thrombin, it was observed that the activity of
thrombin exposed to magnetic fields of 7 - 8 T decreased 17 - 25% compared to the control enzyme, after 45
hours of incubation. The results indicate that the stability of serine proteinases such as plasmin and thrombin
decrease in magnetic fields of up to 8T when enzymes are thermally destabilized. We analyzed
conformational changes in enzymes using SDS-PAGE analysis of thermally destabilized plasmin and
thrombin. Degradation of both plasmin and thrombin occurred after 48 hours of incubation. No effects of
magnetic fields on the degradation patterns of enzymes were obtained. It is considered that the degradation
of plasmin and thrombin were caused by autolysis of both enzymes themselves, or hydrolysis by other
enzymes which contaminated in the solution. There is a possibility that magnetic fields of 7- 8 T affect the
conformational change in the process of destabilization of enzymes, and increase the rate of destabilization of
enzymes.
 P-44B
THE EFFECTS OF DC AND ELF MAGNETIC FIELDS ON THE GROWTH OF
MASTOCYTOMA CELLS. C. Bingham and F.S. Barnes. Department of Electrical and Computer
Engineering, University of Colorado, Boulder, Colorado 80309-0425, USA.

OBJECT: In this study we report the effects of DC and ELF magnetic fields on the cell division rate of P815
cells.
METHOD: The P815 cells are a line of mastocytoma cells, which we have grown at 37.5 °C. The cells
were tested under suboptimal conditions, which include no humidity and the substitution of the buffering
agent HEPES for carbon dioxide. The cells were exposed to 60 Hz magnetic fields ranging from 3 mG to 1
G in a Merrit coil system in the presence of a DC magnetic field of 0.38 G. The magnetic fields are applied
perpendicular to the plane of the petri dishes containing the cells. The number of cells in the exposed dishes
divided by the number of cells in the controls are plotted in 1-, 2-, and 3-day intervals after the initiation of
the exposure and typical results are shown in Fig. 1. The results in Fig. 1 show both enhancement and
suppression of the growth rate at different intensities of the AC magnetic field. The growth rates of these
cells are also shown to be a function of the magnitude of the DC magnetic field, the frequency and the radius
of the cell chamber.
DISCUSSION: Data will be presented for DC field values at 0.2 G, 0.6 G and 0.8 G as well as 0.38 G and
frequencies ranging from 10.4 Hz to 304 Hz. The variations of the cell growth rate with radii implies that the
cell division rate is a function of the current density. The changes with the DC magnetic field indicate that
more than one mechanism is involved. To date we do not have a satisfactory theory which explains the
results. We find the oscillation from enhancement to suppression of cell growth rates with small changes in
the AC magnetic field strength particularly puzzling.

P-46B
LACK OF INFLUENCE OF STATIC MAGNETIC FIELDS ON FOUR ENZYME ACTIVITIES.
M.R. Scarfi, F. La Cara*, M. Della Noce*, M. Rossi* and F. Bersani. Institute of Protein Biochemistry &
Enzymology, CNR, 80072 Naples, Italy.

The issue of health hazards associated with weak, static and extremely low-frequency electromagnetic fields
as produced by power lines and household appliances is still debated. Numerous papers have been published
on biological effects of magnetic fields in humans and animals. In most cases the mechanisms of interaction
are unclear if not entirely unknown. This statement is especially valid for effects obtained with magnetic
fields of low and moderate flux densities. Some authors have recently proposed that many of these findings
can probably be traced back to magnetic interactions with enzyme catalyzed biochemical processes in tissues.
OBJECTIVE: 1) To study the magnetic field influence on each enzyme tested by measuring the activity
after a pre-exposure to the field itself; 2) to study the direct influence of the magnetic field on the enzyme-
substrate reaction.
METHODS: We tested the following enzymes: ß-galactosidase, alcohol dehydrogenase, xanthine oxidase
and superoxide dismutase. For each enzyme, the appropriate standard conditions (buffer, pH and substrate
concentration) were employed. The exposure system consisted of an electromagnet with suitable polar
expansions, which gave a field uniformity of 1% respect to the central value in a volume of 1 cm3. It was
placed inside a spectrophotometer (Milton Roy, 1201) and for each enzyme the direct effect on the catalyzed
reaction was evaluated at the following experimental conditions: field intensity from 0 to 100 mT (steps of 10
mT); duration time for each step 3 min; temperature reaction of 25 °C. To assess a possible direct effect on
the enzyme, one hour exposure was performed at 50 mT magnetic field intensity, before testing its activity.
RESULTS: In our experimental conditions, for all the enzymes tested we did not found any significant
activity variation between samples kept at 25 °C in water bath (controls) and samples exposed to magnetic
fields.
DISCUSSION: According to other in vitro investigations on magnetic interactions with enzymes, such as
trypsin (Rabinovitch eta., Biophys. J., 1967) and RNase, (Maling et al., Biophys. J., 1965), our results have
not revealed any effect. In contrast, several authors reported activity changes as a consequence of magnetic
field exposures for catalase (Haberditzl, Natire, 1967), carboxydismutase (Akoyunoglou, Nature, 1964),
acetylcholinesterase (Young, in "Biological effects of magnetic fields, Plenum Press, 1969) and cytochrome-
C oxidase (Gorczynski et al., Physiol. Chem. Phys.,1982; Nossol et al., Bioelectromagnetics, 1993).
However, in most cases the exposure systems and field characteristics employed were not comparable.

Carcinogenesis

P-48B
TEPCO PROGRAM OF ANIMAL EXPOSURE TESTS OF 50 Hz MAGNETIC FIELDS. T.
Kikuchi*1, W. Ooba*1 and Y. Otaka2. 1Power Engineering Research & Development Center, Tokyo Electric
Power Co., Yokohama 230, Japan. 2Mitsubishi Chemical Safety Institute, Ibaraki 314-02, Japan.

Epidemiological studies had suggested electromagnetic field might cause cancer, especially childhood
leukemia and brain tumor, and spontaneous abortion. To establish aetiology, it is necessary to confirm the
phenomenon in vivo and to investigate the mechanism in vitro. Tokyo Electric Power Co. has been carrying
out a series of animal exposure tests to 50 Hz magnetic fields. The series was composed, so far, mainly
according to the routine in the toxicological test of drugs and chemicals. The fields had a horizontally
alternating sinusoidal wave form of 0.5 and 5 mTrms in common. 0.5mT was occupational continuous
exposure limit in the interim guideline of IRPA.
The tests and results are summarized in the table below.

Mutagenicity Carcinogenicity Reproductive

toxicity
Animal Fruit fly Rat Mouse Mouse
Test (1) Sex-linked (2) Curly-plum (3) (4) Parental (5)Reproductive
recessive accumulation Carcinogenicity exposure test
lethal test test test carcinogenicity
test
Exposure 14 days, a life 40 generations 2 years from spermato and from spermato and
period cycle of the fly of the fly about oogenesis to the oogenesis to the
560days day before partum day before partum
Scale 10,000 300 288 animals 640 offsprings 105 animals
 chromosomes chromosomes
Result negative negative negative in progress negative

In the test (1), exposure of X-chromosomes of fruit flies for a life cycle made no significant difference in
frequency of recessive lethal mutation. Then, we accumulated mutations affecting viability on the second
chromosomes of fruit flies for 40 generations in the test (2), and observed no change in viability of the fly. In
the test (3), an NTP type carcinigenicity test using F344 rats were carried out. Histopathological
examination of all organs and tissues suspected of tumoral lesion revealed no significant difference in
incidences of tumors of importance. In the test (4) a reproductive test using ICR mice were performed after
9 and 2 weeks exposure of male and female parents through mating and gestation. Reproductive
performance, observation of content of uterus and visceral and skeletal examinations of fetuses showed no
significant difference. We are now carrying out a parental exposure carcinogenicity test of offsprings using
C57B1 females and C3H males for childhood cancer. At present, hisopathological examination is in progress
on all the offsprings from the exposed parents. No significant change was observed so far.

P-50B
CARCINOGENICITY TEST USING B6C3F1 MICE AFTER PARENTAL AND PRENATAL
EXPOSURE TO 50 Hz MAGNETIC FIELDS. INTERIM PROGRESS REPORT. W. Ooba*1, Y.
Otaka2, T. Chida*2 and Y. Yamagishi*2. 1Power Engineering Center, Tokyo Electric Power Co., Yokohama
230, Japan. 2Mitsubishi Chemical Safety Institute, Ibaraki 314-02, Japan.

One of the assertions of epidemiological studies was correlation between electromagnetic field and childhood
cancer. We have been performing a series of animal exposure tests including mutagenicity, carcinogenicity
and reproductive tests, and now a parental and prenatal exposure test is in progress in order to make clear if
exposure of parents causes childhood cancer or not. Results of similar test were reported on ionizing
radiation and chemicals using ICR mice by T. Nomura in Nature (1982). After exposure to the sham, 0.5 or
5mT, 50-Hz magnetic fields from 6 to 15 weeks of age, 50 male C3H mice were 1:1 mated with as many
C57B1 females, which had been exposed to the field of the same strength from 11 to 13 weeks of age. The
exposure was continued through copulation till partum. All the offsprings were observed for 1.5 years
without adjustment of number of animals according to the routine of mice carcinogenicity test. After
weaning, dams were euthanized to examine the contents of uterus. At 84 weeks of age, all offsprings were
also euthanized on schedule. We are now examining all organs and tissues suspected of tumoral lesion
histopathologically. Reproductive performance was shown in the table below.

Sham 0.5mT 5mT

(1) (2) (1) (2) (1) (2)
Copulation index 90 100 90 98 86 96
Fertility index 60 62 50 69 64 66
Corpora lutea, total 299 331 328
, average 9.6 9.7 9.9
Total implants 259 237 193 289 266 281
, average 8.6 7.6 7.7 8.5 8.3 8.5
Dead embryos, total 23 29 8 17 22 21
, average 0.77 0.94 0.32 0.49 0.69 0.64
pre-implantation loss (%) 20.7 12.7 14.3
Post-(%) 9.0 12.2 4.1 6.9 8.3 7.5
Total-(%) 30.4 17.8 20.7
Live fetuses, male 120 98 89 131 113 126
,female 112 110 84 138 122 134
 Sex ratio, (M/F) 1.07 0.89 1.06 0.95 0.93 0.94

P-52B
TWO-YEAR CHRONIC TOXICITY/ONCOGENICITY STUDIES OF 60 Hz MAGNETIC FIELDS
IN RATS AND MICE: EIGHTEEN MONTH INTERIM PROGRESS REPORT. D.L. McCormick1,
B.M. Ryan1, J.C. Findlay1, T.R. Johnson1, J.R. Gauger1 and G.A. Boorman2. 1IIT Research Institute,
Chicago, Illinois 60616, USA. 2National Institute of Environmental Health Sciences, Research Triangle Park,
North Carolina 27709, USA.

OBJECTIVE: A possible relationship between exposure to power frequency (50 and 60 Hz) magnetic fields
and the risk of neoplasia has been suggested by the results of a number of epidemiology studies. In these
studies, the hematopoietic system, brain, and breast were identified as potential target organs for the effects
of magnetic fields. However, other epidemiology studies have found no association between magnetic field
exposure and cancer risk, and several potential confounders of the positive associations have been identified.
The contradictory epidemiologic evidence demonstrates that additional approaches are required to support an
adequate assessment of the risks associated with human exposure to magnetic fields. The conduct of well-
controlled studies in animal models provides such an approach; experimental studies permit evaluation of the
biological effects of magnetic fields in vivo under tightly controlled exposure conditions, and in the absence
of potential confounding variables. The purpose of the ongoing program is to evaluate the chronic toxicity
and potential carcinogenicity of 60 Hz magnetic fields using two well-studied animal model systems, the
F344 rat and the B6C3F1 mouse.
METHODS: Beginning at age 7 to 8 weeks, F344 rats and B6C3F1 mice (100 per sex per species per
group) are exposed continuously (18.5 hrs per day) for two years to linearly polarized, pure sinusoidal 60 Hz
fields at field strengths of 10 G, 2 G, 20 mG, or 0 G (sham control). A fifth group (100 per sex per species)
receives intermittent (1 hr on, 1 hr off) exposure to 10 G fields for two years. Body weights and detailed
clinical observations are collected weekly for the first 12 weeks of exposure, and monthly thereafter. All
animals, whether dying intercurrently or surviving until the termination of the study, receive a complete
necropsy; approximately 50 tissues per animal will be evaluated histopathologically. Both studies are being
conducted in the IITRI in vivo EMF laboratory, a 21,000 square foot, limited access barrier facility that is
fully dedicated to the program. Magnetic field strength, waveform, noise, vibration, light, temperature,
humidity, and air flows are monitored continuously in the five identical animal exposure rooms; dc magnetic
fields have been mapped extensively in all rooms. Operation of the magnetic field exposure system was
validated by NIST prior to study start, and is revalidated annually. In addition to contemporary sham
controls included in the study designs, an extensive historical control data base exists for both species. These
historical control data can be used to supplement study control data to evaluate and interpret any unusual
patterns of toxicity or tumor development that occur in groups exposed to magnetic fields. Comparisons of
tumor incidences found in groups exposed to magnetic fields with both study controls and historical controls
increases the ability of the study design to identify rare events, and improves the overall power of the
experimental design.
RESULTS: Experimentally generated 60 Hz magnetic fields have been ±5% of the target field strength at all
times, and total harmonic distortion has been <3%. Ambient 60 Hz magnetic fields to which sham controls
are exposed are <1 mG. Energized coils generate no heat within the animal exposure array, vibration is
undetectable, and noise levels are within 1 dB of ambient. Survival and body weight gains in all groups of
both species are within expected ranges; magnetic field exposure has no significant effect on either parameter.
No evidence of toxicity associated with magnetic field exposure has been identified during clinical
observations, and gross pathology of intercurrent deaths has not demonstrated exposure related effects.
However, final evaluation of the effects of magnetic fields on neoplastic development will await completion
of histopathological evaluation of tissues.
DISCUSSION: The results of the ongoing program will provide a comprehensive experimental data set on
which the toxicity and potential carcinogenicity of chronic exposure to magnetic fields can be evaluated.
These studies were initiated in September 1994; terminal necropsies will be completed in October 1996, and
final survival, toxicology, and histopathology data will be available in 1997.
(Supported by contract NO1-ES-25351 from the National Toxicology Program, National Institute of
Environmental Health Sciences)

P-54B
DETECTION OF THE EFFECTS OF WEAK, BIOGENIC EXTREMELY-LOW-FREQUENCY
EMF ON GROWTH OF TUMORS IN VIVO. G. Lednyiczky1, D. Sakharov2, O. Lakiza2 and O.
Piaskovskaya2. 1Hippocampus Research Facilities, Central Division, H-1031 Budapest, Hungary. 2R.E.
Kavetsky Institute of Pathology, Oncology and Radiobiology of the Academy of Science of the Ukraine,
Kiev, Ukraine.

OBJECTIVE: Recently, we have shown that the influence of endogenous extremely-low-frequency

extremely-low-intensity electromagnetic fields (E ELF-ELI EMF) of either tumor or normal cells may inhibit
the growth of tumor cell cultures. Meanwhile, the inoculation of EMF-treated tumor cells into animals
resulted in both the inhibition and stimulation of the growth and metastases of tumors. In order to elucidate
the communication pathways between tumor cells and the organism's systems, we study the influence of the
E ELF-ELI EMF of the tumor biopsy from tumor-bearing mice on the growth of tumors in the experimental
animals.
METHOD: Cell suspensions of Lewis lung carcinoma are injected into 24 male mice of the C57BL/6 line.
Twelve of them comprise the control group. The same is done with the cell suspensions of Sarcoma 180.
Two days after the inoculation, the animals are treated with biogenic EMF. After the first treatment, animals
are treated once per day for 1 minute every second day until the 25th day after the inoculation. The tumor
biopsy is used as the source of the influencing EMF. The acquired endogenous oscillations ranging from 10
Hz to 150 kHz are phase-inverted through 180° and amplified 12 times by using the BICOM device
(Brugemann, Germany). After the last session of the endogenous EMF treatment, animals are sacrificed and
the weight of the primary tumor foci is estimated.
RESULTS: The endogenous EMF of the bioptic material of mouse lung carcinoma substantially inhibits the
growth of carcinoma in mice. The weight of 3LL carcinoma is decreased in the EMF treated animals.
However, no statistically significant difference in the weight of sarcoma 180 is found in the mice treated in
the same manner.

GROUPS Weight of 3LL carcinoma (g) Weight of Sarcoma 180 (g)

CONTROL 2.1 ±0.5 1.6 ±0.1
EMF - 10 Hz - 150 kHz 0.9 ±0.1 p<0.01 0.95 ±0.3

CONCLUSIONS: The obtained data suggest that there is a possibility to inhibit tumor growth by using
biogenic EMF. It is noteworthy that tumor growth inhibition is observed under the influence of the phase-
inverted endogenous EM signals of bioptic materials. Assuming the occurrence of tumor-specific
endogenous electromagnetic oscillations: the observed decrease in the tumor growth, after the phase-inverted
oscillations are fed back to the organism, may be due to the at least partial elimination of "malignant"
oscillations as a result of their interference with the inverted signals. However, the lack of the effect in
sarcoma-bearing animals testifies to the rather sophisticated pathways of electromagnetic signal transduction
in the living organism which is fighting against malignancy.

P-56B
EFFECTS OF RADIO FREQUENCY RADIATION ON DEVELOPMENT OF CANCER IN MICE.
P. Heikkinen*1, J. Juutilainen1,K. Jokela*5, T. Hongisto*4, H. Huuskonen*3, P. Hyysalo*5, H. Komulainen*3,
V.-M. Kosma*2, T. Kumlin1, T. Lahtinen*4, S. Lang*1, I. Penttilä*4, L. Puranen*5 and A. Väänänen*4.
1
Department of Environmental Sciences, 2Department of Pathology, University of Kuopio, FIN-70211
Kuopio, Finland. 3National Public Health Institute, Kuopio, Finland. 4Kuopio University Hospital, Kuopio,
Finland. 5The Finnish Centre for Radiation and Nuclear Safety, Helsinki, Finland.

OBJECTIVE: Human exposure to radiofrequency (RF) radiation is increasing due to the exponential
increase in the use of mobile telephones. One of the open questions regarding the safety of mobile phones is
whether weak amplitude-modulated RF radiation has biological effects similar to the reported cancer-related
effects of extremely low frequency (ELF) electromagnetic fields. The aim of this study is to investigate
whether 1) radiofrequency radiation (902 MHz) or 2) 50 Hertz magnetic fields can promote the development
of cancer in mice.
METHODS: 300 female CBA/S mice were randomized into 6 groups. The animals were 3 to 5 weeks old
when they entered the study. One of the groups, Group A. is the 'cage-control group'. Mice in all the other
groups received ionizing radiation in the beginning of the experiment: A total whole body dose of 4 Gy was
given in three equal subdoses with a week interval. In Groups B,C and D the mice are exposed in a
rectangular (0.248 m x 0.20 m x l.25 m) waveguide. They are immolized by keeping them in small acryl
tubes. A group B is the sham-exposure group. In group C the mice are exposed to continuous RF-radiation
(SAR 1.5 W/kg) and in group D to pulsed RF-radiation (peak-SAR 2.8 W/kg). Exposure-time is 1.5 hours
per day, 5 days a week. In Group F the mice are exposed 24 h per day to a 50 Hz magnetic field with
periodically changing amplitude (1,26 µT, 12,6 µT and 126 µT; each field is on for 20 minutes. Group E is
the sham-control to magnetic field group F.

Group Gamma radiation RF ELF

A - - -
B + - -
C + 902,5 Mhz continuous -
D + 902,4 Mhz pulsed -
E + - -
F + - 50 Hz

Animals are observed daily. Once a week the animals are examined in detail and palpated. Every animal is
weighed and the use of feed and water are measured every other week. When an animal is sacrificed blood
samples will be taken for hematological analyses. Tissue samples from about 40 tissues will be taken for
histopathological, biochemical and molecular biological analysis. The experiment started in January 1995 and
will last about one and a half years.

P-58B
STUDIES OF THE MECHANISMS OF 50 Hz MAGNETIC FIELD EFFECTS ON THE
DEVELOPMENT OF UV-INDUCED SKIN TUMORS. T. Kumlin1, J. Juutilainen1, L. Alhonen*2, J.
Jänne*2, H. Komulainen*3, V.-M. Kosma*2, S. Lang*1, J. Naarala*3, M. Pasanen*2, T. Rytömaa*4, K.
Savolainen*2 and K. Servomaa*4. 1Department of Environmental Sciences, University of Kuopio, FIN-70211
Kuopio, Finland. 2University of Kuopio, Kuopio, Finland. 3National Public Health Institute, Kuopio,
Finland. 4Finnish Centre for Radiation and Nuclear Safety, Helsinki, Finland.

We have exposed ODC-transgenic and normal mice to UV radiation and 50 Hz magnetic fields. Aim of the
work is to study the possible role of 50 Hz magnetic fields on the development of skin tumors in the mouse.
METHODS: During the experiment we took skin samples from the moribund animals which had to be killed
during the exposure time. Part of the dorsal skin was taken to the buffered formalin for histopathological and
immunohistochemical analyses. In a case of tumors a part of the biggest ones were taken to the -70 °C for
molecular biological analyses. Samples of the normal looking skin were taken for biochemical analyses. At
the end of the 10 month experiment the same kinds of samples were taken as during the experiment. Some
liver samples were taken to the liquid nitrogen. The following analyses have been done or are to be done:
1) Ornithine decarboxylase (ODC) activity and polyamine concentrations in the epidermis
2) Protein kinase C (PKC) activity and localization in epidermal cells
3) Immunohistochemical analyses of expressions of p53 and some other proteins
4) Apoptotic cell counts from epidermis
5) Study of the genes connected with cell growth and growth inhibition
6) Mutations of the genes
7) Activities of p450 enzyme group in liver
The results that are ready at the time of the meeting will be presented in a poster.
This study is sponsored by the Academy of Finland.

P-60B
LYMPHOMA/LEUKEMIA IN MICE EXPOSED TO 60 Hz MAGNETIC FIELDS. J.T. Babbitt2, A.I.
Kharazi2, J.M.G. Taylor3, C.N. Rafferty4, C.B. Bonds2, S.G. Mirell1,2 and T.J.M. Hahn1,2. 1Geriatric Research,
Education and Clinical Center, VA Medical Center West Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California 90073, USA.
2
Department of Medicine, Wadsworth, University of California at Los Angeles, Los Angeles, California
90095, USA. 3Departments of Radiation Oncology and Biostatistics, University of California at Los Angeles,
Los Angeles, California 90095, USA. 4Electric Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, California 94304, USA.

OBJECTIVE: Epidemiological studies in humans have not been successful in resolving the role of magnetic
fields as a carcinogen or cancer promoter. In this study, mice are exposed to a 60Hz circularly polarized
magnetic field having 10 gauss (G) horizontal and vertical components for 24 months, following
administration of ionizing radiation which has been determined to increase the background incidence of
thymic lymphoma in a dose dependent manner, according to Kaplan et al. (the Kaplan Model). We are using
this model to test whether magnetic fields can act either as a total carcinogen or as a promoter with respect
to the induction of lymphoma/leukemia.
METHOD: At four weeks of age female C57BL/6J mice were exposed to fractionated ionizing radiation
(Cobalt 60) at four weekly intervals. The experimental design has four levels of total dose radiation (0 R,
350 R, 475 R, and 600 R) and two levels of magnetic field exposure (0 G and 10 G). Each of the four
radiation groups receiving 0 G exposure consists of 190 mice. The four radiation groups receiving 10 G
exposure are twice as large, or 380 mice. A negative control group of 450 mice received no ionizing
radiation, and are exposed to ambient magnetic fields of less than 1 milligauss. Beginning on the first day of
ionizing radiation treatment and continuing for the duration of the experiment (24 months), all mice except
the negative controls are housed in specially constructed modules which can be energized to generate
uniform magnetic fields. Two modules are energized at 10 G for 18 hours each day. The third module (sham
exposure) is not energized. Upon death or euthanasia, all mice will be necropsied and 40 tissues preserved.
Immunohistopathologic examination of selected tissues (lymph nodes, liver, spleen, kidneys, bone marrow,
thymus, and gross lesions of these tissues) will determine the presence or absence of lymphoma/leukemia.
Calculations show that the study will have sufficient power to detect an odds-ratio of 1.5 or greater. The
study follows FDA/EPA Good Laboratory Practice standards for the conduct of non-clinical laboratory
studies.
RESULTS: The study was initiated in April 1994 and the schedule of fractionated irradiation was completed
in June 1994. Mortality in the first year of the Study is consistent with that predicted by the Kaplan Model.
In addition, increasing mortality from "late" lymphomas continues throughout the second year. Twenty-one
months into the study 548 deaths have occurred among the 2280 experimental mice (negative controls
excluded). Nearly all deceased animals show gross signs of lymphoma at necropsy.
CONCLUSIONS: Following completion of the histopathology, the incidence curves for lymphoma will be
compared for magnetic field exposed and unexposed groups within ionizing treatment groups. Differences
will indicate the likelihood that magnetic fields can affect cancer development, either as a total carcinogen or
as a promoter. At the same time, long term exposure of the unirradiated groups will allow documentation of
possible toxic effects of magnetic fields on 40 tissues.
This work is sponsored by research contracts, RP2965-11 and RP2965-31, with the Electric Power Research
Institute with co-funding from B C Hydro.

P-62B
CAN A 60 Hz MAGNETIC FIELD ENHANCE MALIGNANT CONVERSION IN MOUSE
PAPILLOMAS? J.R.N. McLean1, A. Thansandote1, D. Lecuyer1, M. Goddard1, J. Kim1, G. Gajda1, L.
Tryphonas2 and F. Johnson3. 1Radiation Protection Bureau, Health Canada, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 1C1,
Canada. 2Consultants in Pathology and Toxicology, Nepean, Ontario K2E 5M4, Canada. 3Ottawa
Instrumentation, Ottawa, Ontario K1S 2M8, Canada.

Free radicals are known to be involved in initiation, malignant conversion and tumor progression in studies
using the SENCAR mouse skin tumor model. These reactive chemical species are formed during normal cell
metabolism and by exposure to some chemicals and some physical agents, such as heat, UV light and ionizing
radiation. Since magnetic fields (MF) may be able to alter the lifetimes (and thus the concentrations) of free
radicals in vivo, they may also have the potential, in theory, to indirectly contribute to malignant change. We
hypothesize that MF may be able to perturb homeostasis by altering the concentration of free radical
intermediates that are rate-limiting for a number of biological processes involved in malignant conversion and
tumor progression.
OBJECTIVE: The objective was to determine if MF alone could accelerate malignant conversion in pre-
existing benign papillomas in the SENCAR mouse skin tumor model. Two replicate experiments were
performed between 1991 and 1995.
METHODS: Tumors were developed on the dorsal surface of SENCAR mice over a 28 week period using
7,12-dimethylbenz[a]anthracene (DMBA, 10 nmoles) as initiator and phorbol-12 myristate-13 acetate (PMA,
0.3 µg/week) as tumor promoter. During this 28 week period of initiation and promotion, 48 mice were also
co-exposed to MF and a similar number to sham conditions. Tumor promotion stopped at week 28 but
exposure to MF or sham conditions continued for a further 24 weeks. At the end of the 52 week experiment,
all tumors were examined independently for malignancy by two histopathologists.
RESULTS: There was no difference in either the yield or incidence of tumors after 28 weeks of tumor
promotion. At this time, all of the tumors were presumed to be benign, based on data obtained from a
previous 1989/90 experiment which found no histopathological evidence of malignancy either in MF- or
sham-exposed mice. When the exposure to MF or sham conditions was carried on, in the absence of PMA,
for an additional 24 weeks (52 weeks total) there was preliminary evidence to suggest that MF may have
enhanced malignant change. Histologic evaluation at the end of the 52 week experiment revealed the
presence of proliferative lesions including epidermal hyperplasia, squamous cell papillomas (SCP) and
squamous cell carcinoma (SCC). Many of the SCP and SCC were infiltrated by inflammatory cells, and
hyperplastic proliferation of associated hair folicles was common. The site of origin of the tumors could not
be established with certainty. However, the presence of hyperplastic nidi at the upper half of the hair follicle,
at a point just below the basement membrane, supports the view that this may have been the site of malignant
change. Of the tumors identified as SCC, 8 of the 9 were found in the group exposed to MF. These
preliminary results must be interpreted with caution in the absence of replication given the variability
expected from the small numbers of mice in each group (48). A replication of this experiment has been
completed and histopathological analysis is proceeding. Results of the two experiments will be compared
and discussed.
 P-64B
CHROMOSOMAL ABERRATIONS IN LYMPHOCYTES OF ENGINE DRIVERS. I. Nordenson, K.
Hansson Mild, M. Sandström, A. Berglund and T. Linde. National Institute for Working Life, Umeå,
Sweden.

In earlier studies we have shown a significant increase of chromosomal aberrations in human amniotic cells
after exposure to power frequency magnetic fields. Other studies have shown increased aberration frequency
in peripheral lymphocytes of workers exposed to electromagnetic fields. Engine drivers are during work
exposed to rather high magnetic fields. It was therefore of interest to study if they had more chromosomal
aberrations than expected.
We recruited 18 volunteers among the engine drivers stationed in our county and having rather similar work
schedules. As controls we selected a group of 7 train dispatchers, also from the same district. Furthermore,
as controls we also used a previously collected material from office workers (n=16). Chromosomal
aberrations were analysed in peripheral lympocytes according to standard procedure. Furthermore, analyses
were performed to test differences in DNA-repair/DNA synthesis between engine drivers and train
dispatchers.
The magnetic field exposure for the drivers and the dispatchers was checked with spot measurements as well
as data logging with a specially designed Emdex Lite (frequency response changed to include 16.7 Hz).
There was a wide spread in the mean values of the recordings depending on factors such as type of enginges,
type of train and train load (ie. freight vs passenger trains). The mean values found for work days ranged
from 2 to 40 µT with peak values sometimes in excess of 130 µT. The dispatchers all had mean values
below 0.2 µT.
From each individual, 100 cells were analyzed. The mean value of the total number of cells with
chromosomal aberrations among the engine drivers were found to be 4.6, and the corresponding values for
the dispatchers and the office workers were 3.5 and 2.9, respectively. This increase is not statistically
significant. However, looking at chromosome breaks there is a significant increase among the drivers vs the
controls, 1.1 for the former and 0.3 for both control groups. No difference was found in the ability to repair
or synthesize DNA.
This finding needs to be confirmed in further studies of chromosomal aberrations in lymphocytes from engine
drivers where both the number of subjects should be increased and the exposure assessment should be more
carefully studied.

P-66B
COMPARISON OF STEREOTACTIC AND TEMPLATE INJECTION METHODS TO IMPLANT
9L GLIOMA CELLS IN THE RAT BRAIN. V. Culbreth*1, D.R. Spitz*1, M. LaRegina*2, R.
Higashikubo*1 and J.L. Roti Roti1. 1Section of Cancer Biology, Radiation Oncology Center, 2Division of
Comparative Medicine, Washington University Medical School, St. Louis, Missouri 63108, USA.

In transplantable brain tumor models the endpoints for the assay are usually the development of clinical
and/or neurological symptoms and eventual death due to the growth of tumor in the brain. Since the central
nervous system is such a complex organ, the temporal occurrence of the above-mentioned endpoints are
highly dictated by the position where the tumor growth takes place. Hence the precision in the placement of
tumor cells is one of the two most critical factors that can be controlled by the experimenter, the other being
the number of viable cells injected. Two methods are widely used to transplant tumor cells in the brain of
animals: stereotactic and template. Elucidation of advantages and disadvantages of these two methods may
greatly help in planning future experimental design.
OBJECTIVE: 1. To assess the spatial precision of the two injection methods with regard to the prescribed
tumor injection site. 2. To determine the accuracy in the number of tumor cells implanted by the methods. 3.
To assess the operative trauma caused by the methods. 4. To measure the time required to complete the
assays.
METHODS: Templates were constructed with clear plexiglass, with a crosshair and a hole to indicate the
coronal and sagittal suture and the position of tumor implant, respectively. For stereotactic method, animals
were placed in a small animal stereotactic device. The position of tumor implant was determined by X-Y
translation from the intersect of the coronal and sagittal sutures. To estimate precision, 10 rats per method
were implanted with 5 µl of trypan blue and the position of the implantation site was measured using vernier
calipers. To estimate accuracy, a survival analysis was performed on 30 rats implanted by each method with
5 tumor cell inoculums containing a range of tumor cell numbers well above the tumor take dose 50.
Relative accuracy was determine by comparing the mean time of death, the time for 90% death and the
number of long term survivors. Finally, tumor placement was measured by post mortum histology.
Histologically, the tumors were quantified by counting the number of tumors encapsulated in the brain and
the number on the surface of the brain.
RESULTS: No significant difference in the precision of the two methods was found. Surprisingly, the
template method was found to be slightly more accurate than the stereotactic method. The template method
resulted in greater accuracy of tumor placement as reflected by a shorter and more consistent time to
mortality. Survivability and tumor take differences were attributed to increased membrane damage, tumor
cell placement in the space between the brain the skull and longer holding period of cells during stereotactic
surgical procedure. The template method required 5 minutes per rat while the stereotactic method required
12 minutes per rat. This difference becomes significant when the experiment requires implantation of more
than 100 rats in a single day. Histologically, there were fewer subcutaneous tumors and increase tumor
development within the brain in the template injected rats. Overall, the template method resulted in more
consistent survivability resulting in increased reproducibility of experiments. Therefore, we concluded that
for large studies it is clearly more advantageous to use the template method for implanting the 9L Glioma rat
brain tumors.
Support: A contract from the Motorola Corporation.

P-68B
FURTHER CHARACTERIZATION AND MODIFICATION OF A CHEMICALLY INDUCED RAT
BRAIN TUMOR MODEL FOR TUMOR PROMOTION STUDIES. M. LaRegina*1, R. Higashikubo*2,
V. Culbreth*2, D.R. Spitz*2 and J.L. Roti Roti2. 1Division of Comparative Medicine, 2Section of Cancer
Biology, Radiation Oncology Center, Washington University Medical School, St. Louis, Missouri 63108,
USA.

The transplacental ethyl nitrosourea (ENU) rat model has been used extensively to study carcinogenesis of
brain tumors. ENU is a potent initiator of neuroectodermal tumors in rats when administered
transplacentally. Our aim was to further characterize and modify this model for use in tumor promotion
studies. Many previous studies using this rat model have been life long ENU of doses ranging from 10-50
mg/kg body weight. We chose a time frame from birth to one year of age for a dose response curve of ENU
to avoid confounding the study with the occurance of spontaneous tumors. Tumors induced by ENU are
evident by 3-6 months of age.
OBJECTIVES: 1. To establish a dose of ENU which would produce brain tumors (both macro and
microscopic) in 30 to 50% of offsprings by one year of age. Using ENU as the initiator, a variety of
promotors could then be evaluated. 2. To determine at each dose, time to first neurologic signs,
survivability, tumor type and number. Combining these 4 types of data will provide a more sensitive index of
promotion as compared to survival or tumor number alone.
METHODS: ENU was freshly prepared and injected intravenously into groups of 3-4 nineteen-day pregnant
Sprague-Dawley rats at 10mg, 30mg, or 50mg/kg body weight. Four pregnant rats received saline as a
control. After birth, offspring were monitored daily for neurologic signs, food and water intake and body
weight. Rats were euthanized with CO2 according to strict criteria of progressive weight loss, neurologic
signs and loss of function or activity. At necropsy, all organs were examined grossly. Brains were emersion
fixed in 10% neutral buffered formalin, embedded in paraffin, and serially step sectioned at 200 µm intervals
with 5 µm thick sections. Sections were stained with Hematoxylin and Eosin and examined histologically.
Representative samples were taken of all other organs.
RESULTS: No animals in the 30mg/kg or 50mg/kg group survived beyond 299 days of age. In the 10mg/kg
group 40% of the rats survived to 299 days. Grossly visible brain or cranial nerve tumors were found in 17
of 24 rats in the 50 mg/kg group, 13 of 24 rats in the 30mg/kg group and 12 of 29 rats in 10 mg/kg group.
In addition to macrotumors, 3-5 microtumors per brain were found in the 50mg/kg groups and 0-2
microtumors in the 10 and 30 mg/kg group. The predominant tumor types for all groups were neurinomas
(especially of the cranial nerves), paraventricular oligodendrogliomas and "mixed gliomas". Preliminary
analysis suggest that a 30-50% incidence of brain tumors in rats surviving to 365 days of age occurs at doses
of 10mg/kg or less. Further studies at 2.5, 5, and 7.5 mg/kg are in progress. Time from first neurologic sign
to euthanasia varied greatly. A study to elucidate correlation between these times and type and number of
tumors is in progress. In addition to the commonly reported sign of paralysis, other neurologic signs
observed were ataxia, abnormal gait and head tilt.
Support: A contract from the Motorola Corporation.

P-70B
INCREASE IN THE FREQUENCY OF MITOTIC RECOMBINATION BY EXPOSURE TO
STATIC MAGNETIC FIELD AND ITS SUPPRESSION BY VITAMIN E SUPPLEMENT. T.
Koana*, M.O. Okada*, M. Ikehata* and M. Nakagawa. Environmental Biotechnology Laboratory, Railway
Technical Research Institute, Kokubunji, Tokyo 185, Japan.

We have reported at the last annual meeting of BEMS that exposure to a 5T static magnetic field increased
the frequency of mitotic recombination in Drosophila wing disc. In this paper, we report that this increase is
suppressed by the supplement of vitamin E.
METHODS: Conventional Drosophila wing spot test was modified. Introduction of post-replication repair
deficient mutation mei-41D5 into mwh/flr tester individual improved the sensitivity of the test. w mei-41D5;
flr3/TM6 females were crossed to w mei-41D5/Y; mwh jv; spapol males. F1 larvae were exposed to a 5T static
magnetic field for 24h and afterwards, were reared at a normal culture condition. When they moulted and
emerged from pupal cases, their wings were examined under a brightfield microscope if they carried flr
and/or mwh mutant hair spots. Vitamin E was solved in ethanol (25 µg/ml) and poured onto the fly food
before and after exposure.
RESULTS: When tester larvae were NOT supplemented with vitamin E, large spots containing three or
more mutanthairs (which indicates that mitotic recombination occurred) were found 2.5 times more
frequently in exposed group than in control group. Small spots with one or two mutant hairs which result
from non-disjunction or terminal deletion was found in a quite similar frequency in both groups. When tester
larvae WERE supplemented with vitamin E, on the other hand, frequency of recombination spots in the
exposed group was decreased to the control level.
DISCUSSION: As vitamin E is a non-specific antioxidant, it is possible that the effect of static magnetic
field is similar to oxidative stress. It has been known that static magnetic field affects life of free radicals in
some organic chemical reactions. Similar phenomena can occur in aqueous solutions, and hence, in living
cells. If the life of radicals that were produced spontaneously in cells was prolonged, the same amount of
radicals should show higher mutagenic activity. Our results suggest that this actually occur.

P-72B
AN IN VITRO/IN VIVO TUMOR MODEL FOR STUDYING 60 Hz MAGNETIC FIELDS IN RAT
MAMMARY CARCINOGENESIS. J.E. Morris, L.B. Sasser and L.E. Anderson. Battelle Pacific
Northwest Laboratories, Richland, Washington 99352, USA.
Recent reports suggest that exposure to ELF magnetic fields enhances chemically-induced (DMBA or NMU)
mammary tumors in the rat. Stevens (1987) presented a hypothesis that an increase in mammary cancer may
be due to changes, specifically a reduction, in melatonin levels in animals exposed to EMF. This hypothesis is
buttressed by work conducted over several years that demonstrates a reduction in nocturnal melatonin
production in animals exposed to ELF fields. In addition, pinealectomy prior to DMBA tumor induction
resulted in a increase in mammary tumor incidence and melatonin administration suppressed the development
of mammary tumors induced by DMBA. Cellular studies by Liburdy et al. (1993) and Blask (1991:1994)
have shown that melatonin is suppressed by exposure to a 60 Hz magnetic field. Additional studies are
needed to determine if there is a basis for extrapolating these in vitro results to animals and to further explore
the possible role of EMF in mammary carcinogenesis.
OBJECTIVE: A transplantable rat mammary tumor model (R3230AC) is being explored to characterize
interactions among tumor growth, melatonin, EMF, and hormonal status. The specific objectives of these
investigations are to 1) determine if exposure to 60 Hz magnetic fields will enhance chemically-induced
mammary cancer, 2) define an in vivo/in vitro model system for investigating the role of EMF-induced
melatonin suppression in rat mammary tumor development and 3) utilize the strengths of an in vivo/in vitro
exchange model system to investigate possible mechanisms underlying the possible EMF effects on mammary
tumor development.
METHODS: In the in vivo studies, R3230AC tumor cells are injected subcutaneously in the ventral torso of
female rats. Palpable mammary tumors are observed in 2 to 3 weeks following the cell transfer. Exposure of
the animals will explore the potential of magnetic fields to enhance the tumor incidence and alter latency of
tumor development. In vitro studies have been directed at establishing appropriate culture conditions for
isolating, maintaining, and characterizing the R3230AC tumor cell culture. Using this culture, preliminary
studies have been conducted to evaluate the oncostatic potential of melatonin (10-5 to 10-10). Additional in
vitro work on the cells will investigate the effect of magnetic field exposure on the oncostatic action of the
hormone.
RESULTS: Several cell isolated from the rat mammary tumor (R3230AC) have been established for in vitro
studies. Furthermore, two of these isolated have been carried in cell culture for 3-6 months and are fully
capable of growing in vivo when transferred to host animals. In a preliminary oncostatic study, the tumor
cells were cultured with various concentrations (10-5 to 10-10) of melatonin. A reduction in viability and cell
number over time was observed for 10-9 and 10-8 M treatments.
DISCUSSION: Preliminary studies indicate that this model system may provide the capability to address
both in vivo and in vitro interactions of EMF and mammary tumor development. Furthermore, this model
will allow an investigation of the role of melatonin in any such EMF promotion of chemically-induced
mammary cancer.
Supported by the U.S. Dept. Of Energy under Contract No DE-AC06-76RLO 1830.

In Vivo Bioeffects

P-74B
EXPOSURE TO A 5 TESLA STATIC MAGNETIC FIELD CAUSES A CHANGE IN 2D-PAGE
PROTEIN PATTERN OF FRUIT FLY DROSOPHILA MELANOGASTER. T. Kawasaki*, M. Ikehata,
T. Koana and M. Nakagawa. Environmental Biotechnology Laboratory, Railway Technical Research
Institute, Kokubunji, Tokyo 185, Japan.

We had reported in the 13th BEMS meeting, that an exposure to a static magnetic field of 1 T caused a
change in protein pattern in adult fruit fly Drosophila melanogaster. On a 2D gel, a protein spot ( pI = ca. 5,
M.W. = ca. 36 kD) had disappeared with a new spot ( same pI, slightly lower M.W.) appearing near the
former one after 6h exposure, and it became non-detectable after prolonged exposure (30h). This change
occurred both in males and females. The protein was not a member of heat shock proteins and was found to
be specific to the nervous system. To investigate the effect of a stronger magnetic field, in this report we
examine change and recovery in protein pattern by exposure to a 5T static magnetic field.
METHODS: Single pair matings were repeated for 12 successive generations of Drosophila melanogaster
Oregon-R. They were fed with conventional cornmeal-sugar-agar medium in glass vials (diameter 30 mm
and height 100 min). Culture vials were kept in a constant temperature and humidity room at 24 ±0.5 °C and
50 ±5% r.h.. Males were exposed to a 5T static magnetic field for various durations. Then they were frozen
immediately at -80 °C and used for subsequent experiment. Two-dimensional polyacrylamide gel
electrophoresis(2D-PAGE) based on O'Farrell's method (1975) was used with slight modifications. Heads of
the tester flies were collected and homogenized in lysis buffer (9.5M urea, 2% NP-40, 2% Ampholine 3.5-10
and 5% ß-mercaptoethanol). After centrifugation (10,000 rpm, 5 min), the supernatant was loaded on a gel
for electrophoresis. 10 heads in 5 µl samples were applied on each tube gel. After electrophoresis, the gels
were stained with the conventional silver staining procedure.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION: As in the previous report, we found that the same spot ( pI = ca. 5, M.W.
= ca. 36 kD) disappeared and a new spot appeared near the former one by 30 min exposure to 5T field. This
change of the protein pattern was not found, after prolonged exposure(6h). Compared with the change by
1T exposure, these protein change and recovery in a 5 T field occurred in a shorter time. Anyway the spot
disappeared by the exposure to a 1T or a 5T magnetic field, and re-appeared by a prolonged exposure. As
the protein was found to be nerve-specific, it is possible that this protein is related to adaptation to external
stimuli. However it is unusual that the adaptation to a stronger (5T) stimulus occurs faster than that to a
weaker (1T) one. Thus it is possible that the phenomenon reflects some more complicated modification of
proteins.
 P-76B
THE INFLUENCE OF MODIFIED ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS ON THE VIABILITY OF
HEAT SHOCKED CHRYSALISES OF DROSOPHILA MELANOGASTER. G. Lednyiczky1, D.
Sakharov2, A. Waiserman3 and N. Koshel3. 1Hippocampus Research Facilities, Central Division, H-1031
Budapest, Hungary. 2Institute for Oncology Problems, Kiev, Ukraine. 3Institute of Gerontology, Kiev,
Ukraine.

Drosophila melanogaster, or the fruit fly, is an available object of investigation with a high degree of
proliferation and determination of cell activity and is frequently used in genetic investigations, being probably
the best understood animal in terms of inheritance studies.
OBJECTIVE: It is well known that a 40 °C heat shock can substantially decrease a fly's viability (i.e., its
ability to tolerate other stress conditions). On the molecular level, it is reflected by the suppressed activity of
90% of genes (except the genes that are responsible for heat shock protein production). The viability of
chrysalises and the flies which are born from them, is shown to be activated by heat treatment. This may be
considered a reaction of the non-specific adaptation of the organism. Thus, the main goal of the experiment
is to reveal whether the endogenous EMFs of heat shock activated Drosophila chrysalises can affect their
development.
METHODS: An outbred Oregon-R wild type laboratory population of Drosophila melanogaster is used in
the experiments. Chrysalises are treated with two different heat shock regimes: a) 120 min. at 37 °C - the
"activating" heat shock regime ("A" groups); b) 120 min at 40 °C - the "depressing" heat shock regime ("D"
groups). Heat non-affected chrysalises form the "N" (normal) groups. These groups are further divided into
experimental subgroups depending on the quality of electromagnetic information (transferred by using the
BICOM device (Brugemann, Germany)) they experience. Every subgroup consists of >1000 chrysalises
(average number). Analyzed are: the percentage of mortality of chrysalises; the fecundity of the young
females; the index of the mean life-span (MLS); the positive phototaxis and the resistance of flies to
starvation. The resistance of flies to heat shock (min.) is evaluated in terms of the time needed for the death
of 50% of the population by heating to 40 °C.
RESULTS: The obtained data show that:
The "D" heat shock mode decreases the integral viability of flies whereas the "A" mode redistributes the
potential resources of viability to provide a proper "answer" to an organism from the altered (from normal to
starvation or any stress response) environment. The "D" temperature regime substantially disturbs the
metamorphosis and produces a high mortality (25.5%) of chrysalises (the stage after larval) as well as
completely suppressing the fecundity of young females;
Information transfer (via the modulated endogenous EMF treatment) from the "A" group to the "N" group
(A ⇒ N) brings about a total decrease in the viability (starvation resistance and mobility of flies decrease);
N ⇒ A or D ⇒ A information transfer results in a statistically significant normalization of the mobility of
flies accompanied by a positive effect of the 37 °C heat shock on the fly's resistance to starvation. Thus, it is
possible to prepare an organism to fight against stress conditions by avoiding the negative effects of non-
specific adaptation;
N ⇒ D and A ⇒ D information transfer shows the most profound effects: in all trials, the mobility and
resistance to starvation sharply increase reaching that of intact flies and chrysalises. The mortality of
chrysalises completely ceased in trials N ⇒ D (60 sec), A ⇒ D (20 sec), A ⇒ D (60 sec), A ⇒ D (30 min),
and slightly in N ⇒ D (20 sec).

P-78B
ENDOGENOUS ELECTROMAGNETIC OSCILLATIONS CORRECT THE
IMMUNODEFICIENCY OF CHERNOBYL MICE. G. Lednyiczky1, D. Sakharov2 and Z. Savtsova2.
1
Hippocampus Research Facilities, Central Division, H-1031 Budapest, Hungary. 2Institute for Oncology
Problems, Kiev, Ukraine.
OBJECTIVE: The study of the influence of continuous low-intensity irradiation (the so-called Chernobyl
factor) on the immune system reveals a wide variety of immunomodifying effects of this type of irradiation.
Immune system homeostasis disturbances develop with the time of irradiation to form a secondary immune
deficiency.
METHODS: This investigation was carried out over seven months using C57BI mice which were held for
65 months in the ambient conditions of the radiation zone of the Chernobyl meltdown. The total dose of
external γ-noise was less than 0.1 Gy during the whole period of staying in the Chernobyl zone. The activity
of radionucleides in food stuff was at rate of 224 Bq per day. For the experiments, the mice are separated
into the following groups: "Kiev control group" (mice maintained in Kiev); "Chernobyl control group" (mice
from Chernobyl that are not treated with the EEMF); "Experimental group 1" (mice continuously treated
with EEMF during their stay in Chernobyl); "Experimental group 2" (mice from the Chernobyl zone
continuously treated by EEMF after they were transported to Kiev). EEMFs are modified and transduced
with the BICOM device (Brugemann, Germany). The immunological assays are carried out over the week
after the last EEMF treatment. Organ indices (the weight of thymus, spleen, and peripheral lymph nodes as
well as mean number of lymphocytes in those organs) are estimated and the lymph-node cellular composition
is analyzed. Delay Type Hypersensitivity Reaction (DTHR) is tested. The natural cytotoxicity is checked
radiologically. The resistance to a viral infection (B-immunity) is estimated. Antigen-antibody reactivity
(serum antihaemagglutinin titres) is examined.
RESULTS: The following alterations in the immune homeostasis are revealed in the mice from "Chernobyl,
control" group: thymus cellularity tends to increase; lymph node cellularity tends to decrease; lymph node cell
viability significantly decreases; NK-cell activity and absorbing activity of macrophages are significantly
suppressed; resistance to the experimental influenza infection decreases. The latter is manifested through i)
the rise of the lethality after infecting with sublethal dose of the virus (10(2) EID-50); (ii) a significant
increase in the relative weight of the lung; and (iii) a decrease in the titer of antiinfluenza antibodies.
DISCUSSION: The 6.5 month staying of the male mice line C57BI under the radiological conditions of the
Chernobyl zone induces alterations in a variety of immunological determinants. Spectrum, peculiarities and
the nature of the alterations are consistent with those revealed previously in the mice of other lines and in rats
kept under analogous conditions. The status of the immune system of animals may be defined as immune
deficiency. Feedback of the device-aided modulations of the endogenous electromagnetic oscillations of the
experimental animals reveals: a substantial increase in the relative mass and cellularity of thymus; a significant
increase in the absorbing activity of macrophages; a significant decrease (normalization) in the relative mass
and cellularity of lymph nodes and viability of the lymph node cells; significant increase in NK-activity;
normalization of the AHA titer. Endogenous ELF-ELI EMF can influence the functioning of the immune
system and correct the condition of immune deficiency provoked by exposure to continuous, low-intensity
radiation.

P-80B
EFFECTS OF 60 Hz ELECTRIC VS. MAGNETIC FIELDS ON VARIOUS IMMUNE
PARAMETERS IN SHEEP. H.L. Christensen*1, A.C. Freed*1, S.L. McCoy*1, A.S. Hall*2, J. Lee3, N.
Perrin*4 and S.H. Hefeneider*1. 1Department of Immunology, Portland Veterans Affairs Medical Center,
Portland, Oregon 97207, USA. 2Department of Animal Care, Oregon Health Sciences University, Portland,
Oregon 97201, USA. 3Bonneville Power Administration, Portland, Oregon 97208, USA. 4College of Liberal
Arts and Sciences, Portland State University, Portland, Oregon 97207, USA.

In two previous experiments we have demonstrated that IL-1 activity was significantly reduced in ewe lambs
raised beneath a 500-kV transmission line.
OBJECTIVES: The current study was designed to test the hypothesis that the effect observed on IL-1
activity is due to the electric field from the 500-kV transmission line as opposed to the magnetic field. In
addition, proliferation of sheep leukocytes exposed to both B and T cell mitogens will be examined.
METHODS: Fifty Suffolk ewe lambs (approximately 7 weeks of age) were purchased from local breeders.
Pre-exposure studies determined baseline values of IL-1 activity, and cellular proliferation to both B cell and
T cell mitogens. These results were considered as were body weight and overall general health to select 45
animals for the study. The selected animals were randomized into 3 groups of 15 animals each and placed
under the appropriate experimental conditions on May 15, 1995. The transmission line is currently
energized, but is not carrying current because of a blown transistor. The line is expected to be restored in
May 1996, but as of now the mean magnetic field beneath the line is 10 mG. Once the line is restored, the
anticipated mean magnetic field will be 35 mG. The control group was placed under ambient electric and
magnetic fields (EMF) away from the line. The EMF group was placed in a separate pen under constant
exposure to 60-Hz EMF beneath a 500-kV transmission line. The MF group was placed in a pen also
beneath the 500-kV line, however the electric field is shielded using grounded metal screens on the pen.
Animals in the control pen are exposed to a mean electric field of 0.0025 kV/m and a mean magnetic field of
< 1.0 mG. Animals in the EMF pen are exposed to a mean electric field of 6.1 kV/m and a mean magnetic
field of 10 mG (with a range of 5-15 mG). Animals in the MF pen are exposed to a mean electric field of
0.007 kV/m and a mean magnetic field of 10 mG (with a range of 5-15 mG). Total exposure time will be 10-
27 months, and blood samples will be taken from all animals once per month. Both IL-1 activity and cellular
proliferation will be examined from each monthly bleed. For each IL-1 experiment, leukocytes from all
animals are cultured for 48 hours at 37 °C and 5% CO2 with 20 µg/ml of the B cell mitogen
lipopolysaccharide (LPS). The resulting cell free supernatants are collected and assayed for IL-1 activity
using the IL-1 factor-dependent D10.S cell line. Cellular proliferation is assessed by culturing leukocytes
from all animals with either LPS, the T cell mitogen phytohemagglutinin (PHA), or medium. After
incubation for 48 hours at 37 °C and 5% CO2, 3H-thymidine (5µCi/ml) is added and the cells incubated an
additional 5 hours. The cells are then harvested onto glass fiber filters, and relative 3H-thymidine
incorporated into DNA determined by liquid scintillation counting. Statistical assessment between the three
groups is done using one way ANOVA (one-tailed t-test).
RESULTS: Results from this study confirmed no statistical differences in IL-1 activity or cellular
proliferation between groups prior to EMF or MF exposure. To date, 7 monthly exposure bleeds have been
calculated. No statistically significant differences were observed between the three groups. In past studies,
significant differences were not observed after 3-4 months of exposure to constant EMF. This study is
currently ongoing and additional exposure experiments will be performed monthly until termination of the
exposure phase of the project.
This work is being supported by EPRI, BPA, Western Area Power Association, and DOE.

P-82B
DEVELOPMENT AND VIABILITY OF RABBIT EMBRYOS EXPOSED TO A 1.5 GAUSS, 60 Hz
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD DURING IN VITRO CULTURE. K. Kamolpatana*1, M.P. Dooley*1,
M.H. Pineda*1, J.W. Lamont*2 and R.J. Weber*2. 1Department of Veterinary Physiology and Pharmacology,
College of Veterinary Medicine and 2Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer Engineering,
College of Engineering, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50011, USA.

Mammalian embryos at preimplantation stages offer a cellular model to study the effects of exposure to
electromagnetic fields on actively dividing and differentiating cells. Embryos, ranging from a single cell to a
group of totipotent blastomeres, contain all of the DNA to direct the development of an entire organism.
Furthermore, these embryos can be cultured in vitro and will develop to implantation stages, while retaining
viability.
METHODS: We are reporting the results of 4 experiments designed to determine whether in vitro exposure
of rabbit embryos to an electromagnetic field of 1.5 Gauss (G) at 60 Hz for 24 and/or 48 hours affects in
vitro development and the post-culture viability of embryos. Ten New Zealand White does were used as
embryo donors for the study. For each donor doe, superovulation was induced by s.c. injections of 0.3 mg of
FSH-P given twice a day for 3 days, followed by an i.m. injection of 25 IU per kg of body weight of hCG.
Does were then mated with fertile bucks. Embryos were surgically recovered 68 to 70 hours after mating
and then exposed to a 240 µM solution of eosin B to determine embryonic viability. A total of 97 viable
morulae were used for Experiment 1. Morulae were randomly allocated to a control and to a treated group
and placed in individual culture wells containing 50 µl of HL-1 culture medium supplemented with 2.5 mM
glutamine and overlaid with 40 µl of light paraffin oil. Control embryos were cultured within a Shielded
Chamber and exposed during culture to an electromagnetic field of = 0.005 G at 60 Hz. Treated embryos
were cultured in an Exposure Chamber programmed to continuously generate an electromagnetic field of 1.5
G at 60 Hz. All embryos were cultured for 24 hours at 37 °C in a CO2 incubator supplemented to contain
5% CO2 in air. At the end of the 24-hour period of culture, embryos were evaluated for stage of
development and viability. For Experiment 2, viable control or treated blastocysts from Experiment 1 were
maintained as separate groups and surgically transferred to the left or right uterine horn of recipient does.
Recipient does (n = 10) were synchronized by the injection of hCG 90 to 92 hours prior to transfer and then
paired overnight with a vasectomized male. To determine the number and the source (control or treated) of
developing feti and to identify control and treated offsprings at birth, anesthetized does were laporatomized
on day 24 of gestation and each of the feti present in the left uterine horn was marked by the transuterine
injection of India ink. At parturition, the number and normality of control and treated bunnies was
determined. For Experiment 3, a total of 98 viable morulae recovered from the 10 does were randomly
allocated to a control or to a treated group for treatment during a 48-hour period of in vitro culture. For
each embryo, the stage of development was determined at 24 and 48 hours of culture and viability was
determined at the end of the 48-hour period of culture. For Experiment 4, embryos from Experiment 3
which developed to blastocysts were surgically transferred to synchronized recipient does (n = 10) as
described for Experiment 2.
RESULTS: In Experiment 1, the proportion of morulae to develop to blastocysts for the control (47/48)
and treated (48/49) groups were not different (P > 0.1) and all of the control (48/48) and treated (49/49)
embryos were viable after a 24-hour period of culture. In Experiment 2, 6/10 (60 %) of the recipient does
became pregnant. Although the post-transfer survival of embryos was low, the number of implanted embryos
that died in utero for the control (7/47) and treated (5/49) groups and the number of offsprings born from the
transfer of control (2/47) and treated embryos (5/49) were not different (P > 0.1). In Experiment 3, 50/50
control and 47/48 treated embryos developed into blastocysts during culture (P > 0.1) and all embryos were
viable at the end of the 48-hour period of culture. In Experiment 4, 4/10 (40%) of the recipient does
became pregnant. Although the number of implanted embryos that died was not different (P > 0.1) between
control (1/50) and treated (4/45) groups, the number of offspring born from treated embryos (7/45) tended
(P < 0.1) to be higher than for control embryos (2/50).
DISCUSSION: Continuous exposure of rabbit embryos to an electromagnetic field of 1.5 G at 60 Hz during
in vitro culture for 24 or 48 hours did not affect the cleavage or viability of embryos or impair the capability
of these embryos to develop to term and resulted in the birth of live offsprings.
This study was supported by the Iowa Test and Evaluation Facility, Electric Power Research Center of Iowa
State University.

P-84B
OBSERVATIONS ON THE DEVELOPMENT OF LYMPHOSARCOMA AND LYMPHATIC
LEUKEMIA IN BOVINE LEUKEMIA VIRUS-INFECTED SHEEP HOUSED UNDER A 345 kV
ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION LINE. L.D. Miller*1 and J.W. Lamont*2. 1Department of Veterinary
Pathology, College of Veterinary Medicine and 2Department of Electrical Engineering and Computer
Engineering, College of Engineering, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50011, USA.

OBJECTIVE: The objective of the study was to determine if living in a higher electromagnetic field would
cause tumors to develop more rapidly or more frequently in an animal cancer model system.
METHODS: Eighty-eight sheep were infected with bovine leukemia virus by intraperitoneal injection of
whole blood from an infected cow. Six other sheep were sham inoculated with phosphate buffered saline and
served as control animals to monitor for horizontal transmission of the virus. The sheep were randomly
divided into 2 groups and housed separately for the duration of the 6 year study. One group was housed in a
pen approximately 80 ft x 160 ft beneath a 345 kV electrical transmission line and the other group was
housed in a similar pen 500 feet from the electrical line. Blood samples were obtained quarterly for serologic
and hematologic evaluation. At necropsy, representative lymph nodes and other tissue specimens were
collected for histopathologic examination.
RESULTS: During the first 5.5 years of the study 22 sheep were removed from the high exposure group of
which 14 had lymphosarcoma or lymphatic leukemia. During the same period 28 sheep were removed from
the low exposure group of which 17 had lymphosarcoma or lymphatic leukemia. The proportion of sheep
removed due to intercurrent diseases was not different (P > 0.1) between the high and low exposure groups.
Furthermore, for the animals removed during the first 5.5 years of the study, the incidence of lymphosarcoma
and/or lymphatic leukemia was not different (P > 0.1) between the high and low exposure groups. The
remaining sheep have been euthanatized and the histopathologic examinations will be completed in the next
few months.
This study was supported by the Iowa Test and Evaluation Facility, Electric Power Research Center of Iowa
State University.

P-86B
THE STUDY OF MICROWAVE AFFECTING THE COTTON SEEDS. Z.Y. Lu and Z.Q. Niu.
Department of Microwave Telecommunications Engineering, Xidian University, Xi’an 710071, P.R. China.

Chinese cotton seeds (10) were treated by microwave energy. The result shows that it can raise germination
percentage and shorten sprouting times of seeds.
OBJECTIVE: After the cotton seeds are soaked for 8 and 24 hours in water to dispel sleep of the seeds in
varying degrees, they are treated by microwave. Germination percentage is discussed.
METHODS: In this study, used frequency of microwave is 2450 MC. Twenty cotton seeds are picked out
accuretely and put them into culture medium having sand. Every sample need to set up three equal model,
comparing sample are six. The seeds soaked in water are processed by microwave for times, then put them
in thermostor (28 °C to 32 °C) to germinate. In the course of the seeds germination, it is need to keep
proper air humidity and water for their growing. We regard sprouts growing from seed shell as germination.
Then counting germination percentages on time.
RESULTS: Germination percentages of the cotton seeds were obtained. The experiment date are arranged
in following table.

Irradiate Time (s), Germinating Time (h), Germination percentage (%)

Soak (8h) Soak (24h)
Power 650w Power 390w Power 65w Power 650w Power 65w Cont-
rast
30s, 10s, 5s 30s, 10s, 5s 60s, 30s, 10s 30s, 10s, 5s 60s, 30s, 10s
0h 3 0 0 10 5 5 10 20 5 0 5 11.5 7.5 5 10 6.5
8h 5 5 10 15 7.5 10 16.5 26.5 7.5 5 5 15 10 5 15 12.5
16h 5 8.5 17.5 18.5 10 20 18.5 28.5 10 6.5 5 18.5 17.5 6.5 18.5 17
24h 7.5 15 20 25 16 30 26.5 33.5 18.5 7.5 6.5 20 20 7.5 28.5 20
32h 8.5 20.5 34 30 20 35 28.5 35 18.5 8.5 7.5 20 20 8.5 33.5 25.5
40h 8.5 23.5 35 35 20 40 28.5 35 23.5 8.5 7.5 20 22.5 10 35 28
48h 8.5 26.5 40 37.5 22.5 45 33.5 38.5 25 8.5 7.5 21.5 22.5 13.5 36.5 30
56h 10 30 41 37.5 25 45 35 41.5 26.5 12.5 11.5 25 25 15 38.5 31
64h 10 31.5 41 37.5 25 45 35 41.5 30 15 15 25 26.5 18.5 40 31
72h 10 31.5 41.5 37.5 25 45 35 41.5 30 15 15 25 26.5 18.5 40 31

DISCUSSION: It is thus clear that germination of the seeds are different with the difference of microwave
power and irradiate times. The most germination percentages are as power is 390W and irradiate times for 5
s. When power is 650 W, irradiate times for 30 s, the seeds can not germinate. It shows having a maximum
of power and irradiate time. The maximum can destroy normal physiology function of plant. We call the
maximum as death dosage of seed. We go on active experiment of the seed, delected the death dosage of the
cotton seed is when microwave power reach 650 W, irradiate times for 20 S. The seeds soaked for 24 hours
are treated by microwave, the germination percentages are lower than contrast except power to 65 W and
irradiate times for 10 S. The table showed, the seed soaked for 24 h, it can check the sprouting of seed.
However, it can urge germination for the seed soaked for 8 h. After seed is soaked for 24 h, the sleep of
seed has removed and it's phsiology function have recovered, destruction is larger than promotion when it are
treated by microwave. As sleep of seeds soaked for 8 h has not been removed entirely, microwave affecting
can drop dielectric constant, the center of enzyme energy is by chance lower dielectric constant field. This
shows that enzgme have selection to irradiate energy. The function need to study further.

P-88B
EFFECT OF 50 Hz MAGNETIC FIELD IN VIVO EXPOSURE ON THE IMMUNE SYSTEM OF
FEMALE SPRAGUE DAWLEY RATS. M. Mevissen*1, W. Löscher*1 and M. Szamel*2. 1Department of
Pharmacology, Toxicology and Pharmacy, School of Veterinary Medicine, 30559 Hannover, Germany.
2
Institute of Molecular Pharmacology, Medical School, 30625 Hannover, Germany.

Suppression of immune function has been proposed as a mechanism that may underlie the reported increases
in risk of leukemia and other malignancies in individuals exposed to low frequency magnetic fields (MF).
The tumor promoting or co-promoting effects of 50/60-Hz MF exposure found in several animal studies
could relate to actions of MF on immune surveillance as demonstrated by in vitro experiments.
OBJECTIVES: This study was designed to test whether subchronic MF exposure of female Sprague
Dawley (SD) rats can affect induced in vitro proliferation of splenic lymphocytes exposed to T and B cell
mitogens.
METHODS: Female SD-rats (approximately 7 weeks of age) were purchased from local breeder. The
animals were randomized into two groups of 12 animals each and were either MF-exposed (50 or 100 µT,
50-Hz) or sham-exposed for 24 h/day, 7 days/week. Lymphocytes were isolated from the spleen 2, 4, 8 and
13 weeks after MF- or sham-exposure of the rats. Details of the exposure facility were reported elsewhere
(1).
Splenic lymphocytes (2 x 106cells/well) of either MF-exposed or sham-exposed animals were cultured with
RPMI 1640 containing 10% fetal calf serum for 48 h at 5% CO2 with optimal concentrations (5 µg/ml) of the
T cell mitogen concanavalin A (ConA) or the B cell mitogen Pokeweed mitogen (PWM). 3H-thymidine (1
µCi/ml) was added and the cells were incubated for additional 4 h. The rate of blastogenesis was assayed
using 3H-Thymidine incorporation into DNA determined by liquid scintillation counting.
RESULTS: The mitogenic effect of ConA but not PWM appeared to be markedly reduced in splenic
lymphocytes after 13 weeks of 50 or 100 µT, 50-Hz MF exposure in female SD-rats compared to sham-
exposed rats. The response to the T cell mitogen ConA was increased in the lymphocytes of MF-exposed
animals at a flux density of 100 µT after 2 and 4 weeks compared to lymphocytes of sham exposed rats
whereas no difference was found after 8 weeks of MF exposure.
CONCLUSIONS: These data indicate that the effect of MF exposure on T cell proliferation depends on the
duration of exposure, with short durations (up to 4 weeks) causing increased proliferation and long duration
(13 weeks) causing increased proliferation in response to a T cell mitogen.
Further experiments are under way to examine the cytokines interleukin-1 (IL-1) and interleukin-2 (IL-2) in
cell free supematants of cultured cells from both groups as well as intracellular calcium concentrations that
might be a possible mechanism of MF induced changes in lymphocyte proliferation.
(1) Loscher et a1.(1993): Tumor promotion in a breast cancer model by exposure to a weak alternating
magnetic field. Cancer Lett., 71, 75-81
 P-90B
BIOEFFECTS OF ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS UNDER DIFFERENT REGIMES OF
EXPOSURE. N.G. Nikitina and A.L. Smolya. Ukrainian Scientific Center of Hygiene, Kyiv 253660,
Ukraine.

Radar systems radiate to the environment electromagnetic energy in regimes of continuous, interrupted (time
and time-space) and combined effects.
OBJECTIVE: To study the character of pulsed EMF bioeffects under pointed regimes.
METHODS: Complex study in 15 experimental series in rats (14000) by physiological, biochemical,
immunological, reproductive tests.
RESULTS: Under studied regimes of exposure it is revealed the same trend of changes of functional state of
the organism, development of autoimmune processes and autosensibilisation, violation of metabolism with
prevalence of catabolism, changes of balance between excitation and inhibition in CNS to the side of
inhibition, changes in reproductive function, which appear as honadotropic and embiotropic effects. At the
same time the development of qualitatively different reactions of adaptation as the response on different
quantity of the affecting factor is determined. They are: Instability of functional state of the animals'
organism and the possibility of rebuilding of structural and functional relationships in the organism in time. It
is determined the relationship between the bioeffects and current frequency, EMF intensity and the time of
exposure. It is shown the peculiar sensitivity to EMF of central nervous and immune systems. Time
modulation which is estimated by parameters of discontinuity may increase or decrease the effects from EMF
exposure. The correlative analysis of EMF bioeffects under continuous and pulsed exposure allows to
determine peculiarities of organism's response under condition of the energy load. For time pulsing EMF it is
noticed the direct dependence of bioeffects on energy load. For the time-space pulsing regime of exposure it
is observed the importance of the only fact of interruptance, which affects on the response reaction of the
organism. Concerning combined effects of two frequencies EMF the additive effect was observed.
DISCUSSION: The conducted experiments testify to necessity of differential standards setting on frequency,
time and the regime of exposure.

P-92B
THE EFFECTS OF STRONG MAGNETIC FIELDS ON THE SKIN MICROCIRCULATION OF A
RAT. S. Ichioka*, M. Iwasaka, M. Shibata*, S. Ueno, A. Kamiya* and K. Harii*. Institute of Medical
Electronics and Department of Plastic Surgery, Faculty of Medicine, University of Tokyo, Bunkyo-ku,
Tokyo 113, Japan.

The effects of static magnetic fields on the vessels and the circulation have not been sufficiently studied.
Some previous reports have described the phenomena suggesting that application of static magnetic fields
accelerates blood flow. On the other hand, the theoretical analyses have indicated that a magnetic field may
retard the blood velocity. Thus the magnetic influence on the circulation is still controversial. No
quantitative assessment of the magnetic effects on the hemodynamic of the microcirculation has not been
obtained.
OBJECTIVES: The aim of this study was to evaluate the response of the microcirculation to static magnetic
fields up to 8 T, using a transparent chamber which is surgically constructed on the back of a rat. This
technique provides an excellent means of observing and quantifying the microvessels directly in vivo.
METHODS: Male Wistar rats, weighing 120 - 130 g were employed in this experiment. The dorsal skin of
the rat was pulled back to form a skinfold and the central part of the epidermis on both sides of the skinfold
was retracted so as to leave the blood vessels of the subdermis intact. A transparent chamber composed of a
pair of acrylic plates which sandwiched the thin subcutaneous tissue was installed in the dorsal skinfold. The
microcirculation in the chamber was observed and recorded in a intravital videomicroscope combined with
computerized image analyzing system. The window of the chamber was divided one hundred areas by grids
of five hundred micrometer square to ensure that precisely the same fields were recorded throughout the
course of the experiment. Using a horizontal type of superconducting magnet with a bore 100 mm in
diameter and 700 mm long, the dynamic images of the microvessels were recorded before and after static
magnetic exposure up to 8T with a gradient of 100 T/m. We measured the changes in diameter of the vessels
by image analyzing software, and also measured the velocity of the red blood cells by dual slit method. The
blood pressure during exposure was recorded by a catheter inserted into the carotid artery.
RESULTS: Twenty minutes of static magnetic exposure resulted in 10 - 30% of vasodilatation of the
microvessels. The velocity of the red blood cells was increased by exposure. The magnetic fields
significantly decreased the mean arterial pressure.
DISCUSSION: This study provided experimental evidence that static magnetic fields have some vasodilating
effect on the microcirculation of the skin. The red blood cell velocity tended to be increased by exposure,
however we failed to obtain significant increase of the velocity so far due to the technical limitation of the
measuring system. Although dual slit method is well approved technique for measuring the blood flow, it can
hardly detect the fast movement of the cells in the arterioles. It has been documented that magnetic exposure
induced increase in surface temperature and surgical flap survival length of experimental animals. These
biological phenomena indirectly suggest that application of static magnetic fields accelerates blood flow. By
means of microvascular observation directly in vivo, the result of the present study supported the idea that
static magnetic fields promote blood circulation. Further investigations are required to find the detail
mechanism of magnetic effect on the microcirculation.

P-94B
DECREASED SURVIVAL TIME DURING 2450-MHz MICROWAVE EXPOSURE AND ALPHA-
ADRENERGIC BLOCKADE WITH TOLAZOLINE: RELATION TO HEART RATE AND RATE
OF TEMPERATURE CHANGE. J.R. Jauchem1 and M.R. Frei2. 1Biological Effects Branch,
Radiofrequency Radiation Division, Occupational and Environmental Health Directorate, U.S. Air Force
Armstrong Laboratory, Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235-5324, USA. 2Department of Biology, Trinity
University, San Antonio, Texas 78212, USA.

Homeostatic changes that occur during acute exposure to microwaves, particularly adjustments in the
cardiovascular system, are associated with activity of the sympathetic nervous system. Some of our earlier
studies (e.g., Aviat Space Environ Med 55:1036, 1984; J Appl Physiol 77:434, 1994) revealed effects of
beta-adrenergic antagonists on heart rate, blood pressure, and respiratory rate responses to microwave-
induced heating. Effects of alpha-adrenergic antagonists have not been studied during microwave-induced
heating. Tolazoline may exert some of its effects via alpha-adrenergic blockade. In the present study,
ketamine-anesthetized Sprague-Dawley rats (average weight, 357 g) were exposed to 2450-MHz
microwaves at an average power density of 60 mW/cm2 (whole-body specific absorption rate of
approximately 14 W/kg) until lethal temperatures were attained. The effects of tolazoline (10 mg/kg body
weight, injected before terminal microwave exposure) on survival time and physiological responses (including
changes in body temperature, heart rate, blood pressure, and respiratory rate) were examined. The colonic
temperature at death was 44.2 ±0.1 °C (mean ±s.e.m) in both tolazoline- (n = 9) and in saline-treated
(control) (n = 14) groups. Survival time, however, was significantly shorter (P < 0.05, Student's t-test for
unpaired data) in the tolazoline group (29.3 ±1.7 min) than in saline-treated animals (33.9 ±0.6 min). There
were no significant differences between the two treatment groups in initial or terminal temperatures at other
sites of measurement (tail, right and left subcutaneous). In general, heart rate and blood pressure responses
in both groups were similar to those that occur during environmental heat stress. In animals that received
tolazoline, however, heart rate was significantly elevated both before and during terminal microwave
exposure. There were no significant differences in values of mean arterial blood pressure or respiratory rate
between groups at any point. It is possible that changes associated with the elevated heart rate (e.g., less
cardiac filling) in tolazoline-treated animals resulted in greater susceptibility to microwave-induced heating
and the decreased survival time.
 P-96B
LETHAL HEAT STRESS INDUCED BY SUSTAINED 35-GHz RADIOFREQUENCY RADIATION
(RFR) EXPOSURE: PATHOPHYSIOLOGICAL ALTERATIONS. K.L. Ryan1, M. R. Tehrany*1,
R.W. Trotter*2, R. Escarciga*2, M.R. Frei1 and J.R. Jauchem2. 1Department of Biology, Trinity University,
San Antonio, Texas 78212-7200, USA. 2Radiofrequency Radiation Division, U.S. Air Force Armstrong
Laboratory, Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235-5324, USA.

In ketamine-anesthetized rats, sustained whole body exposure to 35-GHz RFR produces visceral
vasodilation, progressive hypotension, and subsequent death (Shock 4: 289, 1995). This study describes
pathophysiological changes associated with this phenomenon. Male Sprague-Dawley rats weighing between
340 and 405 g (mean ±SEM, 365 ±5 g) were anesthetized (ketamine; 150 mg/kg i.m.) and a catheter was
placed into a carotid artery for measurement of mean arterial blood pressure (MAP). Rats were exposed
individually to 35-GHz RFR at a power density of 75 mW/cm2. The continuous-wave irradiation was
conducted under far-field condition with animals in the E-orientation (left lateral exposure, long axis parallel
to the electric field). During experimentation, MAP, ECG, and temperature at six sites were continuously
measured. Rats were randomly assigned to one of three groups (n=6 per group). In the first group (high
dose RFR), irradiation began when colonic temperature equaled 37.0 ±0.5 °C and continued until MAP fell
to 75 mmHg; exposure time required to reach this endpoint was 38.2 ±2.7 min. A second group (low dose
RFR) was exposed to RFR only until MAP returned to the pre-RFR baseline value after an initial pressor
response; RFR exposure time was 19.3 ±1.3 min. A third group (time-control) was not exposed to RFR but
was maintained on a water-perfused heating pad at a colonic temperature of 37.0 ±0.5 °C for 30 min.
Temperatures for each group at the end of the experimental period are shown below:

Time-Control Low Dose RFR High Dose RFR

Colonic 37.1 ±0.1°C 38.1 ±0.3 °C* 39.8 ±0.4 °C*†
Lung 37.0 ±0.2 38.5 ±0.2* 40.2 ±0.2*†
Left Tympanic 36.6 ±0.1 38.6 ±0.3* 40.5 ±0.2*†
Right Tympanic 37.0 ±0.1 38.2 ±0.3* 40.0 ±0.2*†
Left Subcutaneous 35.6 ±0.4 43.9 ±0.6* 45.4 ±0.9*
Tail 29.9 ±0.6 34.2 ±0.7* 34.4 ±0.3*

* p<0.05 compared with value for time-control group; †p<0.05 compared with value for low dose RFR
group.

At the end of the experimental period, a blood sample was immediately taken via cardiac puncture for
analysis of semm enzyme levels and necropsies were performed. Neither serum enzyme (ALP, ALT, AST,
amylase, CK, GGT, LD) nor plasma electrolyte (Na+, K+, Cl-) levels were altered by either RFR exposure
paradigm. Tissues (brain, lung, heart, thymus, liver, spleen, pancreas, kidneys, adrenals, right and left
abdominal skin, and right and left thigh muscles) were examined histopathologically without knowledge of
experimental groups. Hemorrhages and congestion/hyperemia of blood vessels in the dermis and subcutis of
the left abdominal skin were noted in the RFR-exposed animals, although no full-thickness necrosis (bum)
was present; no other tissue damage was observed. Taken together, these results suggest that tissue injury
following sustained RFR exposure occurs only in the irradiated skin. Further, neither the pathophysiological
alterations nor the cardiovascular profile produced by sustained 3 5-GHz RFR exposure is consistent with
those noted in traditional burn models.
 P-98B
INFRARED VISUALIZATION OF BODY SURFACE TEMPERATURE DURING 35-GHz
RADIOFREQUENCY RADIATION (RFR) EXPOSURE. K.L. Ryan1, L.R. Johnson*2, M.R. Tehrany*1
and T.J. Walters3. 1Department of Biology, Trinity University, San Antonio, Texas 78212-7200, USA. 2U.S.
Air Force Armstrong Laboratory, Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235-5324, USA. 3Systems Research
Laboratory, Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235-5324, USA.

Previously, we have described a model of circulatory failure in anesthetized rats produced by sustained
exposure to 35-GHz RFR (Shock 4: 289-293, 1995). Although we measured subcutaneous temperature
under the irradiated site, we were unable to determine temperature at the skin surface. Because the depth of
penetration of 35-GHz is so shallow (<0.75 mm), it is imperative that relative changes in surface temperature
are ascertained in order to more fully describe this animal model of circulatory shock induction. Additionally,
it is important to determine both the exact size and the homogeneity of the site being irradiated.
OBJECTIVE: To determine the relative increase in surface temperature in anesthetized rats during sustained
35-GHz RFR. This objective was attained using infrared thermography.
METHODS: Male Sprague-Dawley rats (381 ±7g) were anesthetized (ketamine; 150 mg/kg i.m. and
shaved. Rats (n = 3) were exposed individually to 35-GHz RFR at a power density of 75 mW/cm2 until
death. The continuous-wave irradiation was conducted under far-field condition with animals in the E-
orientation (left lateral exposure, long axis parallel to the electric field). During exposure, temperature was
continuously measured at six sites: colonic, left and right tympanic, left (side facing toward source) and right
(side facing away from source) subcutaneous, and tail. The animal was positioned so that the left
subcutaneous temperature probe was on boresight. Additionally, an infrared camera (Amber, Radiance 1)
was used to visualize the heating pattern at the skin surface during RFR exposure. The surface temperature
directly over the tip of the left subcutaneous temperature probe was continuously sampled, as well as surface
temperatures 4 cm posterior, 6 cm posterior, and 4 cm anterior to boresight. Infrared images throughout
RFR exposure were continuously videotaped.
RESULTS: Left subcutaneous temperature and the overlying skin surface temperature increased in a parallel
fashion throughout the period of RFR exposure (see graph). Increases in surface skin temperature were
highest at boresight and diminished with distance from this point, such that the increase at 6 cm posterior to
boresight was approximately half of that measured directly at boresight.

DISCUSSION: Simultaneous measurement of both the surface temperature (infrared thermography) and the
underlying subcutaneous temperature (temperature probe) demonstrated that the two temperatures rise in
parallel. We therefore conclude that, despite the shallow depth of penetration, measurement of subcutaneous
temperature provides an accurate index of the degree of heating of the skin surface during exposure to 35-
GHz RFR. Further, the area of maximal heating in this model is approximately 8 cm in diameter and there
are no evident "hot spots" at sites not previously monitored by direct temperature measurement.
 P-100B
5-OXYINDOLVINEGAR ACID (5-OIVA) IN THE URINE OF RATS, AS THE INDEX OF
PATHOLOGICAL ACTION OF THE REDUCED MAGNETIC FIELD OF THE EARTH. V.I.
Babych, O.S. Lych and R.M. Pavliv. Magnetobiological Laboratory, L’viv Medical Institute, L’viv, Ukraine.

During the last years it was discovered that the hypogeomagnetic field is capable of alternating the
reproductive capacity of female rats (Kozlov, 1983) and of prolonging the oestrus cycles (Lych O., 1995).
So the problem arises to find an noninvasion test, which would reflect the extent of the hormonal
pertubations in animals under the conditions of long period exposure to the action of the reduced magnetic
field of the Earth. The correlation between the excretion of 5-OIVA in the urine and the character of the
endometric process, and also of the allegorization of the organism was found out at various pathologies. The
goal of our research consists in discovering some correlating connection between the 5-OIVA index and the
duration of the oestrus cycles under the effect of the hypogeomagnetic field (HGMF). The experiments were
accomplished with the white rats subject to the magnetic field of the Earth reduced by 100 with the tension of
0,48 mkTl, produced in the shielding camera with volume capacity of 2,7m3. The animals were contained in
the shielding box for the period of 1, 3, 5, 7, 10, 20 days. 5-OIVA concentration in the urine was determined
by the method of E. Abragamovych (1968). The data obtained shows that the influence by HGMF prolongs
the duration of the oestrus cycles and increases the level of 5-OIVA excretion during the whole range of
experiment (fig. 1). The analysis of the obtained data shows that the increase of 5-OIVA in the urine is
coursed by the increase in the serotonine concentration in tissue (Babych V.I, 1994). So, a dirrect
correlation was discovered between the index of 5-OIVA and the duration of the oestrus cycles, which
witness of a universal mechanisms of witnesses neurohormonal regulation disturbance under the influence of
the reduced magnetic field of the Earth.

P-102B
THE INFLUENCE OF WEAK COMBINED MAGNETIC FIELDS ON THE RATE OF
REGENERATION IN PLANARIA, DUGESIA TIGRINA. Kh.P. Tiras1, L.K. Srebnitskaya 2, E.N.
Ilyasova2, A.A. Klimov2 and V.V. Lednev2. 1Institute of Cell Biophysics, Russian Academy of Sciences,
2
Institute of Theoretical and Experimental Biophysics, Russian Academy of Sciences, Poushino, Moscow
Region 142292, Russia.

It is known, that amputation of the head portion of a planarian is accompanied by the release of
neurotransmitters from severed nervous fibres into the extracellular space located close to the wound (post-
blastema), which stimulates the pool of undifferentiated cells (neoblasts) to divide. Activated proliferation of
neoblasts, provides the cellular material for the regeneration of blastema. The rate of regeneration may be
estimated by measuring the mitotic index (MI; %) in post-blastema neoblasts. As regeneration continues,
blastema increases in size; after 3 days of regeneration, the morphological parameters of length and area of
blastema and the whole regenerate may be measured using computer image analysis techniques.
OBJECTIVES: To determine the influence of weak combined magnetic fields (CMF), tuned to the
parametric resonance for Ca2+ (1) on the rate of regeneration in planaria.
MATERIALS AND METHODS: The asexual race of planaria Dugesia tigrina were maintained in pond
water in groups of about 100, where they were fed weekly with mosquito larvae. Prior to cutting, the
planaria selected were 8-10mm in length and had been starved for 5 days. After sectioning approximately
2mm anterior to the pharynx, the posterior portions were transferred to two 50ml-volume glass vessels and
used as "experimental" and "control" test-systems. The value of MI at 4, 8, 12, 24, 48 and 72 hours of
regeneration were determined using cell suspensions prepared from the 0.5mm-thick layers of post-blastema
according to a protocol similar to that described by Baguna et al (2). The mitotic cells arrested by colchicine
in metaphase were labelled with fluorescent Hoechst-33342 dye and spread on microscope slides. A
fluorescent microscope (Fluoval, Carl Zeiss, Yena) was used to count the metaphasic neoblasts. Every
experimental point represented the MI-value averaged over 7000 cells. Measurements of the blastema
growth were performed with the use of computer assisted image analysis, based on the photo-registration of
the contrast between the old (pigmented) and newly regenerated (transparent) tissues of planaria. The length
(L) and area (S) of the whole planarian and also the length (l) and the area (s) of the regenerating blastema
were measured in 30 "experimental" and 30 "control" animals after 3, 5, 7 and 10 days of regeneration. The
results were expressed as the relative change in length (l/L x 100%) and area (s/S x 100%). Standard
equipment, including Helmholtz coils of about 40cm diameter, power generators and magnetometer were
used for generation and measurement of the magnetic fields. The "experimental" animals were exposed to
CMF with BDC = 20.9µT, BAC =58.5 µT peak and fAC = 16Hz, providing the optimal conditions for Ca2+-
resonance (see accompanying abstracts by Lednev and Lednev et al). The "control" animals were exposed to
a static magnetic field with BDC = 20.9 µT. All experiments were conducted at 18 ±0.5 °C.
RESULTS: In planaria, exposed to CMF tuned for Ca2+-resonance an increase of MI by about 30-40% was
observed after 4, 8, 12, 24, 48 and 72 hours of regeneration. The temporal changes of MI were found to be
biphasic: there were two maxima (at about 12 and 48 hours of regeneration) and a relative minima (at about
24 hours of regeneration) appearing at the same time in the "experimental" and in the "control" animals. This
indicates that CMF increase the number of neoblasts entering mitosis from G2 (first maximum), as well as
from S-phase (second maximum) of the cell cycle. The morphological parameters, l/L x 100% and s/S x
100%, reflecting the relative growth of blastema, were observed to increase by about 30-90% in the exposed
planaria compared to the corresponding values in the "controls" on the 3, 5 and 7th day of regeneration, but
they practically converge on the 10th day of regeneration.
CONCLUSIONS: Taken together, these experimental data unambiguously show that CMF tuned to the
parametric resonance for Ca2+ substantially increase the rate of regeneration in planaria, contrary to the
conclusion made recently by Jenrow et al (3). Also in disagreement with the data of Jenrow et al, the effects
of CMF were seen when planaria were randomly oriented relative to the direction of magnetic fields, i.e.
there was no need to have the planaria aligned parallel to the direction of BDC and BAC.
REFERENCES:
1. Lednev VV. Bioelectromagnetics 1991, v12, p71
2. Baguna et al. Hydrobiologia 1981, v81, p 181
3. Jenrow et al. Bioelectromagnetics 1995, v16, p106
ACKNOWLEDGEMENTS:
The assistance of Dr. FS Prato and Mr. J Parr in the preparation of this abstract is gratefully acknowledged.
This research was supported by RFFI, grant N 95-04-11739.

P-104B
EVALUATION OF THE GENOTOXIC AND CANCEROGENIC EFFECTS OF
ELECTROMAGNETIC WAVES. R. Delia1, A. Moccaldi1, A.A. Russo2 and G. Bronzetti3. 1Ministry of
Health, High Institute for Prevention and Work Safety, Rome, Italy. 2Italian National Research Council,
Work Safety and Health Protection Department, Rome, Italy. 3Italian National Research Council,
Mutagenesis and Differantiation Institute, Pisa, Italy.

The recent epidemiological studies of people exposed to electromagnetic fields, both for occupational and
residential reasons, have reported the probability of a statistically significant increases in some kind of the
cancer, like for example the leukaemia, brain and pharingeal cancer. There is no experimentel evidence on
the genotoxic effects of the electromagnetic waves; instead their effects on the membranes, cellular
proliferation and on the ionic exchange are known. The electromagnetic fields in their interaction with these
cellular functions can be considered like tumoral promoter agent. In fact the phases of the cancer
development are mainly the following: initiation, promotion and progression.
OBJECTIVE: The research reported here has been carried out in collaboration with the Mutagenesis and
Differentiation Institute of Italian National Research Council (Pisa) and is finalized to evaluate the possible
genotoxic and cancerogenic effects of the electromagnetics fields, to verify if their effect is on the DNA of
the cells or if the increase of the cancer cases is due to the interaction with other cellular systems. The study
was carried out in two main phases, the first one concerned the determination of the genotoxic effects on
microbic and cellular systems, the second one regarded the evaluation of the electromagnetic field effects on
the P-450 cytochrome, on the microorganism, on the rat and on the mouse, and on some enzymatic specific
activities of the isoforms of the P-450 cytochrome, with the related immune precipitation analysis.
METHODS: The genetic effects has been investigated with different kinds of tests: i) the Ames test for
determining the events of the puntiforme mutation; ii) the test in suspension with the yeast S. cerevisiae on
the stock D7 for studing the following effects: the genic conversion, the crossing over and the point
mutazione; etc. In these experiments the microorganisms and the cells have been exposed for a time from 2
to 12 hours to variable flux density of magnetic fields (from 3 to 12 Gauss). For the evaluation of the effect
on the monooxygenasic system, the microorganisms have been exposed to a magnetic flux density of 12
Gauss, at 50 Hz for 12 hours during the growth phase. For the in vivo studies, the animals have been
preinducted with fenobarbital and ß-naftoflavone, to increase the level of the enzymes in the monooxygenasic
system. The animals have been then exposed to electromagnetic fields (50 Hz and 12 Gauss) for 60 hours.
The microsomial fractions of the homogenated livers of the animals have been examined, to determine the
level of the P-450 cytochrome and some other enzymathic activities.
RESULTS and DISCUSSION: The results of the measurements have shown that there is no evidence of
genotoxic activity in the microorganisms and in the cells, in agreement with other current literature results. A
different behaviour has been observed between the stocks of the microorganisms: after P-450 cytochrome
induction in the bacteria, a light increase of the monooxygenasic system has been observed in the yeasts non
preinducted, while in the preinducted ones a decrease of the same activity has been observed. The observed
effects of the electromagnetic fields on the bacteria and the cytochrome is probably due to the induction on
the hemoproteina, instead in the yeasts the effect is related to the membranes of the endoplasmatic lattice. In
the mammals the behaviour is almost the same one. In fact a slow and constant increase of the tested
activites and an increase of the P-450 cytochrome level have been observed. The reason for this could be the
interaction between the electromagnetic fields and the membranes. The mouses and the rats preinducted
showed fundamentally a decrease of the P-450 cytochromes and of some enzymatic activities. The observed
induction on the enzymes of the basal animals confirms the interaction between the electromagnetic fields and
the proteins with EME.
CONCLUSIONS: The results confirm that the action of the electromagnetic fields seems not to be at the
DNA level and the increase of the cancer could be due to interaction with other cellular systems. This
research has shown that the action of the induction is at the level of the enzymes of the monooxygenasic
system, with consequent increase of the metabolic potenziality. The electromagnetic fields could increase the
effects of the precancerogenic substances, if present. In addition to a long time exposure to the
electromagnetic fields could weaken the cells, perhaps acting with some other mechanism such as apoptosis.
 Exposure Measurement & Source
Characterization

P-106B
ELECTROCAUTERY 500 kHz RADIOFREQUENCY VOLTAGES MEASURED IN VIVO
DURING LABORATORY SURGICAL PROCEDURES: PRELIMINARY STUDY. R.B. Shepard,
S.B. Digerness, W.L. Holman, G.N. Kay, E.F. Ferguson, C.P. Murrah, X. Jiyan, K.D. Harris, R.D. Spruell,
F.D. Wallace, A.K. Agnihotri and A.D. Pacifico. Divisions of Cardiothoracic Surgery and Cardiology,
University of Alabama at Birmingham, Birmingham, Alabama 35294, USA.

OBJECTIVES: Radiofrequency (RF) 450-500 kHz electrocautery with power levels of 0 to 500 watts is
widely used in operating rooms and catheterization laboratories. RF voltage gradients and current
distribution within the body are largely unmeasured. Objective (1) was to determine, during use of RF for
hemostasis in the mediastinum in pigs, RF voltage gradients between cardiopulmonary bypass cannulas
placed through the heart into the superior and inferior vena cavae. We (2) determined whether heparinized
blood could be made to clot by RF current flow between the cannulas. Also (3), RF current exiting the pigs
through the ground-plate electrode was measured when the site of electrocautery application was varied.
Additionally (4) the effect of RF current on the isolated, perfused, rat heart pulse rate was observed. Finally,
(5) during routine implantation of transvenous pacemaker leads we determined the RF voltage gradient
between the high superior vena cava and the low right atrium.
METHODS (1-3): For RF voltage measurement, a Tektronix differential input 502A oscilloscope was used
with two coaxial cables shielded up to the point of connection to the intracardiac cannulas (sizes 20FR and
24FR) in the right atrium. The RF ground plate and electrocautery probe were standard surgical-use
electrodes. Current between the ground plate and the RF generator was measured with a Hewlett Packard
456A wrap-around current probe. The 3 pigs had been on cardiopulmonary bypass (CPBP) for an hour as
part of another study. Electrolytes were in the physiologic range and hemoglobin concentration ranged from
5 to 7 grams/deciliter. The blood was heparinized according to standard CPBP protocol.
METHOD (4): Isolated rat hearts were perfused with Krebs-Henseleit buffer at a pressure of 100 mm Hg.
Developed pressure and heart rate were measured with a latex balloon inserted into the left ventricle (LV)
and connected by a fluid line to a strain gauge. Small, wet gauze pads were placed between the heart and RF
leads, one on the LV free wall and one on the RV free wall. RF voltage and current were measured as
described above.
METHOD (5): During two transvenous pacemaker lead implantations, RF voltage difference was measured
between the atrial and ventricular catheter tip electrodes when the electrodes were positioned in the high
superior vena cava and the low right atrium, during normal use of the electrocautery. Because of sterility
considerations, only single-ended measurements were made. The equipment was otherwise as described
above.
RESULTS (1-3): RF potential difference between the two Pacifico cannulas in the pig heart varied from 0.7
to 40 volts depending on the site of RF application in the mediastinum. Voltage was greatest when the
cautery electrode site was near the major vessels superior to the heart. Maximum RF current return through
the ground plate was 2000 mA. Heparinized blood in vivo and in vitro could not be made to clot by the RF
current. It could be charred in-vitro. (4) Isolated rat heart contraction rates did not change until the heart
temperature was increased by the RF current running through it. Maximum current was 240 mA and
maximum RF potential difference across the rat heart was 12 volts. (5) During normal surgical use of the
electrocautery in the catheterization laboratory, RF voltage between the two catheters' tip electrodes and
between electrodes and pectoral muscle varied from 1.4 to 40 volts.
CONCLUSIONS: During routine electrocautery use (a) RF potential gradients as high as 40 volts occur
between mediastinal structures, between metal intracardiac CPBP cannulas, and between pacemaker lead
electrodes; (b) clotting of heparinzed blood did not occur between or within intracardiac metal cannulas as a
result of RF current flow; (c) contraction rate of the isolated, perfused rat heart did not change until RF
current produced mild heating of the heart.
DISCUSSION: The data provide new information about RF potential gradients and current flow to 2000
mA in the mediastinum during thoracic surgical procedures. Because marked temperature gradients may
exist within infants' bodies during rewarming after intra-cardiac operations, and because extensive use of the
electrocautery is often necessary for hemostasis after cardiopulmonary bypass circulation termination, the
data suggest we monitor infants' cardiac muscle temperatures for otherwise unrecognized cardiac overheating
then.

P-108B
EFFECT OF HOMOGENEOUS AND INHOMOGENEOUS HIGH MAGNETIC FIELDS ON THE
SURVIVAL OF BACTERIAL CELLS. M. Shoda*. Research Laboratory of Resources Utilization,
Tokyo Institute of Technology, Yokohama 229, Japan.

Understanding the biological effects of high magnetic fields becomes increasingly important, but an
appropriate apparatus to investigate the high magnetic field on biological reactions is still lacking. We
developed a new magnet system for biological reactions (abbreviated as SBS) which is operated under a high
magnetic field in the range of 1 to 7 tesla(T).
OBJECTIVES: To show evidence for the effect of high magnetic filed on living cells, we selected two
bacterial strains of which metabolism and genetic information have been well investigated. Specific attention
was paid to the effect of homogeneous and inhomogeneous high magnetic field on the bacterial growth and
survival of the cells of the bacteria.
METHODS: SBS consists of the superconducting magnet, control of geomagnetic field, incubator units,
temperature-controlled water supply unit and shaking unit. The superconducting magnet has a 16 cm (in
diameter) bore in the horizontal direction which can produce magnetic strength from 1 to 7 T. The area 16
cm φ x 20 cm in the bore is a region of homogeneous magnetic field where the homogenous magnetic field
can be imposed on the cells. In the outside region, the gradient of the magnetic field is formed at the slope of
23 T/m and the inhomogeneous (time-varying) magnetic field can be imposed. In this experiment, 7 T
homogeneous magnetic field and inhomogeneous magnetic fields which varied between 5 T and 6 T and
between 3.2 T and 6.7 T (about 2 Hz) were imposed. The temperature was controlled at 37 ±0.1 °C. Two
bacterial stains, Escherichia coli and Bacillus subtilis were grown in SBS and the survival ratio of the
bacteria was measured periodically.
RESULTS: When the bacteria were cultivated in medium containing nutrients, the growth follows the three
phases, namely a logarithmic growth phase where the cells multiply exponentially with abundant nutrients,
stationary phase where the cells show no growth due to nutrient depletion, and declining phase where cell
number declines due to autolytic activity. When two bacterial strains were cultivated in SBS, the effect of
magnetic field was significant especially in stationary phase of the growth. The cell number under high
magnetic field was about 2~5 times larger than that of control, indicating that the decrease in the cell number
was reduced by high magnetic field. The inhomogeneous magnetic field gave much stronger effect than the
homogeneous one. The figure shows change in ratio of viable cell number of E. coli under 3.2-6.7 T
inhomogeneous magnetic field to that under geomagnetic field and the stationary phase in the figure started
from about 12 h.
 P-110B
ASSESSMENT OF THE CONTRIBUTION TO PERSONAL EXPOSURE OF 50 Hz MAGNETIC
FIELDS FROM AREA DISTRIBUTION SYSTEMS IN THE UK. P. Grainger* and A.W. Preece*.
Medical Physics University Research Centre, University of Bristol, Bristol BS2 8ED, United Kingdom.

A number of recent epidemiological studies have shown a significant correlation between overhead wire
coding and cancer. There is some uncertainty as to the extent to which the UK distribution systems
contribute to personal exposure, how this compares with US overhead supply systems (overhead wiring is
rare in UK urban districts) and uncertainty as to how this compares in magnitude with the contribution from
domestic appliances.
OBJECTIVE: This study set out to find the following: magnetic and electric field intensities from typical
electricity supply utility substations and cabling in the vicinity of domestic housing in typical urban and rural
environments the density of overhead wires and underground cabling in the vicinity of domestic housing
assess the contribution to personal exposure.
METHODS: Four 1 square mile areas were identified. These comprised an urban area, a rural area and two
semi-urban areas. The semi-urban areas were a small rural village 20 years ago which is still being
developed. It is of a size such that it was possible to divide it into two 1 square mile sections using a north-
south divider. The western half contained 2 twin circuit 132kv overhead powerlines; whereas the eastern
section contained no high voltage overhead cabling. Using street maps and 1:500 to the mile maps of supply
utilities provided by the local electricity company substations were located in each of the selected areas.
With the aid of an assistant an Emdex II and a logging electric field meter was set up as a reference at the
nearest public access point to a substation and near circular paths followed around that substation by the
investigators using an Emdex II to record x, y & z broadband and harmonics every 3 seconds and the logging
electric field meter also logging every 3 seconds. The event marker was used to record the position of road
junctions and substations. RESULTS: The areas under investigation covered housing and shops dating from
the 1500's to the present day. Underground and overhead cabling was covered in the study. The Emdex II
event marker was used to record the position of road junctions and substations. At road junctions there
tended to be a greater concentration of cables and a marked peak in intensity resulted. The tables below give
a summary of the electric and magnetic field values measured to date.
Reference
Vmin(V/M) Vmax(V/M) Vmean Bmin(µT) B max (µT) B mean (uT)
(V/M)
Congresbury 0.00 10.90 1.62 0.00 2.55 0.31
Nailsea West 0.00 22.60 1.89 0.02 3.15 0.50
 Nailsea East 0.00 18.90 2.05 0.00 4.75 1.01

Test
Vmin(V/M) Vmax(V/M) Vmean(V/M) Bmin(uT) Bmax(uT) Bmean(uT)
Congresbury 0.00 304.00 1.92 0.00 3.27 0.13
Nailsea West 0.00 330.00 3.93 0.00 3.91 0.08
Nailsea East 0.00 93.6 3.60 0.00 3.35 0.15

P-112B
STABILITY OF 60 Hz MAGNETIC FIELD EXPOSURE FOR PEOPLE LIVING NEAR AND FAR
FROM A HIGH POWER LINE. P. Levallois1,2, D. Gauvin*1, S. Gingras*1 and L. Rochette*1. 1Centre de
santé publique de Québec, Beauport, Quebec G1E 7G9, Canada. 2Département de médecine sociale et
préventive, Faculté de médecine, Université Laval, Québec (QC), Canada.

60 Hz magnetic field exposure was previously found higher for white collar workers living near a high
voltage line compared with similar people living far from the line. The level of exposure was found higher
during the at-home awake period but the ratio of the levels of exposure between exposed and unexposed was
maximum during the asleep period. Based on the geometric mean of the individual 24 h arithmetic means,
the magnetic field exposure was found three times higher for the exposed people (Levallois et al. 1995). The
present study is a follow-up of the previous one. Its aim is to assess the stability of the previous findings
across seasons.
METHODOLOGY: Thirteen (13) white collar workers living near a 735 kV line in Quebec were compared
with eleven (11) workers living far from the line. This is a subsample of our previous study group.
Measurements were done every minute with a Positron dosimeter which was carried by each participant for
two, 24 hour periods, with a 3 to 4 month interval. The first measurements were done at the end of autumn
1995 and the second one at the end of the winter 1994 according to the same protocol. The mean of the
minimum temperature was -2.4 °C during the autumn season and -7.6 °C during the winter season.
RESULTS: Results of the level of 60 Hz magnetic field exposure for exposed and unexposed is presented in
Table 1 for the 24 hour periods and the 3 subperiods (at-work, away and at-home) for the two seasons.
Stability of the mean exposure for the exposed and unexposed group is evident. The difference between
personal mean exposure for 24 hours and for each subperiod is not statistically different from zero. The
Spearman correlation coefficient for personal exposure between the two seasons is significant for the at-home
period (r = 0.82, p < 0.0001) and for the 24 hour period (r = 0.79, p < 0.0001) and are presented in figures 1
and 2. The correlation is weaker for the exposed than the unexposed group. The at-work exposure is also
significantly correlated between seasons but at a lesser degree (r = 0.54, p = 0.01). For the exposed, the
mean magnetic field exposure was found slightly higher for the at-home-awake period for the two seasons:
7.5 mG (95% CI: 6.5 - 8.7) and 7.0 mG (95% CI: 5.6 - 8.7) for autumn and winter respectively. But again,
the ratio of the level of exposure between exposed and unexposed was maximum during the asleep period:
6.4 in autumn, 5.4 in winter.
Table 1: Personal exposure for 60 Hz magnetic field exposure for people living near (exposed) and far away
(unexposed) from a 735 kV line in two seasons: geometric mean (mG) with 95% confidence interval.

EXPOSED UNEXPOSED RATIO OF

EXPOSURE
AUTUMN WINTER AUTUMN WINTER AUTUM WINTER
N
AT WORK 1,1 (0.7-1.8) 1.0 (0.7-1.5) 1.5 (1.0-2.3) 1.5 (1.2-1.8) 0.7 0.7
AWAY 1.9 (1.2-2.8) 2.6 (2.0-3.4) 1.5 (1.3-1.8) 1.5 (1.2-1.9) 1.3 1.7
AT HOME 6.9 (6.1-7.7) 6.8 (6.0-7.9) 1.6 (1.1-2.3) 1.5 (1.0-2.3) 4.3 4.5
24 HOURS 4.8 (4.2-5.4) 4.9 (4.5-5.3) 1.8 (1.4-2.2) 1.5 (1.2-2.0) 2.7 3.3
CONCLUSION: Stability of home magnetic field exposure is observed for people living close to a 735 kV
high power line as well as for those living far away from the line. Magnetic field exposure is generally 4
times higher during the at-home period for exposed compared to unexposed and is 3 times higher when
considering the 24 hour period of our working population. Correlation of exposure measurements between
the two seasons is stronger for unexposed than for exposed people. The colder season was not associated
with higher exposure. In fact, the lack of difference of the levels of exposure between these two seasons
might be partly due to the lack of major differences of temperature between the two study periods.
REFERENCES: P Levallois, D Gauvin, J St-Laurent, S Gingras, J Deadman. Electric and magnetic field
exposures for people living near a 735 kV power line. Env Health Persp 1995; 103:832-837.

Figure 1: Correlation of personal magnetic field exposure during the 24 hour period for the exposed and
unexposed group.

Figure 2: Correlation of personal magnetic field exposure during the at-home period for the exposed and the
unexposed
 P-114B
PROGRESS REPORT: DEVELOPMENT AND CHARACTERIZATION OF A CONSTANT
TEMPERATURE, INTEGRATED HELMHOLTZ COIL SYSTEM AND CUVETTE HOLDER FOR
SPECTRAL ASSAYS OF BIOLOGICAL SAMPLES. J. Swez*1,3, S. Abdullayeva*2,3, M. Swez*1 and
W.X. Balcavage3. 1Department of Physics, Indiana State University, Terre Haute, Indiana 47809, USA.
2
University of Baku, Baku, Azerbaijan. 3Indiana University School of Medicine, Terre Haute Center, Terre
Haute, Indiana 47809, USA.

In preliminary studies on the effect of 60 Hz ELF magnetic fields on Fura-2 fluorescence in human
promyelocytic leukemia cells (HL 60 ATCC CCL 240 ) and human osteogenic sarcoma (TE 85, ATCC CRL
1544) cells we observed field related Fura2-Ca+2 fluorescence changes which were accompanied by small
changes in sample temperature. Although the thermal events were small, (1-5 °C) they prevented us from
unambiguously identifying the magnetic field changes as primary determinants of the Fura2- Ca+2
fluorescence changes that we observed. Because of the latter uncertainty we embarked on a program to
develop a well characterized Helmholtz coil assembly capable of delivering sham fields and combined AC and
DC magnetic fields to tissue culture cells in a 250 microliter spectrometer cuvette (2 mm path length). The
entire coil assembly is integrated into a thermoregulated cuvette holder. Micro volume cuvettes were chosen
to minimize light scattering artifacts associated with highly scattering biological samples. Because of the
geometry of conventional photometer cuvettes we have tested and continue development of square coil
systems arranged at the bottom and top of the aluminum cuvette holder. We have observed that when a 0.15
p-p Volt, 60 Hz signal is applied to 2 cm2 (i.d.) coils, containing 5 turns of 18 gauge, thermoplastic coated,
copper wire we obtain a field of 10-20% uniformity compared to an ideal Helmholtz coil arrangement. In
this system we observe a magnetic field of about 0.5 G in the region occupied by the sample cuvette. With 8
turn coil windings and the same applied voltages, uniform magnetic fields of about 1 G are obtained in the
center of the cuvette holder. With the 8 turn coil system we have calculated a voltage drop of 0.25 p-p Volts
across the 0.32 Ohm Helmholtz coil with a current of 5.0 Amperes. These relationships indicate an I2R
power dissipation of 8 Watts in the coil. In accord with this small power dissipation we have not observed
magnetic field related temperature changes at the sample cuvette. Our progress to date has provided us with
a second generation Helmholtz coil assembly, capable of being applied to spectral experiments aimed at
determining the effect of magnetic fields on Calcium transport and signal transduction in biological
specimens. At the 1996 BEMS meeting we will report complete details of our progress in construction and
characterization of the magnetic coil systems described in this abstract. In addition we will report the result
of control experiments aimed at validating the system for use with biological samples.

P-116B
REVIEW OF OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE IN PHYSIOTHERAPY AND PROTECTIVE
MEASURES WITH SPECIAL FABRIC. P. Gajsek. Slovenian Institute of Quality and Metrology, 61000
Ljubljana, Slovenia.

INTRODUCTION
A short review of average personnel exposure to shortwave and microwave radiation which has been
performed in physiotherapeutic dispensaries all over Slovenia during the period of one year (45 dispensaries
with more than 160 shortwave and 39 microwave generators) is mentioned. Finally, the results of shielding
effectiveness of special protective fabric for personnel will be presented.
EXPOSURE INTENSITY
The exposure of the personnel to the shortwave diathermy varies to a great extent even under the same
conditions. It depends mainly on a position of a switchboard in relation to the conducting cable and
applicators. In most cases of exposure settings very high values of electric field strengths emerge in the level
of electrode in the distance of 15 cm. In most cases the electric field strengths in body range were higher
than 250 V/m, and in some cases even over 1500 V/m. Appropriate magnetic field strengths lie between 0,6
and 3,2 A/m. The level of field strength is also influenced by the position of a conducting cable between the
electrode and the generator, since they are the source of great stray fields in the immediate vicinity of the
cable (E up to 2000 V/m, H up to 6 A/m).
The intensities of the fields around microwave diathermy devices are lower at usual distances of operator
compared to shortwave. The field strengths at the switchboard reach values up to 75 V/m and 0,7 A/m. At
the distance of 1m from the applicator the values are 50 V/m and 0.2 A/m. Strong stray fields from cable are
not present because of coaxial conducting cable.
When comparing the reported and the limit values according to national standard exposition of the personnel
is in many cases exceeded in vicinity of the generator. By shortwave diathermy electric field of intensity of
61,4 V/m extended up to 1,2 m from the applicator. A magnetic field of intensity 0,16 A/m extended up to l
m. By microwave diathermy electric field of intensity of 6,12 mW/m2 extended up to 0,5m.
SPECIAL PROTECTIVE FABRIC
Bearing this aim in mind we have tested the shielding effectiveness of a special protective fabric. There are
several manufacturing techniques for production the metal containing textile fabrics. Tested fabrics
containing beside the basic fibres also a certain percentage (8-12%) of steel fibres. Protective characteristics
of such materials depend either on the exposure parameters or on the way of weaving. Final efficiency of the
protection when using such materials is also influenced by the form of protection (curtains, clothing).
CONCLUSION
The conclusion is that in the near field the shielding effectiveness of an electric field is highly efficient (30
dB), but on the other hand, that of magnetic field is low efficient (below 10dB). These results have been
confirmed by the early laboratory studies of effective attenuation at the fixed frequencies of the
electromagnetic radiation. In the far field the SE for plane wave of frequency 2450 MHz was above 30 dB.
Bearing this in mind the special fabric which offers a good synthesis between RF protection and comfort is an
efficient protection from RF electromagnetic radiation for persons working in irradiated areas of power
sources.

P-118B
FIRST-STEP EVALUATION OF EXPOSURES TO EXTREMELY LOW FREQUENCY
ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD IN DAILY LIVES OF JAPANESE. S.C. Hong1, M. Kabuto2 and R.
Ohtsuka*1. 1Department of Human Ecology, Faculty of Medicine, University of Tokyo, Tokyo 113, Japan.
2
Urban Environment & Health Project, National Institute for Environmental Studies, Tsukuba, Ibaraki 305,
Japan.

Alternating electromagnetic fields (EMFs) in the range of extremely low frequency (ELF: 0-300Hz) have
recently been related, especially in epidemiological studies, to the risk of child acute leukemia, brain tumor
and/or breast cancer. As the first-step examination for EMF exposures to general population in Tokyo, EMF
levels of various sources in our daily lives and the 24-hour personal exposure levels for 14 man days (by 12
volunteers who were students) were determined. ELF-EMF levels were recorded on 3-sec interval basis
using a dosimeter (EMDEX II by Enertech Consultant, Inc.: frequency range of 0-800 Hz), and various
indices to indicate the exposure levels were analyzed. Of the electric appliances examined, electric ranges
showed the highest median value of 5.77 µT (maximum: 47.52 µT at 10 cm apart) and the electric blankets
which were used for long duration had the median of 3.42 µT. The indoor levels for the majority of service
routes in electric trains and subway cars exceeded the median value of 0.2 µT, which was reported as the
minimum level that significantly elevates the risk of leukemia. Although there has not yet been a consensus
or definitive conclusion about association between the exposure levels and the risk of cancer in Japanese, the
present data, as far as median values are concerned, indicate that a substantial part of the population is likely
to be exposed to EMFs exceeding 0.2 µT in the daily lives. The 24-hour personal exposure level was 0.15
µT, on the average, with ranging from 0.03 to 1.18 µT. Depending on individual daily activity pattern and
the use of electric appliances, 3-sec based personal exposure varied from 0.00 to 25.12 µT. The finding of
this study suggests necessity of establishing risk-assessment methods to evaluate these weak but possibly
harmful EMF exposures.

Figure. A typical EMF exposure pattern when electric blanket is used during sleeping.

P-120B
MEASUREMENTS OF EXPOSURE TO MAGNETIC FIELDS FOR EMPLOYEES OF THE
ELECTRICITY SUPPLY INDUSTRY IN VICTORIA, AUSTRALIA. T. Dovan and R. Owen.
PowerNet, Melbourne, Victoria 8007, Australia.

ABSTRACT: The lack of measurement and quantification of exposure to magnetic fields has been one of
the major limitations in early research examining the relationship between occupational exposures to
magnetic fields and health effects. Approximate exposure assessment methods such as the use of electrical
job titles as surrogates of exposures, or limited measurements of magnetic fields in work environments for
estimating of exposures were used. Exposures to power frequency magnetic fields vary substantially between
industries, between occupations and within an occupational category. Therefore, exposure data relating to a
wide range of occupations is needed to provide better exposure assessment methods for future
epidemiological research. This study is being conducted to provide a quantitative survey of personal
exposures to magnetic fields, experienced by the utility employees of different job categories, by personal
monitoring while individuals are performing their tasks at work. Assessment of the non-work component of
their exposure to magnetic fields is also being included. The main goal is to establish magnetic field exposure
levels for different work environments and occupations within the utility, including tasks and occupations
associated with working near energised conductors. Three-hundred and twenty workers, in 8 principal job
categories as classified by the skill-based Australian Standard Classification of Occupations (ASCO), are
randomly selected for this study from the 14,000 utility employees of 250 different occupations. Magnetic-
field measurements at a sampling time of thirty seconds for a duration of 24 hours or longer (up to one week)
are made for each subject. The instrument used in this study is the EMDEX LITE pocket-sized personal
recorder recently developed by the U.S. Electric Power Research Institute. A diary is kept by the worker to
record main activities including job tasks and work locations during the measurement period. Measurements
have been conducted for 410 employees of 90 occupations in different primary work environments (including
mining, generation, transmission and distribution) throughout Victoria. Study protocol details and
preliminary results on principal work environments and on different main occupational groups are presented
here.
 P-122B
EPRI EMF EXPOSURE DATABASE: AVAILABLE DATA SETS AND ACCESS PROCEDURES.
R.F. Rankin1, R.S. Senior*2, T.D. Bracken2 and R. Takemoto-Hambleton*3. 1Applied Research Services,
Inc., Lake Oswego, Oregon 97035, USA. 2T. Dan Bracken, Inc., Portland, Oregon 97202, USA. 3Electric
Power Research Institute, Palo Alto, California 94303, USA.

A database has been developed to consolidate and document EMF exposure data, and make it available to
researchers. The Database presently has data sets available from five occupational exposure studies: 1)
Assessment of Electromagnetic Fields Exposure by Job Title (University of Southern California for Electric
Power Research Institute [EPRI]), 2) EMDEX Project Occupational Study (T. Dan Bracken, Inc. for EPRI),
3) Southern California Edison Utility Workers Study, 4) Telephone Lineworkers Study (John Hopkins
University for EPRI), and 5) Utility Workers Study (University of North Carolina for EPRI). A synopsis of
the study design and data collection procedures of each study and a description of the data products
contained in the data set is available from the Database. All five data sets consist of personal exposure
measurements, collected with various versions of the EMDEX datalogger, and associated descriptive
information which characterizes such attributes as: worker's job title, task performed, environment occupied,
etc. The data sets consist of multiple data products including raw and summarized data files. The raw data
files are typically quite large (hundreds of megabytes) with a record for each measurement along with limited
descriptive information. The summary files consolidate and summarize measurements collected during a
meaningful period (task, workday, etc.) and each record includes descriptive information applicable to the
summarized period. Each file is documented in sufficient detail for proper interpretation of the data by
recipients. The format of the data products permits ready access using a variety of database, spreadsheet and
statistical software, and the data sets will be distributed on a variety of magnetic media. The data sets are
available to researchers whose articulated scientific objectives would be aided by access to the data. An
interested researcher can request access by submitting an Access Request Form which details the data sets
required and the analyses contemplated. The form will be reviewed by Database and EPRI staff and
submitted to an Advisory Committee for approval. Researchers requesting access to data sets in the
Database must: 1) agree to preserve the anonymity of the subjects and organizations that provided the data,
2) agree not to transfer the data to another party, and 3) agree to acknowledge the producing researcher and
their sponsor when reporting subsequent analyses. There will be a nominal charge for each data set provided
to a researcher. The access fee will be waived for utilities that are members of EPRI and for EPRI
contractors requesting access to data sets that are germane to research funded by EPRI. Additional
information regarding the contents of the EPRI EMF Exposure Database and its access procedures is
available at a World Wide Web site maintained by the EMF Database Project of the RAPID Program of the
Department of Energy: http://www.tdb.com/-tdb/rapid5.html
This work is sponsored by the Electric Power Research Institute under contract WO2966-13.

P-124B
CHARACTERIZATION OF ULTRA-WIDE-BAND ELECTROMAGNETIC PULSES IN A
BIOLOGICAL EXPOSURE FACILITY. J.-Z. Bao, J.C. Lee*, M.E. Belt*, D.D. Cox*, S.P. Mathur*
and S.-T. Lu. McKesson BioServices and US Army Medical Research Detachment, Brooks Air Force Base,
Texas 78235, USA.

To study the biological effects of ultra-wide,band (UWB) electromagnetic pulses, we are utilizing an
exposure facility which was designed and built at the Sandia National Laboratories. A single shot transient
pulse measurement system was used to characterize the E field on the ground wall of the GTEM cell.
However, band-limited measurement components can cause significant systematic distortion to the transient
waveforms. Consequently, effective correction of the measured waveforms becomes necessary to obtain
reliable pulse parameters, such as rise time, magnitude, and pulse width.
OBJECTIVE: To compensate the errors caused by the instrumentations, we have developed a calibration
procedure for the measurement of UWB electromagnetic pulses based on a deconvolution technique, in
which the system transfer function was obtained with a short reference impulse.
METHOD: The UWB exposure facility and data acquisition systems are shown in Figure 1. The exposure
facility mainly consists of a pulse generator and a GTEM cell, where the biological specimens are placed.
Since the pulses generated by the spark gap are not repetitive, the waveform must be captured with a single-
shot scope. The transient dD/dt on the top ground wall was measured using an EG&G ACD-1D(A) D-dot
sensor and a Tek SCD 5000 transient digitizer (bandwidth 4.5 GHz).

Figure 1: Ultra-wide-band (UWB) exposure facility and data acquisition system.

The calibration steps for the measurement system are: (1) generating a reference impulse (2.8 V magnitude
and 58 ps pulsewidth) using a PicoSecond Pulse Labs 4050B step generator with a 5210 Impulse Forming
Network and characterizing it using a Tek CSA 803 communications signal analyzer with a SD 30 sampling
head (40 GHz Bandwidth); (2) injecting the reference impulse into the connecting cable at the D-dot sensor
end, and measuring it with the SCD 5000 while keeping the cable in the same place as for the D-dot
measurements; (3) evaluating measurement system transfer function with the reference impulse obtained in
step 1 and the measured reference impulse obtained in step 2; (4) measuring D-dot on the ground plane in the
GTEM cell with the D-dot sensor and the SCD 5000; (5) deconvolving D-dot signals of UWB pulses
obtained in step 4 using the transfer function evaluated in step 3 with a regularization filter, a Wiener filter, a
lowpass filter, and a process of iterative Hilbert transform to ensure the causality.

RESULTS: A typical comparison between compensated and uncompensated D-dot data, the corresponding
E field, and the energy density spectra of the E field are shown on the left hand side of Figure 2 and the
variation of pulse parameters with pulse repetition frequency are shown on the right hand side of Figure 2.
The accuracy for both rise time and magnitude have been improved significantly. The compensated rise time,
magnitude, and pulse width are 186 ps, 96.5 kV/m, and 1.01 ns, respectively, at a repetition frequency of 60
Hz at the center of top ground plane compared with those uncompensated one: 225 ps, 74.1 kV/m, and 1.07
ns.
Figure 2: At the left hand side: comparison between uncompensated (dashed lines) and compensated (solid
lines) D-dot, E field, and energy density spectra of the E field at a pulse repetition frequency of 60 Hz at the
center of top ground plane. At the right hand side: variation of pulse parameters with pulse repetition
frequency.
ACKNOWLEDGEMENT: This work is supported by the U.S. Army Medical Research and Materiel
Command under contract DAMD17-94-C-4069 awarded to McKesson Bioservices. The views, opinions
and/or findings contained in this report are those of the authors and should not be construed as an official
Department of Army position, policy or decision unless so designated by other documentation.
REFERENCE: J.-Z. Bao, J.C. Lee, S.-T. Lu, R.L. Seaman and Y. Akyel, "Analysis of ultra-wide-band
pulses in a GTEM cell", in Intense Microwave Pulses III, Howard E. Brand, Editor, SPIE Proceedings 2557,
237-248, 1995.

P-126B
AN INVESTIGATION OF RADIOFREQUENCY FIELDS NEAR BASE-STATION ANTENNAS
USED FOR CELLULAR RADIO. R.A. Tell1 and R.F. Cleveland, Jr.2. 1Richard Tell Associates, Inc., Las
Vegas, Nevada 89129, USA. 2Office of Engineering and Technology, Federal Communications Commission,
Washington, District of Columbia 20554, USA.

The United States Federal Communications Commission (FCC) is in the process of updating the guidelines it
uses for evaluating human exposure to radiofrequency (RF) fields. As part of that effort, a study was
undertaken to acquire data to assist the FCC in determining how to evaluate compliance with requirements of
RF safety standards. One of the purposes of this study was to evaluate radiofrequency (RF) fields near base-
station antennas used for cellular radio communications. (The study also evaluated instrumentation and
equipment for measuring and controlling RF exposure, but that is the subject of another abstract at this
meeting.) The cellular telecommunications industry is rapidly expanding, and as it does so there is a constant
need for base-station antennas. These antennas are usually mounted atop towers that extend 100-200 feet
above the ground. However, increasingly it is necessary to mount antennas on the sides or rooftops of
buildings. In either case the issue of human exposure to RF emissions from these antennas has been an
ongoing one, and it was desired to acquire additional data on typical RF field levels to which the public or
workers might be exposed. With respect to RF fields from cellular antennas, the report found that RF fields
due to antennas mounted on free-standing towers are typically thousands of times below safety standards in
publicly accessible areas. The report concluded that it is not necessary to require routine evaluation for such
towers due to the "minuscule" RF levels produced. The study also investigated roof-top cellular installations.
Based on measurement data obtained it was determined that these antennas do have the capacity to produce
strong RF fields in their immediate vicinity in some cases. For example, maximum "keep-out" distances of
approximately 18-20 feet for mainbeam exposure to directional antennas are indicated for 30 simultaneously
active 100-watt channels. This would generally not constitute a hazard for the general public since such
areas are not normally accessible, but would be more of concern for situations involving workers who may
need to have access to a rooftop location. Exposures could still be controlled in such instances by restricting
access or time-averaging exposure. Another conclusion of this study was that models can be useful for
predicting RF fields near cellular base station antennas. It was found that a relatively simple cylindrical model
can accurately account for the magnitude of RF fields near vertical, omnidirectional cellular antennas. This
study was performed for the FCC by Richard Tell Associates, Inc. (FCC Purchase Order 43-3JJ5-4-2254).
The complete results are published in a report entitled, "Engineering Services for Measurement and Analysis
of Radiofrequency (RF) Fields," FCC Report No. OET/RTA 95-01. Copies can be purchased from the
National Technical Information Service (NTIS), U.S. Department of Commerce: (800) 553-6847. The
purchase order number is: PB95-253829. For further information concerning this report please contact the
FCC's RF Safety Program at (202) 418-2464. Views expressed in this presentation are those of the authors
and do not necessarily reflect the views of the Federal Communications Commission. Mention of commercial
products does not constitute endorsement by the FCC.

P-128B
EVALUATION OF INSTRUMENTATION AND EQUIPMENT USED FOR MEASUREMENT AND
CONTROL OF RADIOFREQUENCY RADIATION EXPOSURE. R.A. Tell1 and R.F. Cleveland, Jr.2.
1
Richard Tell Associates, Inc., Las Vegas, Nevada 89129, USA. 2Office of Engineering and Technology,
Federal Communications Commission, Washington, District of Columbia 20554, USA.

The United States Federal Communications Commission (FCC) is in the process of updating the guidelines it
uses for evaluating human exposure to radiofrequency (RF) fields. As part of that effort, a study was
undertaken to acquire data to assist the FCC in determining how to evaluate compliance with requirements of
RF safety standards. A primary goal of this study was to evaluate instrumentation and equipment used to
measure and control exposures near RF transmitting facilities. The study was designed to provide
information on the reliability, accuracy and practicality of: (1) instrumentation used to measure currents
induced in the human body by RF fields, and (2) personal RF monitors and RF protective clothing used for
controlling exposure. (The study also investigated RF fields near cellular base-station antennas, but those
results are discussed in another abstract at this meeting.) Various laboratory and field tests were carried out
to gain insight into operational characteristics of commercial induced body current meters, a field alarm
device ("personal RF monitor") and a commercial contact current meter. Test results were also analyzed to
determine the suitability of using RF protective clothing in complying with safety standards in high RF field
environments. Because of the incorporation of exposure limits for induced and contact currents by such
recent standards as ANSI/IEEE C95.1-1992, it is essential to be able to reliably measure such currents. This
is particularly important since there are no practical means for predicting such currents by calculation for
complex RF environments such as those encountered by personnel at RF "antenna farms." The results of this
study raised questions as to the accuracy and reliability of the induced current meters tested under all
conditions. For example, considerable variability was noted between the meters with respect to actual
readings in typical field conditions. Also, it was noted that measurement techniques can result in differences
in readings. It was concluded that additional evaluation and investigation of body current meters and their
applications is needed to determine how best to evaluate these currents. The personal monitoring device
tested appeared to act as a reliable RF detector but had some deficiencies. For example, it was noted that
since the device senses magnetic fields only, users should be cautioned about possibly exceeding electric field
exposure limits for lower RF frequencies. With regard to RF protective clothing, an overview and analysis of
test data performed to date was conducted. Results indicated that if used properly RF protective clothing
can provide a significant reduction in whole-body RF absorption.
This study was performed for the FCC by Richard Tell Associates, Inc. (FCC Purchase Order 43-3JJ5-4-
2254). The complete results are published in a report entitled, "Engineering Services for Measurement and
Analysis of Radiofrequency (RF) Fields," FCC Report No. OET/RTA 95-01. Copies can be purchased from
the National Technical Information Service (NTIS), U.S. Department of Commerce: (800) 553-6847. The
purchase order number is: PB95-253829. For further information concerning this report please contact the
FCC's RF Safety Program at (202) 418-2464. Views expressed in this presentation are those of the authors
and do not necessarily reflect the views of the Federal Communications Commission. Mention of commercial
products does not constitute endorsement by the FCC.

P-130B
MAGNETIC FIELD MEASUREMENTS IN EGYPTIAN INDUSTRIAL, RESIDENTIAL AND
COMMERCIAL BUILDINGS. H.A. Elghazaly*, A.A. Adly* and H.I. Anis. Electric Power and
Machines Department, Faculty of Engineering, Cairo University, Giza, Egypt.

Over the past few decades, great interest has developed in the environmental and biological aspects of
ambient magnetic field in industrial, residential and commercial buildings. Recently, a new fluxmeter has
been developed with the aim of investigating field exposures in Egypt irrespective of the site being
investigated (Adly et al., IEEE/KTH, 1995). This fluxmeter has two salient features. First, it has a relatively
small sense coil dimensions and is, thus, suitable for measuring fields in residential and commercial buildings
which are extremely irregular and may significantly change over very short distances. Second, the fluxmeter
can sort out magnetic field components having different odd frequencies up to the 7th power frequency
harmonic. This means that the developed device can be used to detect field exposures in industrial sites
which usually include six pulse rectifiers that generate considerable 5th and 7th harmonic currents and,
consequently, fields. Using this fluxmeter some measurements have been performed in a sample industrial
site in Egypt, (Adly et al, IEEE/KTH, 1995).
For residential buildings, six apartments in Cairo are selected covering different locations, standards of living
and electrical connection practices such as single phase and three phase connections. All measurements are
taken at a height of one meter above ground to standardize the measurements and to be able to compare the
results taken from different areas. At each point, the maximum magnetic field was found by rotating the
sense coil slowly by hand in all directions until the maximum reading was indicated on the meter. Measuring
points were selected to cover each room so that they construct a mesh 1 meter apart from each other and 1/2
meter from the walls. The following table presents the statistical data collected from the six apartments. It
shows the number of measuring points in each selected area (n) as well as the mean, maximum and standard
deviation of the magnetic fields in µT.

Area n mean Xmax σn-1

Living room 60 0.343 3.2 0.705
Study 21 0.147 0.45 0.113
 Bathroom 48 0.515 3.4 0.912
Bedroom 73 0.271 3.6 0.624
Kitchen 67 0.415 3.4 0.705
Corridors 21 0.128 0.14 0.028

Comparison between different living standards and different setup of internal electrical connections has
proven to be of slight statistical importance. Measurements around different types of high efficiency lamps
revealed the effect of generated harmonic currents on the induced magnetic fields. For commercial buildings,
the level of magnetic field has shown to be different than that of the residential areas in both level and
distribution.
 P-132B
CUSTOM HARDWARE FOR ALL-WEATHER UNATTENDED LONG TERM MAGNETIC
FIELD MONITORING. M.A. Janoska*1, C. Light*1, R.W. McCourt1 and P.S. Wong*2. 1Public Service
Electric and Gas Company, Newark, New Jersey 07101, USA. 2P.W. International Inc., Vancouver, British
Columbia V5R 5H4, Canada.

A regulatory process gave rise to the long term magnetic field monitoring project described in a companion
paper (Wong et al, BEMS, 1996). As this project was engineered around regulatory requirements and has a
life span of a few years, there are some practical limitations that needed to be overcome. For example, the
monitoring equipment could not be placed inside a home as this would compromise knowledge of the
magnetic field sources, as well as result in a loss of privacy, on private property over an extended period of
time for the same reason, added cost in securing permission to enter private property on a routine basis, and
possible liability concerns. Instead, changes in magnetic field levels due to upgraded electric facilities are
required to be monitored at five sites under distribution lines including short term lateral drop-off profiles
obtained from these sites to be used to extrapolate the long term readings to home locations, and one
substation site adjacent to the nearest residence. Placing the equipment outdoors on a year-round basis
means that they have to be sheltered from an environment with temperatures that range from below freezing
to over 100 °F, rain, snow and other forms of precipitation. In addition, they need a reliable and
uninterruptible source of power; cannot have an undue amount of moisture condensation; and can be
removed easily for routine data retrieval.
OBJECTIVE: As others may be involved in similar outdoor long term monitoring projects, the purpose of
this paper is to present the custom hardware that was specially designed to allow the successful
implementation of this monitoring program.
METHODS: Magnetic field data were collected using Dexsil Field Star 1000 gaussmeters installed inside
13.5"x10"x7.5" weatherproof fibreglass enclosures mounted on wooden utility poles. The monitoring
enclosure has the following features. The meter, when placed in the designated location inside the enclosure,
is ~ 1 m above ground. Its x-, y- and z-coils are respectively vertical, perpendicular and parallel to the power
line. Although the meter is securely mounted in the enclosure, the mounting mechanism allows easy removal
of the meter for data retrieval and calibration. The enclosure has a power resistor and vent holes, which
provide heat, minimize internal condensation, and keep the enclosure environment suitable for the meter year
round. Each monitoring enclosure is powered by a 167 VDC supply mounted on an adjacent utility pole,
~130' away. The DC supply consists of a 120 VAC to 167 VDC bridge rectifier inside a 7.5"x6"x 5.5"
weatherproof fibreglass enclosure. The 120 VAC is obtained from the secondary of a distribution
transformer mounted on the same adjacent pole with the DC supply enclosure. This eliminates unwanted AC
current sources at the monitoring pole. Using a 12 gauge 3-wire cable, the 167 VDC is delivered from the
power supply enclosure to the monitoring enclosure, where it is internally distributed through fuses. A series
power resistor reduces the 167 V to 12 V, which continuously charges a 12 V, 4 amp-hour sealed lead acid
maintenance free battery. The Star meter connects to the battery through a 12 to 9 V voltage regulator. This
battery acts as a transient surge suppressor and provides an uninterruptible power supply in case of failure of
the 120 VAC source. A built-in 12 VDC fused cigarette lighter outlet provides a connection to power a
magnetic field generator, which is used to routinely check the meter performance on site during data
retrieval. The field generator obtains AC power to generate the calibrating fields from a DC to AC converter
connected to the 12 VDC outlet at the monitoring enclosure. The frequency of visit to the enclosure for data
retrieval and operational checks ranges from one to four weeks.
CONCLUSIONS: We conclude that the custom hardware described here has been instrumental to the
success of the monitoring program. The gaussmeters operated smoothly inside the designed enclosures
during the harsh winter and hot summer conditions. In spite of staff changes and occasional human errors,
the program succeeded in collecting 91 site-months of data out of possible 98 site-months. It has already
produced magnetic field data in residential areas at a level of detail not previously available; meets the
regulatory requirements that prompted the program; and may be of use to other utilities or groups interested
in implementation of similar programs.
 P-134B
RESULTS FROM AN RFR-INDUCED AND CONTACT CURRENTS GROUNDPLANE
MEASUREMENT WORKSHOP. D.W. Blick, N.L. Beauregard*, J.E. Brewer*, J.P. Hatfield, B.J.
Klauenberg, S.S. Sorensen* and R.A. Tell. Radiofrequency Radiation Division, Occupational and
Environmental Health Directorate, Armstrong Laboratory, Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235-5234, USA.

The Radiofrequency Radiation Division of the Armstrong Laboratory hosted a workshop on the
measurement of RFR-induced and contact currents and the implementation of safety standards relative to
such currents, November 27 - December 1, 1995. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
(IEEE) standard C95.1-1991 and the related Department of Defense Instruction (DoDI 6055.11) were
extensively discussed. Devices and techniques for making measurements relevant to compliance with these
standards were also discussed, and a variety of instruments were field-tested in a controlled RFR
environment. We present here preliminary data and conclusions from measurements performed by the
workshop participants on the Joint U.S. Air Force/U.S. Navy Groundplane, which is located at the Tri-
Service Directed Energy Bioeffects Research Complex at Brooks Air Force Base. The RFR source was a
High Frequency transmitter (forward power ranging from 100-500 W) broadcasting at 27.12 MHz through a
monopole antenna located in the middle of the 60-foot square steel-on-concrete groundplane.
Instrumentation used to measure induced currents included stand-on current meters manufactured by Narda
(model 8850) and by Holaday Industries (Model HI-3701), and clamp-on wrist and ankle current meters
provided by HI (Model HI-3702), the National Radiological Protection Board (NRPB, United Kingdom),
and Mission Research Corporation. Several additional prototype instruments were used to measure contact
currents. Although meters were tested on the groundplane at only one frequency, data on multiple
frequencies from other sources collected by workshop participants were presented and discussed. Extensive
measurements were made. The variability of measured body currents was large; however, subject variables
(height or height 2, weight, weight/height ratio, etc.) accounted for less than 50% of the observed variance in
induced current measurements. The values of induced current measured by different instruments were highly
correlated (0.62 = r2 = 0.89). However, interactions between measuring devices were observed; i.e., the
readings obtained from some meters were modified by the presence of others. The presence of additional
observers in the field also affected current measurements. Discussion of difficulties associated with
implementation of the C95.1-1991 standard centered around the 1-sec averaging time. The data suggest that,
under the present testing conditions and with the measurement devices used, the IEEE C95.1-1991 (4.3)
guidance that induced currents be measured with an averaging time no greater than 1-sec may be unrealistic.
Under the present guidelines, personnel making compliance measurements could be exposed to induced
currents exceeding the Maximum Permissible Exposure limits before an accurate reading is obtained.
Measurement practices guidelines need be developed to avoid overexposures. Further measurements and
discussions are needed to provide adequate scientific input to regulatory entities.

P-136B
RFR-INDUCED AND CONTACT CURRENTS: FIELD (550 KHz) AND ANECHOIC CHAMBER
(101.2 MHz) RESULTS FROM A MEASUREMENT WORKSHOP. S.S. Sorensen*, J.E. Brewer*,
N.L. Beauregard*, B.J. Klauenberg, D.W. Blick and C.J. Sherry. Radiofrequency Radiation Division,
Occupational and Environmental Health Directorate, Armstrong Laboratory, Brooks Air Force Base, Texas
78235-5234, USA.

The Radiofrequency Radiation Division, Armstrong Laboratory, hosted a workshop on the measurement of
RFR-induced and contact currents and the implementation of safety standards relative to such currents,
November 27 - December 1, 1995. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc (IEEE) standard
C95.1-1991 and the related Department of Defense Instruction (DoDI 6055.11) were extensively discussed.
Devices and techniques for making measurements relevant to compliance with these standards were also
discussed, and a variety of instruments were field-tested in several relevant RFR environments. Presented
here are preliminary observations made during field tests at an active AM broadcasting tower (550 KHz at
5KW), as well as measurements in the UHF band (102.1 MHz at 24-28W forward power) made in an
anechoic chamber at the Tri-Service Directed Energy Bioeffects Research Complex at Brooks Air Force
Base. Instrumentation used to measure induced currents included stand-on current meters manufactured by
Narda (model 8850) and by Holaday Industries (Model HI-3701), and clamp-on wrist and ankle current
meters provided Holaday Industries (Model HI-3702), the National Radiological Protection Board (NRPB,
United Kingdom), and Mission Research Corporation. A Narda (model 8870) and several noncommercial
prototype instruments were also used to measure contact currents. Extensive measurements were made. An
apparent rectification effect occurred when a workshop participant touched a metal ground on a nonradiating
AM tower support, producing unexpectedly high levels of current related to the low frequency modulating
signal from an adjacent radiating tower. Currents measured in RFR-exposed bodies appear to be more
accurate measures of absorbed energy (SAR) than can be derived from field-strength measurements.
Discussion of difficulties associated with meeting compliance requirements of the IEEE C95.1-1991 standard
centered around problems of obtaining reproducible measurements and the need to develop measurement
practices guidelines. Further measurements and discussions are needed to provide adequate scientific input
to regulatory entities.

P-138B
ASSESSMENT OF MAGNETIC FIELD EXPOSURE FROM TAPE DEGAUSSERS. A.
Thansandote, D.W. Lecuyer* and G. Gajda*. Radiation Protection Bureau, Health Canada, Ottawa, Ontario
K1A 1C1, Canada.

Tape degaussers utilize a strong magnetic field to erase recorded information from magnetic tape. During
operation, workers may be exposed to the magnetic field generated by the degausser's coils. Recent
epidemiological studies suggesting a possible association between magnetic field exposure and certain types
of cancer have raised concerns among tape degausser operators. As a health risk management organization,
the Canadian Radiation Protection Bureau has, on a few occasions, been requested by various government
agencies to assess the operators' exposure.
OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this work was to evaluate the magnetic fields produced by typical tape
degaussers.
METHODS: The instrumentation consisted of an Ono-Sokki portable FFT analyzer (CF-300) with an in-
house calibrated search coil, and a Holaday ELF magnetic field meter (HI-3627) with a triaxial magnetic field
probe. Measurements were first made with the FFT analyzer and search coil to determine the frequency
content of the magnetic field emitted by the tape degaussers. Measurements were then carried out to
determine the magnetic field intensity around the degaussers. In this case, the ELF magnetic field meter and
probe were used. During the measurements, the probe was initially placed as close to the surfaces of the
degaussers as possible. It was then gradually moved away to determine the field variation with distance.
This procedure was used on four (4) degausser models with measurements made at the front, sides, top and
back of each device.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION: The frequency of the magnetic fields generated by these degaussers was
found to be 60 Hz. The magnetic flux density of each unit is significantly higher than the background field in
typical office environments. For instance, at 10 cm from the front of the devices, the magnetic flux density is
in the range 200 - 280 µT. The corresponding values at 50 cm are 6 - 15 µT. In all cases, higher field
strengths were observed on the top of the device. More detailed results will be presented at the meeting.
 P-140B
EMF LEVELS FROM SMALL DC TO AC POWER CONVERSION SYSTEMS. G. Gajda*, A.
Thansandote and D.W. Lecuyer*. Radiation Protection Bureau, Health Canada, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 1C1,
Canada.

Small power systems utilizing wind, photo-voltaic and thermal energy often make use of banks of lead acid
batteries and D.C. to A.C. power converters (inverters) as a convenient means of energy storage. In the
remote northern areas of Canada, these systems are quite common. Typically, the inverter and storage
batteries are kept indoors, especially in the winter months, sometimes in close proximity to living quarters.
Concerns, by some users in these areas, have been raised about the level of power-frequency EMFs generated
by such equipment.
OBJECTIVE: The purpose of this work was to investigate the levels of power frequency magnetic fields
produced by DC to AC power converters and their associated storage battery systems. Since at this
preliminary stage, it was not feasible to actually visit a site where these systems are in use, it was decided to
evaluate a smaller scale system in the laboratory.
METHODS: An 800 W inverter (model: Statpower PROwatt 800) and a battery (12 V, Group 24, 130 min.
reserve capacity) were measured at various locations close to the equipment and at different load powers. A
single axis, transient magnetic field sensor was used which had a bandwidth from 30 Hz to 2 MHz, sensitivity
of 10 mV/µT and a saturation level of 1000 µT. The output was monitored on an HP 54502A digitizing
oscilloscope which also calculated the true rms magnetic field. The load connected to the inverter consisted
of an autotransformer (model: Superior Electric Powerstat, 4200 VA) with four 225 Watt, 10 Ω wire wound
resistors connected in parallel across the output. The load power was measured at the output receptacle of
the inverter using a Fluke 97 Scopemeter and Fluke 80i-1000s AC current probe. Measurements of both the
inverter and the battery were performed: first, at a fixed distance, as a function of load power and secondly,
with the load power fixed, as a function of distance away from the source. The original fixed distance was
taken to be the closest likely position that a person would be exposed. In each case, the sensor was oriented
in such a way as to pick up the highest amplitude field.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION: Measurement of the inverter, as a function of the load power, produced an
unexpected result. The field, 5 cm from the top surface of the inverter housing, displayed a maximum value
of 2.9 µT at a load power of approximately 300 W with decreasing intensities for load powers above and
below this value. The field intensity, at a distance of 20 cm and at 300 W load power, was measured to be
0.5 µT. Similar results were found for the fields near the battery. With the sensor positioned directly over
the positive terminal post, at a distance of 8 cm above the battery case, the field displayed a maximum of 13.5
µT at a load power of 300 W. At this same load power, the field intensity was 1.7 µT, 20 cm away. Fields
near the inverter had a fundamental frequency of 60 Hz and were rich in harmonics. Fields measured near the
battery had a fundamental frequency of 120 Hz since, for each half cycle of the output waveform, the inverter
can only draw positive current from the battery.

P-142B
RESIDENTIAL CHARACTERISTICS THAT EFFECT RESIDENTIAL MAGNETIC FIELD SPOT
MEASUREMENT LEVELS. L. Hristova*1, G.M. Lee1, V. DelPizzo1, R.R. Neutra1 and M.G. Yost 2.
1
California Department of Health Services, Berkeley, California 94704, USA. 2Department of Environmental
Health, University of Washington, Seattle, Washington 98195, USA.

Various surveys have focused on assessing what magnetic field sources influence the variability of residential
magnetic field spot measurements. Some surveys have also assessed what non-magnetic field sources such as
the season and the time of day the measurement was made as well as the type of resident influence spot
measurements. These surveys have evaluated these factors univariately without adjusting for the influence of
the other potential factors. This study identifies what residential characteristics independently influence
magnetic field spot measurements after adjusting for other influencing factors separately for the type of spot
measurement (front door, bedroom, and total average home). Residential spot measurements and wirecode
assessment were done on 550 residents of a sample of pregnant women participating in a large prospective
reproductive health study of 3,400 women obtaining their prenatal care through two San Francisco Bay Area
Kaiser Permanente Medical facilities. To assess the independent effect of various residential characteristics
of homes with magnetic field spot measurements equal to or greater than the 75 percentile value compared to
homes with magnetic field spot measurements less than this value, odds of the characteristic comparisons (i.e.
apartments compared to single family homes) were assessed using multiple logistic regression analyses. The
odds ratios were adjusted for each of the other characteristics. Adjusted odds ratios and 95% confidence
intervals of each potential influencing characteristic are presented in the table below comparing homes with
front door measures of 1.0 mG (the 75 percentiles value) or greater to homes with measures less than 1.0
mG. Homes with front door measures greater than 1.0 mG were significantly more likely to: 1) have had
measurements taken later in the day compared to mid-day; 2) be apartments or mobile homes compared to
single family homes; and 3) be classified as high wirecode configuration (VHCC) homes compared to the
buried configuration wirecode category. The VHCC wire code category as well as apartment and mobile
home types were the strongest identified factors influencing front door spot measures. The season the
measurement was made (cold vs. warm) and the location of the overhead power line defining the home's
wirecode category (front of house, side of house, and back of house compared to underground) showed no
significant influence. The same comparisons will be made between homes with average home spot measures
and between homes with bedroom spot measures greater than or equal to the 75 percentile value versus
homes with measures less than this value. Other percentile cut-off points will be considered. Also, distance
and line type will be assessed as a substitute for wirecodes. For each logistic model assessed, interaction
between characteristics will also be evaluated.
 Residential Comparisons Odds Ratio 95% C. I.
Early-day vs. Mid-day Measure 1.19 0.52-2.70
Late-day rs. Mid-day Measure 1.76 1.07-1.94
VHCC rs. Buried Wirecode 4.36 1.83-10.37
OHCC rs. Buried Wirecode 2.70 1.17-6.19
OLCC rs. Buried Wirecode 1.07 0.47-2.44
Front vs. Buried Wirecode Line 1.24 0.53-2.88
Side rs. Buried Wirecode Line 1.35 0.53-3.40
Back rs. Buried Wirecode Line 0.60 0.23-1.54
Apartment vs. Single Family Home 4.27 2.13-8.54
Mobile Home rs. Single Family Home 5.62 1.28-24.60
Townhouse/Duplex rs. Single Family Home 1.61 0.86-3.01
Cold rs. Warm Season 1.44 0.90-2.27

This Study was supported by the State of California.

P-144B
COMPARATIVE ANALYSES OF OCCUPATIONAL MAGNETIC FIELD EXPOSURE DATA
AMONG ELECTRIC UTILITY WORKERS. M.A. Kelsh1, K.I. Kheifets2, R.W. Smith1, K.D. Haines1, R.
Senior3, T.D. Bracken3 and L.E. Riege1. 1EcoAnalysis, Inc., Ojai, California 93023, USA. 2Electric Power
Research Institute, Palo Alto, California 94303, USA. 3T.D. Bracken Inc., Portland, Oregon 97202, USA.

A series of electric and magnetic field exposure surveys have been conducted among electric utility workers.
These studies produced consistent results in classifying electric utility occupations into high and low exposure
categories, however quantitative exposure levels have not been consistent across the studies. In these
analyses we have pooled and compared magnetic field exposure data from four exposure surveys: the
EMDEX project, the University of Southern California (USC) study, the Southern California Edison (SCE)
studies, and the University of North Carolina (UNC) five utility study. The combined data base includes over
5,400 workers and 12,500 exposure days. The objectives of these analyses are to improve the precision of
exposure estimates, develop occupational summary measures that represent weighted summaries of
occupation-environment exposures and use appropriate statistical techniques for variance estimation that take
into account survey design. We also wanted to evaluate the potential differences in exposure results when a
random versus a convenient sampling design are used. Our goal was to improve exposure assessment
methodology for future epidemiologic studies of potential magnetic field health effects among electric utility
workers. We developed a three dimensional matrix to provide an analytical framework for the summarization
of the magnetic field data. The dimensions include occupation, environment, and study/site. Summary and
variance estimates are calculated for each of the individual cells (specific combination of the three
parameters), then summarized to estimate occupation- and environment means and 95% confidence intervals.
A variety of summaries are examined including: the arithmetic mean, geometric mean, fraction exceeding
0.5µT, and the 20th and 95th percentiles. In addition we compare data collected from same utilities and
occupational groups in the UNC study (random sampling design) and the EMDEX survey (convenience
sampling) to assess the potential impacts of sampling design on exposure estimates. In order to compare
magnetic field exposure data we developed a classification system of 18 electric utility occupational groups
and 9 electric utility environment categories to standardize the coding of these parameters. Occupation-
specific and environment-specific exposure summaries and 95% confidence intervals are presented and
contrasted. We observed that variability in occupational exposure summaries across different studies are due
in part to the variability in occupation/environment exposure measurement summaries and the variability of
time spent in environments within occupational groups. Assigning an exposure measurement level to an
occupational title is the first step in the exposure assignment process for epidemiologic studies. The
implications of these findings are discussed with respect to deriving magnetic field exposure estimates for
epidemiologic analyses of utility worker cohorts.
This research was supported by funding from the Electric Power Research Institute.
 P-146B
EXTERNAL MAGNETIC FIELDS AND COMPUTER MONITOR INSTABILITY. M. Sandström,
K. Hansson Mild, J. Sandström, A. Berglund and T. Linde. National Institute for Working Life, Umeå,
Sweden.

Today it is not uncommon to find offices where computer monitors have a clearly visible disturbance of the
picture due to an external magnetic field. Previous studies in our laboratory have shown that monitors are
influenced by 50 Hz magnetic field in the order of 0.5 µT.
Due to the increased use of electronic loads, the harmonic content of the magnetic field in the buildings is
increasing. It is therefore of interest to study how the harmonics (i.e. 150 Hz magnetic fields) will affect the
stability of the monitor. Another frequency of interest to study is 16 2/3 Hz as this is the frequency used by
the Swedish railway and magnetic fields of this frequency will be found in offices close to the railway.
In this paper we also propose an objective method for testing VDT screens sensitivities for external magnetic
fields based on a combination of applied DC and AC magnetic fields.
A group of ten volunteers (20-30 years old) with normal vision were asked to judge the occurrence of
distortion on one VDT screen with a refresh rate of 72,2 Hz and the amplitude of the applied external
magnetic field was varied randomly at fixed intervals. Four different frequencies of the magnetic field were
used, 50, 60, 16 2/3 and 150 Hz. The magnetic fields were generated by using a double square coil with a
0.65 m side.
Our ability to detect a distortion depends on the characteristics of this distortion, amplitude as well as
frequency. The amplitude depends on the amplitude of the applied magnetic field while the frequency
depends both on the frequency of the external magnetic field and the refresh rate of the monitor. As can be
seen in figure 1 detectable distortions were seen at very low amplitudes of the applied 150 Hz magnetic fields
compared to the 50 Hz fields indicating that the computer monitor's instability might be an increasing
problem due to an increased harmonic content of the general magnetic field in offices.

Figure 1. Percentage of detected distortions on a VDT screen at different flux densities and frequencies of the
applied external magnetic field.

P-148B
OCCUPATIONAL EXPOSURE TO RADIOFREQUENCY FIELDS FROM VARIOUS CANADIAN
GOVERNMENT INSTALLATIONS. A. Thansandote, D.W. Lecuyer* and G. Gajda*. Radiation
Protection Bureau, Health Canada, Ottawa, Ontario K1A 1C1, Canada.

The purpose of this paper is to present an overview of measurements of the radiofrequency (RF) fields
encountered by Canadian government personnel who work in the vicinity of RF installations. With the
expanding use of RF energy in various areas, government personnel who work in proximity to RF
installations have become aware of and concerned about the potential harmful effects of RF fields. This
concern has been reflected in a number of requests made to the Canadian Radiation Protection Bureau (RPB)
by other federal agencies to assess their personnel's exposure. In response to these requests, RPB carried out
a number of surveys of RF fields at various locations across Canada. Sources include Coast Guard
navigational transmitters, airport radio communication transmitters, air traffic control radars, meteorological
radars, dielectric heaters, induction heaters, molecular oxygen dissociators, microwave optical exciters, video
display terminals and microwave ovens. Risk assessment was made by comparing the measured exposure
levels with the limits specified in Health Canada's Safety Code 6 published in 1991. In almost all situations,
exposure levels were found to be within the Safety Code 6 limits. Examples where exposure conditions
exceeded the limits include: (1) at an airport HF transmitter with its cabinet door open, the electric field was
470 V/m (Safety Code 6 occupational exposure limit 60 V/m); and (2) in the case of a 2450-MHz isotope
lamp exciter, the power density at 25 cm from the lamp shield was 10 mW/cm2 (Safety Code 6 occupational
exposure limit 5 mW/cm2 ). More detailed results will be presented at the meeting.

P-150B
MEASUREMENT OF ELECTRIC AND MAGNETIC-FIELD STRENGTHS FROM INDUSTRIAL
27 MHz PLASTIC SEALERS IN GERMANY. H. Brüggemeyer*1 and H. Brinkmann2.
1
Niedersächsisches Landesamt für Ökologie, Hannover, Germany. 2Technische Universität Braunschweig,
Braunschweig, Germany.

27,12 MHz power sources for processing plastic products is a wide spread application in many industries.
The power output of these sources is unlimited. RF plastic welders are exposed to complicated leakage
fields which depend on many factors. Among these are: measurement position, electrode size, plastics to be
welded and settings. Several factors may vary from one measurment to the next. Smale differences in any
factor can introduce large measurement variations. In Germany new field exposure standards for workers are
issued which are derived from limits for energy deposition in human tissue. These limits for energy
deposition are linked to permissible levels of electric and magnetic fields. Both field strengths had to be
measured independently to estimate the exposure level for each working place. Not only the electomagnetic
field can introduce an energy deposition. Working with a RF sealer considerable currents can also flow in the
body by only touching the machine.

DIN VDE 0848 V/m* A/m* (V/m)2 min++ (A/m)2min++

workers 61,4 0,18 22600 0,16
others 27,5 0,08 4500 0,073
++
Reverence levels *field-strength continious exposure and peak field-strength for 27,12 MHz (wavelength
11,06 m)
METHODS: To estimate the exposure of an RF welder the magnetic and electric field strength were
measured with commercial broadband RF meters available in Germany. For the electric field strength we use
an Alenia 15-ID from MBB/Deutsche Aerospace and a NMF1 from VEB Funkmechanik, for the magnetic
field strength we use a EMR-10 from Wandel & Goltermann. To make the measurements tracable a new
detailed measurment protocol is designed. All investigations were made at the different working places and
under the normal working conditions. For the different working procedures we made measurments with
some changes in exposure factors in use. This measurements were carryed out to find a standard method to
supervise these RF welders and to improve their working conditions.
DISCUSSION: The measured field strength for some of the installations and working conditions were above
all reverence levels. We found some RF sealers with electric field strengths exceeding 1500 V/m and
magnetic field strength above 8 A/m. Sometimes the contact currents were realy painfull. There is a broad
range of different RF plastic sealers in use. Some of these machines are completely contained and there are
no relevant exposures. Some of the sealers work automaticly and the welder are normaly several meters
away from the electrodes. But if the welder is near the welding than the reverence levels are often excided.
There are some technological and organizational means to reduse the exposure of the welders. The best is a
complete containment but some times this is not possible because of working requests. Other posibilities are
better designed electrodes, partly containing the fields, extending the distance electrode to welder and to
improve the grounding of the RF current at the machine.

P-152B
STATIC MAGNETIC FIELDS ON BOARD A TELECOMMUNICATION CABLE SHIP. B.
Després*, M. Robillard* and A. Azoulay*. France Telecom CNET PAB/RGF/RTC, 92 131 Issy les
Moulineaux, France.

OBJECTIVE: This paper presents the results of a study conducted to evaluate the exposure levels to static
magnetic fields encountered on board telecommunication cable ships.
TECHNICAL BACKGROUND: Cable ships are used throughout the world to bury telecommunication
cables under the seas. Although all the newly installed cables are optical fiber, the signal is periodically
amplified by the mean of repeaters spaced regularly on the line. These repeaters are fed by a static current of
approximately 1.5 Amperes (1600 v) that runs all along the cable. All the cable necessary for the link (up to
a few thousands kilometres) is first loaded in the vessels of the ship (forming a huge magnetic coil) before
being buried into the sea ground. To ensure that the cable is not damaged during its loading and installation,
the cable is fed from time to time or even permanently.
METHODS: Systematic measurements were performed regularly on 50 precisely defined locations on board
the ship (vessels, cabins, restaurant...) over two consecutive installation campaigns extending over two
months, with a portable Hall effect Gaussmeter.
EXPOSURE LIMITS: Various National or International guidelines and standards specify exposure limits to
static fields: "Health Physics, 1994: Guidelines on limits of exposure to static magnetic fields - International
Commission on Non Ionizing Radiation Protection (ICNIRP)", "European Prestandard ENV 50166-1
(January 1995) : Human exposure to electromagnetic fields - low frequency (0 Hz to 10 khz)". All these
documents specify the same limits: 200 mT for occupational exposure and 40 mT for the general public.
MEASUREMENT DATA: An example of measurement result during a month is given on figure 1 for one
of the vessel where the field is maximum. Logically, the field reaches its maximum at the end of loading-
beginning of installation on Day 20. For all the other measurement points outside the vessels the field were
found to be always lower than 0,6 mT.
RESULTS: An analysis of all the measurement data has enabled us to describe the mechanisms by which the
field is created. Basically, field on board results from the superposition of a permanent residual field of a low
level (maximum 0,5 mT) and of a direct field created when the power is on and proportional to the size of the
cable coil in the vessel. This study has demonstrated that the static magnetic field exposure on board the ship
is always considerably lower (25 times) than the occupational limit given in safety standards and even five
times lower than the general public limit.

Figure 1: evolution of the magnetic field strength during a month in a vessel

 P-154B
OPTIMUM REDUCTION OF POWER FREQUENCY MAGNETIC FIELDS FROM
TRANSFORMER VAULTS. J.W. Munderloh1, K.L. Griffing1, M.L. Hiles1, P.G. Forsgren2 and K.C.
Holte3. 1Field Management Services Corporation, Los Angeles, California 90048, USA. 2Krafthuset,
Stockholm, Sweden. 3Southern California Edison Company, Research Center, Irwindale, California 91702,
USA.

Substantial research exists regarding the characterization and reduction of extremely low frequency (ELF)
magnetic fields associated with power systems. However, increasing sensitivity of computer monitors and
other electronic equipment to ELF magnetic fields at low levels (3-5 mG) coupled with potential health
concerns, has created interest in reducing magnetic fields from sources such as building transformer vaults to
significantly lower values than is typical with conventional mitigation schemes. Traditional (permeable
shielding) methods typically lower field strengths into the 10 mG range.
OBJECTIVE: Buildings with transformer vaults typically produce magnetic field strengths in the order of
10 to several 100 mG in spaces directly over or adjacent to the transformer room. The objective of this study
was (1) to closely characterize, in a laboratory setting, magnetic fields produced by single and three-phase
transformers, and their phase conductors; as typically contained in commercial building transformer vaults,
(2) to develop, test and document the effectiveness of techniques to reduce field strengths into the 3 to 5 mG
range, and (3) to implement field reduction schemes at several commercial building sites to validate reduction
techniques developed in the laboratory.
METHOD: At a Southern California Edison Laboratory, a 16 ft x 16 ft measurement grid was marked on
the floor to simulate the approximate size of a typical transformer vault. Three single-phase 500 KVA
12,000-480 volt transformers were placed on the measurement grid in both a linear and triangular
configuration to form a three-phase 1500 KVA 12,000-277/480 volt transformer bank. The transformers
were connected utilizing standard industry installation practices to a 12,000 volt primary source. The
secondary phase conductor paths were connected together beyond the measurement grid area to create three-
phase current circulation. This arrangement permitted 1,000 amps of current to be circulated through the
secondary conductors to generate a wide variety of magnetic field conditions in the area of the measurement
grid. Magnetic field spot measurements including x, y, z and resultant values were then taken at all
measurement grid locations at 3, 6, and 9 feet above the floor. After completion of laboratory analysis,
several commercial sites with transformer vaults similar to the laboratory configuration were selected for field
characterization and implementation of field reduction measures. Measurements taken at these sites
confirmed magnetic fields strengths in rooms above or adjacent to the transformer room were comparable to
those noted in the laboratory.
RESULTS: Analysis of laboratory measurement data confirmed that secondary phase currents were the
largest source of magnetic fields, the result of large separations between the conductors and insufficient self-
cancellation. Field management options included reconfiguration of and/or relocation of the transformers,
transformer leads and bus. Field reductions of 50% or more can be achieved by these methods, but in most
cases, reduction of maximum fields to the range of 3-5 mG or less requires shielding, either alone or in
addition to reconfiguration options. In the test cases, compacting phase conductors and optimum
arrangement of transformers significantly reduced magnetic field levels; but there remained field strengths in
the 10's of mG at a distance (15 to 20 feet) equal to an office over the vault. After shielding installation,
magnetic field measurements at the two study sites confirmed that magnetic field levels in the 3 to 5 mG
range at the same distance, were achieved as predicted from the laboratory model.
CONCLUSION: The test data suggests that ELF magnetic field levels from commercial building
transformer vaults can be reduced to values of 3 to 5 mG by shielding, either alone or in combination with
electrical system design modifications which promote self-cancellation among transformers and phase
conductors. Although elevated magnetic fields in commercial buildings are very difficult to reduce to low
values, actual installations demonstrate that it is possible.

Behavior

P-156B
LABORATORY INVESTIGATION OF THE INFLUENCE OF 50 Hz MAGNETIC FIELDS ON
HUMAN BEINGS. S. Eggert and I. Ruppe. Federal Institute for Occupational Medicine, Berlin D-10317,
Germany.

Low frequency magnetic fields become more and more important in metallurgic processes in industry,
transportation systems etc. The intensity of these fields are higher by orders of magnitude than the intensity
of natural fields.
If exposure to EMFs exert influence on well-being, or are possibly the reason of disease is not well known.
Exposed persons report on complaints, such as fatigue, dizziness, and lack of concentration. Moreover, EEG
changes are described in literature. In order to clarify if there really are effects of EMF exposure at
workplace intensities, laboratory studies on volunteers have been performed.
METHOD AND MATERIAL: The pilot series was carried out in a sample of 10 male and 10 female
subjects aged from 20 to 35 years at 5 consecutive days at the same day-time. The subjects should not be
aware of the presence of the field, therefore magnetic flux densities below the threshold of phosphenes were
chosen. The steps of exposure to the 50 Hz magnetic field were 0 mT, 0.5 mT, 1 mT and 2 mT; each of 10
minutes duration. Recorded data covered reactions on Wiener Determination System, autokinetic light test,
body temperature, and ECG.
RESULTS: During the exposure no changes of body temperature and heart-beat frequency were observed.
The psychological tests showed a reduction of concentration, an increase of fatigue and a decrease of
reactivity. This was indicated by wrong and delayed reactions.
A definite detrimental effect could not be shown, but a tendency of reduction of the mental performance
appeared.
CONCLUSIONS: The investigations will be continued with a greater number of subjects to determine the
no observed adverse effect level. The results are to be used to justify threshold limit values and to evaluate
situations at workplaces.
 P-158B
THERMOREGULATORY RESPONSES IN HUMAN VOLUNTEERS DURING WHOLE-BODY
MICROWAVE EXPOSURE: A PROGRESS REPORT. E.R. Adair, G.W. Mack*, S.A. Kelleher* and
T.S. Morocco*. John B. Pierce Laboratory and Yale University, New Haven, Connecticut 06519, USA.

The rationale behind all investigations of microwave bioeffects, whether in vivo or in vitro, ultimately
concerns the effects of such exposure on human beings. However, controlled laboratory studies of human
responses to imposed microwave fields are meager and, as has been noted previously (Adair, et al., BEMS
Abstracts, 1995, p. 217), tend to be limited to sensory endpoints. We have therefore initiated a series of
studies to obtain accurate knowledge of human thermoregulatory efficiency in the radio frequency (RF) or
microwave environment; these data are designed to provide generalizable functional relationships that may be
applicable to any inadvertent RF exposure. The functions will also be invaluable to the refinement of
computer models designed to predict thermoregulatory responses in the presence of RF energy.
OBJECTIVE: This research is designed to measure the efficiency with which the body temperature is
regulated when human volunteers undergo whole-body exposure to RF energy (450 or 2450 MHz, CW or
pulsed, SAR range = 0 to 4 W/kg) for a 45-min period following at least 30-min equilibration to a cool,
neutral or warm environment.
METHODS: Subjects are adult male and female volunteers, 21 to 74 years of age. During the tests, a
volunteer (clad in 1- or 2-piece bathing suit, as appropriate) is seated in the far field of an antenna inside one
of two anechoic chambers. A Styrofoam wall, interposed between antenna and subject, creates a test cubicle
(2.4 m x 2.4 m x 1.5 m) that is climate-controlled. The subject breathes into a mask for measurement of O2
consumption and CO2 production, wears two capsules on back and chest to measure sweating rate, and three
laser-doppler flowmeter probes on forearm, back and chest to assess peripheral blood flow. Seven body
temperatures are measured with Luxtron fiberoptic probes (oesophageal, upper back, lower back, chest,
forehead, upper arm and thigh). Data are collected every minute by on-line computers and chart recorders.
General descriptions of RF sources and field measurements have been published (Adair, et al.,
Bioelectromagnetics 13:497-512, 1992). Dosimetry is based on localized measurements in a man-model.
2
RESULTS: Group data on 10 volunteers exposed for 45 min to 2450 MHz CW microwaves at 30 mW/cm
(SAR ~ 0.5 W/kg) in a 28 °C environment, show no change in metabolic heat production or peripheral blood
flow from equilibrated levels, a modest rise in trunk skin temperatures, and no change in oesophageal
temperature due to the orderly recruitment of sweating on the back and chest. No differences in response
patterns between males and females were evident. Limited data on 6 volunteers, exposed under the same
2
conditions, at a power density of 50 mW/cm (SAR ~ 0.9 W/kg) show a greater rise in trunk skin and mean
skin temperatures (~ 1.3 °C), a greater sweating response mobilized earlier, but still no change in
oesophageal temperature. In a 28 °C (thermoneutral) environment, changes in heat loss mechanisms, such as
peripheral vasodilation and sweating, predominate in the thermoregulatory response to RF exposure.
DISCUSSION: The stability of the deep body temperature in human beings undergoing whole-body
exposure to RF energy, at SARs comparable to or less than the basal metabolic rate, is not unexpected, given
the superior thermoregulatory capability of humans over all other mammals. The measured changes in heat
loss through sweating are comparable to predictions of computer models based on exercise data. Additional
data from experiments currently in progress will be presented in the poster.
 P-160B
A TERATOLOGIC STUDY OF ULTRAWIDEBAND ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD EXPOSURE.
B.L. Cobb1, P.A. Mason2, S.A. Miller*1, K.R. Kosub*2, J. Jauchem1 and M.R. Murphy1. 1USAF Armstrong
Laboratory and 2Systems Research Laboratories, Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235, USA.

Several investigators have reported teratologic effects of microwave (MW) exposure in animals. The
majority of these studies have been performed at levels of exposure that could produce significant heating.
Air Force personnel, including women, are currently developing and testing new and unique ultrawideband
(UWB) MW exposure sources. These new sources typically generate high-peak-power pulses with very
short (ns) pulse widths, sub-ns rise times, over a wide band width (e.g., 100 MHz to 1 GHz).
Here we report findings of a preliminary teratological study of UWB MW exposure. The pulse repetition
rates used in this study were typical of operational environments and did not produce detectable temperature
increases. Dams were exposed to either: (1) UWB irradiation from a Kentech system emitting pulses with a
55 kV/m peak E field, 300 ps rise time and a 1.8 ns PW; (2) sham irradiation; or, as a positive control, (3)Pb
acetate solution (2000 µg/ml) continuously available in their drinking water. Offspring were examined for
development (weights, coat appearance, tooth-eruption, eye-opening, air-righting, etc.) and tested on various
performance measures (e.g., ultrasonic stress vocalizations, locomotor, Morris-maze activity). A subset of
these pups were examined for hippocampal morphological development. Ontogeny of behavior and
functional and morphological development of pups exposed to UWB pulses were unremarkable with the
exception that the UWB pups emitted fewer vocalizations than did the control or Pb groups. The
vocalizations of the Pb group, however, were shorter than either of the other exposure groups. Significantly
increased locomotor behavior was observed in pups from the Pb lead acetate group when compared to the
sham and UWB groups. This hyperlocomotor behavior is consistent with previous reports that similarly
dosed, prenatally Pb-exposed rats will show hyperlocomotor behavior without changes in weights, gross
developmental impairment or significant Pb tissue levels (Driscoll, et al, 1978). Our study indicates that pre-
natal UWB exposure, at the parameters we used, does not significantly influence neonatal behavior or
development. Future exposures of additional dams will follow that repeat previous exposure and
measurement parameters and will include an additional assessment of operant behavior, measurements of
RNA, DNA and protein analysis, and morphological development of the rat cerebellum.

P-162B
RHESUS MONKEY CONTRAST SENSITIVITY DURING EXPOSURE TO HIGH PEAK POWER
5.6 GHz MICROWAVE PULSES. J.A. D’Andrea1, A. Thomas1, D.J. Hatcher1, J. Kane1 and T.L.
DeVietti2. 1Naval Medical Research Institute Detachment, Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235-5423, USA.
2
Central Washington University, Ellensburg, Washington 98926, USA.

Recent studies by Kues et al (1985-1993) have shown that microwave pulses alter several different eye
tissues in nonhuman primates. Specifically, changes have been reported to occur in the corneal endothelium,
iris vasculature, and retina of monkeys exposed to 2.45- and 1.3-GHZ pulsed microwaves at 10 and 12.5
mW/cm2. Our previous research has not shown visual impairment at 1.3 GHZ and 5.6 GHz (2 W/kg, 4
W/kg, or 6 W/kg) using contrast sensitivity measurements. In this study we extend the evaluation to other
pulse repetition rates than 100 pps used previously. Here we are testing for spatial contrast sensitivity
alterations in monkeys during exposure to 5.6-GHZ microwave pulses at pulse repetition rates up to 300 pps.
Four male rhesus monkeys (Macaca mulatta) have been trained on an operant task to establish spatial
contrast sensitivity functions. The operant task requires monkeys to press one plastic lever reinforced on a
variable interval schedule (VI-20s) to produce a visual stimulus (vertical sinusoidal grating) and then respond
on a second lever to obtain food. Gratings of different spatial frequencies are being tested between 1.5 and
18 cycles per degree. Using a titration procedure, various contrasts of the three gratings are presented to
determine thresholds. While performing the behavioral task, the monkeys are being exposed to microwave
pulses produced by a military radar (FPS-26A) and a pulse compression device (ITT-2972). The microwave
pulses (2.3 µs pd, 300 pps) are being delivered in pulse bursts over daily sessions, 30 minutes per session, at
low average power densities with a peak field power density of approximately 6 kW/cm2.
 P-164B
DEVELOPMENT OF TOLERANCE TO THE OPIOID-MEDIATED ANTINOCICEPTIVE
EFFECTS OF WEAK EXTREMELY LOW FREQUENCY COMPLEX
NEUROELECTROMAGNETIC PULSES. A.W. Thomas*1, M. Kavaliers*1 and F.S. Prato2.
1
Bioelectromagnetics Western, University of Western Ontario, London, Ontario N6A 5C1, Canada. 2Lawson
Research Institute, St. Joseph’s Health Centre, London, Ontario N6A 4L6, Canada.

The development of tolerance is a classical response to repeated acute exposures to any opiate or opiate-like
substance (Kavaliers and Hirst, 1986). Recently, it has been shown that both simple sinewave magnetic fields
(Prato et al, 1995) and complex magnetic fields (Thomas and Kavaliers, 1996) can attenuate or activate
endogenous opioid systems in the land snail Cepaea nemoralis. The opioid system of snails is very similar to
that of vertebrates and have proven to be an effective model for the study of antinociception (analgesia).
Using 8 groups (15 per group, n=120) of snails, here we show that 9 days of individually repeated 15 or 30
minute exposures to either a sham or complex neuroelectromagnetic pulse (Cnp) condition produced a
classical opiate-like tolerance to Cnp induced analgesia. The latency to an aversive foot-lifting
antinociceptive response was measured before each trial and again immediately post exposure and 15, 30 and
60 minutes post exposure. On the first day of testing, a maximum induction of antinociception of 340% of
the sham exposure latency was achieved. However, after the 9 days of repeated acute exposures, there was
still a significant degree of antinociception induced (183% of sham). Subjects exposed to a 15 or 30 minute
sham condition over the 10 day period did not show any effects, and responded with an induced analgesia
equal to naive subjects when exposed to the Cnp on the last trial day. This result confirms an opioid-like
induction of antinociception, or analgesia, using weak (peak ±100 µT) extremely low frequency (0.2 to 300
Hz) magnetic fields (patent pending) emitted by an orthogonal array of Helmholtz coils under computer
control. A 2 (Cnp-Sham) x 2 (15-30 minute exposure) x 4 (0-15-30-60 minutes after exposure) x 9 (days of
testing) with two levels repeated analysis of variance was used to determine the significance in the findings.
Overall, the effect of the Cnp vs. the sham condition explained the majority of the variance (DF[1,118],
F=2392.4, P < .0001, Eta2=.94). There was also a weak but significant interaction of the daily latency
measurements (whether at 0, 15 30 or 60 minutes), the day of testing and the Cnp-sham condition
(DF[15,840], F=13.22, P < .001, Eta2=.19). This can be explained by the tolerance developed, as the degree
and time course of induced analgesia falls from day to day. These results clearly show the development of
tolerance to a magnetic field, and may explain the lack of definitive effect when trying to assess chronic and
longtime exposures to magnetic fields.
Kavaliers M, Hirst M (1986): Pharm Biochem Behav 25:1201-1206
Prato FS, Carson JJL, Ossenkopp K-P, Kavaliers M (1995): FASEB J 9:807-814
Thomas AW, Kavaliers M, Prato FS (1996) Abstract: BEMS Conference (Submitted)
This work was supported in part by the Medical and Natural Sciences and Engineering Research Councils of
Canada.

P-166B
EARLY RESULTS FROM A STUDY OF ULTRA-WIDE-BAND PULSES AND MORPHINE-
INDUCED ANALGESIA IN THE MOUSE. R.L. Seaman, M.L. Belt* and P.J. Henry*. McKesson
BioServices and Microwave Bioeffects Branch, US Army Medical Research Detachment, Brooks Air Force
Base, Texas 78235-5324, USA.

OBJECTIVE: The objective was to study the effects of ultra-wide-band (UWB) pulses on morphine-
induced reduction of nociception, or analgesia.
METHODS: Male CF-1 mice (Charles River) aged 10-12 weeks and weighing 30-40 g were housed in
group cages in an environmentally controlled room with ad lib food and water. Exposure to UWB pulses and
testing of nociception were done 7-10 hours after lights-on in a 12/12 light/dark cycle. Each animal was
tested for nociception 30 min after i.p. injection of saline or 7.5 mg/kg morphine sulfate. During this interval,
an animal was either in its home cage or in a nonrestricting circular holder in a GTEM cell for UWB
exposure to no pulses (sham), 60 pps, or 600 pps. Broadband masking noise (74-75 dBA) was generated by
external speakers. Ten animals were tested for each of the resulting eight conditions in block random
sequence. Based on measurements with an EG&G ACD(R) D-dot sensor under the center of an empty
animal holder, UWB pulses had amplitude of 151-157 kV/m, rise time of 205 ps, and duration of 1.00-1.02
ns (93-97 kV/m, 185-205 ps, and 1.00-1.02 ns with holder absent). Nociception was tested by placing an
animal on a metallic surface heated to 50.3 ±0.2 °C by circulating water. Latency in seconds to licking a
back paw was used as the measure of nociception, with a maximum of 160 s to prevent tissue damage.
RESULTS: Mean latencies for saline-injected animals were over a small range, 16.3-20.1 s, across UWB
conditions. The larger mean latencies of morphine-injected animals reflected analgesia: 74.4 s for cage, 95.0
s for sham, 98.0 s for 60 pps, and 136.4 s for 600 pps. ANOVA with morphine (0 and 7.5 mg/kg) and UWB
(cage, sham, 60, and 600) factors indicated a significant influence by morphine (p < .0001) but not by UWB
or morphine-UW interaction. For saline-injected animals, post-hoc Tukey's protected t-tests showed no
significant difference in mean latency across UWB conditions. For morphine-injected animals, the tests
indicated a significant difference between the 600 pps UWB condition and the cage, sham, and 60 pps
conditions.
DISCUSSION: The 4-5 times increase in mean latency to hind paw licking with morphine was consistent
with the known analgesic effect of morphine in CF-1 mice. Other investigators using magnetic fields either
oscillating at extremely low frequencies or those associated with magnetic resonance imaging have indicated
no effect on normal nociception and a reduction in morphine-induced analgesia. The lack of UWB effect on
nociception in our saline-injected animals is consistent with these reports. In morphine-injected animals, the
41.4 s increase in latency for UWB pulses at 600 pps relative to that for sham exposure represents an
increase in analgesia rather than the reported reduction for magnetic fields. Because UWB pulses at 60 pps
did not change mean latency relative to the mean latency for sham exposure, the effect may depend on pulse
repetition rate or on total number of pulses delivered. The number of animals per condition is being
increased in order to increase the power of the test.
Supported by the U.S. Army Medical Research and Materiel Command under contract DAMD17-94-C-4069
awarded to McKesson BioServices. The views, opinions and/or findings contained in this report are those of
the authors and should not be construed as an official Department of Army position, policy or decision.

P-168B
INFLUENCE OF ELF MAGNETIC FIELDS ON HUMAN MEMORY DEPENDS ON THE DC
COMPONENT. E. Lyskov, I. Nikolskaya*, M. Chernyshev*, V. Michailov*, G. Sokolov* and A.
Vishnevsky*. Institute of the Human Brain, Krylov’s Institute, 197376 St. Petersburg, Russia.

INTRODUCTION: Several studies have shown that ELF fields can adversely affect higher nervous
functions in animals and human beings, specifically, learning and memory. The relationships between
neurobehavioral responses and exposure parameters are non-linear, and they differ for different endpoints.
The intensity and frequency "window" effects have also been observed. One of the suggestions, explaining
these complicated relationships, is the model of ion parametric resonance. There are experimental evidences
pro and contra, however, little is known whether this model is of significance for human brain functions.
OBJECTIVE: The goal of the present study is to compare changes in human performance (if any) in
volunteers exposed to different combinations of 50 Hz and DC magnetic fields.
METHODS: Fifteen young healthy volunteers (7 male and 8 female) participated in the study. They were
exposed for 30 minutes to three different combinations of vertical AC and DC fields. Exposure I:
combination of 50 Hz 45 µT (rms) and DC 65 µT, considered as "resonant conditions" to Ca2+; Exposure II:
50 Hz 45 µT and background values of DC (14-17 µT); and Exposure III: (sham) with background 50 Hz
(20 nT) and DC fields. The order of exposure presentation for each participant was randomised and
individual intervals between different exposures varied form 48 to 72 hours. Participants performed six
conventional psychological tasks to assess different kinds of memory; attention and visual-motor
coordination. Ten variables obtained before and after exposure were used for further analysis (ANOVA).
Changes with P<0.05 were considered as significant.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION: Data showed that Exposure I led to changes in three from ten variables:
decrease of long-term verbal (P=0.01), and non-verbal (P=0.04) memory as well as tiredness in visual-motor
coordination task (P<0.05). Exposure II resulted to changes in one variable: decrease of long-term verbal
memory (P=0.04). No changes were revealed after Exposure III. No differences in working and operative
memory (both verbal and non verbal) and attention were observed at all exposure conditions. These data
indicate that 50 Hz, 45 µT field 1) affect on the brain mechanisms of long term memory, 2) changes of human
long term memory depend on the level of DC component. The latter seems to be important in context of
discussions about safety limits of powerline frequency fields.
Supported by the Russian Ministry of Science and Technical Policy.
 P-170B
ARE IN VIVO EFFECTS OF EMF IN MAMMALS MEDIATED BY A SENSORY SYSTEM
SPECIALIZED FOR DETECTION OF THE GEOMAGNETIC FIELD?: THE CASE FOR
GEOMAGNETIC SENSITIVITY IN THE RODENT, PHODOPUS SUNGORUS. M.E.
Deutschlander, J.B. Phillips, S.C. Borland, L.E. Anderson and B.W. Wilson. Department of Biology, Indiana
University, Bloomington, Indiana 47405, USA.

One crucial question concerning the potential health effects of electromagnetic fields is whether some of
these effects are mediated by a sensory system (or systems) specialized for detection of the geomagnetic field
or, instead, result from "non-specific" effects on biological processes that are not specifically involved in
geomagnetic field detection. The importance of this question has caused a convergence of interests among
researchers at Battelle, investigating potential health effects of EMF, and investigators at Indiana University
working on basic questions concerning the sensory mechanism(s) of geomagnetic field detection in terrestrial
organisms. Despite the large body of data which supports EMF effects on biochemical and physiological
processes in mammals, there are few mammalian behavioral assays of geomagnetic field sensitivity in which
the possible link between health-related EMF effects and magnetoreception can be profitably explored.
Burda et. al. (Experientia, 1990. 46: 528-530) have shown that the African mole-rat, Cryptomys hottentotus,
exhibits a strong directional preference relative to an earth-strength magnetic field when constructing a nest
site in a featureless circular arena. In addition, preliminary evidence from 4-arm maze studies conducted in
our lab suggest that the Siberian hamster, Phodopus sungorus, may also have a directional magnetic
preference. Since ELF EMF has been demonstrated to effect a variety of biochemical and physiological
processes in the Siberian hamster, we further investigated geomagnetic field sensitivity in this species. In the
present study, behavioral experiments similar to Burda et. al. (1990) have been conducted to develop an
assay of geomagnetic sensitivity in P.sungorus. Preliminary results provide evidence that P. sungorus can
detect the geomagnetic field and use it for directional information when building a nest. Future experiments
will use this assay to elucidate the mechanism(s) of geomagnetic field transduction in P. sungorus. The
results of these studies will serve as a basis for investigations designed to determine whether or not the
observed health effects of ELF EMF are due to direct effects on a sensory system or to non-sensory effects
on other biological processes.
This work was funded and sponsored by Battelle Pacific Northwest Labs.

P-172B
EFFECT OF HEAT ON PROTECTION AGAINST PHENYTOIN-RESISTANT AMPA-INDUCED
SEIZURES BY A STATIC DC ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELD. M.J. McLean, R.R. Holcomb, E.J.
Piña and R. Thomas. Department of Neurology, Department of Veterans Affairs and Vanderbilt University
Medical Centers, Nashville, Tennessee 37212, USA.

A DC electromagnetic field produced by four heads of alternating polarity ameliorated clonic seizures
produced by intracerebroventricular injection of the excitatory amino acid, AMPA in mice (McLean et al.,
Epilepsia 36:59, 1995). However, when the soft iron cores became warm, protection was abolished.
Practically, this limited the duration of experiments.
OBJECTIVE: The effect of heating the heads was investigated to identify the factor(s) that led to failure of
protection.
METHODS: Four heads, each consisting of 3200 turns of #22 copper wire around a 2 inch soft iron core
centered in a 5 inch diameter cast iron housing, were wired together and connected to a DC power supply to
produce a magnetic field with alternating polarity of the cores and zero field in the center. The array was
cooled by copper coils immersed in dry ice and perfused with propylene glycol. Outbred CD-1 mice were
placed in tissue culture medium bottles and positioned in the center of a triangle connecting two heads and
the center of the array. Two hours before injection, mice received 40 mg/kg of phenytoin ip to minimize
AMPA-induced death (~40% if untreated). Initial seizure stages were not significantly modified by
phenytoin. Each phenytoin-pretreated mouse was exposed to the DC electromagnetic field (DCEMF) for 15
min prior to icv injection of 7.4 nmoles of AMPA by the method of Herman (1975). Stereotyped seizure
stages evolved with time after magnetic field exposure. Data expressed here represent the percentage of
animal reaching the clonic phase of initial seizure activity (<5 min post-injection). Temperature of the cores
and bottles was measured with a YSI telethermometer and probe.
RESULTS: Clonic seizures appeared initially in 5% of mice pretreated with the DCEMF. The cores heated
with prolonged application of power to the array. When the temperature was 5-10 °C above baseline (~21
°C), the percentage of clonic seizures increased to 100%. Voltage necessary to keep the magnetic field
strength constant increased with time also. Although elevated temperatures may worsen seizures,
temperature inside the media bottles did not rise during this time.
DISCUSSION: Heating of the electromagnetic cores is associated with degradation of the protective effects
of a DCEMF. The loss of efficacy is accompanied by increased resistance in the network of four heads. The
degradation may be due to alteration of gradients within the DCEMF or eddy currents that develop with
time. Alterations of the characteristics of the wire and cores to minimize heating may improve fidelity and
protective efficacy of the electromagnets.

P-174B
DO HIGH VOLTAGE POWERLINES AFFECT VICINAL EARTHWORM POPULATIONS? R.
Coghill1 and S. Gerasimov2. 1Coghill Research Laboratories, Pontypool, Gwent NP4 5UH, United Kingdom.
2
Department of Paediatrics, Lviv State Medical University, Ukraine.

Earthworms are an important concomitant of topsoil health, responsible for sod aeration, decomposition of
organic debris, decreasing sod acidity, and the conversion of minerals to bioavailable form, and they also act
as natural antibiotic agents, encouraging the growth of benign microflora whilst inhibiting potential
pathogens. In providing plants with assimilable nitrogen, phosporus and potassium worms thus occupy a
vital and pivotal position in the ecology of the food chain.
Many worm species demonstrably avoid electric and magnetic fields and currents. Should this aversion lower
earthworm populations beneath powerlines, it may lead to poorer soil quality, but more importantly permit
the growth of pathogenic bacteria in such locations. There is a heated debate about whether such weak ELF
fields can also cause changes in gene expression, and if so, the unchecked mutation of soil bacteria into
resistant or pathogenic strains under powerlines might be of some importance. Pathogen entry into the
human food chain via herbivores grazing under powerlines (e.g. via bovine spongiform encephalopathy)
might then be a plausible consequence.
This study aimed to examine whether earthworm populations under a 132kV powerline crossing a featureless
upland pasture were significantly different from control samples distant from the same line, and whether there
were any differences in sod pH values or microbial subtypes.
RESULTS: The mean pH value of topsoil down to 7.5 cm. beneath the line (5.40) was similar to that 70
metres distant (5.41). However the standard deviation of pH values obtained from six separate topsoil
samples (taken 2 metres apart beneath the midspan) was over twice as large as the control samples taken at a
distance of 70 metres perpendicular to the midspan, indicating an comparatively irregular distribution of
acidity in the topsoil beneath the line.
Worm populations beneath the line, as measured by biomass (77gm/m2) appeared to be similar to other
samples reported from pastureland studies (52-120gm/m2). If anything the control samples at 70 metres
appeared more sparsely populated (26gm/m2), and there were no significant differences in population
numbers, the greater biomass resulting from larger size. Even so, the average length of the largest worms (L.
Terrestris) at less than 100mm. suggested that few mature worms were present in the sample.
CONCLUSIONS: These results give no support to the hypothesis that earthworm populations are adversely
affected by the ELF electromagnetic fields arising from high voltage powerlines. The anomaly in standard
deviations of the samples beneath and distant from the line might however reflect changes in bacterial
populations and needs further investigation. This part of our research aim is still ongoing at this time.

P-176B
DETECTION OF 94.5 GHz RADIO FREQUENCY FIELDS BY RHESUS MONKEYS. J.M. Ziriax1,
M. MacCullum2 and W. Hurt3. 1Naval Medical Research Detachment, Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235,
USA. 2Systems Research Laboratories, AL/OERB, Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235, USA. 3AL/OERS,
Brooks Air Force Base, Texas 78235, USA.

Accidental exposures to radio frequency (RF) fields may be terminated, when the exposed individual detects
the sensations produced by the exposure and escapes. Experimentally-determined RF-detection thresholds
would help determine the hazard posed by "undetectable" intensities and would aid in reconstructing
accidental exposure parameters.
OBJECTIVE: To characterize rhesus monkeys ability to detect 10-sec exposures to 94.5 GHz RF.
METHODS: Monkeys were tested in plastic primate chair equipped with a plastic operant panel with three
response levers and a red cue light over each lever. The chair was located on a wooden platform in a RF
anechoic chamber. The RF stimulus frequency was 94.5 GHz emitted as 400 µsec wide pulses. Repetition
rate was titrated within each session from 2.7 KHz to 10 Hz to produce a range of power densities. The
center of the beam was directed at the left side of the monkey's back just approximately 6 cm below the
shoulder blade. The exposure site was in the far field, 28 cm from the horn. Monkeys were trained to detect
10 sec bursts of RF energy using a trials procedure. Trials were initiated when the monkey pressed the
center, "observing" lever while the center cue light was transilluminated. After a variable delay, the pulses
were emitted (RF trials) or not (NO-RF trials) for 10 secs. Then the center cue light was extinguished and
the side cue light were transilluminated. Releasing "observing" lever at this point enabled the right and left
"choice" levers. The "choice" response was reinforced with a small volume of juice (1-3 cc), if correct (hits
and correct rejections), or a time-out, if an error (misses and false alarms). A correction procedure was used
in which a sample stimulus was repeated until it was correctly identified. Following a correct choice, a
sample stimulus was randomly selected with the probability of an RF trial being 0.5. To prevent guessing, 2
correct trials in a row were required for juice to be delivered. Training was started at 30 mW/cm2. RF
intensity was adjusted by 1.3 mW/cm2 according to the monkey's performance on the last 10 non-correction
trials. If the number of corrects exceeded 7, RF intensity was decreased. If the number of corrects fell below
6, RF intensity was increased. Thus, the titration schedule forced the accuracy to be maintained at 65 percent
correct. Only non-correction trials were used in any data analysis.
RESULTS: The threshold for each session was defined to be the minimum power density reached by the
titration during that session. The median threshold for the last ten sessions was taken as the threshold for
each monkey ( 10.1 for mW/cm2 monkey 676Z, 7.7 for mW/cm2 monkey 796Z and 7.7 mW/cm2 for monkey
900Z.). The average threshold for all three monkeys was 8.5 mW/cm2.
DISCUSSION: Blick et. al. (1995) determined detection thresholds of 4.5 mW/cm2 in humans using the
same transmitter and a similar procedure which included few no-RF trials. A difference which probably
accounts for the slightly hight thresholds seen here. Wherever RF emitters are used some possibility of
human exposure exists. The final safe guard will always be the exposed human's ability to rapidly detect RF.
Characterizing this ability is important to developing safety procedures and in analyzing reports of accidental
exposures.
REFERENCES: D. W. Blick, E. R. Adair2, C. J. Sherry, T. J. Walters, K. S. Mylacraine, and J. H. Merritt.
Sensitivity Of Human Skin To 35 And 94 GHz Radiofrequency Radiation. Presented at BEMS, June, 1995.
1
Now with the Naval Medical Research Detachment at Brooks AFB, TX. 2Systems Research Laboratories,
AL/OERB, Brooks AFB, TX, 3AL/OERS, Brooks AFB, TX
 Medical Applications

P-178B
ELECTROSTIMULATION IN AESTHETIC. D. Dang-Vu-Nguyen. Centre Hospitalier Neuilly sur
Seine, 75016 Paris, France.

The current by impulse is used as a signal exciting the "lazy cells"; so, it seems to reactive the cellular
physiology. The current used is a current by impulses low voltage, low frequency.
1-Lipolysis effect
The low voltage current, low intensity (2-4 mA ) impulses through acupuncture needles implanted
directly in adipose tissues "cellulitis", is used as a signal to stimulate the sleeping adipocytes which are
awakened now and eliminate their containt. More than 20,000 patients have already been treated by
four or eight pairs of needles implanted directly in the adipose mass and linked in pairs to the
electrostimulation apparatus "STEATRON" and stimulated during 50' at 15 Hz frequency and
variable intensity "2-4 A". The object of this electrostimulation is to reduce the fatty volumes. The
total duration of treatment is one month, with one session a week. The reduction of the abdominal
circumference and on hips is on average (6,5 cm). Histological examen showed the reduction of the
adipocyte size. A biological examen showed:
-In the blood: "2 samples have been practized, one before, and one after the session of
electrostimulation". An increase of triglycerides (0,03 g/I) and the same for fatty acids (250
micromol/I). The level of the lipase hormone is quite the same in the two cases.
-In the urine: 2 samples of urine of 24 hours, one before the treatment, and one after the session.
On urine/24 hours before the treatment: no presence of glycerol.
On urine/24 hours after the treatment: presence of glycerol (6,8 mg/I).
The indication of electrostimulation concerns the "cellulitis" on hips, on buttocks, on the chin, and on
arms.
2-Electrophorese effect
In some cases, where cellulitis is enkysted very hard, the electrolipolysis effect is not good; so, we
must use the current for its electrophorese effect. The current favorised better absorption and better
diffusion of drugs "medicine" in the tissues; we combined in the same session mesotherapy and
electrotherapy with a current of low intensity (2 A; low frequency 12 Hz) during 30 minutes.
3-Mechanical effect
The implantation of two pairs of needles, 6-8 length, directly in the muscles at each end of muscle.
Needles are stimulated, pairs by pairs, during 30 minutes, with frequency 15 Hz, intensity 2-3 mA, in
order to provoke the muscular contracture. The duration of treatment is one session per week during
a month. The stabilization required one session a month during 3 months, and after one session over
3 months. The mechanical effects of the current are used to treat the flasticity of the muscle "as
prosis of buttock and abdominal, face and neck", the flasticity of skin and the aging process.
4-Lifting effect realized by
a) means of the needles which provoke
-inflammatory reaction
-fibrosis reaction
Action reflex by implantation of needles directly in the muscles, at each end of them, just the place of
their insertion on bone; needles are stimulated during 30 minutes; frequency 15 hz; intensity 2-3 mA.
b) means of the current
Mechanical action: muscular contracture, to reduce the flasticity and the ptosis.
Biological action: production collagene and elastine fibres. Electrostimulation by needles and current
by impulses has proved its efficiency on "cellulitis"-clinical, histological and biological effect.
Electrostimulation can, in the same time, by its lifting effect, rectifie and change the shape of body.
References bibliographiques:
DANG VU NGUYEN
1. traitement de I'hydrolipodystropie par electrostimulation et acupuncture Meeridien n°78: p.12-18;
2. Hidrolipodystrophie localisee chez la femme: Dermatologie Pratique n°51, March 1990, p. 18-20;
3. Electrolipolyse, traitement de la cellulite, Masson Feb 1992 Paris 06;
4. Correlation between clinical cells adipocyte lost and glycerol urinaire, 16th, Meetings of Brags,
oct.93, Dana Point. U.S.A.
Electrolipolyse: Correlation between clinical cell's size adipocyte lost and urinar glycerol. Fatty acids.
Sixteenth Annual Meeting of BioElectromagnetic Society; Copenhagen, Danemark, June 12-17,1994.
Application of Electrical Current. according to the Physicpathology of Fat; World Congress of the
International Academy of Aesthetic Surgery and Aesthetic Medecine; Oct 18-21,1994; Aruba,
Venezuela.
Treatment of cellulitis by Electrolipolyse. National bresilium symposium of Plastic Surgery; Nov
1994, Bello Horizonte, Brazil.
Electrolifting. 1st International Congress of Facial and Body Aesthetic; Dec 2nd and 3rd 1994;
Lisboa, Portugal.
Electrostimulation Facial. Ille journees mediterraneennes de confrontations therapeutiques en Medecine et
Chirurgie esthetique; 5 et 7 mai 1995 Barcelone.
M.LAFONTAN et BERLAN: la mobilisation des lipides dans le site anatomique. Laboratoire de
pharmacologie medicale Faculte de Medecine, Institut Physiologie; university Press Toulouse, 1990.
L.SCHNITZLER; Ph. SIMONIN: Stimulation electrique cutanee (vieillissement et cicatrice) Rev.
Eur. Dermatologique, MST 1989, p495-504.

P-180B
THE PATHOLOGIC ANALYSIS OF THE TREATMENT OF MICROWAVE, CHEMOTHERAPY
AND RADIOTHERAPY FOR ESOPHAGUS CARCINOMA. H. Qian and J. Zhang. Nanjing Bestar
Microwave Energy Laboratory, Nanjing 210013, P.R. China.

This article describes use of the treatment of Microwave vaporization, Chemotherapy and Radiotherapy for
Esophagus Carcinoma. The cancer cells will be killed. We can see the good effect from the pathologie
analysis.
The cure was faster and the action was synergistic. It is simple, almost painless and without complication.
METHODS:
1. Insert the gastroscope until it reaches the place just above the tumor tissue. After seeing clearly the tumor
the microwave probe was inserted through the biopsy channel to the tumor. Then to exert a little pressure
and under a certain amount of microwave power output, local high temperature over 250 °C will be
produced on the probe instantanously, the tumor tissue will be cauterized and vaporized away.
2. Local Chemotheraphy. After the treatment of Microwave vaporization, pricked the endoscope needle into
the central or basal part of the tumor and injected the drug with 2-4ml physiological saline into neoplasm.
See table 1.
Table 1. Microwave and local chemotherapy (30 cases)
Curative effect notable effect no effect
numbers of case 18 9 3

3. Radiotherapy
After the tumor tissues was vaporized, the radiosource can smoothly insert into the esophagus, then
radiotherapy using the 192Ir can kill the cancer cells. see table 2.

Curative effect notable effect no effect

numbers of case 24 6

DISCUSSION:
1. In treating cancers field, It is a new method with endoscope, especially
treating the Esophagus Carcinoma with Microwav Chemotherapy and Radiotherapy. It has an affirmable
curatire effect for reducing and disappearing the tumor in Cavity. Improving the clinical symptoms and
enabling life to be long.
2. From the pathological analysis, it can accelerate cancer cells damaged by combining with injecting
chemotherapy and radiotherapy.

P-182B
TISSUE DIAGNOSIS THROUGH STRUCTURAL NONUNIFORMITY ESTIMATED BY
BIOIMPEDANCE. E. Fujimoto* and Y. Kinouchi. Department of Electrical & Engineering, The
University of Tokushima, Tokushima 770, Japan.

INTRODUCTION: Response of the biological tissue for electrical stimuli is often represented by
bioelectrical impedance which express electrical properties of the tissue. The bioimpedance in ß dispersion
region gives us significant informations on biological tissue structures. It is therefore useful for physiological
tissue diagnoses. If the structure is uniform in space, all equivalent circuit representing the structure in low
frequency of ß dispersion region will consist of three parameters, i.e., extra-cellular resistance Re, intra-
cellular resistance Ri and membarane capacitance Cm. The impedance Z(ω) of the circuit is expressed like
Z(ω)=R∞ -(R∞ -Re)/(l+jωT), where R∞ =ReRi/(Re+Ri) and T=Cm(Re+Ri). The frequency locus of the
impedance on the complex plane is a semicircle putting its center on the real axis. The tissue will ordinarily
have nonuniformity, due to scattering of cell number, size, shape and position. As all impedance
representation considering the tissue nonuniformity, a Cole-Cole arc of a frequency locus has been
conveniently used. Its locus is an arc putting its center above the real axis. As shown in Fig.2, however, a
measured frequency locus in low frequency range is, in most cases, a part of a semicircle having its center on
the real axis while similar to a part of a Cole-Cole arc in high frequency range. The objective here is to
investigate a reasonable circuit model for such nonuniform tissues and to apply it to tissue diagnoses.
METHOD: To explain above type of locus, a distributed circuit model is introduced, which consists of a lot
of above mentioned three parameters circuits distributed in one, two or three dimensional spaces. The
parameter values obey some probability distribution to reflect the nonuniformity of the tissue. Though a
Gauss distribution may be reasonable according to the central limit theorem, a gamma distribution has been
used here because the parameter values should be positive. The impedance locus of the distributed circuit
models with a large number of parameters (about l0 5) has been calculated by computer simulation and
compared with actual impedance loci measured for the rat liver.
RESULTS AND DISCUSSION: Various types of distributed circuit models, e.g., one dimensional serial
and parallel circuits and some kinds of mesh circuit in two and three dimensional space, have been analyzed.
As a result, it has been found that the parallel connection of three parameter circuits shown in Fig. 1 is an
essential model to reproduce the characteristics of measured loci. An equivalent impedance Ze(ω) of Fig.1 is
given by 1/Ze(ω)=(1/n)?kl/Zk(ω) which is equivalent to ?{1/ Z(ω)}p(Re)p(Ri)p(Cm)dRedRidCm, where Re,
Ri and Cm are assumed to be independent obeying each gamma distributions p(Re), p(Ri) and p(Cm). Fig.2
shows an impedance locus measured for the rat liver with cirrhosis as an example showing large
nonuniformity. Means and variances of each parameter are estimated so as to minimized a square error
ε2=?i|Ze(ωi)-Zd(ωi)|2 by a gradient method, where Zd(ωi) is data measured at frequency ωi. The cirrhosis in
Fig.2 has been found to have a large variance, i.e., the ratio of a standard deviation to a mean is about 0.9 for
Ri and Cm. This shows that tissue nonuniformity and resultant structural degeneration may be evaluated
quantitatively by bioimpedances for tissue diagnosis.
Fig.1 Distributed circuit representing tissue Fig.2 Impedance locus measured for a rat liver with
nonuniformity. cirrhosis.

P-184B
EFFECTS OF FEROMAGNETIC DRUG MICROSPHERES ON CANCER CELLS EXPOSURE TO
HIGH LEVEL MAGNETIC FIELDS. W. Zhang. Department of Thoracic Surgery, China-Japan
Friendship Hospital, Beijing 100029, P.R. China.

The objective of this study was to try to find a new method to treat cancers. Feromagnetic drug
microspheres (FMS) containing mitomycin C (MMC) were in diameter of 20 - 100 µm. The mixture of three
kinds of cancer cells and FMS (MMC) were cultured and exposed to high-level magnetic fields (HMF) (0.6
Tesla). It was demonstrated that there were significant dissalution and exfoliation and other necrotic
phenomena of cancer cells. The electron microscopic study revealed that FMS (MMC) were present in the
plasm and nuclei and the intercellular spaces of cancer cells. FMS seemed to form barriers to inhibit the
expansion of the cells. If FMS (MMC) were injected into dogs from ateries with EMF located at the position
of the lung, significant embolization in microvascular with FMS (MMC) occurred and the concentration of
MMC in the lung was about eight times higher than that in other organs. We suggested the potential uses of
FMS (MMC) in treatment of cancers.

P-186B
COMBINED TREATMENT WITH MAGNETIC FIELDS AND PARATHYROID HORMONE
REVERSE OSTEOPENIA IN OVARIECTOMIZED RATS. J.R. Ryaby1, F.P. Magee1, D.L. Haupt2,
J.H. Kinney2, R.J. Fitzsimmons3 and D.J. Baylink3. 1OrthoLogic Corporation, Phoenix, Arizona 85034, USA.
2
Lawrence Livermore National Laboratories, Livermore, California 94551, USA. 3J.L. Pettis Memorial
Veterans Administration Medical Center and Loma Linda University, Loma Linda, California 92357, USA.

Parathyroid hormone (PTH) and combined magnetic fields (CMF) have both been shown to prevent loss of
bone in experimental osteoporotic animal models. However, reversal of the osteopenic condition with CMF
has not been previously demonstrated. These studies were designed to test 1) whether CMF alone can
reverse osteopenia due to ovariectomy (OVX), and since PTH and CMF are mitogenic stimuli for
osteoblasts, would 2) PTH and CMF act together to reverse the osteopenic condition. Aged virgin female
Sprague-Dawley rats (10 animals/group) were OVX and allowed to develop osteopenia for six weeks prior
to the initiation of treatment. At six weeks post-op, rats were either treated with CMF (40µT AC, 20µT DC,
15 or 76 Hz; 30 min/day) alone, hPTH 1-34 (5X/wk; 5, 20, 80µg/kg) alone, or combined CMF/PTH
treatment for six weeks. Densitometric analysis revealed a statistically significant decrease of 10.1% in BMD
due to OVX, as compared to sham operated controls. Bone mass was restored by PTH in a dose-dependent
manner; the highest PTH dose (80 µg/kg) demonstrating complete restoration of bone mass. CMF-15 alone
restored BMD to 4.1% of the sham operated value (p<.05). A combination of PTH at a suboptimal dose
(5µg/kg) with CMF-15 returned BMD to sham operated BMD values (p<.02). CMF-76 combined with PTH
(5µg/kg) increased BMD to 3.7% above sham operated controls (p<.02). Preliminary data using 3D x-ray
tomographic microscopy (XTM) revealed a decrease of trabecular bone mass of 19.1% which was restored
with both PTH and CMF-15 treatment. Serum osteocalcin levels demonstrated statistically significant
increases in all treatment groups. In summary, these data demonstrate that CMF exposure can 1) partially
reverse the osteopenic condition and 2) synergistically interact with low dose PTH to reverse the osteopenic
condition in OVX rats. In conclusion, these results demonstrate that combined CMF and PTH treatment can
act together to restore bone mass, possibly through stimulation of osteoblast proliferation, and suggest the
potential for combined CMF and PTH therapeutic strategies for osteoporosis treatment.
This work was supported by NIH SBIR AR42810 and the Veterans Administration.

P-188B
DISSOLUTION OF FIBRIN CLOT UNDER STRONG MAGNETIC FIELDS. M. Iwasaka1, S. Ueno 1
and H. Tsuda*2. 1Institute of Medical Electronics, Faculty of Medicine, University of Tokyo, Tokyo 113,
Japan. 2Department of Clinical Chemistry and Laboratory Medicine, Faculty of Medicine, Kyushu University,
Fukuoka 812, Japan.

In the blood coagulation process, fibrinogen molecules are changed to fibrin monomer by protease thrombin,
and fibrin monomers are polymerized to form fibrin gel. Fibrin gels are dissolved when polymerized fibrins
are degraded to fragments by plasmin. In the previous study, we reported that dissolution of fibrin plates
were enhanced in gradient magnetic fields [1]. The present study focuses on the mechanism of dissolution of
fibrin clot under gradient magnetic fields. We measure the rate of fibrinolysis using a model of a vascular
clot, and investigate the effects of directions of magnetic fields and gradient of magnetic fields. The mixture
containing the fibrinogen and thrombin was injected into a glass tube (φ 3.8 mm, 43 mm in length). After a
fibrin column formed in the glass tube, the surface of the fibrin clot in the tube was exposed to the solution
that contains the plasmin, and the glass tube was sealed with parafilm. The glass tube was inserted into the
bore of a horizontal type of superconducting magnet, and the fibrin column was exposed to magnetic fields of
7.7 T to 7.9 T where products of magnetic fields and field gradients were 30 - 80 T2/m at 37 °C. We
measured the movement of the interface between the fibrin clot and the solution containing the plasmin. We
carried out experiments by changing the direction of the boundary of the fibrin gel and plasmin solution,
perpendicular and parallel to the directions of magnetic fields. The results indicate that changing the
direction of magnetic fields have no effect on the dissolution of fibrin. We also carried out the experiments
around 6.3 T where products of magnetic fields and field gradients were 360 - 370 T2/m in the direction of
magnetic fields. When the boundary of fibrin gel and plasmin solution was parallel to the directions of
magnetic fields and field gradients, no magnetic field effect was obtained. In contrast, when the boundary
was perpendicular to the directions of magnetic fields and field gradients, dissolution of fibrin was enhanced
by 34%. The results indicate that the magnetic field gradients have an important role in this phenomena, but
not the direction of the magnetic fields themselves. In this experiment, the solution containing the plasmin
was positioned in higher magnetic fields, and the fibrin clot was positioned in lower magnetic fields. We
changed the direction of the fibrin column, and carried out the same experiment. When the plasmin solution
was positioned in lower magnetic fields and the fibrin clot in the higher magnetic fields, a significant magnetic
field effect was not obtained. We propose a model to explain the results obtained in the present study. When
there is a magnetic fields gradient, magnetic force acts on diamagnetic materials. A magnetic force which
acts on water enhances permeation of water with plasmin into the fibrin gel. Because the diamagnetic
susceptibility of fibrin polymers χf is larger than that of water χw, i.e.(|χf|<|χw|) [2], water molecules move
to lower magnetic fields, and relatively, fibrin polymers move to higher magnetic fields where plasmins are
abundant. It is possible to enhance the dissolution of thrombi under high gradient magnetic fields according
to these mechanisms.
[1] M. Iwasaka, S. Ueno and H. Tsuda, Journal of Applied Physics, Vol. 75, No. 10, 7162 (1994)
[2] M. Iwasaka, S. Ueno and H. Tsuda, IEEE Transactions on Magnetics, Vol. 30, No. 6, 4695 (1994)
 P-190B
RISK ANALYSIS OF NEUTRAL ELECTRODES IN ELECTROSURGERY. N.H. Nessler. Institute
for Applied Physics, University of Innsbruck, A-6020 Innsbruck, Austria.

There is an increasing percentage of electrosurgical techniques among all operations. The most frequently
used technique is the monopolar technique with the active electrode in the surgeon's hand and a neutral
electrode (grounding plate) on the patient's thigh or arm in the feedback path to the hf-generator. There
exists a lot of information about cutting, coagulating and dissicating the tissue, but very little support about
the pending danger of burns in connection with the neutral electrode. While the active electrode is under
visual control of the surgeon, the neutral electrode is out of sight.
At the active electrode a high current density (small area, high temperature) is required to evaporate and
coagulate the tissue, wheras the neutral electrode has a large area (130 cm2 for adults, 70 cm2 for infants and
35 cm2 for babys) and a small current density to avoid a dangerous temperature increase. The current
density, however, is by far not uniformly distributed over the area of the neutral electrode. The current
distribution can only be measured indirectly by means of the temperature increase either with a thermo
camera or with a device, developed at the Innsbruck University (GPTest). Fig 1 shows such a diagram
measured under AAMI standard conditions.
There is a significant current concentration on the edges (edge effect). Volunteer experiments with group of
male and female volunteers showed, the total energy heating the tissue under the neutral electrode is slightly
depending on the skin thickness (fat content in the hypodermis) but is significantly different for male and
female comparing the same skin thickness. The experiment showed, that in females the same experimental
setup produced five times more heat than in males. In conclusion: Females are five times more exposed to
the danger of burns.
A finite element calculation modelling the thigh with the skin (epidermis, corium, hypodermis), muscle and
bone in form of a cylinder gives more details about the current distribution in the thigh. Current density
directly under the neutral electrode is highest in the corium (blood vessels) and is then transferred via the
hypodermis into the muscle. Appr. 5 cm off the neutral electrode 93% of the total current is flowing in the
muscle tissue, 4% in the hypodermis and 2,5% in the corium. This fact underlines the importance of the
correct position of the electrode above a muscular site of the patient.
The edge effect has further consequences on the current carrying capacity for different electrode sizes: A rim
of 30 cm2 (23% of total area of an adult electrode) carries 60% of the total current and causes 90% of the
total heating effect (Energy proportional to I2.t). A smaller infant (half size) electrode therefore can carry
66%, a baby electrode (1/4 size) 50% of the power of an adult electrode.
In conclusion: The recommended power limits therefore are 300 W, 200 W and 150 W for the adult (130
cm2), infant (70 cm2) and baby electrode (35 cm2), respectively.
Fig. 1: Temperature distribution under a neutral electrode. Size of circles represent temperature, largest
circle = 4 °C
 P-192B
THE EFFECT OF POLOXAMER 188 ON ELECTROPERMEABILIZED SKELETAL MUSCLE
CELL MEMBRANES IN VIVO. R.C. Lee, F-S. Pan and L.P. River. University of Chicago, Department
of Surgery, Chicago, Illinois 60637, USA.

Skeletal muscle cell membrane disruption is a common and important pathophysiologic event in major
electrical trauma and is often clinically manifested by the release of intracellular proteins into the intravascular
space. The mechanism of damage can be either electroporation or Joule heating or both. Because plasma
membrane integrity is essential for cell survival, effective therapy for electrical trauma must focus on
repairing cell membrane damage. We have reported that certain non-ionic surfactants are capable of sealing
electroporated membranes of cultured muscle cells [1]. The purpose of this study was to determine the
efficacy of one clinically accepted surfactant, Poloxamer 188 [2], as a therapeutic agent for electrically
injured muscle in vivo.
METHODS: Normal saline solution containing 40 mg/ml Poloxamer 188 (M.W.=8.4 kDa) was sterile
filtered (0.22 µM) before use. The biceps femoris (BF) muscle was isolated on its 2 cm medial femoral
circumflex neurovascular pedicle in ~300 gram Sprague-Dawley rats anaesthetized with ketamine and
xylazine. The island muscle flap was positioned in a chamber designed both to deliver sixty 4-millisecond
duration 150 V/cm electric field pulses (each separated from the previous pulse by 10 seconds to allow for
heat dissipation) and to monitor the flap's electrical impedance. The temperature was monitored as
previously described [3]. Tissue resistivity values reflect cell membrane integrity [3,4]. Venous flow was
checked periodically to assure vascular perfusion. Intravenous access to the femoral vessels of the opposite
leg was used for drug delivery. Four different experimental groups were established: the first control
received 3 ml saline 1 hour post-shock; the second control received 8 mg/ml blood volume (400 mg/kg
TBW) of neutral dextran (M.W.=10 kDa); the treatment group received Poloxamer, 8 mg/ml blood (400
mg/kg TBW); and a final control received no field pulses and 8 mg/ml blood volume of Poloxamer. The
resistivity was monitored continuously for 1 hour after shock and 1 hour after therapy. In separate
experiments (n=5) to determine the effect on tissue survival, the flexor digitorum brevis (FDB) muscle was
surgically exposed by elevating the overlying skin. The foot was immersed in a 25 °C buffered physiologic
bathing solution, then subjected to a 150 V/cm (peak) 100 Hz sinusoidal electric field for 1.0 second
(monitored temperature never exceeded 40 °C). The animal received either dextran or Poloxamer within 20
minutes after the shock, the drugs were given IV daily. Histopathological analysis was performed 72 hours
after injury.
RESULTS AND CONCLUSION: The mean + s.d. of BF muscle flap resistivity (normalized to pre-shock
value) for all groups is shown in the graph. Approximately 50% of the flap muscle cells were lysed by the
pulse fields. Neither intravenous saline nor dextran had any effect on the post-shock flap resistivity (i.e. the
muscle cell membranes did not seal). However, in response to Poloxamer injection, the flap resistivity
increased to 80% of the pre-shock values, indicating membrane sealing. Loss of intracellular volume may
explain failure to achieve complete recovery. Histopathological analysis of the FDB muscles indicated that
only the Poloxamer-treated muscles survived the shock. Poloxamer did not alter the impedance of
undamaged muscle tissue. Thus, it appears that this class of non-ionic surfactant may become an important
therapeutic agent for victims of major electrical trauma.
REFERENCES:
[1] Ji, L. & Lee, R.C. (1990) J. Cell Biol. 111:431a
[2] Schmolka (1977)J. Amer. Oil Chem. Soc. 54:110-116
[3] Bhatt, Gaylor & Lee (1990) Plast. Reconstr. Surg. 86:1-11
[4] Chilbert, M. et al. (1985) J. Trauma 25:209-214
Supported by the Electric Power Research Institute and Empire State Electrical Energy Research Corp.
 P-194B
EFFECT OF ELECTROCHEMICAL THERAPY (ECT) ON IMMUNE FUNCTIONS OF
TUMORBEARING PATIENTS. G. Zhang, G. Jiang, J. Liu, C. Wang, X. Zhang and K-H. Li. People’s
Hospital of Beijing Medical University, Beijing, P.R. China.

INTRODUCTION: Electrochemical Therapy was invented by Swedish Professor B.Nordenstrom (1)(2),

and introduced to China by Professor Xin Yuling (3) and Li kaihua (4)(5) in late 80s'. Up to the date, there
are about 5000 patients in China have undergone this treatment with good result (6). Many reports have
confirmed the usefulness of ECT for local control of human cancers (7). In our recent studies we found that
the size of local tumors closed to the electrodes of ECT was reduced, as well as the metastatic foci which far
from the electrodes. This phenomenon directed us to investigate the effects of ECT on immune functions.
PATIENTS AND METHODS: Fifteen males and five females with mean age of 58 years (range 50 to 65
years) entered the study. All cases have histological or cytological confirmation of carcinoma. Patients
include: 9 cases are lung cancer, 7 cases are esophagus cancer, all with supraclavicular or axillary fossa
lymphnode metastasis, 2 cases are malignant lymphoma with mediastinal and supraclavicular lymph node
matastasis, 1 case is liver cancer, 1 case is breast cancer. ECT was performed with domestic equipments:
ZEZ-2 mode and BIAE-552 mode. After disinfection, electrodes were inserted into the tumor mass under
local anaesthesia, positive electrodes were inserted into the centre of the mass, and negative electrodes were
placed around them. We used a voltage of 6-8V, a current of 60-100mA, and electric quantity of 100
Coulomb per 1 CM on mass diameter. Immune parameters, included IgA, IgG, IgM, OKT3, OKT4/OKT8,
NK Cell Activity(NKC), Lymphocyte Transformation Test(LTT), were detected one day before and fourteen
days after the ECT.
RESULT: In this study, ECT was performed on 20 patients with malignant tumors ECT resulted in tumors
reduction in all 20 patients. Although no CRs were observed, there were 15 PRs, others were NCs. The
most interesting thing was that four out of the twenty patients showed that ECT made the metastatic lesions
far from the electrodes reduced. The first case was a patient with adenocarcinoma in lung, pleural effsion and
metastasis in axillary fossa lymph nodes(LN). We put the electrodes in the enlarged LN in the top of the
axillary fossa region. After the ECT, we found not only the top group LN but also the subcutaneous mass of
anterolateral thoracic wall regressed 50% of its size simultaneously, and the velocity of pleural effusion
exudation was obviously slowed down. Fluid being thorocentesised varied from 800-1000ml every two or
three days to 800ml every two weeks,and the patient felt the dyspnea was alleviated greatly. The second
case was a patient with cardiac cancer and metastasis in supraclavicular LN on both sides. After ECT was
performed on one side,the enlarged supraclavicular LN on both sides became smaller. The other two cases
were two patients with malignant lymphoma involved in supraclavicular, mediastinal LN. After ECT were
performed in thesupraclavicular LN, CT showed both patients mediastinal LN were regressed,and their
symptom of dyspnea was obviously alleviated. Changes of immune parameters see table 1-2
Table 1: Changes of the Cyto-lmmunology Parameaters Before and After ECT
IgG IgA IgM
pre ECT 10.20+1.40 1.67+1.05 1.03+0.17
post ECT 10.43+1.31 1.69+1.07 1.07+0.22
Statistical Significace NS. NS. NS.

Table 2: Changes of the Humorallmmunology Parameaters Before and After ECT

LTT% NKC% OKT3% OKT4/OKT8
pre ECT 52.3+5.3 51.3+7.1 61.6+8.0 1.50+2.6
post ECT 54.5+6.6 57.1+8.5 63.6+7.4 1.75+0.19
Statistical Significance <0.01 <0.01 <0.05 <0.01

DISCUSS: Generally the cell destruction mechanism of ECT is considered to occour in following sequence:
1. Dehydration of the tissue; 2. pH changes; 3. Ionisation; 4. Formation of electrolyrical product; 5.
Congulation of vessel. Recent studies show that ECT can activate the immunological system. Gong
Haiyang(8) found, in tumor bearing mice, that ECT enchanced the DTH reaction, increased the production of
agglutinin antibodies and enhanced the clearance of Cogon red. Nordenstrodm(9) found that accumulations
of leukocytes to the anodic tissue region, which seem to indicate that a field induced activation of the
immunological system, with high probability, is induced at ECT. Various immunomodulators and activating
macrophages with the ability selectively to destroy neoplastic cell are also believed to be put into action by
the electrophoretic ECT flow of current. Our study show that ECT can not only result in reduction of
tummor mass in which the electrodes are put, but also make the lesions far from the electrodes reduced.
Cellular immune parameters (include OKT3, OKT4/OKT8, NKC, LTT) obtained after ECT are significiantly
higher than those before ECT. Humoral immune parameters (include IgG, IgA, IgM) have no significant
changes. All of these suggest that ECT can enchanced the cellular immune. Our explanition of this result is
the following: 1 .The debris of destroyed tumor tissue triggers antigenic actions; 2.The electrophore make the
accumulation of leukocyte, macrophage and some other cells (perhapers include lymphocytes) to the anodic
tissue region, which maybe enhance the interactions of immune cells (such as antigen presenting procedge).
This is deserved to be studied further.

P-196B
ELECTROCHEMICAL TREATMENT OF ESOPHAGEAL CANCER. K-H. Li, Z-D. Cong, X-J.
Yang, D-J. Fan, Y-L. Xin, K-H. Quan, S-M. Chen and Y-G. Jiang. Institute of Atomic Energy, Beijing, P.R.
China.

INTRODUCTION: The patients of medium-or-late term esophageal cancer are suffering from having
trouble to take food through the mouth. Some of them even die of exhaustion. Surgical treatment usually
adopts three methods: take arrangment in esophagus, gastrostomy and stomach esophageal fraction flow. In
1990, Li Kai-Hua, professor of China Atomic Energy Institute, invented the esophageal electrode,thus
electrochemical treatment of malignant tumor was applied to esophageal cancer. To date 505 cases of
medium-or-late term esophageal cancer have been treated in this way. Esophageal obstruction was resolved
within a short time. Nine hours to seven days (average: three days) after treatment, the patients could take
semiliquid food which therefore improved their physique condition for further treatment. Electrochemical
treatment(ECT) is easy to operate. It has true curative effect, little pain for the patients, no toxious or side-
effect. It has proved to be a new way to eliminate obstruction of esophageal cancer.
METHODS: Ages: from 33 to 78 years old (average: 58 years old).
Length of pathological changes: from three to nine cm (average: 5.7 cm).
Dieting was not permitted to the patients before operation. Gave the patients an intramuscular injection of
50 mg of dolantin and 10 mg of tranquillizer. Placed the electrode to the right position under X-ray, then add
tooth pad and fixed the electrode at the nose. Connected the electrode and the attached apparatus with
conducing wires.
The voltage, which begin with zero volt, gradually increased to four to ten volts. The current intensity
remined 60~80 mA. Electric quantity altered according to the length of pathological changes. To this group,
electric quantity was 400-1000 coulombs for each treatment which lasted one to five hours. Oral secretion
should be cleaned out at once. If the pathological changes located in the middle or at the end of the
esophagus, electrocardioscopy was usually needed so that the arrhythmia could be found out quickly and be
treated timely. After treatment, the patients would drink some water to observe the condition of the
esophagus and wash down the acid and alkaline liquid left on the esophageal wall.
Treatment after operating:
Patients usually took antibiotic for three days; and had liquid food the day after treatment; three to seven days
later, took barium meal to check the focus condition to see if ECT be needed for one more time.

Table Curative effect

types of cancer total cases cases of cases of cases of cases of no
focus focus focus change
vanishing shrinking) shrinking)
completely 1/2 effective 1/4 effective
medullary model 147 63 14 14 56
ulcer model 49 28 7 7 7
nstrictive model 154 98 21 0 35
ulcer nstrictive 21 7 7 0 7
model
cardiac carcinoma 56 28 14 7 7
stenosistomy after 28 28 0 0 0
esophagus operation
pyiori cancer 21 7 7 0 7
stenosistomy after 29 29 0 0 0
cardiac operation
effective rate 100 57% 13.9% 5.5% 23.6%

DISCUSSION: The electrode should be inserted under X-ray ,and placed to the right position according to
the location relation between the location of radiography of pathological changes and thoracic vertebras. If
esophagus cavity is too narrow for the electrode to go through, do not do it by force. Instead, insert
physiological saline from silica geltube, just beside the electrode, to extend the esophagus cavity, thus the
electrode can go down. If still not, push the reserve thin platinum needle through the esophageal electrode
for 1 cm along the trend of the esophagus, and add one cathod during treatment. When electric quantity
reachs 100 coulombs, pull out the platinum needle, so the esophageal electrode usually can be put to the right
place and treatment continue as planned. If the electrode still can't go down, don't force to do so, in order to
avoid esophagus perforation. After the first treatment, observe the length of pathological changes by barium-
meal check to see if further treatments needed.

P-198B
HOST’S IMMUNE RESPONSE IN TUMOR GROWTH RETARDATION DUE TO
ELECTROTHERAPY BY DIRECT CURRENT IN MICE. D. Miklavcic1, D.J. An*2 and L.M. Mir*3.
1
University of Ljubljana, Faculty of Electrical Engineering, Trzaska 25, 61000 Ljubljana, Slovenia.
2
Department of Thoracic Surgery, Xiang Dong Hospital, Liling 412200 Hunan, People’s Republic of China.
3
LPPMB/Biochimie-Enzymologie, URA 147 CNRS, Institut Gustave-Roussy, 94805 Villejuif, France.
Electrotherapy by low level direct current was previously shown to have an antitumor effect in murine tumor
models. Depending on the electrode positioning with respect to the tumor we account on different
underlying mechanisms in the observed tumor growth retardation. When one or both of the electrodes are
inserted in the tumor, the major part of the response is ascribed to the cell killing due to extreme
increase/decrease of the pH in the vicinity of the electrodes. With appropriate spacing of multiple electrodes
in the tumor, with direct current of long duration it is possible to eradicate most of the tumor mass.[1]
However, if the electrodes are not placed in the tumor, but in its surroundings, similar tumor growth
retardation was obtained at the currents used. Furthermore, in the field configuration, when the electrodes
are placed outside of the tumor in a way that tumor lies in-between the electrodes, neither temperature rise
was noted nor changes in pH in the tumor were found.[2] Tumor growth retardation in electrotherapy by
low level direct current was also not correlated to the current density in the tumor [3] nor to the metal
deposited from the electrodes.[4]
OBJECTIVE: In order to understand further the mechanisms underlying the observed antitumor effect and
to determine the role of host's immune response we designed a study where both immunocompetent and
immunodeficient mice injected with tumor cells were treated.
METHODS: Single shot electrotherapy by 0.6 and 1.0 mA of one hour duration in field configuration was
performed in LPB tumors inoculated subcutaneously in syngeneic C57B1/6 mice and immunodeficient Swiss
nude mice. Direct current was delivered via subcutaneously implanted Pt-Ir needle electrodes (1.0mm
diameter, 22mm length) which were placed to two opposite sides of the tumor 5-8mm distant from tumor
edge.
RESULTS: Tumor doubling time in C57B1/6 mice treated with 0.6 mA was 6.3±2.9 days (AM ±std) and
11.7 ±5.4 days with 1.0 mA with respect to 4.0 ±2.2 days in non treated tumors. In nude mice tumor
doubling time in tumors treated by 0.6 mA was 3.4 ±1.0 days and by 1.0 mA it was 4.5 ±1.2 days with
respect to 2.8 ±1.5 days in control tumors. Thus, electrotherapy of the same tumors is more effective in
immunocompetent than in immunodeficient mice.
CONCLUSIONS: The results of this study demonstrate the involvement of host's immune response in tumor
growth retardation obtained with electrotherapy by direct current.
[1] G. Sersa, D. Miklavcic, Regional Cancer Treatment, 1 (1993) 31.
[2] D. Miklavcic, G. Sersa, M. Kryzanowski, et al, Bioelectrochem. Bioenerg., 30 (1993) 209.
[3] D. Semrov, V. Valencic, D. Miklavcic, L. Vodovnik, BEMS Ann. Meeting, Boston (1995) 12.
[4] D. Miklavcic, A. Fajgelj, G. Sersa, Bioelectrochem.Bioenerg., 35 (1994) 93.
This study was performed at the Institute Gustave-Roussy, Villejuif, France and was partially supported by
Tempus Individual Mobility Grant from the European Community1 and by the government of the People's
Republic of China2.

Risk Analysis & Quality Control

P-200B
ACCEPTABILITY OF RISK FROM ENVIRONMENTAL ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS:
EFFECT OF PSYCHOLOGICAL AND DEMOGRAPHIC VARIABLES. I.L. Beale and N. Thoms*.
Department of Psychology, University of Auckland, Auckland, New Zealand.

Current standards and guidelines for safe human exposure to non-ionising electromagnetic fields enjoy a
mixed reception among both scientific and lay communities. Although the setting of standards involves
acceptable-risk decisions, the data-base for such decisions is extremely limited. In particular, there have been
few studies of public acceptability of risk to electromagnetic fields.
OBJECTIVE: The objective was to measure the effect of a range of attitudinal, economic and demographic
variables on lay preferences between alternative risk-protection strategies.
METHODS: The study contrasted the different acceptable risk perspectives of 500 engineering and
psychology students, using a questionnaire designed to reveal preferences between alternative risk-protection
strategies. Logistic and multiple regression analyses were used to the influence of demographic, economic
and attitudinal variables on these preferences.
RESULTS: Overall, respondents showed a clear preference for a more-precautionary over a less-
precautionary strategy. The magnitude of this preference was influenced by a range of variables, including
gender, occupation, whether respondents were asked to imagine themselves personally at risk or not at risk,
consideration of costs to industry and personal economic cost. However, most respondents opting initially
for a more-precautionary strategy did not shift their preference unless there was a large hypothetical increase
in personal monetary cost. Significant and rational changes in the balance of preference were exerted by
factors such as attitude to the responsibilities of industry and perceptions of possible existing adverse health
effects on household members.
DISCUSSION: The results provide clear evidence that the lay public can express preferences between risk-
protection strategies for electromagnetic field exposure that reflect systematic influences of a range of
psychological, economic and demographic variables. This indicates that the public viewpoint is not irrational
or unsystematic and that it is not difficult to incorporate it in acceptable-risk decision making inherent in the
standard-setting process. The use of acceptable-risk criteria based on surveys of informed public preferences
could be valuable for setting standards that have better public acceptability.
 P-202B
DESIGN GUIDELINES FOR “IN VITRO” AND “IN VIVO” EXPOSURE CONDITIONS AT SUB-
ELF/LF AND THEIR QUALITY CONTROL. A. Chiabrera1, Y. Hamnerius2, B. Bianco1, B. Bergqvist 2,
T. Kenny3. 1Department of Biophysical and Electronic Engineering, University of Genoa, 16145 Genoa,
Italy. 2DMT Chalmers University of Technology, Goteborg, Sweden. 3MAC Ltd., Epsilon House, Chilworth
Research Centre, Southampton, United Kingdom.

COST 244 Position Document, European Commission, DGXIII, Brussels, Belgium The document
describes electromagnetic (e.m.) exposure systems used to investigate in vitro and in vivo biological effects
of low intensity e.m. fields (e.m.f.) at sub-extremely low (sub-ELF, 0/30 Hz), extremely low (ELF, 30/300
Hz), voice (VF, 300/3000 Hz), very low (VLF, 3/30 khz) and low (LF, 30/300 khz) frequencies. Particularly
important are the theoretical and experimental evaluations of e.m.f. generated by Helmholtz coils, capacitive
electrodes, TEM striplines and contact electrodes. These exposure systems are commonly used in
experiments on e.m.f. effects and it is essential that these experiments are reliable, reproducible and can be
replicated by independent laboratories. To this end, the following main points, related to some common
experimental situations, are discussed. Note that for the sake of brevity, dish means any container of a cell
suspension and body means any animal body:
Exposure conditions
- frequency range and controllability of the source waveform parameters;
- computation of the transfer functions between the local e.m.f. components of interest and the source signal
in the frequency domain;
- continuous or sampled measurements of some field components inside a dummy dish or close to an exposed
body;
- relationship between the local field components and the actual theoretical values near/inside an ideal cell
model or phantom (e.g., the electric field generated inside an ideal spherical cell model or an ideal phantom);
- dish/body positioning with respect to the exposure system and cell location inside a dish;
- effects of cell density inside a dish and of the number of the dishes/bodies being exposed on the actual e.m.f.
values;
Quality control
- incubator or room experiments;
- incubator temperature and atmosphere control and active cooling of the exposure system;
- dummy exposure system for control experiments;
- continuous or sampled measurements in real time of the temperature inside a dummy dish;
- effects of the metal surfaces of the incubators on the exposure field inside;
- e.m. characterization of the environment inside the incubator/room;
- other physical factors generating interference in the incubators;
- release of bioproducts by the dish walls;
- biological effects of cell density inside a dish;
- double-blind test procedures.
- sample size.

P-204B
ARITHMETIC VERSUS GEOMETRIC MEAN OF E-C RATIOS. S. Engström. Research Service,
J.L. Pettis Memorial Veterans Administration Medical Center, Loma Linda, California 92357, USA.

Biological investigations often suffer from large systematic variation between sets of experiments. This
variation can be countered by normalizing the results of an exposed (E) experiment to that of a
simultaneously performed control (c), using the implicit assumption that the variation is a multiplying factor
which can be held constant throughout a set of experiments or at least while the E-C pair is being assayed.
When a number of such experiments have been collected they may be combined into a single observation by
some averaging procedure. The appropriate mean depends on the available information. A theoretical look
at this procedure unveils some surprising results.
OBJECTIVE: To calculate theoretical consequences of using arithmetic and geometric means of E-C ratios
for general experimental outcomes.
METHODS: Assuming that the exposed and control experiment share an unknown but for each E-C pair
identical perturbing factor allows for an explicit calculation of the expectation value of the arithmetic and
geometric means. Numerical calculations of the results for plausible assay distributions illustrate the general
conclusions of this paper.
RESULTS: Assuming the idealized situation of a multiplicative systematic variation, it is shown for arbitrary
assay distributions that the arithmetic mean (Ra) of a collection of E/C values divided by the "true" E/C (R0)
will always be larger than one-even for the case of a sham/sham experiment where the "exposed" condition is
identical to the control situation. The factor by which the arithmetic mean overestimates R0 depends only on
the control distribution and can therefore be estimated by performing a series of sham/sham experiments.
The geometric mean (Rg) is by definition always one for the sham/sham situation, but tends to exaggerate the
effect of an exposure, however not by a large factor. Figure 1 show numerical results for the example
(x − µ)2 γ
distribution f (x) = exp[− 2 ] x exp[− ], where µ is the mode of the distribution and σ its width. The
2σ x
second factor is a taper to assure integrability, γ =0.001 was used throughout.

Fig 1a: Example distributions Fig 1b: Arithmetic mean Fig 1c: Geometric mean
used in panels b and c for a divided by the true E/C ratio divided by the true E/C ratio
range of σ: 0.1 (narrow) to 1.7 for a range of σ. Independent for a range of σ and µ.
(wide). µ=1. of µ (E-distribution). Exaggerates the result.

DISCUSSION: An E/C arithmetic mean (Ra) smaller than the "true" E/C (R0) is a theoretical impossibility
and should not be the expected result of a sham/sham experiment or a negative study, i.e. the expected
arithmetic E/C mean from a sham/sham experiment is always greater than one. The degree of overestimation
depends on the width of the control distribution and is possibly quite large (see Fig. 1b). The factor can be
estimated by sham/sham experiments and subsequently eliminated from the E/C arithmetic mean-this is yet
another reason to perform such experiments.
This work is supported by U.S. Department of Energy under contract DE-AI01-95EE34020.

P-206B
FURTHER CHARACTERIZATION OF AN ELF CELL CULTURE EXPOSURE SYSTEM WITH
SPECIAL REFERENCE TO QUALITY CONTROL MEASURES IN DATA ACQUISITION. S.M.J.
Afzal* and R.P. Liburdy. Lawrence Berkeley National Laboratory, University of California, Berkeley,
California 94720, USA.

OBJECTIVES: An ELF cell culture exposure system and specific guidelines for cell culture exposure and
long-term propagation of cells utilizing commercial incubators has been described before (1-4). Unlike the
standard incubators which can generate significantly heterogeneous ELF and DC fields, our system exposes
cell cultures to well-defined and uniform magnetic fields. More recently, the need to reproduce the
experiments both within and in independent laboratories has called for further standardization of the exposure
system. Here we describe refinements in the design of the system as well as measures taken to minimize
possible experimental variables such as temperature control and stability.
METHODS and RESULTS: The ELF cell culture system described previously (1-4) generates a uniform
magnetic field environment free of stray time-varying magnetic or electric fields, associated with operation of
the incubator. To establish the largest uniform exposure area possible for the exposure of cells inside
incubators (20 X 20 X 20 in.), a bifilar, Merritt square 4-coil is being used. Recent refinements in the design
include a plastic frame wound with bifilar cable in the Merritts turn ratio of 26/11/11/26 and a two-tier
perforated plexiglas platform table that doubles the usable exposure volume. This set-up also permits the
exposure coil to be rotated 90° for a parallel or a perpendicular orientation. Recently we have paid special
attention to the temperature control inside the mu-metal chamber that sits inside these incubators. We have
measured temperature in the immediate vicinity of the samples, maintained daily temperature logs, and
modified the incubator control panel boards for faster reaction rate to temperature change. These measures
were warranted based on our periodic measurements of the air temperature recovery rates, growth medium
temperature equilibration and recovery rates in various incubators. Our measurements of air temperature
recovery rate indicated a significant lag time and differences between incubators in terms of their ability to
recover to 37 °C. The average drop in air temperature following opening the door for 1.0 min. was 3.76 °C
and the time to recover ranged from 2hr and 42min to 5hr and 20 min (average 3hr and 42min). Similar
temperature measurements of the growth medium itself with regards to the recovery indicated that while the
drop in temperature was much smaller (0.66 °C), it took more than 4 hours to recover to 37 °C.
CONCLUSIONS: Our data indicate that, in addition to routine good laboratory practices, switching 2 and
12 mG field exposures conditions between the two incubators, and using well-defined exposure systems and
dosimetry, significant attention should be paid to maintaining constant temperature during experiments. This
could be achieved by minimizing opening of the incubator since data presented indicate that if one of the
incubators is opened more often than the other, it may introduce a significant delay in the recovery of
temperature, and, in turn, may introduce differences in the growth rate of the cells. Furthermore, it is critical
that at the time of treatment with any given chemical agent, all dishes including controls be taken out of the
incubator so as not to introduce a differential of several hours in terms of temperature equilibration between
the treatment groups.
1. R.P. Liburdy et al. (1993) J. Pineal Research 14:89-97;
2. Ibid. (1994) BEMS Meeting, Abstr. P-198;
3. Ibid., The Annual Review of Research on Biological Effects of Electric and Magnetic Fields from the
Generation, Delivery and Use of Electricity, Nov. 6-10, 1994, Albuquerque, NM, USA, Abstr. P-40;
4. Ibid., Radio Science 30:179-203, 1995.
Support provided in part by the Office of Energy Management, Utilities Systems Division, U.S. Department
of Energy under the contract DE-AC-76SF00098, and the NIH through NIEHS-ES06401.

Public Policy, Public Communications

P-208B
LABOUR SAFETY EVALUATION ON THE GROUND OF PERSONNEL SUBJECTIVE
FEELINGS. H. Trzaska. EM Environment Protection Laboratory, Technical University of Wroclaw, 50-
370 Wroclaw, Poland.

Polish labour safety standards require periodical schooling of personnel working with sources of EM
radiation, where exposure levels permitted by the standards are exceeded. After the schooling the knowledge
of the people is proven and then a certificate, valid for 5 years, is issued. The certificate is indispensable for
everybody working in the conditions and it is, without exception, required by labour safety inspection. For
years the author was a head of a qualification commission serving a big part of south-west Poland. We
preferred an exam in a written form and, apart from detailed questions, the questionnaire included several
questions regarded to education level, place of work, atmosphere in the work, estimated exposure and time
spent in exposed conditions (in sense of daily dose and period of work), exposure beyond the work, negative
feelings (related to work in EM field), hcalth problems (related to work), etc. The questionnaires were
signed by the examined and the personal estimations presented in them were completely subjective and never
verified.
OBJECTIVE: The ample material has created unique possibility to study subjective feelings of the people
working in exposed conditions with variety types of radiation sources. People with different level of
education and different emotional approach to their work. At the beginning the analysis was done to adopt
the schooling programs and methods to needs of the audience.
METHODS: The questionnaires were analysed in different aspects and in different groups dependent upon
sex, age, education, period and place of work, etc. with the use of standard statistical methods. A special
attention was paid to professional experience, previous schooling and familiarity with laws and regulations
and the use of available protection means.
RESULTS: The results of subjective evaluation of working conditions in dependence of sex and education
are set-up in the Table [in %]. Negative feelings and health problems indicated in the table correspond to the
exposure while the atmosphere in the work reflects rather relations in the work.
 negative feelings health problems negative atmosphere
education man woman man woman man woman
MD 25 17 28 19 31 22
EE 30 21 31 24 26 27
medical personnel 62 47 53 43 46 38
industry workers 85 79 89 83 78 65

Significant is the predotninance of negative marks given by less educated people. by men as compare to
women and young people as compare to more experienced groups. The most negative evaluation was done
(over 95%) was given by young men on the stage of their primary training on this field. On similar level
(92%) is estimated by the examined their private life as free of any kind of radiation caused by house hold
devices of their own and those of their neighbours - it includes exposure to the power line frequency EMF.
DISCUSSION: The research may suggest that uneducated young men are the most unsatisfied by their job.
The point may be continned by wider experience. But the unsatisfaction is there the result of general
frustration than the risk caused by work (those are their first steps in the work). Better marks given by
educated people may have two reasons: usually less exposure and better knowledge that includes the
problems understanding. Worse marks given by auxiliary, personnel are the results of minimal knowledge
and understanding (and a phobia based upon it) and (in some sense) the marks do not reflect their real
opinions. The latter may be confirmed by authors' experience while many measurements at working places,
performed mostly in factories, he was many times asked by servicemen to measure as much as to exceed
permitted exposure levels (work in hazardous conditions requires additional financial compensation).
The final conclusion may be formulated in the form: the situation is not as massy as it may be deducted from
the presented data. The point is confirmed by strong medical regulations that require periodic medical
investigations of the personnel. If any health troubles, supposedly correlated with the work, are found a
person is not allowed to continue his/her work.

P-210B
EPIDEMIOLOGY FOR DECISIONMAKERS: A VISUAL GUIDE TO RESIDENTIAL AND
OCCUPATIONAL EMF EPIDEMIOLOGICAL RESULTS. C.L. Sage and M.A. Sampson*. Sage
Associates, Santa Barbara, California 93108, USA.

EMF will remain a central policy issue in the coming years for decisionmakers. Development of EMF interim
policy for protection of land use compatibility, retention of property values and avoidance of potential health
effects is of intense interest at the local jurisdictional level where planning decisions must be made while
scientific research continues. Strong public concern and local government responsibility to promote the
public health and safety in the day-to-day business of land development and permit processing mandate that
environmental constraints which can affect the value and utility of property, including EMF, be taken into
account in land use decisionmaking.
To date, a comprehensive guide to the epidemiologic evidence has not been readily available in an
understandable form to decisionmakers. There are approximately 40 residential and 110 occupational
epidemiological studies of interest with respect to cancer and pregnancy outcomes. Further, within these
studies there are 93 separate risk ratios (residential) and 350 separate risk ratios (occupational) considering
cancer and pregnancy outcome subtypes.
A comprehensive guide to the EMF epidemiological literature has been prepared to assist decisionmakers in
reviewing existing epidemiological evidence for (and against) an association between EMF exposure and
adverse health effects. This guide allows a rapid visual assessment of risk levels of 40 residential and 110
occupational studies based on color-coded entrys, as well as a complete display of statistical information
precisely as stated from the original literature. Further, information is presented on year of study, author,
subject group, type of cancer or pregnancy outcome evaluated, risk ratio, confidence interval, type of
exposure, job description where applicable, country and state, dose response relationship where specified,
and whether statistically significant or elevated risk was identified by author.
Decisionmakers and local agency staffs who choose to investigate EMF may now independently evaluate the
findings from epidemiological literature, without undue reliance on subjective or biased testimony from
stakeholders or substantial time investment in gathering and synthesizing information themselves. Examples
of the approach are to be exhibited.
 P-212B
REDUCTION OF MAGNETIC FIELD EXPOSURE LEVELS IN URBAN AREAS IN DENMARK.
J. Kaad Jensen1 and J. Petterson2. 1ELSAM, Transmission System Planning Department, 7000 Fredericia,
Denmark. 2NESA A/S, 2900 Hellerup, Denmark.

In 1995 a new policy was agreed between electricity utilities and the Danish Minister of Energy and the
Environment. The revised policy has set up rules for the choice between underground cables and overhead
lines in urban areas and in areas of special nature.
The policy is set up as a response from the utilities to a strong public resistance against overhead lines based
on visual problems, fear of magnetic fields and reduction of the value of property near overhead lines.
Approx. 2000 km of 50-150 kV overhead lines in Denmark will be removed or replaced by underground
cables over a period of 20 years. Some of the circuits will be combined with 400 kV on overhead lines.
The consequences of the policy on the magnetic field exposure level in urban areas have been studied. The
utilities' new network plans will lead to an average reduction of the exposure level from the 50-400 kV grid
of more than 25 per cent. The study also includes a comparison between underground cables and overhead
lines.
At the end of the 20-year period magnetic field exposure from 50-400 kV grids will be of no or only minor
importance to the normal exposure level in dwellings.

P-214B
A MUNICIPAL HEALTH DEPARTMENT ENFORCES AN ORDINANCE REGULATING
ANTENNAS. P.E. Mazik, A.D. McBride*, P.C. Dombrowski* and J.A. Rikert*. Stamford Health
Department, Stamford, Connecticut 06901, USA.

In April, 1984, to better protect the public health, Stamford promulgated one of the first ordinances of its
kind concerning transmitting antennas, and remains the only municipality to have such an ordinance regulated
by a local health department. The ordinance regulates antennas with greater than five watts input into the
antenna array (frequency range 0.3 MHz - 100GHz.) The ordinance requires application to the Stamford
Health Department for an advisory permit. The applicant is responsible for paying for the establishment of a
panel of experts to be advisory to the Director of Health. One member of the panel is selected by the Health
Department; the second member is selected by the applicant; and the two members select a third. The panel
provides for a public hearing, conducts a site visit and power density measurements to determine background
levels, and submits its report and recommendations to the Director of Health who considers the report in
submitting advisory recommendations to the Building Inspector and appropriate land use boards. According
to the ordinance, the standard for radio frequency exposure limits in Stamford shall follow the applicable
federal, state, or municipal standard which is the strictest. The ordinance also provides for annual permits
and quarterly onsite power density measurements at antenna sites which are conducted by our environmental
health staff. Applications have been submitted for satellite earth stations, AM/FM broadcasting antennas,
cellular specialized mobile radio antennas, and cellular telecommunications antennas. The advantages of this
ordinance is that it theoretically provides the opportunity to apply the "best science" to a current public health
concern in that the panel is composed of leading experts in the bioelectromagnetic field. It provides an
opportunity for the public to have input in the application and provides for public education around the
issues. We have been able to require additional safety features in installations (e.g. restricting access to
antenna locations, and requiring mechanical restraints on certain point to point transmitters.) The Health
Department also issues permits to install low power antennas. Thus, the department maintains an inventory
of antennas which will be mapped on the city's new geographic information system. The Stamford Health
Department will be able to provide information on any future impacts that these antennas may have on public
health.
 P-216B
PARAMETRIC CALCULATION OF QUANTITATIVE RANGE FOR POSSIBLE CHILDHOOD
CANCER RISK FROM MAGNETIC FIELD EXPOSURE. J. Zhang. Oak Ridge National Laboratory,
Oak Ridge, Tennessee 37831, USA.

Possible health risks from power frequency (60 Hz) electric and magnetic fields(EMFs) have become a
serious public concern. However, this issue is very complicated because of 1) inconsistency of findings of
biological and epidemiological studies, 2) lack of well-established mechanisms, and 3) relevance of many
characteristics of field exposure to biological effects. Although the relative risk ratios reported by
epidemiological studies are not extremely high, the possible EMF risks may not be negligible due to the
ubiquity of field exposure of general population.
OBJECTIVE: This research aims at estimating a quantitative range for possible cancer risks from magnetic
field exposure with consideration of many uncertainties.
METHOD:
1) Construction of effects functions
Because both the EMF risks and relevant characteristics of field exposure are uncertain, it is impossible to
derive any dose-response functions for cancer risks from EMFs at the present time. However, based on
biological evidence, we can define some effects functions as tentative dose-response functions. These effects
functions relate field exposure patterns to hypothetical health effects.
2) Exposure assessment
A database of field surveys and personal field exposure time series will serve as the main source of exposure
assessment. Appropriate population distribution model and activity patterns will be incorporated into this
exposure assessment. The results of exposure assessment will be represented in terms of different effects
functions or dose metrics, as well as wire codes.
3) Parametric calculation of possible risks
Relative risk levels will be drawn from several epidemiological studies and used changing variables in the
parametric calculation. The results of this calculation will illustrate a quantitative range for possible
childhood cancer risks in terms of different effects functions. Uncertainty analysis will be performed to
estimate the impacts of parameters variations.
DISCUSSION: This research will provide an integrated view of possible cancer risks from EMFs, based on
the contemporary scientific knowledge and risk assessment techniques. The results will be useful for current
policy making and risk communication. This parametric approach will be helpful for future risk assessment
when more scientific discoveries shed light on this EMF issue.
This research was supported by the Office of Energy Management, U.S. DOE and an appointment to the Oak
Ridge National Laboratory(ORNL) Postdoctoral Research Associates Program administered jointly by the
Oak Ridge Institute for Science and Education and ORNL. I thank Granger Morgan and Indira Nair for their
help, and EPRI and T. Dan Bracken, Inc. for the data.

P-218B
UNDERGROUNDING OF ELECTRIC UTILITIES IN CALIFORNIA: POLICY AND PRACTICE.
K.B. Johanson*1 and J.I. Tukey*1 and P. Frech*2. 1California Alliance for Utility Safety and Education
(CAUSE), San Diego, California 92150, USA. 2Citizens Concerned about EMFs (CCAE), San Ramon,
California 94583, USA.

The California Public Utilities Commission (CPUC) adopted an underground conversion program in 1967
because of public demand to improve aesthetics of utilities and to promote safer and more reliable utility
service. California underground conversion policy requires that all distribution lines in new developments be
underground and that a benchmark of 2% of annual revenues be allocated annually by investor-owned
utilities (IOUs) to bury existing overhead lines (both distribution and transmission). Cities and agencies are
to prioritize which lines are buried for customers within their jurisdictions. No cap is placed on these
allocations and some cities negotiate larger amounts in their respective franchise agreements.
Undergrounding of utility lines can be effective in reducing EMF exposure. The CPUC has mandated EMF
design guidelines be developed by IOUs which outline techniques, including undergrounding, to reduce or
eliminate EMF exposure. The cost of undergrounding both distribution and transmission powerlines has
continued to decline; new technology has provided a substantial increase in reliability of undergrounded lines.
The life cycle for aboveground systems is considered to be 20-30 years; for underground systems the life
cycle is 40+ years. The life of underground systems is further extended (80+ years) by the use of conduit.
(Proceedings of Portland International Conference on Management of Engineering and Technology, October
1991, "Strategic Planning Considerations for Cost Effective Implementation of Underground Electrical
Power Delivery," E. L. Parkinson). Savings and benefits directly associated with underground vs. overhead
lines include aesthetic improvements, property value enhancement, less storm damage, no tree trimming,
lower insurance costs, fewer deaths by electrocution and reduced EMF exposure. With respect to newly
emerging public, scientific, and regulatory concern over potential health effects of EMF, interest in the costs
and benefits of undergrounding will take on new importance to regulators, IOUs and municipalities with
franchise agreements. All analysis of California public policy with respect to undergrounding, and associated
costing factors for specific geographic areas will be presented.

P-220B
REGULATING HUMAN EXPOSURE TO ELECTROMAGNETIC FIELDS (0 Hz-300 GHz) IN
GERMANY WITH SPECIAL REGARDS TO LOWER SAXONY. H. Brüggemeyer*1 and A. Lerchl2.
1
Niedersächsisches Landesamt für Ökologie, Hannover, Germany. 2Westfàlische Wilhelms-Universität,
Münster, Germany.

In Germany some authorities and institutions are working on documents, directives and laws concerning the
regulation of human exposure to electromagnetic fields.
The "Bundesministerium fur Umwelt, Naturschutz und Reaktorsicherheit" (federal department of
environmental protection) is preparing a directive based on the "Bundes-Immissions-schutzgesetz" (federal-
immissions-law) for the environmental protection. This directive is based on the IRPA-guidelines but
includes some aspects of further provision.
The "Berufsgenossenschaft fur Feinmechanik und Elektrotechnik" a german professional trade association,
1995 published a document "Regeln fur Sicherheit und Gesundheitsschutz an Arbeitsplatzen mit Exposition
durch elektrische und magnetische oder elektromagnetische Felder" as an official regulation for the
occupational exposure. This document is based on the german prestandard DIN VDE 0848.
The german standardisation body "Deutsche Elektromagnetische Kommission im DIN und VDE" is working
on several standards which are published (1991-95) as prestandards in "DIN VDE 0848 - Sicherheit in
elektromagnetischen Feldern".
Two european prestandards "ENV 50166 - Human exposures to electromagnetic fields" from the European
Committee to Electrotechnical Standardization (CENELEC) were published in 1995.
In 1994 the European Commission has published a proposal for a directive on occupational safety "Vorschlag
fur eine Richtlinie des Rates uber Mindestvorschriften zum Schutz von Sicherheit und Gesundheit der
Arbeitnehmer vor der Gefahrdung durch physikalische Einwirkungen".
The german "Strahlenschutzkommission" (Commission on Radiological Protection) published four
recommendations (1990 - 95) concerning this problems. One about mobil communication, one on RF and
radar having no impact on "Waldsterben" (new damage to forests) and two papers about ELF-fields in the
normal environment.
A working group of governmantal environmental protection agencies and state departments of the different
german federal states is working on the problem how to implement further provisions and possibilities for
"prudent avoidance".
In some federal german states there are different proposals or edicts of different legaly obligion for
environmantal protection near high voltage transmissions lines. Most of this proposals are based on a variety
of restrictions in different lateral distances to the line.
In lower saxony there is a decret concerning approval of radiofrequency transmitting installations with regard
to environmental safety. Concerning the question of environmantal protection near high voltage
transmissions lines there only exists a noncommittal remark for the local authorities which describes the
current knowledge and gives some help how to handle this problem and to keep a certain lateral distance to
the high voltage line for sensitive use if ever possible.
METHOD: The aim of this study was to compare the different existing regulations, safety standards and
related documents about human safety in electromagnetic fields in Germany.
DISCUSSION: The german discussion about the best way to environmental and occupational safety
standards is still going on. It is probable that in 1996 there some obligatory regulations will be founded. The
basis for all regulations will surely be the basic exposure limits (SAR, SA, contact currents, current densities)
in accordance to IRPA. There are still some questions about the derived exposure levels (V/m, A/m, W/m2).
In the moment it is not clear at all which will be the final level for further provisions and "prudent avoidance"
in this documents.

P-222B
NONIONIZING RADIATION RESEARCH AT NIOSH: REVIEW AND FUTURE DIRECTION.
W.G. Lotz and W.E. Murray. National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health, Centers for Disease
Control and Prevention, Cincinnati, Ohio 45226-1998, USA.

For over two decades the National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) has actively
investigated occupational exposures to nonionizing radiation. Until 1991, this research concentrated on
higher frequencies, including the radiofrequency,-infrared, visible, and ultraviolet regions of the
electromagnetic spectrum. From the issuance of a criteria document on ultraviolet radiation in 1972 to the
publication of a major epidemiological study on workers using video display terminals (VDTs) in 1991,
NIOSH contributions included laboratory and field research, Health Hazard Evaluations of specific work
sites, and policy statements. NIOSH-generated data, procedures and reports have been used by or become
part of comprehensive documents published by other organizations, e.g., ANSI, NCRP, and WHO. In 1991,
NIOSH added extremely low frequency (ELF) fields to the scope of its research concerns, and has since
become a partner with other federal agencies in the national EMF Research and Public Information
Dissemination (RAPID) Program. Although interest in higher frequencies has diminished in some quarters,
the NIOSH ELF program did not displace our work at higher frequencies, but rather has enhanced existing
research, expanding the scope of NIOSH activities across a wider range of the nonionizing spectrum. In all
of our efforts, NIOSH relies on an interdisciplinary approach to the issue, from exposure assessment and
hazard surveillance, to laboratory research, to epidemiology and finally to policy development and public
information dissemination. Current activities in radiofrequency radiation include field studies in special
occupational exposure situations, and laboratory studies to define the synergistic effects from combined
exposures to RF radiation and organic chemicals. In the ELF region, NIOSH is pursuing field studies as well
as laboratory studies of the effects of electric and magnetic field exposure on cells. The focus of these
research and information dissemination efforts at NIOSH is on (a) non-utility occupational settings, (b)
identifying work environments with the greatest exposures for workers, (c) clarifying the potential health
effects ofnonionizing radiation exposure, and (d) developing strategies for intervention and prevention of
hazards in the occupational setting.

P-224B
EMF HEALTH, POLICY AND LAW - THE NEW ZEALAND SITUATION. N. Cherry. Lincoln
University and Canterbury Regional Council, Christchurch, New Zealand.
The industrial position in New Zealand is that there is no known nor proven adverse health effect from
exposure to electromagnetic radiation, whether it be ELF from potlines in a smelter or powerlines, or
shortwave from radio and TV or microwaves from cell phones and cell sites. The managing director of a
smelter claims that "there was one Russian study which claimed to show health effects from magnetic fields in
the 1950's, but it has been discredited". Cell phone companies and power utilities bring an 'international
expert' to New Zealand for planning consent hearings. He states strongly and confidently that neither
laboratory nor epidemiological studies support a link between exposure of 50/60 Hz fields any form of cancer
(14/11/94) and to produce any adverse effect RF/MW radiation must exceed a threshold which increases
tissue temperature by at least 1 °C (15/11/95).
New Zealand law, the Resource Management Act 1991 (RMA), requires that any actual or potential adverse
environmental effect must be avoided, remedied, or mitigated. Hence any potential irreversible health effect
such as miscarriage or cancer must be avoided. Since the New Zealand RF/MW exposure standard is based
on avoiding known adverse effects, which only requires avoidance of tissue heating with a 0.08 W/kg public
exposure limit, it is not an appropriate legal instrument in the application of the RMA to avoid any potential
adverse health effects.
The IRPA recommends that standards setting requires careful consideration of biophysical and
epidemiological evidence. Biophysical studies provide a suite of processes resulting from exposure to low
levels of ELF or RF/MW radiation, including changed brain activity, cellular level changes including ODC
and signal transduction effects, chromosome aberrations and DNA breakage. Epidemiological studies, which
are backed by biophysical processes, find many statistically significant associations between EMF exposure
(ELF/SW/RF/MW) and adverse health effects including childhood leukemia, brain tumor, a host of other
cancers, miscarriage and pregnancy outcome, changed brain EEG and changed human behaviour.
Several epidemiological studies find statistically significant adverse health effects with mean chronic
exposures to RF/MW in the range 1 to 2 µW/cm2. These could well be close to being identified as actual
adverse effects and therefore lead to international standards for RF/MW public exposures being limited to
less than 0.1 µW/cm2 using a safety factor of 10, or 0.05 µW/cm2 using a safety factor of 20. If the current
public exposure safety factor of 50 is adopted then the RF/MW public exposure standard would be 0.02
µW/cm2. For New Zealand, where any potential adverse health effects should be avoided, setting the most
strict exposure limit would appear obvious. However, hearings for cell site consents are heard by lay-person
councillors who are swayed by company paid 'experts' who still maintain strict adherence to the thermal
effects approach. These 'experts' strongly dismiss the biophysics and epidemiological evidence as weak,
unreliable, unbalanced and unproven, and they paint those of us who present this cautious view as alarmist
and unscientific.